* os2units moved

git-svn-id: http://svn.freepascal.org/svn/fpc/trunk@10037 3ad0048d-3df7-0310-abae-a5850022a9f2

23 files changed, 20580 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/packages/os2units/Makefile b/packages/os2units/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..04792b2140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,2286 @@
+#
+# Don't edit, this file is generated by FPCMake Version 2.0.0 [2008/01/26]
+#
+default: all
+MAKEFILETARGETS=i386-linux i386-go32v2 i386-win32 i386-os2 i386-freebsd i386-beos i386-netbsd i386-solaris i386-qnx i386-netware i386-openbsd i386-wdosx i386-darwin i386-emx i386-watcom i386-netwlibc i386-wince i386-embedded i386-symbian m68k-linux m68k-freebsd m68k-netbsd m68k-amiga m68k-atari m68k-openbsd m68k-palmos m68k-embedded powerpc-linux powerpc-netbsd powerpc-amiga powerpc-macos powerpc-darwin powerpc-morphos powerpc-embedded sparc-linux sparc-netbsd sparc-solaris sparc-embedded x86_64-linux x86_64-freebsd x86_64-darwin x86_64-win64 x86_64-embedded arm-linux arm-palmos arm-wince arm-gba arm-nds arm-embedded arm-symbian powerpc64-linux powerpc64-darwin powerpc64-embedded
+BSDs = freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
+UNIXs = linux $(BSDs) solaris qnx
+LIMIT83fs = go32v2 os2 emx watcom
+OSNeedsComspecToRunBatch = go32v2 watcom
+FORCE:
+.PHONY: FORCE
+override PATH:=$(patsubst %/,%,$(subst \,/,$(PATH)))
+ifneq ($(findstring darwin,$(OSTYPE)),)
+inUnix=1 #darwin
+SEARCHPATH:=$(filter-out .,$(subst :, ,$(PATH)))
+else
+ifeq ($(findstring ;,$(PATH)),)
+inUnix=1
+SEARCHPATH:=$(filter-out .,$(subst :, ,$(PATH)))
+else
+SEARCHPATH:=$(subst ;, ,$(PATH))
+endif
+endif
+SEARCHPATH+=$(patsubst %/,%,$(subst \,/,$(dir $(MAKE))))
+PWD:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /pwd.exe,$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(PWD),)
+PWD:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /pwd,$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(PWD),)
+$(error You need the GNU utils package to use this Makefile)
+else
+PWD:=$(firstword $(PWD))
+SRCEXEEXT=
+endif
+else
+PWD:=$(firstword $(PWD))
+SRCEXEEXT=.exe
+endif
+ifndef inUnix
+ifeq ($(OS),Windows_NT)
+inWinNT=1
+else
+ifdef OS2_SHELL
+inOS2=1
+endif
+endif
+else
+ifneq ($(findstring cygdrive,$(PATH)),)
+inCygWin=1
+endif
+endif
+ifdef inUnix
+SRCBATCHEXT=.sh
+else
+ifdef inOS2
+SRCBATCHEXT=.cmd
+else
+SRCBATCHEXT=.bat
+endif
+endif
+ifdef COMSPEC
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_SOURCE),$(OSNeedsComspecToRunBatch)),)
+RUNBATCH=$(COMSPEC) /C
+endif
+endif
+ifdef inUnix
+PATHSEP=/
+else
+PATHSEP:=$(subst /,\,/)
+ifdef inCygWin
+PATHSEP=/
+endif
+endif
+ifdef PWD
+BASEDIR:=$(subst \,/,$(shell $(PWD)))
+ifdef inCygWin
+ifneq ($(findstring /cygdrive/,$(BASEDIR)),)
+BASENODIR:=$(patsubst /cygdrive%,%,$(BASEDIR))
+BASEDRIVE:=$(firstword $(subst /, ,$(BASENODIR)))
+BASEDIR:=$(subst /cygdrive/$(BASEDRIVE)/,$(BASEDRIVE):/,$(BASEDIR))
+endif
+endif
+else
+BASEDIR=.
+endif
+ifdef inOS2
+ifndef ECHO
+ECHO:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /gecho$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(ECHO),)
+ECHO:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /echo$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(ECHO),)
+ECHO=echo
+else
+ECHO:=$(firstword $(ECHO))
+endif
+else
+ECHO:=$(firstword $(ECHO))
+endif
+endif
+export ECHO
+endif
+override DEFAULT_FPCDIR=../..
+ifndef FPC
+ifdef PP
+FPC=$(PP)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef FPC
+FPCPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /fpc$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifneq ($(FPCPROG),)
+FPCPROG:=$(firstword $(FPCPROG))
+ifneq ($(CPU_TARGET),)
+FPC:=$(shell $(FPCPROG) -P$(CPU_TARGET) -PB)
+else
+FPC:=$(shell $(FPCPROG) -PB)
+endif
+ifneq ($(findstring Error,$(FPC)),)
+override FPC=$(firstword $(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /ppc386$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH)))))
+endif
+else
+override FPC=$(firstword $(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /ppc386$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH)))))
+endif
+endif
+override FPC:=$(subst $(SRCEXEEXT),,$(FPC))
+override FPC:=$(subst \,/,$(FPC))$(SRCEXEEXT)
+FOUNDFPC:=$(strip $(wildcard $(FPC)))
+ifeq ($(FOUNDFPC),)
+FOUNDFPC=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /$(FPC),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(FOUNDFPC),)
+$(error Compiler $(FPC) not found)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef FPC_COMPILERINFO
+FPC_COMPILERINFO:=$(shell $(FPC) -iVSPTPSOTO)
+endif
+ifndef FPC_VERSION
+FPC_VERSION:=$(word 1,$(FPC_COMPILERINFO))
+endif
+export FPC FPC_VERSION FPC_COMPILERINFO
+unexport CHECKDEPEND ALLDEPENDENCIES
+ifndef CPU_TARGET
+ifdef CPU_TARGET_DEFAULT
+CPU_TARGET=$(CPU_TARGET_DEFAULT)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef OS_TARGET
+ifdef OS_TARGET_DEFAULT
+OS_TARGET=$(OS_TARGET_DEFAULT)
+endif
+endif
+ifneq ($(words $(FPC_COMPILERINFO)),5)
+FPC_COMPILERINFO+=$(shell $(FPC) -iSP)
+FPC_COMPILERINFO+=$(shell $(FPC) -iTP)
+FPC_COMPILERINFO+=$(shell $(FPC) -iSO)
+FPC_COMPILERINFO+=$(shell $(FPC) -iTO)
+endif
+ifndef CPU_SOURCE
+CPU_SOURCE:=$(word 2,$(FPC_COMPILERINFO))
+endif
+ifndef CPU_TARGET
+CPU_TARGET:=$(word 3,$(FPC_COMPILERINFO))
+endif
+ifndef OS_SOURCE
+OS_SOURCE:=$(word 4,$(FPC_COMPILERINFO))
+endif
+ifndef OS_TARGET
+OS_TARGET:=$(word 5,$(FPC_COMPILERINFO))
+endif
+FULL_TARGET=$(CPU_TARGET)-$(OS_TARGET)
+FULL_SOURCE=$(CPU_SOURCE)-$(OS_SOURCE)
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_SOURCE),$(LIMIT83fs)),)
+TARGETSUFFIX=$(OS_TARGET)
+SOURCESUFFIX=$(OS_SOURCE)
+else
+TARGETSUFFIX=$(FULL_TARGET)
+SOURCESUFFIX=$(FULL_SOURCE)
+endif
+ifneq ($(FULL_TARGET),$(FULL_SOURCE))
+CROSSCOMPILE=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(findstring makefile,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ifeq ($(findstring $(FULL_TARGET),$(MAKEFILETARGETS)),)
+$(error The Makefile doesn't support target $(FULL_TARGET), please run fpcmake first)
+endif
+endif
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_TARGET),$(BSDs)),)
+BSDhier=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),linux)
+linuxHier=1
+endif
+export OS_TARGET OS_SOURCE CPU_TARGET CPU_SOURCE FULL_TARGET FULL_SOURCE TARGETSUFFIX SOURCESUFFIX CROSSCOMPILE
+ifdef FPCDIR
+override FPCDIR:=$(subst \,/,$(FPCDIR))
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(addprefix $(FPCDIR)/,rtl units)),)
+override FPCDIR=wrong
+endif
+else
+override FPCDIR=wrong
+endif
+ifdef DEFAULT_FPCDIR
+ifeq ($(FPCDIR),wrong)
+override FPCDIR:=$(subst \,/,$(DEFAULT_FPCDIR))
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(addprefix $(FPCDIR)/,rtl units)),)
+override FPCDIR=wrong
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(FPCDIR),wrong)
+ifdef inUnix
+override FPCDIR=/usr/local/lib/fpc/$(FPC_VERSION)
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(FPCDIR)/units),)
+override FPCDIR=/usr/lib/fpc/$(FPC_VERSION)
+endif
+else
+override FPCDIR:=$(subst /$(FPC),,$(firstword $(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /$(FPC),$(SEARCHPATH))))))
+override FPCDIR:=$(FPCDIR)/..
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(addprefix $(FPCDIR)/,rtl units)),)
+override FPCDIR:=$(FPCDIR)/..
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(addprefix $(FPCDIR)/,rtl units)),)
+override FPCDIR:=$(BASEDIR)
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(addprefix $(FPCDIR)/,rtl units)),)
+override FPCDIR=c:/pp
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef CROSSBINDIR
+CROSSBINDIR:=$(wildcard $(FPCDIR)/bin/$(TARGETSUFFIX))
+endif
+ifndef BINUTILSPREFIX
+ifndef CROSSBINDIR
+ifdef CROSSCOMPILE
+BINUTILSPREFIX=$(CPU_TARGET)-$(OS_TARGET)-
+endif
+endif
+endif
+UNITSDIR:=$(wildcard $(FPCDIR)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX))
+ifeq ($(UNITSDIR),)
+UNITSDIR:=$(wildcard $(FPCDIR)/units/$(OS_TARGET))
+endif
+PACKAGESDIR:=$(wildcard $(FPCDIR) $(FPCDIR)/packages $(FPCDIR)/packages/base $(FPCDIR)/packages/extra)
+override PACKAGE_NAME=os2units
+override PACKAGE_VERSION=1.0.0
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-go32v2)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-win32)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-os2)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-freebsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-beos)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-solaris)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-qnx)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netware)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-openbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wdosx)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-darwin)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-emx)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-watcom)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netwlibc)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wince)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-symbian)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-freebsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-netbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-amiga)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-atari)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-openbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-palmos)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-netbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-amiga)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-macos)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-darwin)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-morphos)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-netbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-solaris)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-freebsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-darwin)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-win64)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-palmos)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-wince)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-gba)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-nds)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-symbian)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-darwin)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+endif
+override INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE=y
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-go32v2)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-win32)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-os2)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-beos)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-solaris)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-qnx)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netware)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-openbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wdosx)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-darwin)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-emx)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-watcom)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netwlibc)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wince)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-symbian)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-amiga)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-atari)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-openbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-palmos)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-amiga)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-macos)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-darwin)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-morphos)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-solaris)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-darwin)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-win64)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-palmos)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-wince)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-gba)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-nds)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-symbian)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-darwin)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-go32v2)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-win32)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-os2)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-beos)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-solaris)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-qnx)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netware)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-openbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wdosx)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-darwin)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-emx)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-watcom)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netwlibc)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wince)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-symbian)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-amiga)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-atari)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-openbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-palmos)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-amiga)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-macos)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-darwin)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-morphos)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-solaris)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-darwin)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-win64)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-palmos)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-wince)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-gba)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-nds)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-symbian)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-darwin)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests examples
+endif
+ifdef REQUIRE_UNITSDIR
+override UNITSDIR+=$(REQUIRE_UNITSDIR)
+endif
+ifdef REQUIRE_PACKAGESDIR
+override PACKAGESDIR+=$(REQUIRE_PACKAGESDIR)
+endif
+ifdef ZIPINSTALL
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_TARGET),$(UNIXs)),)
+UNIXHier=1
+endif
+else
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_SOURCE),$(UNIXs)),)
+UNIXHier=1
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_PREFIX
+ifdef PREFIX
+INSTALL_PREFIX=$(PREFIX)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_PREFIX
+ifdef UNIXHier
+INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr/local
+else
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+INSTALL_BASEDIR:=/pp
+else
+INSTALL_BASEDIR:=/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+export INSTALL_PREFIX
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR
+export INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR
+endif
+ifndef DIST_DESTDIR
+DIST_DESTDIR:=$(BASEDIR)
+endif
+export DIST_DESTDIR
+ifndef COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR
+ifdef PACKAGEDIR_MAIN
+COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR=$(PACKAGEDIR_MAIN)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+else
+COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR=units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef COMPILER_TARGETDIR
+COMPILER_TARGETDIR=.
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_BASEDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+INSTALL_BASEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/lib/fpc/$(FPC_VERSION)
+else
+INSTALL_BASEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/lib/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+else
+INSTALL_BASEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_BINDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+INSTALL_BINDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/bin
+else
+INSTALL_BINDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/bin
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+ifdef CROSSCOMPILE
+ifdef CROSSINSTALL
+INSTALL_BINDIR:=$(INSTALL_BINDIR)/$(SOURCESUFFIX)
+else
+INSTALL_BINDIR:=$(INSTALL_BINDIR)/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+endif
+else
+INSTALL_BINDIR:=$(INSTALL_BINDIR)/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_UNITDIR
+INSTALL_UNITDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+ifdef PACKAGE_NAME
+INSTALL_UNITDIR:=$(INSTALL_UNITDIR)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_LIBDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+INSTALL_LIBDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/lib
+else
+INSTALL_LIBDIR:=$(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_SOURCEDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+ifdef BSDhier
+SRCPREFIXDIR=share/src
+else
+ifdef linuxHier
+SRCPREFIXDIR=share/src
+else
+SRCPREFIXDIR=src
+endif
+endif
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/$(SRCPREFIXDIR)/fpc-$(FPC_VERSION)/$(INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/$(SRCPREFIXDIR)/fpc-$(FPC_VERSION)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+else
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/$(SRCPREFIXDIR)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+endif
+else
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/source/$(INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/source/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+else
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/source
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_DOCDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+ifdef BSDhier
+DOCPREFIXDIR=share/doc
+else
+ifdef linuxHier
+DOCPREFIXDIR=share/doc
+else
+DOCPREFIXDIR=doc
+endif
+endif
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+INSTALL_DOCDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/$(DOCPREFIXDIR)/fpc-$(FPC_VERSION)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+INSTALL_DOCDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/$(DOCPREFIXDIR)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+endif
+else
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+INSTALL_DOCDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/doc/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+INSTALL_DOCDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/doc
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+ifdef BSDhier
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/share/examples/fpc-$(FPC_VERSION)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+ifdef linuxHier
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_DOCDIR)/examples
+else
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/doc/fpc-$(FPC_VERSION)/examples/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+endif
+else
+ifdef BSDhier
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/share/examples/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+else
+ifdef linuxHier
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_DOCDIR)/examples/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+else
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/doc/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+else
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/examples/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/examples
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_DATADIR
+INSTALL_DATADIR=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_SHAREDDIR
+INSTALL_SHAREDDIR=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/lib
+endif
+ifdef CROSSCOMPILE
+ifndef CROSSBINDIR
+CROSSBINDIR:=$(wildcard $(CROSSTARGETDIR)/bin/$(SOURCESUFFIX))
+ifeq ($(CROSSBINDIR),)
+CROSSBINDIR:=$(wildcard $(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/cross/$(TARGETSUFFIX)/bin/$(FULL_SOURCE))
+endif
+endif
+else
+CROSSBINDIR=
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_SOURCE),linux)
+ifndef GCCLIBDIR
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),i386)
+ifneq ($(findstring x86_64,$(shell uname -a)),)
+ifeq ($(BINUTILSPREFIX),)
+GCCLIBDIR:=$(shell dirname `gcc -m32 -print-libgcc-file-name`)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),powerpc64)
+ifeq ($(BINUTILSPREFIX),)
+GCCLIBDIR:=$(shell dirname `gcc -m64 -print-libgcc-file-name`)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef GCCLIBDIR
+CROSSGCC=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /$(BINUTILSPREFIX)gcc$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifneq ($(CROSSGCC),)
+GCCLIBDIR:=$(shell dirname `$(CROSSGCC) -print-libgcc-file-name`)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef OTHERLIBDIR
+OTHERLIBDIR:=$(shell grep -v "^\#" /etc/ld.so.conf | awk '{ ORS=" "; print $1 }')
+endif
+endif
+ifdef inUnix
+ifeq ($(OS_SOURCE),netbsd)
+OTHERLIBDIR+=/usr/pkg/lib
+endif
+export GCCLIBDIR OTHERLIB
+endif
+BATCHEXT=.bat
+LOADEREXT=.as
+EXEEXT=.exe
+PPLEXT=.ppl
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+OEXT=.o
+ASMEXT=.s
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.so
+SHAREDLIBPREFIX=libfp
+STATICLIBPREFIX=libp
+IMPORTLIBPREFIX=libimp
+RSTEXT=.rst
+ifeq ($(findstring 1.0.,$(FPC_VERSION)),)
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),go32v1)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=v1
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),go32v2)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=dos
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),watcom)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+OEXT=.obj
+ASMEXT=.asm
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=wat
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),linux)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=lnx
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),freebsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=fbs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netbsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=nbs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),openbsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=obs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),win32)
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=w32
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),os2)
+BATCHEXT=.cmd
+AOUTEXT=.out
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=os2
+ECHO=echo
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),emx)
+BATCHEXT=.cmd
+AOUTEXT=.out
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=emx
+ECHO=echo
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),amiga)
+EXEEXT=
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.library
+SHORTSUFFIX=amg
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),morphos)
+EXEEXT=
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.library
+SHORTSUFFIX=mos
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),atari)
+EXEEXT=.ttp
+SHORTSUFFIX=ata
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),beos)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=be
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),solaris)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=sun
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),qnx)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=qnx
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netware)
+EXEEXT=.nlm
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=nw
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netwlibc)
+EXEEXT=.nlm
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=nwl
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),macos)
+BATCHEXT=
+EXEEXT=
+DEBUGSYMEXT=.xcoff
+SHORTSUFFIX=mac
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),darwin)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=dwn
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),gba)
+EXEEXT=.gba
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.so
+SHORTSUFFIX=gba
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),symbian)
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=symbian
+endif
+else
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),go32v1)
+PPUEXT=.pp1
+OEXT=.o1
+ASMEXT=.s1
+SMARTEXT=.sl1
+STATICLIBEXT=.a1
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.so1
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=v1
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),go32v2)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=dos
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),watcom)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=wat
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),linux)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=lnx
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),freebsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=fbs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netbsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=nbs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),openbsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=obs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),win32)
+PPUEXT=.ppw
+OEXT=.ow
+ASMEXT=.sw
+SMARTEXT=.slw
+STATICLIBEXT=.aw
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=w32
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),os2)
+BATCHEXT=.cmd
+PPUEXT=.ppo
+ASMEXT=.so2
+OEXT=.oo2
+AOUTEXT=.out
+SMARTEXT=.sl2
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+STATICLIBEXT=.ao2
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=os2
+ECHO=echo
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),amiga)
+EXEEXT=
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.library
+SHORTSUFFIX=amg
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),atari)
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+EXEEXT=.ttp
+SHORTSUFFIX=ata
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),beos)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=be
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),solaris)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=sun
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),qnx)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=qnx
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netware)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+OEXT=.o
+ASMEXT=.s
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.nlm
+EXEEXT=.nlm
+SHORTSUFFIX=nw
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netwlibc)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+OEXT=.o
+ASMEXT=.s
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.nlm
+EXEEXT=.nlm
+SHORTSUFFIX=nwl
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),macos)
+BATCHEXT=
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+EXEEXT=
+DEBUGSYMEXT=.xcoff
+SHORTSUFFIX=mac
+endif
+endif
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_SOURCE),$(LIMIT83fs)),)
+FPCMADE=fpcmade.$(SHORTSUFFIX)
+ZIPSUFFIX=$(SHORTSUFFIX)
+ZIPCROSSPREFIX=
+ZIPSOURCESUFFIX=src
+ZIPEXAMPLESUFFIX=exm
+else
+FPCMADE=fpcmade.$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+ZIPSOURCESUFFIX=.source
+ZIPEXAMPLESUFFIX=.examples
+ifdef CROSSCOMPILE
+ZIPSUFFIX=.$(SOURCESUFFIX)
+ZIPCROSSPREFIX=$(TARGETSUFFIX)-
+else
+ZIPSUFFIX=.$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+ZIPCROSSPREFIX=
+endif
+endif
+ifndef ECHO
+ECHO:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /gecho$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(ECHO),)
+ECHO:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /echo$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(ECHO),)
+ECHO= __missing_command_ECHO
+else
+ECHO:=$(firstword $(ECHO))
+endif
+else
+ECHO:=$(firstword $(ECHO))
+endif
+endif
+export ECHO
+ifndef DATE
+DATE:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /gdate$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(DATE),)
+DATE:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /date$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(DATE),)
+DATE= __missing_command_DATE
+else
+DATE:=$(firstword $(DATE))
+endif
+else
+DATE:=$(firstword $(DATE))
+endif
+endif
+export DATE
+ifndef GINSTALL
+GINSTALL:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /ginstall$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(GINSTALL),)
+GINSTALL:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /install$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(GINSTALL),)
+GINSTALL= __missing_command_GINSTALL
+else
+GINSTALL:=$(firstword $(GINSTALL))
+endif
+else
+GINSTALL:=$(firstword $(GINSTALL))
+endif
+endif
+export GINSTALL
+ifndef CPPROG
+CPPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /cp$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(CPPROG),)
+CPPROG= __missing_command_CPPROG
+else
+CPPROG:=$(firstword $(CPPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export CPPROG
+ifndef RMPROG
+RMPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /rm$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(RMPROG),)
+RMPROG= __missing_command_RMPROG
+else
+RMPROG:=$(firstword $(RMPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export RMPROG
+ifndef MVPROG
+MVPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /mv$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(MVPROG),)
+MVPROG= __missing_command_MVPROG
+else
+MVPROG:=$(firstword $(MVPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export MVPROG
+ifndef MKDIRPROG
+MKDIRPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /gmkdir$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(MKDIRPROG),)
+MKDIRPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /mkdir$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(MKDIRPROG),)
+MKDIRPROG= __missing_command_MKDIRPROG
+else
+MKDIRPROG:=$(firstword $(MKDIRPROG))
+endif
+else
+MKDIRPROG:=$(firstword $(MKDIRPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export MKDIRPROG
+ifndef ECHOREDIR
+ifndef inUnix
+ECHOREDIR=echo
+else
+ECHOREDIR=$(ECHO)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef COPY
+COPY:=$(CPPROG) -fp
+endif
+ifndef COPYTREE
+COPYTREE:=$(CPPROG) -Rfp
+endif
+ifndef MKDIRTREE
+MKDIRTREE:=$(MKDIRPROG) -p
+endif
+ifndef MOVE
+MOVE:=$(MVPROG) -f
+endif
+ifndef DEL
+DEL:=$(RMPROG) -f
+endif
+ifndef DELTREE
+DELTREE:=$(RMPROG) -rf
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL
+ifdef inUnix
+INSTALL:=$(GINSTALL) -c -m 644
+else
+INSTALL:=$(COPY)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALLEXE
+ifdef inUnix
+INSTALLEXE:=$(GINSTALL) -c -m 755
+else
+INSTALLEXE:=$(COPY)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef MKDIR
+MKDIR:=$(GINSTALL) -m 755 -d
+endif
+export ECHOREDIR COPY COPYTREE MOVE DEL DELTREE INSTALL INSTALLEXE MKDIR
+ifndef PPUMOVE
+PPUMOVE:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /ppumove$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(PPUMOVE),)
+PPUMOVE= __missing_command_PPUMOVE
+else
+PPUMOVE:=$(firstword $(PPUMOVE))
+endif
+endif
+export PPUMOVE
+ifndef FPCMAKE
+FPCMAKE:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /fpcmake$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(FPCMAKE),)
+FPCMAKE= __missing_command_FPCMAKE
+else
+FPCMAKE:=$(firstword $(FPCMAKE))
+endif
+endif
+export FPCMAKE
+ifndef ZIPPROG
+ZIPPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /zip$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(ZIPPROG),)
+ZIPPROG= __missing_command_ZIPPROG
+else
+ZIPPROG:=$(firstword $(ZIPPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export ZIPPROG
+ifndef TARPROG
+TARPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /gtar$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(TARPROG),)
+TARPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /tar$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(TARPROG),)
+TARPROG= __missing_command_TARPROG
+else
+TARPROG:=$(firstword $(TARPROG))
+endif
+else
+TARPROG:=$(firstword $(TARPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export TARPROG
+ASNAME=$(BINUTILSPREFIX)as
+LDNAME=$(BINUTILSPREFIX)ld
+ARNAME=$(BINUTILSPREFIX)ar
+RCNAME=$(BINUTILSPREFIX)rc
+ifneq ($(findstring 1.0.,$(FPC_VERSION)),)
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),win32)
+ifeq ($(CROSSBINDIR),)
+ASNAME=asw
+LDNAME=ldw
+ARNAME=arw
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef ASPROG
+ifdef CROSSBINDIR
+ASPROG=$(CROSSBINDIR)/$(ASNAME)$(SRCEXEEXT)
+else
+ASPROG=$(ASNAME)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef LDPROG
+ifdef CROSSBINDIR
+LDPROG=$(CROSSBINDIR)/$(LDNAME)$(SRCEXEEXT)
+else
+LDPROG=$(LDNAME)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef RCPROG
+ifdef CROSSBINDIR
+RCPROG=$(CROSSBINDIR)/$(RCNAME)$(SRCEXEEXT)
+else
+RCPROG=$(RCNAME)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef ARPROG
+ifdef CROSSBINDIR
+ARPROG=$(CROSSBINDIR)/$(ARNAME)$(SRCEXEEXT)
+else
+ARPROG=$(ARNAME)
+endif
+endif
+AS=$(ASPROG)
+LD=$(LDPROG)
+RC=$(RCPROG)
+AR=$(ARPROG)
+PPAS=ppas$(SRCBATCHEXT)
+ifdef inUnix
+LDCONFIG=ldconfig
+else
+LDCONFIG=
+endif
+ifdef DATE
+DATESTR:=$(shell $(DATE) +%Y%m%d)
+else
+DATESTR=
+endif
+ifndef UPXPROG
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),go32v2)
+UPXPROG:=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),win32)
+UPXPROG:=1
+endif
+ifdef UPXPROG
+UPXPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /upx$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(UPXPROG),)
+UPXPROG=
+else
+UPXPROG:=$(firstword $(UPXPROG))
+endif
+else
+UPXPROG=
+endif
+endif
+export UPXPROG
+ZIPOPT=-9
+ZIPEXT=.zip
+ifeq ($(USETAR),bz2)
+TAROPT=vj
+TAREXT=.tar.bz2
+else
+TAROPT=vz
+TAREXT=.tar.gz
+endif
+override REQUIRE_PACKAGES=rtl 
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-go32v2)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-win32)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-os2)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-freebsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-beos)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-solaris)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-qnx)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netware)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-openbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wdosx)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-darwin)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-emx)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-watcom)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netwlibc)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wince)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-symbian)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-freebsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-netbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-amiga)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-atari)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-openbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-palmos)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-netbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-amiga)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-macos)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-darwin)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-morphos)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-netbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-solaris)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-freebsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-darwin)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-win64)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-palmos)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-wince)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-gba)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-nds)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-symbian)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-darwin)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+endif
+ifdef REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL
+PACKAGEDIR_RTL:=$(firstword $(subst /Makefile.fpc,,$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /rtl/Makefile.fpc,$(PACKAGESDIR))))))
+ifneq ($(PACKAGEDIR_RTL),)
+ifneq ($(wildcard $(PACKAGEDIR_RTL)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)),)
+UNITDIR_RTL=$(PACKAGEDIR_RTL)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+else
+UNITDIR_RTL=$(PACKAGEDIR_RTL)
+endif
+ifdef CHECKDEPEND
+$(PACKAGEDIR_RTL)/$(FPCMADE):
+	$(MAKE) -C $(PACKAGEDIR_RTL) $(FPCMADE)
+override ALLDEPENDENCIES+=$(PACKAGEDIR_RTL)/$(FPCMADE)
+endif
+else
+PACKAGEDIR_RTL=
+UNITDIR_RTL:=$(subst /Package.fpc,,$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /rtl/Package.fpc,$(UNITSDIR)))))
+ifneq ($(UNITDIR_RTL),)
+UNITDIR_RTL:=$(firstword $(UNITDIR_RTL))
+else
+UNITDIR_RTL=
+endif
+endif
+ifdef UNITDIR_RTL
+override COMPILER_UNITDIR+=$(UNITDIR_RTL)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef NOCPUDEF
+override FPCOPTDEF=$(CPU_TARGET)
+endif
+ifneq ($(OS_TARGET),$(OS_SOURCE))
+override FPCOPT+=-T$(OS_TARGET)
+endif
+ifneq ($(CPU_TARGET),$(CPU_SOURCE))
+override FPCOPT+=-P$(CPU_TARGET)
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_SOURCE),openbsd)
+override FPCOPT+=-FD$(NEW_BINUTILS_PATH)
+endif
+ifndef CROSSBOOTSTRAP
+ifneq ($(BINUTILSPREFIX),)
+override FPCOPT+=-XP$(BINUTILSPREFIX)
+endif
+ifneq ($(BINUTILSPREFIX),)
+override FPCOPT+=-Xr$(RLINKPATH)
+endif
+endif
+ifdef UNITDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fu,$(UNITDIR))
+endif
+ifdef LIBDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fl,$(LIBDIR))
+endif
+ifdef OBJDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fo,$(OBJDIR))
+endif
+ifdef INCDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fi,$(INCDIR))
+endif
+ifdef LINKSMART
+override FPCOPT+=-XX
+endif
+ifdef CREATESMART
+override FPCOPT+=-CX
+endif
+ifdef DEBUG
+override FPCOPT+=-gl
+override FPCOPTDEF+=DEBUG
+endif
+ifdef RELEASE
+ifneq ($(findstring 2.0.,$(FPC_VERSION)),)
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),i386)
+FPCCPUOPT:=-OG2p3
+endif
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),powerpc)
+FPCCPUOPT:=-O1r
+endif
+else
+FPCCPUOPT:=-O2
+endif
+override FPCOPT+=-Ur -Xs $(FPCCPUOPT) -n
+override FPCOPTDEF+=RELEASE
+endif
+ifdef STRIP
+override FPCOPT+=-Xs
+endif
+ifdef OPTIMIZE
+override FPCOPT+=-O2
+endif
+ifdef VERBOSE
+override FPCOPT+=-vwni
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_OPTIONS
+override FPCOPT+=$(COMPILER_OPTIONS)
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_UNITDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fu,$(COMPILER_UNITDIR))
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_LIBRARYDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fl,$(COMPILER_LIBRARYDIR))
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_OBJECTDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fo,$(COMPILER_OBJECTDIR))
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fi,$(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR))
+endif
+ifdef CROSSBINDIR
+override FPCOPT+=-FD$(CROSSBINDIR)
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_TARGETDIR
+override FPCOPT+=-FE$(COMPILER_TARGETDIR)
+ifeq ($(COMPILER_TARGETDIR),.)
+override TARGETDIRPREFIX=
+else
+override TARGETDIRPREFIX=$(COMPILER_TARGETDIR)/
+endif
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR
+override FPCOPT+=-FU$(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)
+ifeq ($(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR),.)
+override UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX=
+else
+override UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX=$(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)/
+endif
+else
+ifdef COMPILER_TARGETDIR
+override COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR=$(COMPILER_TARGETDIR)
+override UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX=$(TARGETDIRPREFIX)
+endif
+endif
+ifdef CREATESHARED
+override FPCOPT+=-Cg
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),i386)
+override FPCOPT+=-Aas
+endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(findstring 2.0.,$(FPC_VERSION)),)
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),linux)
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),x86_64)
+override FPCOPT+=-Cg
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifdef LINKSHARED
+endif
+ifdef GCCLIBDIR
+override FPCOPT+=-Fl$(GCCLIBDIR)
+endif
+ifdef OTHERLIBDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fl,$(OTHERLIBDIR))
+endif
+ifdef OPT
+override FPCOPT+=$(OPT)
+endif
+ifdef FPCOPTDEF
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -d,$(FPCOPTDEF))
+endif
+ifdef CFGFILE
+override FPCOPT+=@$(CFGFILE)
+endif
+ifdef USEENV
+override FPCEXTCMD:=$(FPCOPT)
+override FPCOPT:=!FPCEXTCMD
+export FPCEXTCMD
+endif
+override AFULL_TARGET=$(CPU_TARGET)-$(OS_TARGET)
+override AFULL_SOURCE=$(CPU_SOURCE)-$(OS_SOURCE)
+ifneq ($(AFULL_TARGET),$(AFULL_SOURCE))
+override ACROSSCOMPILE=1
+endif
+ifdef ACROSSCOMPILE
+override FPCOPT+=$(CROSSOPT)
+endif
+override COMPILER:=$(FPC) $(FPCOPT)
+ifeq (,$(findstring -s ,$(COMPILER)))
+EXECPPAS=
+else
+ifeq ($(FULL_SOURCE),$(FULL_TARGET))
+ifdef RUNBATCH
+EXECPPAS:=@$(RUNBATCH) $(PPAS)
+else
+EXECPPAS:=@$(PPAS)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+.PHONY: fpc_units
+ifneq ($(TARGET_UNITS)$(TARGET_IMPLICITUNITS),)
+override ALLTARGET+=fpc_units
+override UNITPPUFILES=$(addsuffix $(PPUEXT),$(TARGET_UNITS))
+override IMPLICITUNITPPUFILES=$(addsuffix $(PPUEXT),$(TARGET_IMPLICITUNITS))
+override INSTALLPPUFILES+=$(UNITPPUFILES) $(IMPLICITUNITPPUFILES)
+override CLEANPPUFILES+=$(UNITPPUFILES) $(IMPLICITUNITPPUFILES)
+endif
+fpc_units: $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR) $(UNITPPUFILES)
+ifdef TARGET_RSTS
+override RSTFILES=$(addsuffix $(RSTEXT),$(TARGET_RSTS))
+override CLEANRSTFILES+=$(RSTFILES)
+endif
+.PHONY: fpc_all fpc_smart fpc_debug fpc_release fpc_shared
+$(FPCMADE): $(ALLDEPENDENCIES) $(ALLTARGET)
+	@$(ECHOREDIR) Compiled > $(FPCMADE)
+fpc_all: $(FPCMADE)
+fpc_smart:
+	$(MAKE) all LINKSMART=1 CREATESMART=1
+fpc_debug:
+	$(MAKE) all DEBUG=1
+fpc_release:
+	$(MAKE) all RELEASE=1
+.SUFFIXES: $(EXEEXT) $(PPUEXT) $(OEXT) .pas .lpr .dpr .pp .rc .res
+$(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR):
+	$(MKDIRTREE) $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)
+$(COMPILER_TARGETDIR):
+	$(MKDIRTREE) $(COMPILER_TARGETDIR)
+%$(PPUEXT): %.pp
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%$(PPUEXT): %.pas
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%$(EXEEXT): %.pp
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%$(EXEEXT): %.pas
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%$(EXEEXT): %.lpr
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%$(EXEEXT): %.dpr
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%.res: %.rc
+	windres -i $< -o $@
+vpath %.pp $(COMPILER_SOURCEDIR) $(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR)
+vpath %.pas $(COMPILER_SOURCEDIR) $(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR)
+vpath %.lpr $(COMPILER_SOURCEDIR) $(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR)
+vpath %.dpr $(COMPILER_SOURCEDIR) $(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR)
+vpath %.inc $(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR)
+vpath %$(OEXT) $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)
+vpath %$(PPUEXT) $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)
+.PHONY: fpc_shared
+override INSTALLTARGET+=fpc_shared_install
+ifndef SHARED_LIBVERSION
+SHARED_LIBVERSION=$(FPC_VERSION)
+endif
+ifndef SHARED_LIBNAME
+SHARED_LIBNAME=$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+ifndef SHARED_FULLNAME
+SHARED_FULLNAME=$(SHAREDLIBPREFIX)$(SHARED_LIBNAME)-$(SHARED_LIBVERSION)$(SHAREDLIBEXT)
+endif
+ifndef SHARED_LIBUNITS
+SHARED_LIBUNITS:=$(TARGET_UNITS) $(TARGET_IMPLICITUNITS)
+override SHARED_LIBUNITS:=$(filter-out $(INSTALL_BUILDUNIT),$(SHARED_LIBUNITS))
+endif
+fpc_shared:
+ifdef HASSHAREDLIB
+	$(MAKE) all CREATESHARED=1 LINKSHARED=1 CREATESMART=1
+ifneq ($(SHARED_BUILD),n)
+	$(PPUMOVE) -q $(SHARED_LIBUNITS) -i$(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR) -o$(SHARED_FULLNAME) -d$(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)
+endif
+else
+	@$(ECHO) Shared Libraries not supported
+endif
+fpc_shared_install:
+ifneq ($(SHARED_BUILD),n)
+ifneq ($(SHARED_LIBUNITS),)
+ifneq ($(wildcard $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)/$(SHARED_FULLNAME)),)
+	$(INSTALL) $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)/$(SHARED_FULLNAME) $(INSTALL_SHAREDDIR)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+.PHONY: fpc_install fpc_sourceinstall fpc_exampleinstall
+ifdef INSTALL_UNITS
+override INSTALLPPUFILES+=$(addsuffix $(PPUEXT),$(INSTALL_UNITS))
+endif
+ifdef INSTALL_BUILDUNIT
+override INSTALLPPUFILES:=$(filter-out $(INSTALL_BUILDUNIT)$(PPUEXT),$(INSTALLPPUFILES))
+endif
+ifdef INSTALLPPUFILES
+override INSTALLPPULINKFILES:=$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(OEXT),$(INSTALLPPUFILES)) $(addprefix $(STATICLIBPREFIX),$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(STATICLIBEXT),$(INSTALLPPUFILES))) $(addprefix $(IMPORTLIBPREFIX),$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(STATICLIBEXT),$(INSTALLPPUFILES)))
+ifneq ($(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),)
+override INSTALLPPUFILES:=$(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(notdir $(INSTALLPPUFILES)))
+override INSTALLPPULINKFILES:=$(wildcard $(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(notdir $(INSTALLPPULINKFILES))))
+endif
+override INSTALL_CREATEPACKAGEFPC=1
+endif
+ifdef INSTALLEXEFILES
+ifneq ($(TARGETDIRPREFIX),)
+override INSTALLEXEFILES:=$(addprefix $(TARGETDIRPREFIX),$(notdir $(INSTALLEXEFILES)))
+endif
+endif
+fpc_install: all $(INSTALLTARGET)
+ifdef INSTALLEXEFILES
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_BINDIR)
+ifdef UPXPROG
+	-$(UPXPROG) $(INSTALLEXEFILES)
+endif
+	$(INSTALLEXE) $(INSTALLEXEFILES) $(INSTALL_BINDIR)
+endif
+ifdef INSTALL_CREATEPACKAGEFPC
+ifdef FPCMAKE
+ifdef PACKAGE_VERSION
+ifneq ($(wildcard Makefile.fpc),)
+	$(FPCMAKE) -p -T$(CPU_TARGET)-$(OS_TARGET) Makefile.fpc
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+	$(INSTALL) Package.fpc $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifdef INSTALLPPUFILES
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+	$(INSTALL) $(INSTALLPPUFILES) $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+ifneq ($(INSTALLPPULINKFILES),)
+	$(INSTALL) $(INSTALLPPULINKFILES) $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+endif
+ifneq ($(wildcard $(LIB_FULLNAME)),)
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_LIBDIR)
+	$(INSTALL) $(LIB_FULLNAME) $(INSTALL_LIBDIR)
+ifdef inUnix
+	ln -sf $(LIB_FULLNAME) $(INSTALL_LIBDIR)/$(LIB_NAME)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifdef INSTALL_FILES
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_DATADIR)
+	$(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_FILES) $(INSTALL_DATADIR)
+endif
+fpc_sourceinstall: distclean
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_SOURCEDIR)
+	$(COPYTREE) $(BASEDIR)/* $(INSTALL_SOURCEDIR)
+fpc_exampleinstall: $(addsuffix _distclean,$(TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS))
+ifdef HASEXAMPLES
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR)
+endif
+ifdef EXAMPLESOURCEFILES
+	$(COPY) $(EXAMPLESOURCEFILES) $(INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR)
+endif
+ifdef TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS
+	$(COPYTREE) $(addsuffix /*,$(TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS)) $(INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR)
+endif
+.PHONY: fpc_distinstall
+fpc_distinstall: install exampleinstall
+.PHONY: fpc_zipinstall fpc_zipsourceinstall fpc_zipexampleinstall
+ifndef PACKDIR
+ifndef inUnix
+PACKDIR=$(BASEDIR)/../fpc-pack
+else
+PACKDIR=/tmp/fpc-pack
+endif
+endif
+ifndef ZIPNAME
+ifdef DIST_ZIPNAME
+ZIPNAME=$(DIST_ZIPNAME)
+else
+ZIPNAME=$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef FULLZIPNAME
+FULLZIPNAME=$(ZIPCROSSPREFIX)$(ZIPPREFIX)$(ZIPNAME)$(ZIPSUFFIX)
+endif
+ifndef ZIPTARGET
+ifdef DIST_ZIPTARGET
+ZIPTARGET=DIST_ZIPTARGET
+else
+ZIPTARGET=install
+endif
+endif
+ifndef USEZIP
+ifdef inUnix
+USETAR=1
+endif
+endif
+ifndef inUnix
+USEZIPWRAPPER=1
+endif
+ifdef USEZIPWRAPPER
+ZIPPATHSEP=$(PATHSEP)
+ZIPWRAPPER=$(subst /,$(PATHSEP),$(DIST_DESTDIR)/fpczip$(SRCBATCHEXT))
+else
+ZIPPATHSEP=/
+endif
+ZIPCMD_CDPACK:=cd $(subst /,$(ZIPPATHSEP),$(PACKDIR))
+ZIPCMD_CDBASE:=cd $(subst /,$(ZIPPATHSEP),$(BASEDIR))
+ifdef USETAR
+ZIPDESTFILE:=$(DIST_DESTDIR)/$(FULLZIPNAME)$(TAREXT)
+ZIPCMD_ZIP:=$(TARPROG) cf$(TAROPT) $(ZIPDESTFILE) *
+else
+ZIPDESTFILE:=$(DIST_DESTDIR)/$(FULLZIPNAME)$(ZIPEXT)
+ZIPCMD_ZIP:=$(subst /,$(ZIPPATHSEP),$(ZIPPROG)) -Dr $(ZIPOPT) $(ZIPDESTFILE) *
+endif
+fpc_zipinstall:
+	$(MAKE) $(ZIPTARGET) INSTALL_PREFIX=$(PACKDIR) ZIPINSTALL=1
+	$(MKDIR) $(DIST_DESTDIR)
+	$(DEL) $(ZIPDESTFILE)
+ifdef USEZIPWRAPPER
+ifneq ($(ECHOREDIR),echo)
+	$(ECHOREDIR) -e "$(subst \,\\,$(ZIPCMD_CDPACK))" > $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+	$(ECHOREDIR) -e "$(subst \,\\,$(ZIPCMD_ZIP))" >> $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+	$(ECHOREDIR) -e "$(subst \,\\,$(ZIPCMD_CDBASE))" >> $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+else
+	echo $(ZIPCMD_CDPACK) > $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+	echo $(ZIPCMD_ZIP) >> $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+	echo $(ZIPCMD_CDBASE) >> $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+endif
+ifdef inUnix
+	/bin/sh $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+else
+ifdef RUNBATCH
+	$(RUNBATCH) (ZIPWRAPPER)
+else
+	$(ZIPWRAPPER)
+endif
+endif
+	$(DEL) $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+else
+	$(ZIPCMD_CDPACK) ; $(ZIPCMD_ZIP) ; $(ZIPCMD_CDBASE)
+endif
+	$(DELTREE) $(PACKDIR)
+fpc_zipsourceinstall:
+	$(MAKE) fpc_zipinstall ZIPTARGET=sourceinstall ZIPSUFFIX=$(ZIPSOURCESUFFIX)
+fpc_zipexampleinstall:
+ifdef HASEXAMPLES
+	$(MAKE) fpc_zipinstall ZIPTARGET=exampleinstall ZIPSUFFIX=$(ZIPEXAMPLESUFFIX)
+endif
+fpc_zipdistinstall:
+	$(MAKE) fpc_zipinstall ZIPTARGET=distinstall
+.PHONY: fpc_clean fpc_cleanall fpc_distclean
+ifdef EXEFILES
+override CLEANEXEFILES:=$(addprefix $(TARGETDIRPREFIX),$(CLEANEXEFILES))
+endif
+ifdef CLEAN_UNITS
+override CLEANPPUFILES+=$(addsuffix $(PPUEXT),$(CLEAN_UNITS))
+endif
+ifdef CLEANPPUFILES
+override CLEANPPULINKFILES:=$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(OEXT),$(CLEANPPUFILES)) $(addprefix $(STATICLIBPREFIX),$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(STATICLIBEXT),$(CLEANPPUFILES))) $(addprefix $(IMPORTLIBPREFIX),$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(STATICLIBEXT),$(CLEANPPUFILES)))
+ifdef DEBUGSYMEXT
+override CLEANPPULINKFILES+=$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(DEBUGSYMEXT),$(CLEANPPUFILES))
+endif
+override CLEANPPUFILES:=$(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(CLEANPPUFILES))
+override CLEANPPULINKFILES:=$(wildcard $(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(CLEANPPULINKFILES)))
+endif
+fpc_clean: $(CLEANTARGET)
+ifdef CLEANEXEFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANEXEFILES)
+endif
+ifdef CLEANPPUFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANPPUFILES)
+endif
+ifneq ($(CLEANPPULINKFILES),)
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANPPULINKFILES)
+endif
+ifdef CLEANRSTFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(CLEANRSTFILES))
+endif
+ifdef CLEAN_FILES
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+endif
+ifdef LIB_NAME
+	-$(DEL) $(LIB_NAME) $(LIB_FULLNAME)
+endif
+	-$(DEL) $(FPCMADE) Package.fpc $(PPAS) script.res link.res $(FPCEXTFILE) $(REDIRFILE)
+	-$(DEL) *$(ASMEXT) *_ppas$(BATCHEXT)
+fpc_cleanall: $(CLEANTARGET)
+ifdef CLEANEXEFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANEXEFILES)
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR
+ifdef CLEANPPUFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANPPUFILES)
+endif
+ifneq ($(CLEANPPULINKFILES),)
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANPPULINKFILES)
+endif
+ifdef CLEANRSTFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(CLEANRSTFILES))
+endif
+endif
+	-$(DELTREE) units
+	-$(DEL) *$(OEXT) *$(PPUEXT) *$(RSTEXT) *$(ASMEXT) *$(STATICLIBEXT) *$(SHAREDLIBEXT) *$(PPLEXT)
+ifneq ($(PPUEXT),.ppu)
+	-$(DEL) *.o *.ppu *.a
+endif
+	-$(DELTREE) *$(SMARTEXT)
+	-$(DEL) fpcmade.* Package.fpc $(PPAS) script.res link.res $(FPCEXTFILE) $(REDIRFILE)
+	-$(DEL) *_ppas$(BATCHEXT)
+ifdef AOUTEXT
+	-$(DEL) *$(AOUTEXT)
+endif
+ifdef DEBUGSYMEXT
+	-$(DEL) *$(DEBUGSYMEXT)
+endif
+fpc_distclean: cleanall
+.PHONY: fpc_baseinfo
+override INFORULES+=fpc_baseinfo
+fpc_baseinfo:
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Package info ==
+	@$(ECHO)  Package Name..... $(PACKAGE_NAME)
+	@$(ECHO)  Package Version.. $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Configuration info ==
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  FPC.......... $(FPC)
+	@$(ECHO)  FPC Version.. $(FPC_VERSION)
+	@$(ECHO)  Source CPU... $(CPU_SOURCE)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target CPU... $(CPU_TARGET)
+	@$(ECHO)  Source OS.... $(OS_SOURCE)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target OS.... $(OS_TARGET)
+	@$(ECHO)  Full Source.. $(FULL_SOURCE)
+	@$(ECHO)  Full Target.. $(FULL_TARGET)
+	@$(ECHO)  SourceSuffix. $(SOURCESUFFIX)
+	@$(ECHO)  TargetSuffix. $(TARGETSUFFIX)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Directory info ==
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Required pkgs... $(REQUIRE_PACKAGES)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Basedir......... $(BASEDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  FPCDir.......... $(FPCDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  CrossBinDir..... $(CROSSBINDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  UnitsDir........ $(UNITSDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  PackagesDir..... $(PACKAGESDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  GCC library..... $(GCCLIBDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Other library... $(OTHERLIBDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Tools info ==
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  As........ $(AS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Ld........ $(LD)
+	@$(ECHO)  Ar........ $(AR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Rc........ $(RC)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Mv........ $(MVPROG)
+	@$(ECHO)  Cp........ $(CPPROG)
+	@$(ECHO)  Rm........ $(RMPROG)
+	@$(ECHO)  GInstall.. $(GINSTALL)
+	@$(ECHO)  Echo...... $(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Shell..... $(SHELL)
+	@$(ECHO)  Date...... $(DATE)
+	@$(ECHO)  FPCMake... $(FPCMAKE)
+	@$(ECHO)  PPUMove... $(PPUMOVE)
+	@$(ECHO)  Upx....... $(UPXPROG)
+	@$(ECHO)  Zip....... $(ZIPPROG)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Object info ==
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Loaders........ $(TARGET_LOADERS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Units.......... $(TARGET_UNITS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Implicit Units. $(TARGET_IMPLICITUNITS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Programs....... $(TARGET_PROGRAMS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Dirs........... $(TARGET_DIRS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Examples....... $(TARGET_EXAMPLES)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target ExampleDirs.... $(TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Clean Units......... $(CLEAN_UNITS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Clean Files......... $(CLEAN_FILES)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install Units....... $(INSTALL_UNITS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install Files....... $(INSTALL_FILES)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Install info ==
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  DateStr.............. $(DATESTR)
+	@$(ECHO)  ZipName.............. $(ZIPNAME)
+	@$(ECHO)  ZipPrefix............ $(ZIPPREFIX)
+	@$(ECHO)  ZipCrossPrefix....... $(ZIPCROSSPREFIX)
+	@$(ECHO)  ZipSuffix............ $(ZIPSUFFIX)
+	@$(ECHO)  FullZipName.......... $(FULLZIPNAME)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install FPC Package.. $(INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install base dir..... $(INSTALL_BASEDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install binary dir... $(INSTALL_BINDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install library dir.. $(INSTALL_LIBDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install units dir.... $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install source dir... $(INSTALL_SOURCEDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install doc dir...... $(INSTALL_DOCDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install example dir.. $(INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install data dir..... $(INSTALL_DATADIR)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Dist destination dir. $(DIST_DESTDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Dist zip name........ $(DIST_ZIPNAME)
+	@$(ECHO)
+.PHONY: fpc_info
+fpc_info: $(INFORULES)
+.PHONY: fpc_makefile fpc_makefiles fpc_makefile_sub1 fpc_makefile_sub2 \
+	fpc_makefile_dirs
+fpc_makefile:
+	$(FPCMAKE) -w -T$(OS_TARGET) Makefile.fpc
+fpc_makefile_sub1:
+ifdef TARGET_DIRS
+	$(FPCMAKE) -w -T$(OS_TARGET) $(addsuffix /Makefile.fpc,$(TARGET_DIRS))
+endif
+ifdef TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS
+	$(FPCMAKE) -w -T$(OS_TARGET) $(addsuffix /Makefile.fpc,$(TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS))
+endif
+fpc_makefile_sub2: $(addsuffix _makefile_dirs,$(TARGET_DIRS) $(TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS))
+fpc_makefile_dirs: fpc_makefile_sub1 fpc_makefile_sub2
+fpc_makefiles: fpc_makefile fpc_makefile_dirs
+all: fpc_all
+debug: fpc_debug
+smart: fpc_smart
+release: fpc_release
+units: fpc_units
+examples:
+shared: fpc_shared
+install: fpc_install
+sourceinstall: fpc_sourceinstall
+exampleinstall: fpc_exampleinstall
+distinstall: fpc_distinstall
+zipinstall: fpc_zipinstall
+zipsourceinstall: fpc_zipsourceinstall
+zipexampleinstall: fpc_zipexampleinstall
+zipdistinstall: fpc_zipdistinstall
+clean: fpc_clean
+distclean: fpc_distclean
+cleanall: fpc_cleanall
+info: fpc_info
+makefiles: fpc_makefiles
+.PHONY: all debug smart release units examples shared install sourceinstall exampleinstall distinstall zipinstall zipsourceinstall zipexampleinstall zipdistinstall clean distclean cleanall info makefiles
+ifneq ($(wildcard fpcmake.loc),)
+include fpcmake.loc
+endif
+.NOTPARALLEL:
diff --git a/packages/os2units/Makefile.fpc b/packages/os2units/Makefile.fpc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b15e052c16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/Makefile.fpc
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#
+#   Makefile.fpc for SDL bindings
+#
+
+[package]
+name=os2units
+version=1.0.0
+
+[require]
+libc=y
+
+[target]
+units=buildall clkdll clktest dive ftpapi hwvideo lvm mciapi mcidrv mci mmbase mmio som sw wpstk
+
+[install]
+fpcpackage=y
+
+[default]
+fpcdir=../..
+
+[compiler]
+includedir=src
+sourcedir=src tests examples
+
+[rules]
+.NOTPARALLEL:
diff --git a/packages/os2units/examples/ftptest.pas b/packages/os2units/examples/ftptest.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..222e857cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/examples/ftptest.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+program FTPTest;
+
+uses
+ FTPApi;
+
+const
+ TstName1 = 'FTPTEST1';
+ TstName2 = 'FTPTEST2';
+{$IFDEF USECON}
+ ListName = 'CON';
+     (* Using output file name 'CON' here causes output directly to console. *)
+{$ELSE USECON}
+ ListName = 'FTP.LST';
+{$ENDIF USECON}
+ TstText = 'This is a sample test file for FTPTest'#13#10'check it for yourself.';
+
+var
+ Hst, Usr, Pwd: string;
+ T: text;
+ L: longint;
+ S: string;
+
+begin
+ if ParamCount < 1 then
+ begin
+  WriteLn ('Syntax: FTPTest <host_name> [<user_name> [<password>]] ' + LineEnding + LineEnding +
+           '        User "anonymous" is used if no user name is supplied on command line,' + LineEnding +
+           '        password is being asked for if omitted');
+  Halt (1);
+ end;
+ WriteLn;
+ Hst := ParamStr (1);
+ if ParamCount > 1 then
+ begin
+  Usr := ParamStr (2);
+  if ParamCount > 2 then Pwd := ParamStr (3) else
+  begin
+   Write ('Password for user "' + Usr + '" (it _will_ be displayed on screen!): ');
+   ReadLn (Pwd);
+  end;
+ end else
+ begin
+  Usr := 'anonymous';
+  Pwd := 'nobody@nowhere.com';
+ end;
+ Write ('Preparing test file ' + TstName1 + '... ');
+ Assign (T, TstName1);
+ Rewrite (T);
+ WriteLn (T, TstText);
+ Close (T);
+ WriteLn ('done');
+ FtpVer (S);
+ WriteLn ('FTPAPI.DLL was compiled ', S);
+ FtpSetUser (Hst, Usr, Pwd, '');
+ WriteLn ('Finding out the current directory on "', Hst, '"...');
+ L := FtpPwd (S);
+ if L = 0 then WriteLn (S);
+ WriteLn ('RC = ', L);
+ Write ('The remote system is ');
+ L := FtpSys (S);
+ if L = 0 then WriteLn (S);
+ WriteLn ('RC = ', L);
+ WriteLn ('Switching to binary');
+ FtpSetBinary (T_BINARY);
+ Write ('Uploading "' + TstName1 + '" to "' + Hst + '" as "' + TstName2 + '"... ');
+ WriteLn ('RC = ', FtpPut (TstName1, TstName2));
+ WriteLn ('Getting dir listing from "' + Hst + '" to "' + ListName + '"... ');
+ L := FtpDir (ListName, '');
+{$IFNDEF USECON}
+ if L = 0 then
+ begin
+  Assign (T, ListName);
+  Reset (T);
+  while not (Eof (T)) do
+  begin
+   ReadLn (T, S);
+   WriteLn (S);
+  end;
+  Close (T);
+ end;
+{$ENDIF USECON}
+ WriteLn ('RC = ', L);
+ Write ('Downloading "' + TstName2 + '"... ');
+ WriteLn ('RC = ', FtpGet (TstName2, TstName2, 'w'));
+ Write ('Setting time of the downloaded file to that one on server... ');
+ WriteLn ('Result = ', Keep_File_Date (TstName2, TstName2));
+ Write ('Removing "', TstName2, '" again from "', Hst, '"... ');
+ WriteLn ('RC = ', FtpDelete (TstName2));
+ Write ('Closing all connections... ');
+ FtpLogoff;
+ WriteLn ('done.');
+ WriteLn (LineEnding + 'Finished.');
+end.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/examples/lvmtest.pas b/packages/os2units/examples/lvmtest.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75b0ffb807
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/examples/lvmtest.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+(*****************************************************************************
+*   This program is free software;  you can redistribute it and/or modify
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+*   (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+*   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;  without even the implied warranty of
+*   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See
+*   the GNU General Public License for more details.
+*
+*   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*   along with this program;  if not, write to the Free Software
+*   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+*****************************************************************************)
+uses lvm;
+
+// lvmtest.cpp, program to test the LVM library
+//
+// By John Martin Alfredsson, jma@jmast.se
+// Pascal conversion by Yuri Prokushev
+
+var
+  vca: Volume_Control_Array;
+  vir: Volume_Information_Record;
+  iCounter: integer;
+const
+  Error_Code: CARDINAL32 = 99999;
+begin
+  Open_LVM_Engine(True, addr(Error_Code));
+  if Error_Code<>0 then
+  begin
+    writeln('Open_LVM_Engine Error !!');
+    halt(1);
+  end;
+
+  vca:=Get_Volume_Control_Data(addr(Error_Code));
+  if Error_Code<>0 then
+  begin
+    writeln('Get_Volume_Control_Data Error !!');
+    halt(1);
+  end;
+
+  for iCounter:=0 to vca.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    writeln('--------------------------------------');
+    vir:=Get_Volume_Information(vca.Volume_Control_Data[iCounter].Volume_Handle, addr(Error_Code));
+    writeln('Volname      : [', vir.Current_Drive_Letter, ':] ', vir.Volume_Name);
+    writeln('FileSystem   : ', vir.File_System_Name);
+    case vir.Status of
+      0: writeln('Status       : None');
+      1: writeln('Status       : Bootable');
+      2: writeln('Status       : Startable');
+      3: writeln('Status       : Installable');
+    end;
+
+    if vca.Volume_Control_Data[iCounter].Compatibility_Volume then
+      writeln('Volume type  : Compatibility Volume')
+    else
+      writeln('Volume type  : LVM Volume');
+  end;
+
+  writeln('--------------------------------------');
+
+  Free_Engine_Memory(vca.Volume_Control_Data);
+  Close_LVM_Engine;
+end.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/examples/mciapi1.pas b/packages/os2units/examples/mciapi1.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de20a36543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/examples/mciapi1.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+program mciapi1;
+
+uses
+ Os2Def, PMWin, mciapi;
+
+function ClientWindowProc (Window, Msg: cardinal; MP1, MP2: pointer): pointer;
+                                                                 cdecl; export;
+var
+ Ps: cardinal;
+ R: TRectL;
+begin
+ ClientWindowProc := nil;
+ case Msg of
+  wm_Paint: begin
+             PS := WinBeginPaint (Window, 0, @R);
+             WinFillRect (PS, @R, SYSCLR_WINDOW);
+             WinEndPaint (PS);
+            end;
+  else ClientWindowProc := WinDefWindowProc (Window, Msg, MP1, MP2);
+ end;
+end;
+
+const
+ idClientWindow = 11000;
+ WinFlags: cardinal = fcf_TitleBar + fcf_SysMenu + fcf_SizeBorder +
+                                   fcf_MinMax + fcf_TaskList + fcf_NoByteAlign;
+ ClassName = 'MYVIEW';
+
+var
+  Anchor, MsgQue: cardinal;
+  Message: TQMsg;
+  Frame, Client: cardinal;
+begin
+ Anchor := WinInitialize(0);
+ { It might be beneficial to set the second parameter of the following }
+ { call to something large, such as 1000.  The OS/2 documentation does }
+ { not recommend this, however } MsgQue := WinCreateMsgQueue (Anchor, 0);
+ if MsgQue = 0 then Halt (254);
+
+ WinRegisterClass (Anchor, ClassName, proc (@ClientWindowProc), cs_SizeRedraw,
+                                                             SizeOf (pointer));
+ Frame := WinCreateStdWindow (hwnd_Desktop, 0, WinFlags, ClassName,
+                                     'MMPM/2 TEST WAVE', 0, 0, idClientWindow, Client);
+ if (Frame <> 0) then
+ begin
+  WinSetWindowPos (Frame, 0, 0, WinQuerySysValue (hwnd_Desktop,
+         sv_CyScreen) - 200, 200, 200, swp_Move + swp_Size + swp_Activate +
+                                                                     swp_Show);
+ (* Play a wave file set to valid window handle *)
+
+  mciPlayFile(Frame, 'test.wav', MCI_ASYNC, nil, 0);
+
+  while WinGetMsg (Anchor, Message, 0, 0, 0) do
+                                              WinDispatchMsg (Anchor, Message);
+
+  WinDestroyWindow (Frame);
+ end;
+ WinDestroyMsgQueue (MsgQue);
+ WinTerminate (Anchor);
+end.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/examples/mciapi2.pas b/packages/os2units/examples/mciapi2.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7dc795fdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/examples/mciapi2.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+program mciapi2;
+
+uses
+ Os2Def, PMWin, mciapi;
+
+function ClientWindowProc (Window, Msg: cardinal; MP1, MP2: pointer): pointer;
+                                                                 cdecl; export;
+var
+ Ps: cardinal;
+ R: TRectL;
+begin
+ ClientWindowProc := nil;
+ case Msg of
+  wm_Paint: begin
+             PS := WinBeginPaint (Window, 0, @R);
+             WinFillRect (PS, @R, SYSCLR_WINDOW);
+             WinEndPaint (PS);
+            end;
+  else ClientWindowProc := WinDefWindowProc (Window, Msg, MP1, MP2);
+ end;
+end;
+
+const
+ idClientWindow = 11000;
+ WinFlags: cardinal = fcf_TitleBar + fcf_SysMenu + fcf_SizeBorder +
+                                   fcf_MinMax + fcf_TaskList + fcf_NoByteAlign;
+ ClassName = 'MYVIEW';
+
+var
+  Anchor, MsgQue: cardinal;
+  Message: TQMsg;
+  Frame, Client: cardinal;
+begin
+ Anchor := WinInitialize(0);
+ { It might be beneficial to set the second parameter of the following }
+ { call to something large, such as 1000.  The OS/2 documentation does }
+ { not recommend this, however } MsgQue := WinCreateMsgQueue (Anchor, 0);
+ if MsgQue = 0 then Halt (254);
+
+ WinRegisterClass (Anchor, ClassName, proc (@ClientWindowProc), cs_SizeRedraw,
+                                                             SizeOf (pointer));
+ Frame := WinCreateStdWindow (hwnd_Desktop, 0, WinFlags, ClassName,
+                                     'MMPM/2 TEST', 0, 0, idClientWindow, Client);
+ if (Frame <> 0) then
+ begin
+  WinSetWindowPos (Frame, 0, 0, WinQuerySysValue (hwnd_Desktop,
+         sv_CyScreen) - 200, 200, 200, swp_Move + swp_Size + swp_Activate +
+                                                                     swp_Show);
+ (* Play a wave file set to valid window handle *)
+
+  mciPlayFile(Frame, 'movie.avi', MCI_ASYNC, 'MMPM/2 TEST MOVIE', 0);
+
+  while WinGetMsg (Anchor, Message, 0, 0, 0) do
+                                              WinDispatchMsg (Anchor, Message);
+
+  WinDestroyWindow (Frame);
+ end;
+ WinDestroyMsgQueue (MsgQue);
+ WinTerminate (Anchor);
+end.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/fpmake.pp b/packages/os2units/fpmake.pp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d996698b7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/fpmake.pp
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+{$ifndef ALLPACKAGES}
+{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
+program fpmake;
+
+uses fpmkunit;
+
+Var
+  P : TPackage;
+  T : TTarget;
+begin
+  With Installer do
+    begin
+{$endif ALLPACKAGES}
+
+    P:=AddPackage('os2units');
+{$ifdef ALLPACKAGES}
+    P.Directory:='os2units';
+{$endif ALLPACKAGES}
+    P.Version:='2.0.0';
+    P.SourcePath.Add('src');
+//    P.Dependencies.Add('x11');
+
+   // not compilable defunct for now
+
+{$ifndef ALLPACKAGES}
+    Run;
+    end;
+end.
+{$endif ALLPACKAGES}
diff --git a/packages/os2units/readme.txt b/packages/os2units/readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..05f057c290
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+OS/2 Multimedia Toolkit
+=======================
+
+OS/2 Multimedia toolkit is set of units to manage various parts of multimedia
+subsystem of OS/2. Not a part of standard OS/2 Multimedia:
+
+a) WarpOverlay! library interface (hwvideo.pas)
+
+MMPM/2 Documentation
+--------------------
+
+OS/2 Multimedia Subsystem Programming Guide
+Provides guidelines for developing multimedia subsystems. Each subsystem
+component is described in detail in individual chapters. Models are used
+to complement the information provided by component sample program templates.
+
+OS/2 Multimedia Application Programming Guide
+Provides advisory information on application interfaces to help you select
+and implement functions for your OS/2 multimedia applications. Code examples
+from fully documented sample programs accompany the descriptions of the
+functions.
+
+OS/2 Multimedia Programming Reference
+Provides detailed information on multimedia functions, messages, and data
+structures to enable you to write code for your multimedia application
+programs and subsystems.
+
+The MMPM/2 Device Driver Reference for OS/2
+It is for subsystem developers who want to write their own physical
+device drivers (and associated virtual device drivers) to support audio
+and video adapters in the Multimedia Presentation Manager/2 system.
+
+Multimedia REXX
+Describes REXX functions that enable media control interface string commands
+to be sent from an OS/2 command file to control multimedia devices.  This
+online book is provided with OS/2 multimedia.
+
+Guide to Multimedia User Interface Design - (41G2922)
+Describes design concepts to be considered when designing a CUA multimedia
+interface that is consistent within a particular multimedia product and
+across other products.
+
+WarpOverlay!
+------------
+
+WarpOverlay! is video acceleration driver. This is original readme.txt
+(BEWARE! Most probably, Valery don't know about this port):
+
+-Begin-
+Short overview:
+hwvideo.h is a main header for use WarpOverlay! video acceleration driver.
+There are no more or less suitable SDK yet, I am to lazy :(
+
+
+DEMO - small stupid example of using WarpOverlay!, currently it does not sup-
+port many features of WarpOverlay!, only basic functionality.
+it just tried to load file demo.mpg and cyclically play it.
+Used mpeg1 decoder pretty unstable and very unoptimal. This is just example.
+Many of MPEG files can crush decoder. I am not very fimilar with different
+MPEG aspects and do not want to mess with it, sorry.
+I just included one small MPEG1 file, which work well.
+
+RGB - example of using RGB (FOURCC_R565) overlay. Attention! RGB overlay
+not supported for NVidia chips and for Matrox G200.
+Known worked RGB overlay: Rage128, Radeon, i740, Savages.
+
+
+Please contact me, if you have questions/troubles with this example or with
+WarpOverlay! usage.
+
+Valery Gaynullin
+
+MPEG  decoding engine based on the Berkeley MPEG (mpegplay).
+-End-
+
+Longterm plans
+--------------
+
+a) Fix lot of bugs ;)
+b) Add support for IBM Multimedia Classes and CWMM Classes for WPS (as fast as
+   SOM and WPS toolkits will be presented)
+c) SEAL library interface (seal.pas) www.netlabs.org/hobbes.nmsu.edu
+   SEAL is module player library. At the present time SEAL not developing
+   anymore (for all platforms), but still very usefull for mudule music fans.
+d) DualMode Library (dual.pas) www.netlabs.org
+   DualMode library allows to use common access method as for fullscreen (MGL)
+   as for windowed (DIVE) video modes.
+e) Examples, examples, examples (tests as well)
+
+CU!
+Yuri & Andry
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/buildall.pas b/packages/os2units/src/buildall.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e20f281fa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/buildall.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Unit Buildall;
+
+Interface
+
+Uses
+  sw,
+  mmbase,
+  dive,
+  hwvideo,
+  mci,
+  mciapi,
+  mcidrv,
+  mmio;
+
+Implementation
+
+End.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/clkdll.pas b/packages/os2units/src/clkdll.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c42d3e2c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/clkdll.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+{
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Mark Eckstein
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru)
+
+    eCS Clock API (part of standard eCS installation)
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) as
+    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+    License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is
+    distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+    See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should
+    have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+1 **********************************************************************}
+
+{
+The Clock API is a set of functions, which offer you a variety of
+time-related operations. You can use it like any other DLL provided
+with OS/2 and eComStation. However, the Clock API DLL is not Rexx
+enabled.
+}
+
+Unit clkdll;
+
+Interface
+
+Uses
+  DosCalls;
+
+{
+If you need to know the universal world time call this API. The
+value it returns is updated every 250 ms, so it's rather meant
+for not-too-high precision tasks.
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+               128 ... failed
+}
+Function ClkQueryUTC(var Value: TDateTime): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQueryUTC'; {index 00001}
+
+{
+You can obtain the time zone offset using this API.
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+               128 ... failed
+}
+
+Function ClkQueryUTCOffset(var Value: Longint): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQueryUTCOffset'; {index 00002}
+
+{
+Get the difference between standard time and summer time in
+seconds by calling this API.
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+               128 ... failed
+}
+Function ClkQueryDSTAdvance(var Value: Integer): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQueryDSTAdvance'; {index 00003}
+
+{
+This returns the standard time zone identifier and date and
+time of the next change to standard time.
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+                30 ... ID only
+                40 ... Date only
+               128 ... failed
+}
+Function ClkQuerySTData(ID: PChar; var NextDate: TDateTime): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQuerySTData'; {index 00004}
+
+{
+This returns the summer time zone identifier and date and
+time of the next change to summer time.
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+                30 ... ID only
+                40 ... Date only
+               128 ... failed
+}
+Function ClkQueryDSTData(ID: PChar; var NextDate: TDateTime): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQueryDSTData'; {index 00005}
+
+{
+This returns the TZ string that is currently in use, independent
+from the actual TZ environment setting.
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+               128 ... failed
+}
+Function ClkQueryTimeZone(value: PChar): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQueryTimeZone'; {index 00006}
+
+{
+If you want to know in which hemisphere the computer is located
+call this API.
+Value is either 0 for southern or 1 for northern hemisphere.
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+               128 ... failed
+}
+Function ClkQueryHemisphere(var Value: Integer): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQueryHemisphere'; {index 00007}
+
+{
+The system's uptime is returned when calling this API. Opposed
+to the OS/2 API for the same purpose this one's rollover will
+be after approximately 130 years (untested!).
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+               128 ... failed
+}
+Function ClkQueryUptime(var Days, Hours, Minutes, Seconds, Hundredths: Cardinal): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQueryUptime'; {index 00008}
+
+{
+Returns, whether a synchronization can be done (Value == 1) or
+not (Value == 0). This depends on the chosen connection type and
+the current connection status.
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+               128 ... failed
+}
+Function ClkCanSynchronize(var Value: Integer): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkCanSynchronize'; {index 00015}
+
+{
+Triggers a time synchronization.
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+                64 ... writing to pipe failed
+                70 ... can't synchronize
+               128 ... clkbasic version could not be determined
+               129 ... clkbasic version unknow
+}
+Function ClkDoSynchronize: Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkDoSynchronize'; {index 00013}
+
+{
+Queries, whether clkbasic is currently in the process of
+synchronizing (Value == 1: yes, Value == 0: no)
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+               128 ... failed
+}
+Function ClkIsSynchronizing(var Value: Integer): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkIsSynchronizing'; {index 00014}
+
+{
+Returns the synchronization data. Date and time of the last
+attempted synchronization, date and time of the last successful
+synchronization, indicator for success of last attempt and the host
+from where the time could be synched successfully.
+Return values:   0 ... ok
+               128 ... failed
+}
+Function ClkGetSynchData(var Last, LastSuccess: TDateTime;
+                         var LastWasSuccessful: Integer;
+                         LastSuccessfulHost: PChar): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkGetSynchData'; {index 00016}
+
+{ not documented
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQueryBasePath'; {index 00009}
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQueryLanguagePath'; {index 00010}
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQueryDialupState'; {index 00011}
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkQueryVersion'; {index 00012}
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkCallSettings'; {index 00017}
+    external 'clkdll' name 'ClkCallSchedulerHelper'; {index 00018}
+}
+
+Implementation
+
+End.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/clktest.pas b/packages/os2units/src/clktest.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cfc85481e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/clktest.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+uses doscalls, clkdll;
+
+Var
+  ID: Array[0..255] of Char;
+  NextDate: TDateTime;
+begin
+  WriteLn('RC=',ClkQuerySTData(@ID, NextDate));
+  WriteLn(PChar(@ID));
+  With NextDate do
+    WriteLn(Hours,':',Minutes,':',Seconds);
+end.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/dive.pas b/packages/os2units/src/dive.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad96f3011a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/dive.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+{****************************************************************************
+
+
+                             DIVE interface unit
+                     FPC Pascal Runtime Library for OS/2
+             Copyright (c) 1999-2000 by Karoly Balogh (aka Charlie/INQ)
+
+ The FPC Pascal runtime library is distributed under the Library GNU Public
+ License v2. So is this unit. The Library GNU Public License requires you to
+ distribute the source code of this unit with any product that uses it.
+ Because the EMX library isn't under the LGPL, we grant you an exception to
+ this, and that is, when you compile a program with the Free Pascal Compiler,
+ you do not need to ship source code with that program, AS LONG AS YOU ARE
+ USING UNMODIFIED CODE! If you modify this code, you MUST change the next
+ line:
+
+ <This an official, unmodified Free Pascal source code file.>
+
+ Send us your modified files, we can work together if you want!
+
+ Free Pascal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ Library GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the Library GNU General Public License
+ along with Free Pascal; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+ the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+****************************************************************************}
+
+Unit DIVE;
+
+{Warning: This code is alfa. Future versions of this unit will propably
+ not be compatible.}
+
+Interface
+
+Uses OS2Def, PMWin, MMBase;
+
+Const Max_Dive_Instances = 64;
+
+      DIVE_Success                       = $00000000;
+      DIVE_Err_Invalid_Instance          = $00001000;
+      DIVE_Err_Source_Format             = $00001001;
+      DIVE_Err_Destination_Format        = $00001002;
+      DIVE_Err_Blitter_Not_Setup         = $00001003;
+      DIVE_Err_Insufficient_Length       = $00001004;
+      DIVE_Err_Too_Many_Instances        = $00001005;
+      DIVE_Err_No_Direct_Access          = $00001006;
+      DIVE_Err_Not_Bank_Switched         = $00001007;
+      DIVE_Err_Invalid_Bank_Number       = $00001008;
+      DIVE_Err_FB_Not_Acquired           = $00001009;
+      DIVE_Err_FB_Already_Acquired       = $0000100A;
+      DIVE_Err_Acquire_Failed            = $0000100B;
+      DIVE_Err_Bank_Switch_Failed        = $0000100C;
+      DIVE_Err_Deacquire_Failed          = $0000100D;
+      DIVE_Err_Invalid_Palette           = $0000100E;
+      DIVE_Err_Invalid_Destination_RECTL = $0000100F;
+      DIVE_Err_Invalid_Buffer_Number     = $00001010;
+      DIVE_Err_SSMDD_Not_Installed       = $00001011;
+      DIVE_Err_Buffer_Already_Accessed   = $00001012;
+      DIVE_Err_Buffer_Not_Accessed       = $00001013;
+      DIVE_Err_Too_Many_Bufffers         = $00001014;
+      DIVE_Err_Allocation_Error          = $00001015;
+      DIVE_Err_Invalid_Linesize          = $00001016;
+      DIVE_Err_Fatal_Exception           = $00001017;
+      DIVE_Err_Invalid_Conversion        = $00001018;
+      DIVE_Err_VSD_Error                 = $00001019;
+      DIVE_Err_Color_Support             = $0000101A;
+      DIVE_Err_Out_Of_Range              = $0000101B;
+      DIVE_Warn_No_Size                  = $00001100;
+
+      DIVE_Buffer_Screen                 = $00000000;
+      DIVE_Buffer_Graphics_Plane         = $00000001;
+      DIVE_Buffer_Alternate_Plane        = $00000002;
+
+      DIVE_Fully_Visible                 = $FFFFFFFF;
+
+      { * Use either of the two defines as the bRGB2Entries pointer to have DIVE  * }
+      { * query and set the physical or default palette as source or destination. * }
+
+      DIVE_Palette_Physical = $00000000;
+      DIVE_Palette_Default  = $FFFFFFFF;
+
+Type  HDIVE  = cardinal;
+
+      { * Blitter setup structures * }
+      TSetup_Blitter = Record
+        ulStructLen : cardinal; { * ulStructLen tells how much of the structure is used.     * }
+                             { * Comments here show appropriate values, so don't count ;) * }
+
+        fInvert     : cardinal; { * Image is inverted on blit * }
+                             { * fInvert use: * }
+                             { * %0001 = 01 = $01 horizontal flip * }
+                             { * %0010 = 02 = $02 vertical flip   * }
+
+        { * This is the mark for 8 bytes * }
+
+        fccSrcColorFormat : FourCC;   { * Source data format * }
+        ulSrcWidth        : cardinal;    { * Width in pels  * }
+        ulSrcHeight       : cardinal;    { * Height in pels * }
+                                      { * The following are for displaying a sub-portion of the image. * }
+        ulSrcPosX         : cardinal;    { * X Position of source data * }
+        ulSrcPosY         : cardinal;    { * Y Position of source data * }
+
+        { * This is the mark for 28 bytes * }
+
+        ulDitherType      : cardinal;    { * Dither type * }
+
+        { * 32 byte mark * }
+
+        fccDstColorFormat : FourCC;   { * Destination color format   * }
+        ulDstWidth        : cardinal;    { * Destination width in pels  * }
+        ulDstHeight       : cardinal;    { * Destination height in pels * }
+        lDstPosX          : LongInt;
+        lDstPosY          : LongInt;
+
+        { * 52 byte mark * }
+
+        lScreenPosX       : LongInt;
+        lScreenPosY       : LongInt;
+
+        { * 60 byte mark * }
+
+        ulNumDstRects     : cardinal;
+        pVisDstRects      : PRectl; { * This is a pointer to an array of visible rectangles. * }
+
+        { * 68 bytes = fully used * }
+       End;
+
+      PSetup_Blitter = ^TSetup_Blitter;
+
+      { * Stuff for DiveQueryCaps() * }
+      TDIVE_CAPS = Record
+        ulStructLen   : cardinal;  { * SizeOf(TDIVE_CAPS)       * }
+        ulPlaneCount  : cardinal;  { * Number of defined planes * }
+
+        { * Following info applies to ulPlaneID * }
+        fScreenDirect : Boolean;  { * Direct screen access (was type BOOL in C) * }
+        fBankSwitched : Boolean;  { * VRAM bank-switched? (was type BOOL in C) * }
+        ulDepth       : cardinal;  { * Number of bits per pixel * }
+        ulHorizontalResolution : cardinal;
+        ulVerticalResolution   : cardinal;
+        ulScanLineBytes        : cardinal;
+        fccColorEncoding       : FourCC;
+        ulApertureSize         : cardinal;
+
+        ulInputFormats   : cardinal;   { * Number of input color formats * }
+        ulOutputFormats  : cardinal;
+        ulFormatLength   : cardinal;   { * Length of format buffer * }
+        pFormatData      : Pointer; { * Pointer to format buffer of FOURCC's * }
+       End;
+
+      PDIVE_CAPS = ^TDIVE_CAPS;
+
+Function DiveQueryCaps(DiveCaps: PDIVE_CAPS; ulPlaneBufNum : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+
+Function DiveOpen(Var phDiveInst : cardinal; fNonScreenInstance : cardinal;
+                  Var ppFrameBuffer : Pointer) : cardinal; cdecl;
+Function DiveClose(hDiveInst : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+
+Function DiveSetupBlitter(hDiveInst : cardinal; pSetupBlitter : PSetup_Blitter) : cardinal; cdecl;
+Function DiveBlitImage(hDiveInst : cardinal; ulSrcBufNumber : cardinal; ulDstBufNumber : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+
+Function DiveAcquireFrameBuffer(hDiveInst : cardinal; prectlDst : PRectl) : cardinal; cdecl;
+Function DiveDeacquireFrameBuffer(hDiveInst : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+Function DiveCalcFrameBufferAddress(hDiveInst           : cardinal;
+                                    prectlDest          : PRectl;
+                                Var pDestinationAddress : Pointer;
+                                Var ulBankNumber        : cardinal;
+                                Var ulRemLinesInBank    : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+Function DiveSwitchBank(hDiveInst : cardinal; ulBankNumber : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+
+{ Notes on DiveAllocImageBuffer:
+  If pbImageBuffer is not NULL, the buffer is associated rather than
+  allocated.  If pbImageBuffer is not NULL and the buffer number
+  pointed to by pulBufferNumber is non-zero, a new buffer pointer is
+  associated with the buffer number.  Even though no memory is
+  allocated by DiveAllocImageBuffer when user-allocated buffers are
+  associated, DiveFreeImageBuffer should be called to release the
+  buffer association to avoid using up available buffer indexes.
+  The specified line size will be used if a buffer is allocated in
+  system memory, or if a user buffer is associated.  If the
+  specified line size is zero, the allocated line size is rounded up
+  to the nearest DWORD boundry. }
+
+Function DiveAllocImageBuffer(hDiveInst       : cardinal;
+                          Var ulBufferNumber  : cardinal;
+                              fccColorSpace   : FourCC;
+                              ulWidth         : cardinal;
+                              ulHeight        : cardinal;
+                              ulLineSizeBytes : cardinal;
+                          Var bImageBuffer    : Pointer) : cardinal; cdecl;
+Function DiveFreeImageBuffer(hDiveInst : cardinal; ulBufferNumber : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+
+Function DiveBeginImageBufferAccess(hDiveInst              : cardinal;
+                                    ulBufferNumber         : cardinal;
+                                Var pbImageBuffer          : Pointer;
+                                Var ulBufferScanLineBytes  : cardinal;
+                                Var ulBufferScanLines      : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+Function DiveEndImageBufferAccess(hDiveInst : cardinal; ulBufferNumber : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+
+
+{/* Notes on palettes:
+      Neither DiveSetSourcePalette nor DiveSetDestinationPalette API's will set
+      the physical palette.  If your application MUST set the PHYSICAL palette,
+      try using no more than 236 entries (the middle 236: 10-245, thus leaving
+      the top and bottom 10 entries for the Workplace Shell).  If your
+      application MUST use ALL 256 entries, it must do so as a full-screen
+      (i.e. maximized) application.  Remember, No WM_REALIZEPALETTE message
+      will be sent to other running applications, meaning they will not redraw
+      and their colors will be all wrong.  It is not recommended that a
+      developer use these commands:
+
+   To set physical palette, do the following:
+            hps = WinGetPS ( HWND_DESKTOP );
+            hdc = GpiQueryDevice ( hps );
+            GpiCreateLogColorTable ( hps, LCOL_PURECOLOR | LCOL_REALIZABLE,
+                           LCOLF_CONSECRGB, 0, 256, (PLONG)plRGB2Entries );
+            Gre32EntrY3 ( hdc, 0L, 0x000060C6L );
+            WinInvalidateRect ( HWND_DESKTOP, (PRECTL)NULL, TRUE );
+            WinReleasePS ( hps );
+
+   To reset physical palette, do the following:
+            hps = WinGetPS ( HWND_DESKTOP );
+            hdc = GpiQueryDevice ( hps );
+            Gre32EntrY3 ( hdc, 0L, 0x000060C7L );
+            WinInvalidateRect ( HWND_DESKTOP, (PRECTL)NULL, TRUE );
+            WinReleasePS ( hps );
+*/}
+
+Function DiveSetDestinationPalette(hDiveInst    : cardinal;
+                                   ulStartIndex : cardinal;
+                                   ulNumEntries : cardinal;
+                               Var bRGB2Entries : Pointer) : cardinal; cdecl;
+
+Function DiveSetSourcePalette(hDiveInst    : cardinal;
+                              ulStartIndex : cardinal;
+                              ulNumEntries : cardinal;
+                          Var bRGB2Entries : Pointer) : cardinal; cdecl;
+
+Function DiveSetTransparentBlitMode(hDiveInst    : cardinal;
+                                    ulStartIndex : cardinal;
+                                    ulValue1     : cardinal;
+                                    ulValue2     : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+
+Implementation
+
+Function DiveQueryCaps(DiveCaps : PDIVE_CAPS; ulPlaneBufNum : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 1;
+
+Function DiveOpen(Var phDiveInst : cardinal; fNonScreenInstance : cardinal; Var ppFrameBuffer : Pointer) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 2;
+
+Function DiveClose(hDiveInst : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 3;
+
+Function DiveSetupBlitter(hDiveInst : cardinal; pSetupBlitter : PSetup_Blitter) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 4;
+
+Function DiveBlitImage(hDiveInst : cardinal; ulSrcBufNumber : cardinal; ulDstBufNumber : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 5;
+
+Function DiveAcquireFrameBuffer(hDiveInst : cardinal; prectlDst : PRectl) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 6;
+
+Function DiveDeacquireFrameBuffer(hDiveInst : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 8;
+
+Function DiveCalcFrameBufferAddress(hDiveInst           : cardinal;
+                                    prectlDest          : PRectl;
+                                Var pDestinationAddress : Pointer;
+                                Var ulBankNumber        : cardinal;
+                                Var ulRemLinesInBank    : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 11;
+
+Function DiveSwitchBank(hDiveInst : cardinal; ulBankNumber : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 7;
+
+
+Function DiveAllocImageBuffer(hDiveInst       : cardinal;
+                          Var ulBufferNumber  : cardinal;
+                              fccColorSpace   : FourCC;
+                              ulWidth         : cardinal;
+                              ulHeight        : cardinal;
+                              ulLineSizeBytes : cardinal;
+                          Var bImageBuffer    : Pointer) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 12;
+
+Function DiveFreeImageBuffer(hDiveInst      : cardinal;
+                             ulBufferNumber : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 13;
+
+Function DiveBeginImageBufferAccess(hDiveInst              : cardinal;
+                                    ulBufferNumber         : cardinal;
+                                Var pbImageBuffer          : Pointer;
+                                Var ulBufferScanLineBytes  : cardinal;
+                                Var ulBufferScanLines      : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 14;
+
+Function DiveEndImageBufferAccess(hDiveInst : cardinal; ulBufferNumber : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 15;
+
+Function DiveSetDestinationPalette(hDiveInst    : cardinal;
+                                   ulStartIndex : cardinal;
+                                   ulNumEntries : cardinal;
+                               Var bRGB2Entries : Pointer) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 9;
+
+Function DiveSetSourcePalette(hDiveInst    : cardinal;
+                              ulStartIndex : cardinal;
+                              ulNumEntries : cardinal;
+                          Var bRGB2Entries : Pointer) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 10;
+
+Function DiveSetTransparentBlitMode(hDiveInst    : cardinal;
+                                    ulStartIndex : cardinal;
+                                    ulValue1     : cardinal;
+                                    ulValue2     : cardinal) : cardinal; cdecl;
+External 'DIVE' Index 18;
+
+End.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/ftpapi.pas b/packages/os2units/src/ftpapi.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec789b96e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/ftpapi.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1181 @@
+{
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru).
+
+    Functions from FTPAPI.DLL (part of standard OS/2 Warp 4/eCS installation).
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) as
+    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+    License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is
+    distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+    See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should
+    have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+ **********************************************************************}
+
+{
+@abstract(a unit to handle FTP)
+@author(Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru))
+@created(22 Jul 2002)
+@lastmod(01 Oct 2002)
+This is functions from FTPAPI.DLL. Goal is ftp manipulation.
+Warning: This code is alfa. Future versions of this unit will propably
+not be compatible.
+@todo(Rework some functions to support strings longer then 255 chars)
+@todo(Finish functions description)
+}
+unit FTPAPI;
+
+{****************************************************************************
+
+                             RTL configuration
+
+****************************************************************************}
+
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  OS2Def,
+  PMWin,
+  Strings;
+
+Const
+  // window message id for post xfer updates
+  WM_FTPAPI_XFER_UPDATE = WM_USER + 1000;
+
+  // Transfer types is ASCII
+  T_ASCII  = 1;
+  // Transfer types is EBCDIC
+  T_EBCDIC = 2;
+  // Transfer types is BINARY
+  T_BINARY = 3;
+
+  // command/reply trace file modes
+  M_OVERLAY = 1;
+  M_APPEND  = 2;
+
+  // command/reply tracing error codes
+
+  // invalid trace file open mode
+  TRCMODE = 1;
+  // unable to open trace file
+  TRCOPEN = 2;
+
+  // Common error codes (try Ftp_ErrNo, all other functions returns usually
+  // 0 if all ok, -1 if all bad)
+
+  // No any error
+  FTPNOERROR    = 00;
+  // Unknown service.
+  FTPSERVICE    = 01;
+  // Unknown host.
+  FTPHOST       = 02;
+  // Unable to obtain socket.
+  FTPSOCKET     = 03;
+  // Unable to connect to server.
+  FTPCONNECT    = 04;
+  // Login failed.
+  FTPLOGIN      = 05;
+  // Transfer aborted.
+  FTPABORT      = 06;
+  // Problem opening the local file.
+  FTPLOCALFILE  = 07;
+  // Problem initializing data connection.
+  FTPDATACONN   = 08;
+  // Command failed.
+  FTPCOMMAND    = 09;
+  // Proxy server does not support third party transfers.
+  FTPPROXYTHIRD = 10;
+  // No primary connection for proxy transfer.
+  FTPNOPRIMARY  = 11;
+  // No code page translation table was loaded
+  FTPNOXLATETBL = 12;
+
+  // ping error codes
+
+  // All ok
+  PINGOK        = 0;
+  // Host does not reply
+  PINGREPLY     = -1;
+  // Unable to obtain socket
+  PINGSOCKET    = -3;
+  // Unknown protocol ICMP
+  PINGPROTO     = -4;
+  // Send failed
+  PINGSEND      = -5;
+  // Recv() failed
+  PINGRECV      = -6;
+  // Unknown host (can't resolve)
+  PINGHOST      = -7;
+
+  // Restart Specific
+  REST_GET = 1;
+  REST_PUT = 2;
+
+Const
+  // Short functions vars
+  ShortHost: String='';
+  ShortUserId: String='';
+  ShortPasswd: String='';
+  ShortAcct: String='';
+  ShortTransferType: Integer = T_ASCII;
+
+
+{****************************************************************************
+
+                          Opening and Closing Functions
+
+****************************************************************************}
+
+// Defines Host, UserId, Passwd and Acct for short function calls
+Function FtpSetUser(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct: String): Integer;
+
+// Defines TransferType for short function calls
+Function FtpSetBinary(TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+
+// Stores the string containing the FTP API version
+//   Buf is the buffer to store version string
+//   BufLen is length of the buffer
+// Version string is null-terminated and truncated to buffer length
+Function FtpVer(var Buf; BufLen: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpVer(Var Buf: String): Integer;
+
+// Closes all current connections
+Procedure FtpLogoff; cdecl;
+
+{****************************************************************************
+
+                       File Action Functions
+
+****************************************************************************}
+
+// Appends information to a remote file
+//   Host is hostname. Use 'hostname portnumber' to specify non-standard port
+//   UserID is user ID
+//   Passwd is password
+//   Acct is account (can be nil)
+//   Local is local filename
+//   Remote is Remote filename
+//   TransferType is type of transfer (T_* constants)
+Function FTPAppend(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: PChar;
+                   Transfertype: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FTPAppend(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: String;
+                   Transfertype: Integer): Integer;
+
+Function FTPAppend(Local, Remote: PChar; Transfertype: Integer): Integer;
+Function FTPAppend(Local, Remote: String; Transfertype: Integer): Integer;
+
+Function FTPAppend(Local, Remote: PChar): Integer;
+Function FTPAppend(Local, Remote: String): Integer;
+
+// Deletes files on a remote host
+Function FtpDelete(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Name: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpDelete(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Name: String): Integer;
+
+Function FtpDelete(Name: PChar): Integer;
+Function FtpDelete(Name: String): Integer;
+
+// Renames a file on a remote host
+Function FtpRename(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, NameFrom, NameTo: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpRename(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, NameFrom, NameTo: String): Integer;
+
+Function FtpRename(NameFrom, NameTo: PChar): Integer;
+Function FtpRename(NameFrom, NameTo: String): Integer;
+
+// Gets a file from an FTP server
+// Mode is either 'w' for re_w_rite, or 'a' for _a_ppend
+Function FtpGet(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: PChar; TransferType: integer): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpGet(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType: integer): Integer;
+
+Function FtpGet(Local, Remote, Mode: PChar; TransferType: integer): Integer;
+Function FtpGet(Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType: integer): Integer;
+
+Function FtpGet(Local, Remote, Mode: PChar): Integer;
+Function FtpGet(Local, Remote, Mode: String): Integer;
+
+// Transfers a file to an FTP server
+Function FtpPut(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: PChar; TransferType: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpPut(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: String; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+
+Function FtpPut(Local, Remote: PChar; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Function FtpPut(Local, Remote: String; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+
+Function FtpPut(Local, Remote: PChar): Integer;
+Function FtpPut(Local, Remote: String): Integer;
+
+// Transfers a file to a host and ensures it is created with a unique name
+Function FtpPutUnique(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: PChar; TransferType: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpPutUnique(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: String; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+
+Function FtpPutUnique(Local, Remote: PChar; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Function FtpPutUnique(Local, Remote: String; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+
+Function FtpPutUnique(Local, Remote: PChar): Integer;
+Function FtpPutUnique(Local, Remote: String): Integer;
+
+// Restarts an aborted transaction from the point of interruption
+Function FtpReStart(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: PChar; TransferType, Rest: Integer): Longint; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpReStart(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType, Rest: Integer): Longint;
+
+Function FtpReStart(Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType, Rest: Integer): Longint;
+Function FtpReStart(Local, Remote, Mode: String; Rest: Integer): Longint;
+
+
+{****************************************************************************
+
+                          Directory Listing Functions
+
+****************************************************************************}
+
+// Gets directory information in short format from a remote host and stores it to a local file
+// You can use named pipes here to avoid a need for creating a real file
+Function FtpLs(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Local, Pattern: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpLs(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Local, Pattern: String): Integer;
+
+Function FtpLs(Local, Pattern: String): Integer;
+
+// Gets a directory in wide format from a host and stores it in file Local
+// See comment regarding named pipes above
+Function FtpDir(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Pattern: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpDir(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Local, Pattern: String): Integer;
+
+Function FtpDir(Local, Pattern: String): Integer;
+
+
+{****************************************************************************
+
+                          Directory Action Functions
+
+****************************************************************************}
+
+// Changes the current working directory on a host
+Function FtpCd(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Dir: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpCd(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Dir: String): Integer;
+
+Function FtpCd(Dir: String): Integer;
+
+// Creates a new directory on a target machine
+Function FtpMkd(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Dir: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpMkd(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Dir: String): Integer;
+
+Function FtpMkd(Dir: String): Integer;
+
+// Removes a directory on a target machine
+Function FtpRmd(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Dir: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpRmd(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Dir: String): Integer;
+
+Function FtpRmd(Dir: String): Integer;
+
+// Stores the string containing the FTP server description of the current
+// working directory on the host to the buffer
+Function FtpPwd(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Buf: PChar; BufLen: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpPwd(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct: String; var Buf: String): Integer;
+
+Function FtpPwd(var Buf: String): Integer;
+
+{****************************************************************************
+
+                             Remote Server Functions
+
+****************************************************************************}
+
+// Sends a string to the server verbatim
+Function FtpQuote(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, QuoteStr: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpQuote(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, QuoteStr: String): Integer;
+
+Function FtpQuote(QuoteStr: String): Integer;
+
+// Executes the site command
+Function FtpSite(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, SiteStr: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpSite(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, SiteStr: String): Integer;
+
+Function FtpSite(SiteStr: String): Integer;
+
+// Stores the string containing the FTP server description of the operating
+// system running on the host in a buffer
+Function FtpSys(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Buf: PChar; BufLen: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpSys(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct: String; var Buf: String): Integer;
+
+Function FtpSys(var Buf: String): Integer;
+
+
+// Transfers a file between two remote servers without sending the file to
+// the local host
+Function FtpProxy(Host1, UserId1, Passwd1, Acct1,
+                  Host2, UserId2, Passwd2, Acct2,
+                  FN1, FN2: PChar; TransferType: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpProxy(Host1, UserId1, Passwd1, Acct1,
+                  Host2, UserId2, Passwd2, Acct2,
+                  FN1, FN2: String; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+
+Function FtpProxy(Host1, UserId1, Passwd1, Acct1,
+                  Host2, UserId2, Passwd2, Acct2,
+                  FN1, FN2: String): Integer;
+
+// Resolves a host name and sends a ping to the remote host to determine if the host is responding
+Function FtpPing(Host: PChar; Len: Integer; var Addr: Longint): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpPing(Host: String; Len: Integer; var Addr: Longint): Integer;
+
+// Sends a ping to the remote host to determine if the host is responding
+Function Ping(Addr: Longint; Len: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+
+// Returns the size of a file on the remote host
+Function FtpRemSize(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: Pchar; TransferType: Integer): Longint; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpRemSize(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType: Integer): Longint;
+
+Function FtpRemSize(Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType: Integer): Longint;
+
+Function FtpRemSize(Local, Remote, Mode: String): Longint;
+
+// Maintain the original date/time of files received.
+Function Keep_File_Date(LocalFile, RemoteFile: PChar): Boolean; cdecl;
+
+Function Keep_File_Date(LocalFile, RemoteFile: String): Boolean;
+
+{****************************************************************************
+
+                                  Trace Functions
+
+****************************************************************************}
+
+
+// Opens the trace file specified and starts tracing
+Function FtpTrcOn(FileSpec: PChar; Mode: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+
+Function FtpTrcOn(FileSpec: String; Mode: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+
+// Closes the trace file, and stops tracing of the command and reply sequences that
+// were sent over the control connection between the local and remote hosts
+Function FtpTrcOff: Integer; cdecl;
+
+{****************************************************************************
+
+                                  Other Functions
+
+****************************************************************************}
+
+// FTP error No
+Function Ftp_ErrNo: Integer; cdecl;
+
+
+(* Undocumented / unimplemented functions:
+Function FtpXLate(Dig: Longint; St:PChar): Longint; cdecl;
+Procedure FtpXferWnd(var _hwnd: HWND); cdecl;
+Procedure FtpSetConvertMode(var code: integer); cdecl;
+Procedure FtpSetEncodeMode(var code: integer); cdecl;
+Procedure FtpSetDecodeMode(var code: integer); cdecl;
+Function FtpSetActiveMode(var UseActiveOnly: integer): integer; cdecl;
+*)
+
+implementation
+
+const
+  FTPAPIDLL = 'FTPAPI';
+
+Function FTPAppend(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: PChar;
+                   Transfertype: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 1;
+
+Function FTPAppend(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: String;
+                   Transfertype: Integer): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  FtpAppend:=FtpAppend(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Local, @_Remote, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FTPAppend(Local, Remote: PChar; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Var
+  Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@Acct, ShortAcct);
+  FtpAppend:=FtpAppend(@Host, @UserId, @Passwd, @Acct, Local, Remote, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FTPAppend(Local, Remote: PChar): Integer;
+Begin
+  FtpAppend:=FtpAppend(Local, Remote, ShortTransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FTPAppend(Local, Remote: String; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Var
+  _Local, _Remote: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  FtpAppend:=FtpAppend(@_Local, @_Remote, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FTPAppend(Local, Remote: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Local, _Remote: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  FtpAppend:=FtpAppend(@_Local, @_Remote);
+End;
+
+Function FtpCd(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Dir: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 2;
+
+Function FtpCd(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Dir: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Dir: PChar;
+Begin
+  GetMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  GetMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  GetMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  GetMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  GetMem(_Dir, Length(Dir)+1);
+  StrPCopy(_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(_Dir, Dir);
+  FtpCd:=FtpCd(_Host, _Userid, _Passwd, _Acct, _Dir);
+  FreeMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  FreeMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Dir, Length(Dir)+1);
+End;
+
+Function FtpCd(Dir: String): Integer;
+Begin
+  FtpCd:=FtpCd(ShortHost, ShortUserId, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, Dir);
+End;
+
+Function FtpDelete(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Name: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 3;
+
+Function FtpDelete(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Name: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Name: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Name, Name);
+  FtpDelete:=FtpDelete(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Name);
+End;
+
+Function FtpDelete(Name: PChar): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  FtpDelete:=FtpDelete(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, Name);
+End;
+
+Function FtpDelete(Name: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Name: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Name, Name);
+  FtpDelete:=FtpDelete(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Name);
+End;
+
+Function FtpDir(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Pattern: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 4;
+
+Function FtpDir(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Local, Pattern: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Pattern: PChar;
+Begin
+  GetMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  GetMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  GetMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  GetMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  GetMem(_Local, Length(Local)+1);
+  GetMem(_Pattern, Length(Pattern)+1);
+  StrPCopy(_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(_Pattern, Pattern);
+  FtpDir:=FtpDir(_Host, _Userid, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Pattern);
+  FreeMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  FreeMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Local, Length(Local)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Pattern, Length(Pattern)+1);
+End;
+
+Function FtpDir(Local, Pattern: String): Integer;
+Begin
+  FtpDir:=FtpDir(ShortHost, ShortUserId, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, Local, Pattern);
+End;
+
+Function FtpLs(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Local, Pattern: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 7;
+
+Function FtpLs(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Local, Pattern: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Pattern: PChar;
+Begin
+  GetMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  GetMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  GetMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  GetMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  GetMem(_Local, Length(Local)+1);
+  GetMem(_Pattern, Length(Pattern)+1);
+  StrPCopy(_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(_Pattern, Pattern);
+  FtpLs:=FtpLs(_Host, _Userid, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Pattern);
+  FreeMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  FreeMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Local, Length(Local)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Pattern, Length(Pattern)+1);
+End;
+
+Function FtpLs(Local, Pattern: String): Integer;
+Begin
+  FtpLs:=FtpLs(ShortHost, ShortUserId, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, Local, Pattern);
+End;
+
+Function FtpGet(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: PChar; TransferType: integer): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 5;
+
+Function FtpGet(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType: integer): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote, _Mode: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  StrPCopy(@_Mode, Mode);
+  FtpGet:=FtpGet(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Local, @_Remote, @_Mode, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpGet(Local, Remote, Mode: PChar; TransferType: integer): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  FtpGet:=FtpGet(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, Local, Remote, Mode, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpGet(Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType: integer): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote, _Mode: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  StrPCopy(@_Mode, Mode);
+  FtpGet:=FtpGet(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Local, @_Remote, @_Mode, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpGet(Local, Remote, Mode: PChar): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  FtpGet:=FtpGet(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, Local, Remote, Mode, ShortTransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpGet(Local, Remote, Mode: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote, _Mode: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  StrPCopy(@_Mode, Mode);
+  FtpGet:=FtpGet(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Local, @_Remote, @_Mode, ShortTransferType);
+End;
+
+Procedure FtpLogoff; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 6;
+
+Function FtpMkd(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Dir: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 8;
+
+Function FtpMkD(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Dir: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Dir: PChar;
+Begin
+  GetMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  GetMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  GetMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  GetMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  GetMem(_Dir, Length(Dir)+1);
+  StrPCopy(_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(_Dir, Dir);
+  FtpMkD:=FtpMkD(_Host, _Userid, _Passwd, _Acct, _Dir);
+  FreeMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  FreeMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Dir, Length(Dir)+1);
+End;
+
+Function FtpMkD(Dir: String): Integer;
+Begin
+  FtpMkD:=FtpMkD(ShortHost, ShortUserId, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, Dir);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPing(Host: PChar; Len: Integer; var Addr: Longint): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 9;
+
+Function FtpPing(Host: String; Len: Integer; var Addr: Longint): Integer;
+var
+  _Host: PChar;
+Begin
+  GetMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  StrPCopy(_Host, Host);
+  FtpPing:=FtpPing(_Host, Len, Addr);
+  FreeMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+End;
+
+Function FtpProxy(Host1, UserId1, Passwd1, Acct1,
+                  Host2, UserId2, Passwd2, Acct2,
+                  FN1, FN2: PChar; TransferType: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 10;
+
+Function FtpProxy(Host1, UserId1, Passwd1, Acct1,
+                  Host2, UserId2, Passwd2, Acct2,
+                  FN1, FN2: String; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Begin
+  Host1:=Host2+#0;
+  Host2:=Host2+#0;
+  UserId1:=UserId1+#0;
+  UserId2:=UserId2+#0;
+  Passwd1:=Passwd1+#0;
+  Passwd2:=Passwd2+#0;
+  Acct1:=Acct1+#0;
+  Acct2:=Acct2+#0;
+  FN1:=FN1+#0;
+  FN2:=FN2+#0;
+  FtpProxy:=FtpProxy(@Host1[1], @UserId1[1], @Passwd1[1], @Acct1[1],
+                  @Host2[1], @UserId2[1], @Passwd2[1], @Acct2[1],
+                  @FN1[1], @FN2[1], TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpProxy(Host1, UserId1, Passwd1, Acct1,
+                  Host2, UserId2, Passwd2, Acct2,
+                  FN1, FN2: String): Integer;
+Begin
+  FtpProxy:=FtpProxy(Host1, UserId1, Passwd1, Acct1,
+                  Host2, UserId2, Passwd2, Acct2,
+                  FN1, FN2, ShortTransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPut(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: PChar; TransferType: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 11;
+
+Function FtpPut(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: String; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  FtpPut:=FtpPut(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Local, @_Remote, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPut(Local, Remote: PChar; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  FtpPut:=FtpPut(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, Local, Remote, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPut(Local, Remote: String; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  FtpPut:=FtpPut(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Local, @_Remote, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPut(Local, Remote: PChar): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  FtpPut:=FtpPut(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, Local, Remote, ShortTransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPut(Local, Remote: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  FtpPut:=FtpPut(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Local, @_Remote, ShortTransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPutUnique(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: PChar; TransferType: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 12;
+
+Function FtpPutUnique(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote: String; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  FtpPutUnique:=FtpPutUnique(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Local, @_Remote, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPutUnique(Local, Remote: PChar; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  FtpPutUnique:=FtpPutUnique(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, Local, Remote, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPutUnique(Local, Remote: String; TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  FtpPutUnique:=FtpPutUnique(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Local, @_Remote, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPutUnique(Local, Remote: PChar): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  FtpPutUnique:=FtpPutUnique(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, Local, Remote, ShortTransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPutUnique(Local, Remote: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  StrPCopy(@_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(@_Remote, Remote);
+  FtpPutUnique:=FtpPutUnique(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_Local, @_Remote, ShortTransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPwd(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Buf: PChar; BufLen: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 13;
+
+Function FtpPwd(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct: String; var Buf: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct: PChar;
+  _Buf: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  GetMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  GetMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  GetMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  GetMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  StrPCopy(_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(_Acct, Acct);
+  FtpPwd:=FtpPwd(_Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, @_Buf, SizeOf(_Buf));
+  Buf:=StrPas(@_Buf);
+  FreeMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  FreeMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+End;
+
+Function FtpPwd(var Buf: String): Integer;
+Begin
+  FtpPwd:=FtpPwd(ShortHost, ShortUserId, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, Buf);
+End;
+
+
+Function FtpQuote(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, QuoteStr: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 14;
+
+Function FtpQuote(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, QuoteStr: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _QuoteStr: PChar;
+Begin
+  GetMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  GetMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  GetMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  GetMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  GetMem(_QuoteStr, Length(QuoteStr)+1);
+  StrPCopy(_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(_QuoteStr, QuoteStr);
+  FtpQuote:=FtpQuote(_Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _QuoteStr);
+  FreeMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  FreeMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  FreeMem(_QuoteStr, Length(QuoteStr)+1);
+End;
+
+Function FtpQuote(QuoteStr: String): Integer;
+Begin
+  FtpQuote:=FtpQuote(ShortHost, ShortUserId, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, QuoteStr);
+End;
+
+Function FtpRename(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, NameFrom, NameTo: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 15;
+
+Function FtpRename(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, NameFrom, NameTo: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _NameFrom, _NameTo: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(@_NameTo, NameTo);
+  StrPCopy(@_NameFrom, NameFrom);
+  FtpRename:=FtpRename(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_NameFrom, @_NameTo);
+End;
+
+Function FtpRename(NameFrom, NameTo: PChar): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  FtpRename:=FtpRename(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, NameFrom, NameTo);
+End;
+
+Function FtpRename(NameFrom, NameTo: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _NameFrom, _NameTo: Array[0..255] of Char;
+Begin
+  StrPCopy(@_Host, ShortHost);
+  StrPCopy(@_UserId, ShortUserId);
+  StrPCopy(@_Passwd, ShortPasswd);
+  StrPCopy(@_Acct, ShortAcct);
+  StrPCopy(@_NameTo, NameTo);
+  StrPCopy(@_NameFrom, NameFrom);
+  FtpRename:=FtpRename(@_Host, @_UserId, @_Passwd, @_Acct, @_NameFrom, @_NameTo);
+End;
+
+Function FtpRmd(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Dir: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 16;
+
+Function FtpRmD(Host, Userid, Passwd, Acct, Dir: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Dir: PChar;
+Begin
+  GetMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  GetMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  GetMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  GetMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  GetMem(_Dir, Length(Dir)+1);
+  StrPCopy(_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(_Dir, Dir);
+  FtpRmD:=FtpRmD(_Host, _Userid, _Passwd, _Acct, _Dir);
+  FreeMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  FreeMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Dir, Length(Dir)+1);
+End;
+
+Function FtpRmD(Dir: String): Integer;
+Begin
+  FtpRmD:=FtpRmD(ShortHost, ShortUserId, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, Dir);
+End;
+
+Function FtpSite(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, SiteStr: PChar): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 17;
+
+Function FtpSite(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, SiteStr: String): Integer;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _SiteStr: PChar;
+Begin
+  GetMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  GetMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  GetMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  GetMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  GetMem(_SiteStr, Length(SiteStr)+1);
+  StrPCopy(_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(_SiteStr, SiteStr);
+  FtpSite:=FtpSite(_Host, _Userid, _Passwd, _Acct, _SiteStr);
+  FreeMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  FreeMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  FreeMem(_SiteStr, Length(SiteStr)+1);
+End;
+
+Function FtpSite(SiteStr: String): Integer;
+Begin
+  FtpSite:=FtpSite(ShortHost, ShortUserid, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, SiteStr);
+End;
+
+Function FtpSys(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Buf: PChar; BufLen: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 18;
+
+Function FtpSys(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct: String; var Buf: String): Integer;
+var
+  _Buf: Array[0..255] of char;
+Begin
+  Host:=Host+#0;
+  UserId:=UserId+#0;
+  Passwd:=Passwd+#0;
+  Acct:=Acct+#0;
+  FtpSys:=FtpSys(@Host[1], @UserId[1], @Passwd[1], @Acct[1], @_Buf, SizeOf(Buf));
+  Buf:=StrPas(@_Buf);
+End;
+
+Function FtpSys(var Buf: String): Integer;
+Begin
+  FtpSys:=FtpSys(ShortHost, ShortUserId, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, Buf);
+End;
+
+Function Ping(Addr: Longint; Len: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 19;
+
+Function Ftp_ErrNo: Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 21;
+
+Function FtpVer(var Buf; BufLen: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 23;
+
+Function FtpVer(var Buf: String): Integer;
+var
+  T:array[0..255] of char;
+begin
+  FtpVer:=FtpVer(T, SizeOf(T));
+  Buf:=StrPas(T);
+end;
+
+Function FtpTrcOn(FileSpec: PChar; Mode: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 24;
+
+Function FtpTrcOn(FileSpec: String; Mode: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+Begin
+  FileSpec:=FileSpec+#0;
+  FtpTrcOn:=FtpTrcOn(@FileSpec[1], Mode);
+End;
+
+Function FtpTrcOff: Integer; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 25;
+
+Function Keep_File_Date(LocalFile, RemoteFile: PChar): Boolean; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 30;
+
+Function Keep_File_Date(LocalFile, RemoteFile: String): Boolean;
+Begin
+  LocalFile:=LocalFile+#0;
+  RemoteFile:=RemoteFile+#0;
+  Keep_File_Date:=Keep_File_Date(@LocalFile[1], @RemoteFile[1]);
+End;
+
+Function FtpReStart(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: PChar; TransferType, Rest: Integer): Longint; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 31;
+
+Function FtpReStart(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType, Rest: Integer): Longint;
+Var
+  _Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote, _Mode: PChar;
+Begin
+  GetMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  GetMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  GetMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  GetMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  GetMem(_Local, Length(Local)+1);
+  GetMem(_Remote, Length(Remote)+1);
+  GetMem(_Mode, Length(Mode)+1);
+  StrPCopy(_Host, Host);
+  StrPCopy(_UserId, UserId);
+  StrPCopy(_Passwd, Passwd);
+  StrPCopy(_Acct, Acct);
+  StrPCopy(_Local, Local);
+  StrPCopy(_Remote, Remote);
+  StrPCopy(_Mode, Mode);
+  FtpReStart:=FtpReStart(_Host, _UserId, _Passwd, _Acct, _Local, _Remote, _Mode, TransferType, Rest);
+  FreeMem(_Host, Length(Host)+1);
+  FreeMem(_UserId, Length(UserId)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Passwd, Length(Passwd)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Acct, Length(Acct)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Local, Length(Local)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Remote, Length(Remote)+1);
+  FreeMem(_Mode, Length(Mode)+1);
+End;
+
+Function FtpReStart(Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType, Rest: Integer): Longint;
+Begin
+  FtpReStart:=FtpReStart(ShortHost, ShortUserId, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, Local, Remote, Mode, TransferType, Rest);
+End;
+
+Function FtpReStart(Local, Remote, Mode: String; Rest: Integer): Longint;
+Begin
+  FtpReStart:=FtpReStart(ShortHost, ShortUserId, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, Local, Remote, Mode, ShortTransferType, Rest);
+End;
+
+Function FtpRemSize(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: Pchar; TransferType: Integer): Longint; cdecl;
+    external FTPAPIDLL index 32;
+
+Function FtpRemSize(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct, Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType: Integer): Longint;
+Begin
+  Host:=Host+#0;
+  UserId:=UserId+#0;
+  Passwd:=Passwd+#0;
+  Acct:=Acct+#0;
+  Local:=Local+#0;
+  Remote:=Remote+#0;
+  Mode:=Mode+#0;
+  FtpRemSize:=FtpRemSize(@Host[1], @UserId[1], @Passwd[1], @Acct[1], @Local[1], @Remote[1], @Mode[1], TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpRemSize(Local, Remote, Mode: String; TransferType: Integer): Longint;
+Begin
+  FtpRemSize:=FtpRemSize(ShortHost, ShortUserId, ShortPasswd, ShortAcct, Local, Remote, Mode, TransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpRemSize(Local, Remote, Mode: String): Longint;
+Begin
+  FtpRemSize:=FtpRemSize(Local, Remote, Mode, ShortTransferType);
+End;
+
+Function FtpSetUser(Host, UserId, Passwd, Acct: String): Integer;
+Begin
+  ShortHost:=Host;
+  ShortUserId:=UserId;
+  ShortPasswd:=Passwd;
+  ShortAcct:=Acct;
+  FtpSetUser:=0;
+  If (Host='') or (UserId='') then FtpSetUser:=-1;
+End;
+
+Function FtpSetBinary(TransferType: Integer): Integer;
+Begin
+  ShortTransferType:=TransferType;
+  FtpSetBinary:=0;
+End;
+
+(* Undocumented functions follow
+Function FtpXLate(Dig: Longint; St:PChar): Longint; cdecl;
+                                                   external FTPAPIDLL index 22;
+Procedure FtpXferWnd(var _hwnd: HWND); cdecl; external FTPAPIDLL index 26;
+Procedure FtpSetConvertMode(var code: integer); cdecl;
+                                                   external FTPAPIDLL index 27;
+Procedure FtpSetEncodeMode(var code: integer); cdecl;
+                                                   external FTPAPIDLL index 28;
+Procedure FtpSetDecodeMode(var code: integer); cdecl;
+                                                   external FTPAPIDLL index 29;
+
+Absolutely no information about following functions:
+
+var FtpErrNo: integer; cdecl; external FTPAPIDLL index 20; // seems to be a copy of ftp_errno
+//³ 00033 ³ FTPQUOTEREPLY     // Seems to be direct command send (reply to ftpquote)
+//³ 00034 ³ FtpSetActiveMode
+
+*)
+
+End.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/hwvideo.pas b/packages/os2units/src/hwvideo.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c2d1ad501
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/hwvideo.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+{
+    Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993 International Business Machines Corporation
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Valery Gaynullin
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru)
+
+    This is Video Acceleration Interface
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) as
+    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+    License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is
+    distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+    See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should
+    have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+ **********************************************************************}
+
+{
+@abstract(Video Acceleration Interface)
+@author(Valery Gaynullin)
+@author(Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru))
+@created(29 Nov 2002)
+@lastmod(19 Jan 2003)
+This is Video Acceleration Interface.
+Warning: This code is alfa. Future versions of this unit will propably
+not be compatible.
+}
+
+Unit HWVideo;
+
+Interface
+
+Uses
+  Os2Def,
+  PMWin,
+  PMGpi;
+
+// GRADD function class
+Const
+  VA2_FUNCTION_CLASS='Video Acceleration 2';
+
+Type
+  THWVIDEOCAPS=record
+    ulLength: Cardinal;
+    ulCapsFlags: Cardinal;     //flags, describing HW capability
+    szlSrcMax: SIZEL;          //maximum source size (pixels)
+    rctlDstMargin: RECTL;      //destination rectangle margins
+    fccDstColor: Cardinal;     //screen FOURCC
+    ulScanAlign: Cardinal;     //requered scanline aligment-1
+    ulNumColors: Cardinal;     //count of supported source FOURCC
+    fccColorType: ^Cardinal;   //array of supported FOURCC
+    ulAttrCount: Cardinal;     //count of viewport attributes
+  end;
+  PHWVIDEOCAPS=^THWVIDEOCAPS;
+
+//ulCapsFlag defines
+Const
+  HWVIDEOCAPS_MINIFY             =  $00000001; //Chip can perform downscaling
+  HWVIDEOCAPS_FILTER             =  $00000002; //Image filtering present
+  HWVIDEOCAPS_NONINTEGER_SCALE   =  $00000004; //allow scale to noninteger ratio
+  HWVIDEOCAPS_COLOR_KEYING       =  $00000008; //allow color keying
+  HWVIDEOCAPS_OVERLAY            =  $00000010; //overlay-type HW
+  HWVIDEOCAPS_SEPARATE_OUT       =  $00000020; //used separate output connector (like TV out)
+  HWVIDEOCAPS_DECODE             =  $00000040; //support non-RAW data
+  HWVIDEOCAPS_NEEDPROTECT        =  $00000080; //HW need to lock VRAM
+
+Type
+  THWATTRIBUTE=record
+    ulLength: Cardinal;                //size of structure in bytes
+    szAttrDesc: Array[0..64] of Char;  //string, describing attribute
+    ulAttrType: Cardinal;              //type of attribute, check ATTRTYPE_* const
+    ulValueSize: Cardinal;             //size in bytes of each value member
+    ulValueCount: Cardinal;            //count of value members
+    pValueList: Pointer;               //list of supported values
+    ulCurrentValue: Cardinal;          //current value
+    ulDefaultValue: Cardinal;          //default value
+    ulAttribFlags: Cardinal;           //flags to define some additional properties
+  end;
+  PHWATTRIBUTE=^THWATTRIBUTE;
+
+//types of attributes.
+// if ATTRTYPE_BOOLEAN, ATTRTYPE_STATICTEXT or ATTRTYPE_BYTE,
+// ulValueCount & ulValueSize undefined,
+// pValueList can be NULL,
+// else this must be actual value of allocated chunk of memory.
+
+Const
+  //attribute of ON/OFF type
+  ATTRTYPE_BOOLEAN              = 1;
+  //attribute can be member of set string type
+  ATTRTYPE_AGGREGATE_STRING     = 2;
+  //attribute have no value - this is static text string
+  ATTRTYPE_STATICTEXT           = 3;
+  //attribute can be any value in 0..255 margins
+  ATTRTYPE_BYTE                 = 4;
+
+
+//defines for ulAttribFlags field
+//changing this attribute affect HW capability, so application
+//must re-read Caps after changing value of this attribute
+//application must not assume preserving any capability when this
+//attribute was changed
+  ATTRIB_CHANGE_CAPS = 1;
+
+//some common attribute names
+Const
+  ATTRIBUTE_BRIGHTNESS = 'Brightness';
+  ATTRIBUTE_CONTRAST   = 'Contrast';
+  ATTRIBUTE_SATURATION = 'Saturation';
+  ATTRIBUTE_HUE        = 'Hue';
+  ATTRIBUTE_FILTERING  = 'Filtering';
+  ATTRIBUTE_TVOUT      = 'Output to TV';
+  ATTRIBUTE_COLORKEY   = 'Color Keying';
+
+Type
+  THWVIDEOSETUP=record
+    ulLength: Cardinal;
+    rctlDstRect: RECTL;      //destination screen rectangle
+    szlSrcSize: SIZEL;       //source image size
+    ulSrcPitch: Cardinal;    //byte offset between image rows
+    fccColor: Cardinal;      //image format
+    ulKeyColor: Cardinal;    //color key
+    rctlSrcRect: RECTL;
+  end;
+  PHWVIDEOSETUP=^THWVIDEOSETUP;
+
+//return codes
+Const
+  //no error
+  HWVIDEO_DONE = 0;
+  //unspecified error
+  HWVIDEO_ERROR = 3;
+  //FS session active, accelerator not available
+  HWVIDEO_ERROR_BACKGROUND = 4;
+  //HW not available
+  HWVIDEO_ERROR_NO_HW = 6;
+  //incorrect parameter
+  HWVIDEO_ERROR_PARAMETER = 7;
+  //to low offscreen VRAM to handle setup
+  HWVIDEO_ERROR_LOW_VRAM = 8;
+  //HW already in use
+  HWVIDEO_ERROR_USED = 9;
+
+//Init HWVideo subsystem
+//check for presence and avilability of accelerated HW, if present and
+//available - lock it for this process.
+Function HWVIDEOInit: Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+//Get HW capability
+//return filled structure. When called, ulNumColors must be
+//set to actual allocated size of fccColorType array.
+//if call returned with error, then need to check returned
+//ulNumColors, allocate larger space and call again.
+Function HWVIDEOCaps(pCaps: PHWVIDEOCAPS): Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+//Set HWVideo viewport
+//Check HW capability to handle this setup, allocate buffers.
+//one special case: pSetup==NULL - disable video and free all
+//buffers
+Function HWVIDEOSetup(pSetup: PHWVIDEOSETUP): Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+//Get HWVideo buffer pointer
+//return linear pointer to overlay buffer and it's physical address
+Function HWVIDEOBeginUpdate(var ppBuffer: Pointer; var pulPhysBuffer: Cardinal): Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+//Display HWVideo buffer
+//set pending state for last accessed videobuffer, switch
+//buffers on next VSYNC
+Function HWVIDEOEndUpdate: Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+//Get current HW attributes
+//0<=ulAttribNum<pCaps->ulAttrCount, else error returned.
+Function HWVIDEOGetAttrib(ulAttribNum: Cardinal; pAttrib: PHWATTRIBUTE): Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+//Set new attribute value
+//0<=ulAttribNum<pCaps.ulAttrCount, else error returned.
+//pAttrib->ulCurrentValue filled with new value
+Function HWVIDEOSetAttrib(ulAttribNum: Cardinal; pAttrib: PHWATTRIBUTE): Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+//Close HWVideo
+Function HWVIDEOClose: Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+Implementation
+
+Function HWVIDEOInit: Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external 'hwvideo' name 'HWVIDEOInit';
+
+Function HWVIDEOCaps(pCaps: PHWVIDEOCAPS): Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external 'hwvideo' name 'HWVIDEOCaps';
+
+Function HWVIDEOSetup(pSetup: PHWVIDEOSETUP): Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external 'hwvideo' name 'HWVIDEOSetup';
+
+Function HWVIDEOBeginUpdate(var ppBuffer: Pointer; var pulPhysBuffer: Cardinal): Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external 'hwvideo' name 'HWVIDEOBeginUpdate';
+
+Function HWVIDEOEndUpdate: Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external 'hwvideo' name 'HWVIDEOEndUpdate';
+
+Function HWVIDEOGetAttrib(ulAttribNum: Cardinal; pAttrib: PHWATTRIBUTE): Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external 'hwvideo' name 'HWVIDEOGetAttrib';
+
+Function HWVIDEOSetAttrib(ulAttribNum: Cardinal; pAttrib: PHWATTRIBUTE): Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external 'hwvideo' name 'HWVIDEOSetAttrib';
+
+Function HWVIDEOClose: Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external 'hwvideo' name 'HWVIDEOClose';
+
+End.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/lvm.pas b/packages/os2units/src/lvm.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f284494f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/lvm.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,5232 @@
+{
+   Copyright (c) International Business Machines  Corp., 2000
+   Copyright (c) 2003 Yuri Prokushev
+
+   This module defines the interface to LVM.DLL, which is the
+   engine that performs all of the disk partitioning/volume
+   creation work.
+
+   This program is free software;  you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;  without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See
+   the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program;  if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+}
+Unit LVM;
+
+{$PACKRECORDS C}
+
+Interface
+
+{$ifdef os2}
+  {$define lvm1}
+{$endif}
+
+{$ifdef linux}
+  {$define lvm2}
+{$endif}
+
+// The number of bytes in a sector on the disk.
+const
+  BYTES_PER_SECTOR=512;
+
+//The maximum number of cylinders, heads, and sectors that a partition table entry can accomodate.
+//Cylinders are numbered 0 - 1023, for a maximum of 1024 cylinders.
+//eads are numbered 0 - 255, for a maximum of 256 heads.
+//Sectors are numbered 1 - 63, for a maximum of 63 sectors per track.
+const
+  MAX_CYLINDERS= 1024;
+  MAX_HEADS    = 256;
+  MAX_SECTORS  = 63;
+
+// The following define the values used to indicate that a partition table entry is for an EBR, not a partition.
+const
+  EBR_BOOT_INDICATOR = 0;
+  EBR_FORMAT_INDICATOR = 5;
+
+// The following define is used as the default Format_Indicator for new non-primary partitions.
+const
+  NEW_LOGICAL_DRIVE_FORMAT_INDICATOR = $6;
+
+// The following define is used as the default Format_Indicator for a new non-active primary partitions.
+const
+  NEW_PRIMARY_PARTITION_FORMAT_INDICATOR = $16;
+
+// The following define is used as the default Format_Indicator for a new active primary partition.
+const
+  NEW_ACTIVE_PRIMARY_PARTITION_FORMAT_INDICATOR = $06;
+
+// The following define is used to hold the value of the Boot_Indicator for active partitions.
+const
+  ACTIVE_PARTITION = $80;
+
+// Define the size of a Partition Name.  Partition Names are user defined names given to a partition.
+const
+  PARTITION_NAME_SIZE = 20;
+
+// Define the size of a volume name.  Volume Names are user defined names given to a volume.
+const
+  VOLUME_NAME_SIZE = 20;
+
+// Define the size of a disk name.  Disk Names are user defined names given to physical disk drives in the system.
+const
+  DISK_NAME_SIZE = 20;
+
+// The name of the filesystem in use on a partition.  This name may be up to 12 ( + NULL terminator) characters long.
+const
+  FILESYSTEM_NAME_SIZE = 20;
+
+// The comment field is reserved but is not currently used.  This is for future expansion and use.
+const
+  COMMENT_SIZE = 81;
+
+// Define the minimum number of sectors to reserve on the disk for Boot Manager.
+const
+  BOOT_MANAGER_SIZE = 2048;
+
+// An INTEGER number is a whole number, either + or -.
+//The number appended to the INTEGER key word indicates the number of bits
+//used to represent an INTEGER of that type.
+type
+  INTEGER16=SmallInt;
+  INTEGER32=LongInt;
+  INTEGER=LongInt;
+
+// A CARDINAL number is a positive integer >= 0.
+//The number appended to the CARDINAL key word indicates the number of bits
+//used to represent a CARDINAL of that type.
+type
+  CARDINAL16=Word;
+  CARDINAL32 = Cardinal;
+
+(*
+/* A REAL number is a floating point number. */
+typedef float   REAL32;
+typedef double  REAL64;
+*)
+  REAL32 = double;
+  REAL64 = double;
+
+
+// An ADDRESS variable is one which holds an address.  The address can contain
+//anything, or even be invalid.  It is just an address which is presumed to
+//hold some kind of data.
+Type
+  ADDRESS=Pointer;
+
+Type
+  pSTRING=PChar;
+
+// 4 bytes
+Type
+  DoubleWord=Cardinal;
+
+//* The following types are used in the declaration of disk structures.  Disk structures
+//have a defined size and internal structure which must be matched exactly.              */
+
+//* 8 bytes. */
+type
+  QuadWord=QWord;
+
+// The following types are used internally by LVM.  */
+
+// Define a Partition Sector Number.  A Partition Sector Number is relative to the start of a partition.
+//The first sector in a partition is PSN 0.
+type
+  PSN=Cardinal;
+
+// Define a Logical Sector Number.  A Logical Sector Number is relative to the start of a volume.
+//The first sector in a volume is LSN 0.
+type
+  LSN=Cardinal;
+
+// Define a Logical Block Address.  A Logical Block Address is relative to the start of a
+//physical device - a disk drive.  The first sector on a disk drive is LBA 0.
+type
+  LBA=Cardinal;
+
+// The following define sets the maximum number of LVM classes for which structures and storage will be reserved.
+const
+  MAXIMUM_LVM_CLASSES = 3;
+
+// The following enum defines the various LVM classes to which a "feature" may belong.
+// An LVM Plugin is used to implement a "feature", so "plugin" and "feature" are really synonyms.
+
+type
+  _LVM_Classes = (
+    Partition_Class, // For "features" which must operate on a partition level - i.e. Bad Block Relocation.
+    Aggregate_Class, // For "features" which combine partitions into a single logical entity - i.e. Drive Linking.
+    Volume_Class     // For "features" which operate best on a volume level - i.e. encryption, mirroring etc.
+       );
+  LVM_Classes = _LVM_Classes;
+
+
+// An LVM plugin may belong to one or more classes.  For each class to which it belongs, certain attributes must be defined.
+//This structure tracks those attributes for a class.
+type
+  _LVM_Class_Attributes=record
+    ClassMember: BOOLEAN;      // TRUE if a member of this class, FALSE otherwise.
+    GlobalExclusive: BOOLEAN;  // TRUE if this plugin can not work with any other plugin - i.e. it
+//must be the only "feature" on the volume, besides the built in feature of BBR.
+    TopExclusive: BOOLEAN;     // TRUE if this plugin must be the topmost plugin in this class.
+    BottomExclusive: BOOLEAN;  // TRUE if this plugin must be the bottommost plugin in this class.
+    ClassExclusive: BOOLEAN;   // TRUE if this plugin will not work with any other plugin in this class.
+    Weight_Factor: CARDINAL32;    // A value between 1 and 100 which is used to guide the LVM interfaces when attempting to
+//establish a default ordering for plugins within this class.  A value of 1
+//indicates that this plugin wants to be as close to the bottom of the plugins
+//in this class as possible.  A value of 100 means that this plugin wants to
+//be as close to being the topmost plugin in this class as possible.  This value
+//is only used if none of the "exclusive" flags are set.
+  end;
+  LVM_Class_Attributes=_LVM_Class_Attributes;
+
+// The following enum specifies the interface types that LVM supports, and hence any plugin must support.
+  _LVM_Interface_Types= (
+    PM_Interface,
+    VIO_Interface,           // LVM.EXE is a VIO app. since it is used during install, and during recovery scenarios where PM/Java may not be available.
+    Java_Interface          // The LVM GUI is written in Java.
+  );
+  LVM_Interface_Types=_LVM_Interface_Types;
+
+const
+  MAXIMUM_LVM_INTERFACE_TYPES = 3;
+
+
+//* The following structures define what functions must be supported for each interface type.
+type
+  PADDRESS=^ADDRESS;
+  PCARDINAL32=^CARDINAL32;
+
+  _LVM_OS2_Native_Support=record
+//void (* _System Create_and_Configure) ( CARDINAL32 ID, ADDRESS InputBuffer, CARDINAL32 InputBufferSize, ADDRESS * OutputBuffer, CARDINAL32 * OutputBufferSize, CARDINAL32 * Error_Code);
+    Create_and_Configure: procedure(ID: CARDINAL32; InputBuffer: ADDRESS; InputBufferSize: CARDINAL32; OutputBuffer: PADDRESS; OutputBufferSize: PCARDINAL32; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32);
+//void (* _System Display_Status) ( ADDRESS Volume_Handle, CARDINAL32 * Error_Code );
+    Display_Status: procedure(Volume_Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32 );
+//void (* _System Control_Panel) (ADDRESS Volume_Handle, CARDINAL32 * Error_Code );
+    Control_Panel: procedure(Volume_Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32 );
+//void (* _System Help_Panel) (CARDINAL32 Help_Index, CARDINAL32 * Error_Code);
+    Help_Panel: procedure(Help_Index: CARDINAL32; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32);
+  end;
+  LVM_OS2_Native_Support=_LVM_OS2_Native_Support;
+
+
+type
+  _LVM_Interface_Support=record
+    Interface_Supported: BOOLEAN;
+  case longint of
+      0 : ( Java_Interface_Class : ^char );
+      1 : ( VIO_PM_Calls : LVM_OS2_Native_Support );
+  end;
+  LVM_Interface_Support=_LVM_Interface_Support;
+
+//* The following define the default help indicies which must be supported by the Help_Panel function.  NOTE:  Index
+//values from 0 to 100 are reserved by LVM.  The Plugin may, for its own use, use any values above 100.
+const
+  HELP_PLUGIN_DESCRIPTION   = 0;
+
+// The following define the maximum length of the names which can be used to represent a feature in LVM.  The
+//maximum name length for a feature is 30 characters plus the trailing NULL character.  For command line parsing,
+//though, a shorter name is preferable!  Thus, the "short" name for a feature will be limited to 10 characters
+//plus the trailing NULL character.  The "short" name will be used for command line purposes, while the regular
+//name will be used by all other interfaces.
+const
+  MAX_FEATURE_NAME_LENGTH       = 31;
+  MAX_FEATURE_SHORT_NAME_LENGTH = 11;
+  MAX_OEM_INFO_LENGTH           =255;
+
+// The following definitions are used to control and access the various "features" available through the LVM Engine, such as Drive Linking and BBR.
+type
+  _Feature_ID_Data=record
+    Name: Array[0..MAX_FEATURE_NAME_LENGTH-1] of char;             // Feature Name, for use in menus and command line parsing.
+    Short_Name: Array[0..MAX_FEATURE_SHORT_NAME_LENGTH-1] of char; // The name/code used to represent this feature during command line parsing.
+    OEM_Info: Array[0..MAX_OEM_INFO_LENGTH-1] of char;             // Name and copyright info. of the manufacturer, i.e. IBM, Vinca, etc.
+    ID: CARDINAL32;                                        // Numeric Feature ID.
+    Major_Version_Number: CARDINAL32;                      // The version number of this feature.
+    Minor_Version_Number: CARDINAL32;                      // The version number of this feature.
+    LVM_Major_Version_Number: CARDINAL32;                  // The version of LVM that this feature was designed to work with.
+    LVM_Minor_Version_Number: CARDINAL32;                  // The version of LVM that this feature was designed to work with.
+    Preferred_Class: LVM_Classes;                           // The class from which this "feature" prefers to be chosen.  Encryption can be performed
+//at the partition level or the volume level, and may therefore belong to both the
+//Partition_Class and the Volume_Class.  However, it is preferrable for it to be used
+//on the volume level instead of at the partition level.  Thus, its perferred class would
+//be the Volume_Class, but it would still be a member of both the Volume_Class and the
+//Partition_Class.
+    ClassData: Array[0..MAXIMUM_LVM_CLASSES-1] of LVM_Class_Attributes;  // The attributes for each of the LVM classes that this "feature" is in.
+    Interface_Support: Array[0..MAXIMUM_LVM_INTERFACE_TYPES-1] of LVM_Interface_Support;  // The functions and classes for each of the video modes that LVM can run it.
+  end;
+  Feature_ID_Data=_Feature_ID_Data;
+
+// The following defines the TAG value used to identify an item of type Feature_ID_Data in a DLIST.
+const
+  FEATURE_ID_DATA_TAG = 354385972;
+
+// The following are invariant for a disk drive.
+Type
+  Drive_Control_Record = record
+    Drive_Number: CARDINAL32;                   // OS/2 Drive Number for this drive.
+    Drive_Size: CARDINAL32;                     // The total number of sectors on the drive.
+    Drive_Serial_Number: DoubleWord;            // The serial number assigned to this drive.  For info. purposes only.
+    Drive_Handle: ADDRESS;                      // Handle used for operations on the disk that this record corresponds to.
+    Cylinder_Count: CARDINAL32;                 // The number of cylinders on the drive.
+    Heads_Per_Cylinder: CARDINAL32;             // The number of heads per cylinder for this drive.
+    Sectors_Per_Track: CARDINAL32;              // The number of sectors per track for this drive.
+    Drive_Is_PRM: BOOLEAN;                      // Set to TRUE if this drive is a PRM.
+    Reserved: Array[0..3-1] of BYTE;              // Alignment.
+  end;
+
+// The following structure is returned by the Get_Drive_Control_Data function.
+  Drive_Control_Array=record
+    Drive_Control_Data: ^Drive_Control_Record;       // An array of drive control records.
+    Count: CARDINAL32;                               // The number of entries in the array of drive control records.
+  end;
+
+// The following structure defines the information that can be changed for a specific disk drive.
+  Drive_Information_Record=record
+    Total_Available_Sectors: CARDINAL32;        // The number of sectors on the disk which are not currently assigned to a partition.
+    Largest_Free_Block_Of_Sectors: CARDINAL32;  // The number of sectors in the largest contiguous block of available sectors.
+    Corrupt_Partition_Table: BOOLEAN;           // If TRUE, then the partitioning information found on the drive is incorrect!
+    Unusable: BOOLEAN;                          // If TRUE, the drive's MBR is not accessible and the drive can not be partitioned.
+    IO_Error: BOOLEAN;                          // If TRUE, then the last I/O operation on this drive failed!
+    Is_Big_Floppy: BOOLEAN;                     // If TRUE, then the drive is a PRM formatted as a big floppy (i.e. the old style removable media support).
+    Drive_Name: Array[0..DISK_NAME_SIZE-1] of Char; // User assigned name for this disk drive.
+  end;
+
+  Partition_Information_Record=record
+    Partition_Handle: ADDRESS;                      // The handle used to perform operations on this partition.
+    Volume_Handle: ADDRESS;                         // If this partition is part of a volume, this will be the handle of
+                                                    //the volume.  If this partition is NOT part of a volume, then this
+                                                    //handle will be 0.
+    Drive_Handle: ADDRESS;                          // The handle for the drive this partition resides on.
+    Partition_Serial_Number: DoubleWord;            // The serial number assigned to this partition.
+    Partition_Start: CARDINAL32;                    // The LBA of the first sector of the partition.
+    True_Partition_Size: CARDINAL32;                // The total number of sectors comprising the partition.
+    Usable_Partition_Size: CARDINAL32;              // The size of the partition as reported to the IFSM.  This is the
+                                                    //size of the partition less any LVM overhead.
+    Boot_Limit: CARDINAL32;                         // The maximum number of sectors from this block of free space that can be used to
+                                                    //create a bootable partition if you allocate from the beginning of the block of
+                                                    //free space.
+    Spanned_Volume: BOOLEAN;                        // TRUE if this partition is part of a multi-partition volume.
+    Primary_Partition: BOOLEAN;                     // True or False.  Any non-zero value here indicates that
+                                                    //this partition is a primary partition.  Zero here indicates
+                                                    //that this partition is a "logical drive" - i.e. it resides
+                                                    //inside of an extended partition.
+    Active_Flag: BYTE;                              // 80 = Partition is marked as being active.
+                                                    // 0 = Partition is not active.
+    OS_Flag: BYTE;                                  // This field is from the partition table.  It is known as the
+                                                    //OS flag, the Partition Type Field, Filesystem Type, and
+                                                    //various other names.
+
+                                                    //Values of interest
+
+                                                    //If this field is: (values are in hex)
+
+                                                    //07 = The partition is a compatibility partition formatted for use
+                                                    //with an installable filesystem, such as HPFS or JFS.
+                                                    //00 = Unformatted partition
+                                                    //01 = FAT12 filesystem is in use on this partition.
+                                                    //04 = FAT16 filesystem is in use on this partition.
+                                                    //0A = OS/2 Boot Manager Partition
+                                                    //35 = LVM partition
+                                                    //84 = OS/2 FAT16 partition which has been relabeled by Boot Manager to "Hide" it.
+    Partition_Type: BYTE;                           // 0 = Free Space
+                                                    //1 = LVM Partition (Part of an LVM Volume.)
+                                                    //2 = Compatibility Partition
+                                                    //All other values are reserved for future use.
+    Partition_Status: BYTE;                         // 0 = Free Space
+                                                    //1 = In Use - i.e. already assigned to a volume.
+                                                    //2 = Available - i.e. not currently assigned to a volume.
+    On_Boot_Manager_Menu: BOOLEAN;                  // Set to TRUE if this partition is not part of a Volume yet is on the Boot Manager Menu.
+    Reserved: BYTE;                                 // Alignment.
+    Volume_Drive_Letter: char;                      // The drive letter assigned to the volume that this partition is a part of.
+    Drive_Name: Array[0..DISK_NAME_SIZE-1] of char;   // User assigned name for this disk drive.
+    File_System_Name: Array[0..FILESYSTEM_NAME_SIZE-1] of char;// The name of the filesystem in use on this partition, if it is known.
+    Partition_Name: Array[0..PARTITION_NAME_SIZE-1] of char;   // The user assigned name for this partition.
+    Volume_Name: Array[0..VOLUME_NAME_SIZE-1] of char;         // If this partition is part of a volume, then this will be the
+                                                             //name of the volume that this partition is a part of.  If this
+                                                             //record represents free space, then the Volume_Name will be
+                                                             //"FREE SPACE xx", where xx is a unique numeric ID generated by
+                                                             //LVM.DLL.  Otherwise it will be an empty string.
+  end;
+
+// The following defines are for use with the Partition_Type field in the Partition_Information_Record.
+const
+  pt_FREE_SPACE_PARTITION = 0;
+  pt_LVM_PARTITION        = 1;
+  pt_COMPATIBILITY_PARTITION = 2;
+
+// The following defines are for use with the Partition_Status field in the Partition_Information_Record.
+const
+  PARTITION_IS_IN_USE    = 1;
+  PARTITION_IS_AVAILABLE = 2;
+  PARTITION_IS_FREE_SPACE = 0;
+
+// The following structure is returned by various functions in the LVM Engine.
+type
+  Partition_Information_Array=record
+    Partition_Array: ^Partition_Information_Record; // An array of Partition_Information_Records.
+    Count: CARDINAL32;           // The number of entries in the Partition_Array.
+  end;
+
+// The following items are invariant for a volume.
+type
+  Volume_Control_Record=record
+    Volume_Serial_Number: DoubleWord;            // The serial number assigned to this volume.
+    Volume_Handle: ADDRESS;                   // The handle used to perform operations on this volume.
+    Compatibility_Volume: BOOLEAN;            // TRUE indicates that this volume is compatible with older versions of OS/2.
+//FALSE indicates that this is an LVM specific volume and can not be used without OS2LVM.DMD.
+    Device_Type: BYTE;                     // Indicates what type of device the Volume resides on:
+//0 = Hard Drive under LVM Control
+//1 = PRM under LVM Control
+//2 = CD-ROM
+//3 = Network drive
+//4 = Unknown device NOT under LVM Control
+    Reserved: Array[0..2-1] of BYTE;                     // Alignment.
+  end;
+
+// The following define the device types used in the Device_Type field of the Volume_Control_Record.
+const
+  LVM_HARD_DRIVE = 0;
+  LVM_PRM        = 1;
+  NON_LVM_CDROM  = 2;
+  NETWORK_DRIVE  = 3;
+  NON_LVM_DEVICE = 4;
+
+// The following structure is returned by the Get_Volume_Control_Data function.
+type
+  Volume_Control_Array=record
+    Volume_Control_Data: ^Volume_Control_Record;      // An array of volume control records.
+    Count: CARDINAL32;                    // The number of entries in the array of volume control records.
+  end;
+
+// The following information about a volume can (and often does) vary.
+type
+  Volume_Information_Record=record
+    Volume_Size: CARDINAL32;                           // The number of sectors comprising the volume.
+    Partition_Count: CARDINAL32;                       // The number of partitions which comprise this volume.
+    Drive_Letter_Conflict: CARDINAL32;                 // 0 indicates that the drive letter preference for this volume is unique.
+//1 indicates that the drive letter preference for this volume
+//is not unique, but this volume got its preferred drive letter anyway.
+//2 indicates that the drive letter preference for this volume
+//is not unique, and this volume did NOT get its preferred drive letter.
+//4 indicates that this volume is currently "hidden" - i.e. it has
+//no drive letter preference at the current time.
+    Compatibility_Volume: BOOLEAN;                  // TRUE if this is for a compatibility volume, FALSE otherwise.
+    Bootable: BOOLEAN;                              // Set to TRUE if this volume appears on the Boot Manager menu, or if it is
+//a compatibility volume and its corresponding partition is the first active
+//primary partition on the first drive.
+    Drive_Letter_Preference: char;               // The drive letter that this volume desires to be.
+    Current_Drive_Letter: char;                  // The drive letter currently used to access this volume.  May be different than
+//Drive_Letter_Preference if there was a conflict ( i.e. Drive_Letter_Preference
+//is already in use by another volume ).
+    Initial_Drive_Letter: char;                  // The drive letter assigned to this volume by the operating system when LVM was started.
+//This may be different from the Drive_Letter_Preference if there were conflicts, and
+//may be different from the Current_Drive_Letter.  This will be 0x0 if the Volume did
+//not exist when the LVM Engine was opened (i.e. it was created during this LVM session).
+    New_Volume: BOOLEAN;                            // Set to FALSE if this volume existed before the LVM Engine was opened.  Set to
+//TRUE if this volume was created after the LVM Engine was opened.
+    Status: BYTE;                                // 0 = None.
+//1 = Bootable
+//2 = Startable
+//3 = Installable.
+    Reserved_1: BYTE;
+    Volume_Name: Array[0..VOLUME_NAME_SIZE-1] of char;         // The user assigned name for this volume.
+    File_System_Name: Array[0..FILESYSTEM_NAME_SIZE-1] of char;// The name of the filesystem in use on this partition, if it is known.
+  end;
+
+// The following structure is used to return the feature information for the installed features, or the features on a volume.
+type
+  Feature_Information_Array=record
+    Count: CARDINAL32;
+    Feature_Data: ^Feature_ID_Data;
+  end;
+
+// The following structure defines an item on the Boot Manager Menu.
+type
+  Boot_Manager_Menu_Item=record
+    Handle: ADDRESS;            // A Volume or Partition handle.
+    Volume: BOOLEAN;            // If TRUE, then Handle is the handle of a Volume.  Otherwise, Handle is the handle of a partition.
+  end;
+
+// The following structure is used to get a list of the items on the partition manager menu.
+type
+  Boot_Manager_Menu=record
+    Menu_Items: ^Boot_Manager_Menu_Item;
+    Count: CARDINAL32;
+  end;
+
+// The following structure is used to specify an LVM Feature when creating a volume.  Since LVM Features may be part of
+//more than one LVM Class, the specific class to be used with the feature must also be specified.
+type
+  LVM_Feature_Specification_Record=record
+    Feature_ID: CARDINAL32;      // The feature ID of the feature to use.
+    Actual_Class: LVM_Classes;   // The LVM Class (supported by the specified feature) to use.
+    Init_Data: ADDRESS;          // The address of a buffer containing initialization data for this feature.
+                                 //NULL if there is no initialization data being provided for this feature.
+  end;
+
+// The following structure is used with the Get_Child_Handles function.
+Type
+  LVM_Handle_Array_Record=record
+    Count: CARDINAL32;
+    Handles: ^ADDRESS;
+  end;
+
+// The following preprocessor directives define the operations that can be performed on a partition, volume, or a block of free space.
+// These definitions represent bits in a 32 bit value returned by the Get_Valid_Options function.
+const
+  CREATE_PRIMARY_PARTITION          = 1;
+  CREATE_LOGICAL_DRIVE              = 2;
+  DELETEPARTITION                   = 4;
+  SET_ACTIVE_PRIMARY                = 8;
+  SET_PARTITION_ACTIVE             = $10;
+  SET_PARTITION_INACTIVE           = $20;
+  SETSTARTABLE                    = $40;
+  INSTALLBOOTMANAGER             = $80;
+  REMOVEBOOTMANAGER              = $100;
+  SET_BOOT_MANAGER_DEFAULTS        = $200;
+  ADD_TO_BOOT_MANAGER_MENU         = $400;
+  REMOVE_FROM_BOOT_MANAGER_MENU    = $800;
+  DELETEVOLUME                    = $1000;
+  HIDEVOLUME                      = $2000;
+  EXPANDVOLUME                    = $4000;
+  SET_VOLUME_INSTALLABLE           = $8000;
+  ASSIGNDRIVELETTER              = $10000;
+  CAN_BOOT_PRIMARY                 = $20000;      // If a primary is created from this block of free space, then it can be made bootable.
+  CAN_BOOT_LOGICAL                 = $40000;      // If a logical drive is created from this block of free space, then OS/2 can boot from it by adding it to the boot manager menu.
+  CAN_SET_NAME                     = $80000;
+  SET_BOOT_MANAGER_STARTABLE       = $100000;
+
+// The following enumeration defines the allocation strategies used by the Create_Partition function.
+type
+  _Allocation_Algorithm =(
+Automatic,               // Let LVM decide which block of free space to use to create the partition.
+Best_Fit,                // Use the block of free space which is closest in size to the partition being created.
+First_Fit,               // Use the first block of free space on the disk which is large enough to hold a partition of the specified size.
+Last_Fit,                // Use the last block of free space on the disk which is large enough to hold a partition of the specified size.
+From_Largest,            // Find the largest block of free space and allocate the partition from that block of free space.
+From_Smallest,           // Find the smallest block of free space that can accommodate a partition of the size specified.
+All                      // Turn the specified drive or block of free space into a single partition.
+);
+  Allocation_Algorithm=_Allocation_Algorithm;
+
+// Error codes returned by the LVM Engine.
+const
+  LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR                          =  0;
+  LVM_ENGINE_OUT_OF_MEMORY                     =  1;
+  LVM_ENGINE_IO_ERROR                          =  2;
+  LVM_ENGINE_BAD_HANDLE                        =  3;
+  LVM_ENGINE_INTERNAL_ERROR                    =  4;
+  LVM_ENGINE_ALREADY_OPEN                      =  5;
+  LVM_ENGINE_NOT_OPEN                          =  6;
+  LVM_ENGINE_NAME_TOO_BIG                      =  7;
+  LVM_ENGINE_OPERATION_NOT_ALLOWED             =  8;
+  LVM_ENGINE_DRIVE_OPEN_FAILURE                =  9;
+  LVM_ENGINE_BAD_PARTITION                     = 10;
+  LVM_ENGINE_CAN_NOT_MAKE_PRIMARY_PARTITION    = 11;
+  LVM_ENGINE_TOO_MANY_PRIMARY_PARTITIONS       = 12;
+  LVM_ENGINE_CAN_NOT_MAKE_LOGICAL_DRIVE        = 13;
+  LVM_ENGINE_REQUESTED_SIZE_TOO_BIG            = 14;
+  LVM_ENGINE_1024_CYLINDER_LIMIT               = 15;
+  LVM_ENGINE_PARTITION_ALIGNMENT_ERROR         = 16;
+  LVM_ENGINE_REQUESTED_SIZE_TOO_SMALL          = 17;
+  LVM_ENGINE_NOT_ENOUGH_FREE_SPACE             = 18;
+  LVM_ENGINE_BAD_ALLOCATION_ALGORITHM          = 19;
+  LVM_ENGINE_DUPLICATE_NAME                    = 20;
+  LVM_ENGINE_BAD_NAME                          = 21;
+  LVM_ENGINE_BAD_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFERENCE       = 22;
+  LVM_ENGINE_NO_DRIVES_FOUND                   = 23;
+  LVM_ENGINE_WRONG_VOLUME_TYPE                 = 24;
+  LVM_ENGINE_VOLUME_TOO_SMALL                  = 25;
+  LVM_ENGINE_BOOT_MANAGER_ALREADY_INSTALLED    = 26;
+  LVM_ENGINE_BOOT_MANAGER_NOT_FOUND            = 27;
+  LVM_ENGINE_INVALID_PARAMETER                 = 28;
+  LVM_ENGINE_BAD_FEATURE_SET                   = 29;
+  LVM_ENGINE_TOO_MANY_PARTITIONS_SPECIFIED     = 30;
+  LVM_ENGINE_LVM_PARTITIONS_NOT_BOOTABLE       = 31;
+  LVM_ENGINE_PARTITION_ALREADY_IN_USE          = 32;
+  LVM_ENGINE_SELECTED_PARTITION_NOT_BOOTABLE   = 33;
+  LVM_ENGINE_VOLUME_NOT_FOUND                  = 34;
+  LVM_ENGINE_DRIVE_NOT_FOUND                   = 35;
+  LVM_ENGINE_PARTITION_NOT_FOUND               = 36;
+  LVM_ENGINE_TOO_MANY_FEATURES_ACTIVE          = 37;
+  LVM_ENGINE_PARTITION_TOO_SMALL               = 38;
+  LVM_ENGINE_MAX_PARTITIONS_ALREADY_IN_USE     = 39;
+  LVM_ENGINE_IO_REQUEST_OUT_OF_RANGE           = 40;
+  LVM_ENGINE_SPECIFIED_PARTITION_NOT_STARTABLE = 41;
+  LVM_ENGINE_SELECTED_VOLUME_NOT_STARTABLE     = 42;
+  LVM_ENGINE_EXTENDFS_FAILED                   = 43;
+  LVM_ENGINE_REBOOT_REQUIRED                   = 44;
+  LVM_ENGINE_CAN_NOT_OPEN_LOG_FILE             = 45;
+  LVM_ENGINE_CAN_NOT_WRITE_TO_LOG_FILE         = 46;
+  LVM_ENGINE_REDISCOVER_FAILED                 = 47;
+  LVM_ENGINE_INTERNAL_VERSION_FAILURE          = 48;
+  LVM_ENGINE_PLUGIN_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE       = 49;
+  LVM_ENGINE_BAD_FEATURE_ID                    = 50;
+  LVM_ENGINE_NO_INIT_DATA                      = 51;
+  LVM_ENGINE_NO_CONTEXT_DATA                   = 52;
+  LVM_ENGINE_WRONG_CLASS_FOR_FEATURE           = 53;
+  LVM_ENGINE_INCOMPATIBLE_FEATURES_SELECTED    = 54;
+  LVM_ENGINE_NO_CHILDREN                       = 55;
+  LVM_ENGINE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED_BY_INTERFACE= 56;
+  LVM_ENGINE_NO_PARENT                         = 57;
+  LVM_ENGINE_VOLUME_HAS_NOT_BEEN_COMMITTED_YET = 58;
+  LVM_ENGINE_UNABLE_TO_REFERENCE_VOLUME        = 59;
+  LVM_ENGINE_PARSING_ERROR                     = 60;
+  LVM_ENGINE_INTERNAL_FEATURE_ERROR            = 61;
+  LVM_ENGINE_VOLUME_NOT_CONVERTED              = 62;
+
+
+// The following definitions are used for command line processing.  As the command line is processed,
+//the command line is first broken up into tokens.  Each token has a "characterization", which indicates
+//what the token is thought to be.
+
+type
+  Token_Characterizations=(
+LVM_AcceptableCharsStr,
+LVM_All,
+LVM_BestFit,
+LVM_BootDOS,
+LVM_BootOS2,
+LVM_Bootable,
+LVM_CR,
+LVM_CRI,
+LVM_Compatibility,
+LVM_Drive,
+LVM_Existing,
+LVM_Expand,
+LVM_FS,
+LVM_FirstFit,
+LVM_Freespace,
+LVM_FromEnd,
+LVM_FromLargest,
+LVM_FromSmallest,
+LVM_FromStart,
+LVM_LVM,
+LVM_LastFit,
+LVM_Logical,
+LVM_New,
+LVM_NoBoot,
+LVM_NonBootable,
+LVM_NotBootable,
+LVM_Partition,
+LVM_Primary,
+LVM_RB,
+LVM_Size,
+LVM_Unusable,
+LVM_Unused,
+LVM_Volume,
+LVM_Volumes,
+LVM_Comma,
+LVM_Number,
+LVM_Colon,
+LVM_Space,
+LVM_Tab,
+LVM_MultiSpace,
+LVM_MultiTab,
+LVM_String,
+LVM_FileNameStr,
+LVM_SemiColon,
+LVM_Eof,
+LVM_Separator,
+LVM_Open_Paren,                    //* ( */
+LVM_Close_Paren,                   //* ) */
+LVM_Open_Bracket,                  //* [ */
+LVM_Close_Bracket,                 //* ] */
+LVM_Open_Brace,                    //* { */
+LVM_Close_Brace,                   //* } */
+LVM_EQ_Sign,                       //* = */
+LVM_Bootmgr,
+LVM_Create,
+LVM_Delete,
+LVM_DriveLetter,
+LVM_File,
+LVM_Hide,
+LVM_Install,
+LVM_NewMBR,
+LVM_Query,
+LVM_RediscoverPRM,
+LVM_SetName,
+LVM_SetStartable,
+LVM_SI,
+LVM_SlashSize,
+LVM_StartLog
+);
+
+type
+  _LVM_Token=record
+    TokenText: PChar;  // The actual text of the token.
+    TokenType: Token_Characterizations;  // What the token is thought to be.
+    Position: CARDINAL32;   // The position of the first character of the token on the command line.
+  end;
+  LVM_Token=_LVM_Token;
+
+const
+  LVM_TOKEN_TAG = 28387473;
+
+// Function Prototypes
+
+//***************************************************************************
+//
+// Functions relating to the LVM Engine itself
+//
+//***************************************************************************
+
+//****************************************************************************************************/
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Function Name: Open_LVM_Engine                                                                 */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Opens the LVM Engine and readies it for use.                                 */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Input: BOOLEAN Ignore_CHS : If TRUE, then the LVM engine will not check the CHS values in the  */
+//*                               MBR/EBR partition tables for validity.  This is useful if there    */
+//*                               are drive geometry problems, such as the drive was partitioned and */
+//*                               formatted with one geometry and then moved to a different machine  */
+//*                               which uses a different geometry for the drive.  This would cause   */
+//*                               the starting and ending CHS values in the partition tables to      */
+//*                               be inconsistent with the size and partition offset entries in the  */
+//*                               partition tables.  Setting Ignore_CHS to TRUE will disable the     */
+//*                               LVM Engine's CHS consistency checks, thereby allowing the drive    */
+//*                               to be partitioned.                                                 */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in which to store an error code   */
+//*                                    should an error occur.                                        */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Output:  *Error_Code will be 0 if this function completes successfully.  If an error occurs,   */
+//*            *Error_Code will contain a non-zero error code.                                       */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Error Handling: If this function aborts with an error, all memory allocated during the course  */
+//*                   of this function will be released.  Disk read errors will be reported to the   */
+//*                   user via pop-up error messages.  Disk read errors will only cause this         */
+//*                   function to abort if none of the disk drives in the system could be            */
+//*                   successfully read.                                                             */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Side Effects:  The LVM Engine will be initialized.  The partition tables for all OS2DASD       */
+//*                  controlled disk drives will be read into memory.  Memory will be allocated for  */
+//*                  the data structures used by the LVM Engine.                                     */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Notes:  This is provided for programs that used LVM Version 1.  This function assumes an       */
+//*           LVM_Interface_Type of VIO_Interface.                                                   */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//****************************************************************************************************/
+procedure Open_LVM_Engine(Ignore_CHS: BOOLEAN; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Open_LVM_Engine';
+
+//****************************************************************************************************/
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Function Name: Open_LVM_Engine2                                                                */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Opens the LVM Engine and readies it for use.                                 */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Input: BOOLEAN Ignore_CHS : If TRUE, then the LVM engine will not check the CHS values in the  */
+//*                               MBR/EBR partition tables for validity.  This is useful if there    */
+//*                               are drive geometry problems, such as the drive was partitioned and */
+//*                               formatted with one geometry and then moved to a different machine  */
+//*                               which uses a different geometry for the drive.  This would cause   */
+//*                               the starting and ending CHS values in the partition tables to      */
+//*                               be inconsistent with the size and partition offset entries in the  */
+//*                               partition tables.  Setting Ignore_CHS to TRUE will disable the     */
+//*                               LVM Engine's CHS consistency checks, thereby allowing the drive    */
+//*                               to be partitioned.                                                 */
+//*          LVM_Interface_Types Interface_Type - Indicate the type of user interface being used:    */
+//*                               PM_Interface, VIO_Interface, or Java_Interface.  This lets the     */
+//*                               LVM Engine know which interface support routines to call in any    */
+//*                               plugin modules which may be loaded.                                */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in which to store an error code   */
+//*                                    should an error occur.                                        */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Output:  *Error_Code will be 0 if this function completes successfully.  If an error occurs,   */
+//*            *Error_Code will contain a non-zero error code.                                       */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Error Handling: If this function aborts with an error, all memory allocated during the course  */
+//*                   of this function will be released.  Disk read errors will be reported to the   */
+//*                   user via pop-up error messages.  Disk read errors will only cause this         */
+//*                   function to abort if none of the disk drives in the system could be            */
+//*                   successfully read.                                                             */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Side Effects:  The LVM Engine will be initialized.  The partition tables for all OS2DASD       */
+//*                  controlled disk drives will be read into memory.  Memory will be allocated for  */
+//*                  the data structures used by the LVM Engine.                                     */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//*   Notes:  New in LVM Version 2                                                                   */
+//*                                                                                                  */
+//****************************************************************************************************/
+{$ifdef lvm2}
+procedure Open_LVM_Engine2(Ignore_CHS: BOOLEAN; Interface_Type: LVM_Interface_Types; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Open_LVM_Engine2';
+{$endif}
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Commit_Changes                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Saves any changes made to the partitioning    */
+//*                     information of the OS2DASD controlled disk    */
+//*                     drives in the system.                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                   in which to store an error code */
+//*                                   should an error occur.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  The function return value will be TRUE if all of the   */
+//*            partitioning/volume changes made were successfully     */
+//*            written to disk.  Also, *Error_Code will be 0 if no    */
+//*            errors occur.                                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*            If an error occurs, then the furnction return value    */
+//*            will be FALSE and *Error_Code will contain a non-zero  */
+//*            error code.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  If an error occurs, the function return value  */
+//*                    will be false and *Error_Code will be > 0.     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                    Disk read and write errors will be indicated by*/
+//*                    setting the IO_Error field of the              */
+//*                    Drive_Information_Record to TRUE.  Thus, if    */
+//*                    the function return value is FALSE, and        */
+//*                    *Error_Code indicates an I/O error, the caller */
+//*                    of this function should call the               */
+//*                    Get_Drive_Status function on each drive to     */
+//*                    determine which drives had I/O errors.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                    If a read or write error occurs, then the      */
+//*                    engine may not have been able to create a      */
+//*                    partition or volume.  Thus, the caller         */
+//*                    may want to refresh all partition and volume   */
+//*                    data to see what the engine was and was not    */
+//*                    able to create.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The partitioning information of the disk drives  */
+//*                  in the system may be altered.                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Commit_Changes(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): BOOLEAN; external 'lvm' name 'Commit_Changes';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Set_Java_Call_Back                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function allows the calling Java program */
+//*                     to set the call back address.  The call back  */
+//*                     address is used when the LVM Engine or one of */
+//*                     its plug-ins, needs to run a Java class to    */
+//*                     gather information from the user.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: void ( * Execute_Java_Class) ... - The address of a       */
+//*                                            function that the LVM  */
+//*                                            engine may call when   */
+//*                                            it needs a Java class  */
+//*                                            to be executed.  This  */
+//*                                            is only required if the*/
+//*                                            user interface being   */
+//*                                            used is written in Java*/
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                   in which to store an error code */
+//*                                   should an error occur.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If the function completes successfully, then *Error_Code*/
+//*           will be set to LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.  Otherwise,         */
+//*           *Error_Code will be set to a non-zero error code.       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  If an error occurs, the function will abort and*/
+//*                    *Error_Code will be set to a non-zero error    */
+//*                    code.                                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The Java call back address is set to point to the*/
+//*                  specified function.  Once the Java call back     */
+//*                  address is set, LVM plug-ins which require the   */
+//*                  Java call back will be enabled and can be used   */
+//*                  during the creation of LVM Volumes.              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  If a Java interface is in use (as specified on the      */
+//*           Open_LVM_Engine call), then this function must be called*/
+//*           in order to enable those LVM plug-ins which require     */
+//*           initialization information during the creation of an    */
+//*           LVM Volume.  If these plug-ins are not enabled, then    */
+//*           they will not be reported by the Get_Available_Features */
+//*           API, nor can they be used or accessed by any other LVM  */
+//*           Engine APIs.  Thus, this function should be called      */
+//*           immediately after the Open_LVM_Engine API is called.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+{$ifdef lvm2}
+type
+  TJavaExecProc=procedure(
+    Class_Name: PChar;
+    InputBuffer: ADDRESS;
+    InputBufferSize: CARDINAL32;
+    OutputBuffer: PADDRESS;
+    OutputBufferSize,
+    Error_Code: PCARDINAL32);
+
+procedure Set_Java_Call_Back(
+  Execute_Java_Class: TJAvaExecProc;
+  Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Set_Java_Call_Back';
+
+{$endif}
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Close_LVM_Engine                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Closes the LVM Engine and frees any memory    */
+//*                     held by the LVM Engine.                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: None.                                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  None.                                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: N/A                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  Any memory held by the LVM Engine is released.   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Close_LVM_Engine; external 'lvm' name 'Close_LVM_Engine';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Available_Features                           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Returns the feature ID information for each of*/
+//*                     the features that the LVM Engine knows about. */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                   in which to store an error code */
+//*                                   should an error occur.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If successful, a Feature_Information_Array structure is */
+//*           returned with a non-zero Count.  Also, *Error_Code will */
+//*           be set to LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.  If an error occurs,     */
+//*           then the Count field in the structure will be 0 and     */
+//*           ( *Error_Code) will contain a non-zero error code.       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: The only expected error is if this function is  */
+//*                   called while the LVM Engine is not open.  This  */
+//*                   should be the only error condition.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  Memory is allocated using the LVM Engine's memory*/
+//*                  manager for the array of Feature_ID_Data items   */
+//*                  being returned.                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  This function seems to be presented since LVM Version 2 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+{$ifdef LVM2}
+function Get_Available_Features(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): Feature_Information_Array; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Available_Features';
+{$endif}
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Issue_Feature_Command                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Issues a feature specific command to either   */
+//*                     the Ring 0 or Ring 3 portion of the feature.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 Feature_ID - The numeric ID assigned to the   */
+//*                                  feature which is to receive the  */
+//*                                  command being issued.            */
+//*          ADDRESS Handle - The handle of the volume, partition, or */
+//*                           aggregate to which the feature command  */
+//*                           is to be directed.                      */
+//*          BOOLEAN Ring0 - If TRUE, then the command will be sent   */
+//*                          to the Ring 0 portion of the feature.    */
+//*                          If FALSE, then the command will be sent  */
+//*                          to the Ring 3 portion of the feature.    */
+//*          ADDRESS InputBuffer - A buffer containing the command and*/
+//*                                any necessary information for the  */
+//*                                feature to process the command.    */
+//*          CARDINAL32 InputSize - The number of bytes in the        */
+//*                                 InputBuffer.                      */
+//*          ADDRESS * OutputBuffer - The address of a variable used  */
+//*                                   to hold the location of the     */
+//*                                   output buffer created by the    */
+//*                                   feature in response to the      */
+//*                                   command in InputBuffer.         */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * OutputSize - The address of a variable used */
+//*                                    to hold the number of bytes in */
+//*                                    *OutputBuffer.                 */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                   in which to store an error code */
+//*                                   should an error occur.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If successful, then *Error_Code will be set to          */
+//*           LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.  If unsuccessful, then *Error_Code */
+//*           will be set to a non-zero error code.  *OutputBuffer and*/
+//*           *OutputSize are set by the feature.  If the feature     */
+//*           specified does not exist, then *OutputBuffer will be    */
+//*           NULL and *Outputsize will be 0.  If the feature does    */
+//*           exist, then the value of *OutputBuffer and *OutputSize  */
+//*           depend upon the feature.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If the specified feature does not exist, then   */
+//*                   *Error_Code will contain a non-zero error code, */
+//*                   *OutputBuffer will be NULL, and *OutputSize will*/
+//*                   be set to 0.  All other error conditions are    */
+//*                   feature dependent.                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  Side effects are feature dependent.              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  New in LVM Version 2                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+{$ifdef lvm2}
+void _System Issue_Feature_Command( CARDINAL32 Feature_ID,
+ADDRESS Handle,
+BOOLEAN Ring0,
+ADDRESS InputBuffer,
+CARDINAL32 InputSize,
+ADDRESS * OutputBuffer,
+CARDINAL32 * OutputSize,
+CARDINAL32 * Error_Code );
+{$endif}
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Parse_Feature_Parameters                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function allows access to the parsing    */
+//*                     function of an LVM Plug-in Feature.  The      */
+//*                     specified feature will be passed a list of    */
+//*                     tokens to parse, and, if it parses the tokens */
+//*                     successfully, will produce a buffer containing*/
+//*                     initialization data that can be used with the */
+//*                     Create_Volume API.  If it encounters an error,*/
+//*                     the current item in the Tokens list will be   */
+//*                     the offending item, and a pointer to an error */
+//*                     message will be returned.                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: DLIST  Tokens - A DLIST of tokens to parse.  Parsing will*/
+//*                          begin with the current entry in the list */
+//*                          and proceed until there is an error or   */
+//*                          until the specified feature has found a  */
+//*                          complete command.  Each feature defines  */
+//*                          what commands it will accept.            */
+//*          LVM_Feature_Specification_Record * Feature_Data - A      */
+//*                          pointer to a record which contains the   */
+//*                          ID of the feature which is to parse the  */
+//*                          DLIST of Tokens.  The other fields in    */
+//*                          this record will be filled in by the     */
+//*                          feature if it successfully parses the    */
+//*                          tokens.                                  */
+//*          char ** Error_Message - The address of a pointer to char.*/
+//*                          This will be set to NULL if the feature  */
+//*                          successfully parses the list of tokens,  */
+//*                          or it will be set to point to an error   */
+//*                          message if an error occurs.              */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32    */
+//*                          variable into which an error code may    */
+//*                          be placed.  The error code will be       */
+//*                          LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR if this function     */
+//*                          completes successfully, or a non-zero    */
+//*                          error code if an error occurs.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If there are no errors, the Actual_Class and Init_Data  */
+//*           fields of *Feature_Data will be set, *Error_Message will*/
+//*           be set to NULL, and Error_Code will be set to           */
+//*           LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.  The current item in the Tokens    */
+//*           list will be the first token that was not parsed by the */
+//*           feature (i.e. the first token after the command accepted*/
+//*           by the plug-in).                                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           If an error occurs, the values of Actual_Class and      */
+//*           Init_Data in *Feature_Data are undefined.  *Error_Code  */
+//*           will be set to LVM_ENGINE_PARSING_ERROR if the error is */
+//*           parsing related, or some other non-zero value if the    */
+//*           error is not parsing related.  If the error is parsing  */
+//*           related, then *Error_Message will point to an error     */
+//*           message which can be displayed for the user.  The       */
+//*           current item in the Tokens list will be the token which */
+//*           failed.                                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an parsing related error occurs, i.e. the    */
+//*                   tokens in the Tokens list do not form a valid   */
+//*                   command accepted by the specified feature, then */
+//*                   the current item in the Tokens list will be the */
+//*                   offending token, *Error_Message will be set to  */
+//*                   point to an error message, and *Error_Code will */
+//*                   be set to LVM_ENGINE_PARSING_ERROR.             */
+//*                   If any other error occurs, the current item in  */
+//*                   the Tokens list will be the token that was being*/
+//*                   processed when the error occurs, and *Error_Code*/
+//*                   will be set to a non-zero value.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The current item in the Tokens list may change.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  Each feature defines which commands it will accept, and */
+//*           therefore which commands it will successfully parse.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+{$ifdef lvm2}
+void _System Parse_Feature_Parameters( DLIST                               Tokens,
+LVM_Feature_Specification_Record  * Feature_Data,
+char **                             Error_Message,
+CARDINAL32 *                        Error_Code);
+{$endif}
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Refresh_LVM_Engine                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function causes the LVM Engine to look   */
+//*                     for changes in the current system             */
+//*                     configuration and update its internal tables  */
+//*                     accordingly.                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                   in which to store an error code */
+//*                                   should an error occur.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  None.                                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, *Error_Code will be set to  */
+//*                   a non-zero value.                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: Volumes which represent non-LVM devices may have  */
+//*                 their handles changed!                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  After calling this function, Get_Volume_Control_Data    */
+//*           should be called to get the updated list of volumes.    */
+//*           This is necessary as the handles of some volumes may    */
+//*           have changed.                                           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Refresh_LVM_Engine(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Refresh_LVM_Engine';
+
+//****************************************************************************
+//
+// Functions relating to Drives
+//
+//***************************************************************************
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  Get_Drive_Control_Data                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function returns an array of            */
+//*                      Drive_Control_Records.  These records provide*/
+//*                      important information about the drives in the*/
+//*                      system and provide the handles required to   */
+//*                      access them.                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                   in which to store an error code */
+//*                                   should an error occur.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  A Drive_Control_Array structure is returned.  If no    */
+//*            errors occur, Drive_Control_Data will be non-NULL,     */
+//*            Count will be greater than zero, and *Error_Code will  */
+//*            be 0.                                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  If an error occurs, the Drive_Control_Array    */
+//*                    returned by this function will have NULL for   */
+//*                    Drive_Control_Data, and 0 for Count.           */
+//*                    *Error_Code will be greater than 0.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  The caller becomes responsible for the memory allocated */
+//*           for the array of Drive_Control_Records pointed to by    */
+//*           Drive_Control_Data pointer in the Drive_Control_Array   */
+//*           structure returned by this function.  The caller should */
+//*           free this memory when they are done using it.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Drive_Control_Data(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): Drive_Control_Array; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Drive_Control_Data';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  Get_Drive_Status                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  Returns the Drive_Information_Record for the */
+//*                      drive specified by Drive_Handle.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Drive_Handle - The handle of the drive to use.   */
+//*                             Drive handles are obtained through the*/
+//*                             Get_Drive_Control_Data function.      */
+//*         CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in  */
+//*                                   in which to store an error code */
+//*                                   should an error occur.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: This function returns the Drive_Information_Record for  */
+//*           the drive associated with the specified Drive_Handle.   */
+//*           If no errors occur, *Error_Code will be set to 0.  If an*/
+//*           error does occur, then *Error_Code will be non-zero.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  If an error occurs, then *Error_Code will be   */
+//*                    non-zero.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Drive_Status(Drive_Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): Drive_Information_Record; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Drive_Status';
+
+//****************************************************************************
+//
+// Functions relating to Partitions
+//
+//***************************************************************************
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Partitions                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Returns an array of partitions associated     */
+//*                     with the object specified by Handle.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:ADDRESS Handle - This is the handle of a drive or volume. */
+//*                      Drive handles are obtained through the       */
+//*                      Get_Drive_Control_Data function.  Volume     */
+//*                      handles are obtained through the             */
+//*                      Get_Volume_Control_Data function.            */
+//*         CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in  */
+//*                                   in which to store an error code */
+//*                                   should an error occur.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: This function returns a structure.  The structure has   */
+//*           two components: an array of partition information       */
+//*           records and the number of entries in the array.  If     */
+//*           Handle is the handle of a disk drive, then the returned */
+//*           array will contain a partition information record for   */
+//*           each partition and block of free space on that drive.   */
+//*           If Handle is the handle of a volume, then the returned  */
+//*           array will contain a partition information record for   */
+//*           each partition which is part of the specified volume.   */
+//*           If no errors occur, then *Error_Code will be 0.  If an  */
+//*           error does occur, then *Error_Code will be non-zero.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: Any memory allocated for the return value will  */
+//*                   be freed.  The Partition_Information_Array      */
+//*                   returned by this function will contain a NULL   */
+//*                   pointer for Partition_Array, and have a Count of*/
+//*                   0.  *Error_Code will be non-zero.               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Handle is non-NULL and is invalid, a trap    */
+//*                   is likely.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  Memory will be allocated to hold the array       */
+//*                  returned by this function.                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  The caller becomes responsible for the memory allocated */
+//*           for the array of Partition_Information_Records pointed  */
+//*           to by Partition_Array pointer in the                    */
+//*           Partition_Information_Array structure returned by this  */
+//*           function.  The caller should free this memory when they */
+//*           are done using it.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Partitions(Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): Partition_Information_Array; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Partitions';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Partition_Handle                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Returns the handle of the partition whose     */
+//*                     serial number matches the one provided.       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 Serial_Number - This is the serial number to  */
+//*                                     look for.  If a partition with*/
+//*                                     a matching serial number is   */
+//*                                     found, its handle will be     */
+//*                                     returned.                     */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If a partition with a matching serial number is found,  */
+//*              then the function return value will be the handle    */
+//*              of the partition found.  If no matching partition is */
+//*              found, then the function return value will be NULL.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  If no errors occur, *Error_Code will be        */
+//*                    LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.  If an error occurs, then */
+//*                    *Error_Code will be a non-zero error code.     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Partition_Handle(Serial_Number: CARDINAL32; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): ADDRESS; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Partition_Handle';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Partition_Information                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Returns the Partition_Information_Record for  */
+//*                     the partition specified by Partition_Handle.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Partition_Handle - The handle associated with the*/
+//*                                     partition for which the       */
+//*                                     Partition_Information_Record  */
+//*                                     is desired.                   */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: A Partition_Information_Record is returned.  If there   */
+//*           is no error, then *Error_Code will be 0.  If an error   */
+//*           occurs, *Error_Code will be non-zero.                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  If the Partition_Handle is not a valid handle, */
+//*                    a trap could result.  If it is a handle for    */
+//*                    something other than a partition, an error code*/
+//*                    will be returned in *Error_Code.               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Partition_Information(Partition_Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): Partition_Information_Record; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Partition_Information';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Create_Partition                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Creates a partition on a disk drive.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS         Handle - The handle of a disk drive or   */
+//*                                   a block of free space.          */
+//*          CARDINAL32      Size - The size, in sectors, of the      */
+//*                                 partition to create.              */
+//*          char            Name[] - The name to give to the newly   */
+//*                                   created partition.              */
+//*          Allocation_Algorithm algorithm - If Handle is a drive,   */
+//*                                           then the engine will    */
+//*                                           find a block of free    */
+//*                                           space to use to create  */
+//*                                           the partition.  This    */
+//*                                           tells the engine which  */
+//*                                           memory management       */
+//*                                           algorithm to use.       */
+//*          BOOLEAN         Bootable - If TRUE, then the engine will */
+//*                                     only create the partition if  */
+//*                                     it can be booted from.  If    */
+//*                                     Primary_Partition is FALSE,   */
+//*                                     then it is assumed that OS/2  */
+//*                                     is the operating system that  */
+//*                                     will be booted.               */
+//*          BOOLEAN         Primary_Partition - If TRUE, then the    */
+//*                                              engine will create   */
+//*                                              a primary partition. */
+//*                                              If FALSE, then the   */
+//*                                              engine will create a */
+//*                                              logical drive.       */
+//*          BOOLEAN         Allocate_From_Start - If TRUE, then the  */
+//*                                                engine will        */
+//*                                                allocate the new   */
+//*                                                partition from the */
+//*                                                beginning of the   */
+//*                                                selected block of  */
+//*                                                free space.  If    */
+//*                                                FALSE, then the    */
+//*                                                partition will be  */
+//*                                                allocated from the */
+//*                                                end of the selected*/
+//*                                                block of free      */
+//*                                                space.             */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: The function return value will be the handle of the     */
+//*           partition created.  If the partition could not be       */
+//*           created, then NULL will be returned.                    */
+//*           *Error_Code will be 0 if the partition was created.     */
+//*           *Error_Code will be > 0 if the partition could not be   */
+//*           created.                                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  If the partition can not be created, then any  */
+//*                    memory allocated by this function will be      */
+//*                    freed and the partitioning of the disk in      */
+//*                    question will be unchanged.                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                    If Handle is not a valid handle, then a trap   */
+//*                    may result.                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                    If Handle represents a partition or volume,    */
+//*                    then the function will abort and set           */
+//*                    *Error_Code to a non-zero value.               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  A partition may be created on a disk drive.      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+type
+  TPartitionName=Array[0..PARTITION_NAME_SIZE-1] of char;
+
+function Create_Partition(Handle: ADDRESS;
+Size: CARDINAL32;
+Name: TPartitionName;
+algorithm: Allocation_Algorithm;
+Bootable: BOOLEAN;
+Primary_Partition: BOOLEAN;
+Allocate_From_Start: BOOLEAN;
+Error_Code: PCARDINAL32
+): ADDRESS; external 'lvm' name 'Create_Partition';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Delete_Partition                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Deletes the partition specified by            */
+//*                     Partition_Handle.                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Partition_Handle - The handle associated with the*/
+//*                                     partition to be deleted.      */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the partition was deleted      */
+//*           successfully.  *Error_Code will be > 0 if the partition */
+//*           could not be deleted.                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If the partition can not be deleted, then       */
+//*                   *Error_Code will be > 0.                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Partition_Handle is not a valid handle, a    */
+//*                   trap may result.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Partition_Handle is a volume or drive handle,*/
+//*                   then this function will abort and set           */
+//*                   *Error_Code to a non-zero value.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: A partition on a disk drive may be deleted.       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  A partition can not be deleted if it is part of a       */
+//*           volume!                                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Delete_Partition(Partition_Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Delete_Partition';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Set_Active_Flag                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Sets the Active Flag field for a partition.   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Partition_Handle - The handle of the partition   */
+//*                                     whose Active Flag is to be set*/
+//*          BYTE Active_Flag - The new value for the Active Flag.    */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the Active Flag was            */
+//*           successfully set, otherwise *Error_Code will contain a  */
+//*           non-zero error code indicating what went wrong.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If the Active Flag can not be set, this function*/
+//*                   will abort without changing any disk structures.*/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Partition_Handle is not a valid handle, a    */
+//*                   trap may result.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Partition_Handle is a volume or drive handle,*/
+//*                   then this function will abort and set           */
+//*                   *Error_Code to a non-zero value.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The Active Flag for a partition may be modified. */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Set_Active_Flag(Partition_Handle: ADDRESS;
+Active_Flag: BYTE;
+Error_Code: PCARDINAL32
+); external 'lvm' name 'Set_Active_Flag';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Set_OS_Flag                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Sets the OS Flag field for a partition.  This */
+//*                     field is typically used to indicate the       */
+//*                     filesystem used on the partition, which       */
+//*                     generally gives an indication of which OS is  */
+//*                     using that partition.                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Partition_Handle - The handle of the partition   */
+//*                                     whose Active Flag is to be set*/
+//*          BYTE OS_Flag - The new value for the OS Flag.            */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the OS Flag was successfully   */
+//*           set, otherwise *Error_Code will contain a non-zero error*/
+//*           code indicating what went wrong.                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If the OS Flag can not be set, this function    */
+//*                   will abort without changing any disk structures.*/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Partition_Handle is not a valid handle, a    */
+//*                   trap may result.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Partition_Handle is a volume or drive handle,*/
+//*                   then this function will abort and set           */
+//*                   *Error_Code to a non-zero value.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The OS Flag for a partition may be modified.     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Set_OS_Flag(Partition_Handle: ADDRESS;
+OS_Flag: BYTE;
+Error_Code: PCARDINAL32
+); external 'lvm' name 'Set_OS_Flag';
+
+//****************************************************************************
+//
+// Functions relating to Volumes
+//
+//***************************************************************************
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Volume_Control_Data                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function returns a structure containing  */
+//*                     an array of Volume_Control_Records.  These    */
+//*                     records contain information about volumes     */
+//*                     which is invariant - i.e. will not change for */
+//*                     as long as the volume exists.  One of the     */
+//*                     items in the Volume_Control_Record is the     */
+//*                     handle for the volume.  This handle must be   */
+//*                     used on all accesses to the volume.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: A Volume_Control_Array structure is returned.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           If there are no errors, then the Volume_Control_Data    */
+//*           pointer in the Volume_Control_Array will be non-NULL,   */
+//*           the Count field of the Volume_Control_Array will be     */
+//*           >= 0, and *Error_Code will be 0.                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           If an error does occur, then the Volume_Control_Data    */
+//*           pointer in the the Volume_Control_Array will be NULL,   */
+//*           the Count field of the Volume_Control_Array will be 0,  */
+//*           and *Error_Code will be > 0.                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, then any memory allocated by*/
+//*                   this function will be freed.                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  Memory for the returned array is allocated.      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  The caller becomes responsible for the memory allocated */
+//*           for the array of Volume_Control_Records pointed to by   */
+//*           Volume_Control_Data pointer in the Volume_Control_Array */
+//*           structure returned by this function.  The caller should */
+//*           free this memory when they are done using it.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Volume_Control_Data(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): Volume_Control_Array; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Volume_Control_Data';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Volume_Information                           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function returns the                    */
+//*                      Volume_Information_Record for the volume     */
+//*                      associated with Volume_Handle.               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Volume_Handle - The handle of the volume about   */
+//*                                  which information is desired.    */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: This function returns a Volume_Information_Record.      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           If this function is successful, then *Error_Code will be*/
+//*              0.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           If this function fails, then *Error_Code will be > 0.   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  If Volume_Handle is not a valid handle, a trap */
+//*                    will be likely.  If Volume_Handle is a drive or*/
+//*                    partition handle, *Error_Code will be > 0.     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Volume_Information(Volume_Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): Volume_Information_Record; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Volume_Information';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Create_Volume                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function creates a volume from a list of*/
+//*                      partitions.  The partitions are specified by */
+//*                      their corresponding handles.                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: char         Name[] - The name to assign to the newly    */
+//*                                created volume.                    */
+//*          BOOLEAN      Create_LVM_Volume - If TRUE, then an LVM    */
+//*                                           volume is created,      */
+//*                                           otherwise a             */
+//*                                           compatibility volume is */
+//*                                           created.                */
+//*          BOOLEAN      Bootable - If TRUE, the volume will not be  */
+//*                                  created unless OS/2 can be booted*/
+//*                                  from it.                         */
+//*          char         Drive_Letter_Preference - This is the drive */
+//*                                                 letter to use for */
+//*                                                 accessing the     */
+//*                                                 newly created     */
+//*                                                 volume.           */
+//*          CARDINAL32   FeaturesToUse - This is currently reserved  */
+//*                                       for future use and should   */
+//*                                       always be set to 0.         */
+//*          CARDINAL32   Partition_Count - The number of partitions  */
+//*                                         to link together to form  */
+//*                                         the volume being created. */
+//*          ADDRESS      Partition_Handles[] - An array of partition */
+//*                                             handles with one entry*/
+//*                                             for each partition    */
+//*                                             that is to become part*/
+//*                                             of the volume being   */
+//*                                             created.              */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the volume was created.        */
+//*           *Error_Code will be > 0 if the volume could not be      */
+//*              created.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If any of the handles in the partition handles  */
+//*                   array is not valid, then a trap is likely.  If  */
+//*                   Partition_Count is greater than the number of   */
+//*                   entries in the partition handles array, then a  */
+//*                   trap is likely.  If any of the handles in the   */
+//*                   partition array are not partition handles, then */
+//*                   *Error_Code will be > 0.  If the volume can NOT */
+//*                   be created, then *Error_Code will be > 0 and any*/
+//*                   memory allocated by this function will be freed.*/
+//*                   If the volume can NOT be created, then the      */
+//*                   existing partition/volume structure of the disk */
+//*                   will be unchanged.                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  A volume may be created.                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  This function provides limited compatibility for        */
+//*           programs written to use the LVM Version 1 interface.    */
+//*           Specifically, this function will only allow the         */
+//*           creation of compatibility volumes.  Any attempt to      */
+//*           create an LVM volume will result in an error code being */
+//*           returned.                                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+type
+  TVolumeName=Array[0..VOLUME_NAME_SIZE-1] of char;
+
+procedure Create_Volume(Name: TVolumeName;
+Create_LVM_Volume: BOOLEAN;
+Bootable: BOOLEAN;
+Drive_Letter_Preference: char;
+FeaturesToUse: CARDINAL32;
+Partition_Count: CARDINAL32;
+Partition_Handles: Array of ADDRESS;
+Error_Code: PCARDINAL32
+); external 'lvm' name 'Create_Volume';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Create_Volume2                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function creates a volume from a list of*/
+//*                      partitions.  The partitions are specified by */
+//*                      their corresponding handles.                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: char         Name[] - The name to assign to the newly    */
+//*                                created volume.                    */
+//*          BOOLEAN      Create_LVM_Volume - If TRUE, then an LVM    */
+//*                                           volume is created,      */
+//*                                           otherwise a             */
+//*                                           compatibility volume is */
+//*                                           created.                */
+//*          BOOLEAN      Bootable - If TRUE, the volume will not be  */
+//*                                  created unless OS/2 can be booted*/
+//*                                  from it.                         */
+//*          char         Drive_Letter_Preference - This is the drive */
+//*                                                 letter to use for */
+//*                                                 accessing the     */
+//*                                                 newly created     */
+//*                                                 volume.           */
+//*          CARDINAL32   Feature_Count - The number of features to   */
+//*                                       install on the volume being */
+//*                                       created.  This field is     */
+//*                                       ignored if Create_LVM_Volume*/
+//*                                       is FALSE.                   */
+//*          LVM_Feature_Specification_Record FeaturesToUse[] - An    */
+//*                                         array of feature IDs and  */
+//*                                         their associated LVM      */
+//*                                         classes used to designate */
+//*                                         which features to install */
+//*                                         on the volume being       */
+//*                                         created and the order in  */
+//*                                         which to install them.    */
+//*                                         This field is ignored if  */
+//*                                         Create_LVM_Volume is      */
+//*                                         FALSE.                    */
+//*          CARDINAL32   Partition_Count - The number of partitions  */
+//*                                         to link together to form  */
+//*                                         the volume being created. */
+//*          ADDRESS      Partition_Handles[] - An array of partition */
+//*                                             handles with one entry*/
+//*                                             for each partition    */
+//*                                             that is to become part*/
+//*                                             of the volume being   */
+//*                                             created.              */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the volume was created.        */
+//*           *Error_Code will be > 0 if the volume could not be      */
+//*              created.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If any of the handles in the partition handles  */
+//*                   array is not valid, then a trap is likely.  If  */
+//*                   Partition_Count is greater than the number of   */
+//*                   entries in the partition handles array, then a  */
+//*                   trap is likely.  If any of the handles in the   */
+//*                   partition array are not partition handles, then */
+//*                   *Error_Code will be > 0.  If the volume can NOT */
+//*                   be created, then *Error_Code will be > 0 and any*/
+//*                   memory allocated by this function will be freed.*/
+//*                   If the volume can NOT be created, then the      */
+//*                   existing partition/volume structure of the disk */
+//*                   will be unchanged.                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  A volume may be created.                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+{$ifdef lvm2}
+void _System Create_Volume2( char                               Name[VOLUME_NAME_SIZE],
+BOOLEAN                            Create_LVM_Volume,
+BOOLEAN                            Bootable,
+char                               Drive_Letter_Preference,
+CARDINAL32                         Feature_Count,
+LVM_Feature_Specification_Record   FeaturesToUse[],
+CARDINAL32                         Partition_Count,
+ADDRESS                            Partition_Handles[],
+CARDINAL32 *                       Error_Code
+);
+{$endif}
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Delete_Volume                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Deletes the volume specified by Volume_Handle.*/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Volume_Handle - The handle of the volume to      */
+//*                                  delete.  All partitions which are*/
+//*                                  part of the specified volume will*/
+//*                                  be deleted also.                 */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the volume and its partitions  */
+//*           are successfully deleted.  Otherwise, *Error_Code will  */
+//*           be > 0.                                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: *Error_Code will be > 0 if an error occurs.  If */
+//*                   the volume or any of its partitions can not be  */
+//*                   deleted, then any changes made by this function */
+//*                   will be undone.                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Volume_Handle is not a valid handle, a trap  */
+//*                   may result.                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Volume_Handle is a partition or drive handle,*/
+//*                   then this function will abort and set           */
+//*                   *Error_Code to a non-zero value.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  A volume and its partitions may be deleted.      */
+//*                  System memory may be freed as the internal       */
+//*                  structures used to track the deleted volume      */
+//*                  are no longer required.                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Delete_Volume(Volume_Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Delete_Volume';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Hide_Volume                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Hide volume "hides" a volume from OS/2 by     */
+//*                     removing its drive letter assignment.  Without*/
+//*                     a drive letter assignment, OS/2 can not access*/
+//*                     (or "see") the volume.                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Volume_Handle - The handle of the volume to hide.*/
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the volume was successfully    */
+//*           hidden.  If the volume could not be hidden, then        */
+//*           *Error_Code will be > 0.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: *Error_Code will be > 0 if the volume can not be*/
+//*                   hidden.  If the volume can not be hidden, then  */
+//*                   nothing will be altered.                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Volume_Handle is not a valid handle, a trap  */
+//*                   may result.                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Volume_Handle is a partition or drive handle,*/
+//*                   then this function will abort and set           */
+//*                   *Error_Code to a non-zero value.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Hide_Volume(Volume_Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Hide_Volume';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Expand_Volume                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function expands an existing volume by   */
+//*                     linking additional partitions to it.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Volume_Handle - The handle of the volume to be   */
+//*                                  expanded.                        */
+//*          CARDINAL32 Partition_Count - The number of partitions or */
+//*                                       volumes to be added to the  */
+//*                                       volume being expanded.      */
+//*          ADDRESS Partition_Handles[] - An array of handles.  Each */
+//*                                        handle in the array is the */
+//*                                        handle of a partition      */
+//*                                        which is to be added to    */
+//*                                        the volume being expanded. */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the volume is successfully     */
+//*           expanded.  If the volume can not be expanded,           */
+//*           *Error_Code will be > 0.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If the volume can not be expanded, the state of */
+//*                   the volume is unchanged and any memory allocated*/
+//*                   by this function is freed.                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Volume_Handle is not a valid handle, a trap  */
+//*                   may result.                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Volume_Handle is a partition or drive handle,*/
+//*                   then this function will abort and set           */
+//*                   *Error_Code to a non-zero value.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If any of the partition handles in the          */
+//*                   Partition_handles array are not valid handles,  */
+//*                   then a trap may result.                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If any of the partition handles in the          */
+//*                   Partition_Handles array are actually drive      */
+//*                   handles, then this function will abort and      */
+//*                   set *Error_Code to a non-zero value.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Partition_Count is greater than the number of*/
+//*                   entries in the Partition_Handles array, a trap  */
+//*                   may result.                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  A volume may be expanded.  If the volume is      */
+//*                  expanded using another volume, the partitions    */
+//*                  on the second volume will be linked to those of  */
+//*                  the first volume and all data on the second      */
+//*                  volume will be lost.                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Expand_Volume(Volume_Handle: ADDRESS;
+Partition_Count: CARDINAL32;
+Partition_Handles: Array of ADDRESS;
+Error_Code: PCARDINAL32
+); external 'lvm' name 'Expand_Volume';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Assign_Drive_Letter                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Assigns a drive letter to a volume.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Volume_Handle - The handle of the volume which   */
+//*                                  is to have its assigned drive    */
+//*                                  letter changed.                  */
+//*          char  New_Drive_Preference - The new drive letter to     */
+//*                                       assign to the volume.       */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the drive letter was assigned  */
+//*           successfully; otherwise *Error_Code will be > 0.        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If the drive letter assignment can not be made, */
+//*                   the volume will not be altered.                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Volume_Handle is not a valid handle, a trap  */
+//*                   may result.                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Volume_Handle is a partition or drive handle,*/
+//*                   then this function will abort and set           */
+//*                   *Error_Code to a non-zero value.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  A volume may have its drive letter assignment    */
+//*                  changed.                                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  If the drive letter being assigned is already in use by */
+//*           volume which does not lie on removable media, then the  */
+//*           drive assignment will NOT be made.                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Assign_Drive_Letter(Volume_Handle: ADDRESS;
+New_Drive_Preference: char;
+Error_Code: PCARDINAL32
+); external 'lvm' name 'Assign_Drive_Letter';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Set_Installable                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Marks a volume as being the volume to install */
+//*                     OS/2 on.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Volume_Handle - The handle of the volume to which*/
+//*                                  OS/2 should be installed.        */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If the volume is successfully marked as installable,    */
+//*           *Error_Code will be 0; otherwise *Error_Code will       */
+//*           be > 0.                                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If Volume_Handle is not a valid handle, a trap  */
+//*                   may result.                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Volume_Handle is a partition or drive handle,*/
+//*                   then this function will abort and set           */
+//*                   *Error_Code to a non-zero value.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The specified volume may be marked as            */
+//*                  installable.                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Set_Installable(Volume_Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Set_Installable';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Installable_Volume                           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Marks a volume as being the volume to install */
+//*                     OS/2 on.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If a volume is mared installable, its information will  */
+//*           be returned and *Error_Code will be LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.*/
+//*           If there is no volume marked installable, then          */
+//*           *Error_Code will be > 0.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: An error code is returned if there is an error. */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Installable_Volume(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): Volume_Information_Record; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Installable_Volume';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Convert_Volumes_To_V1                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function attempts to convert all LVM     */
+//*                     volumes in the system into a format that can  */
+//*                     be used by LVM Version 1, which was shipped   */
+//*                     with Warp Server for e-business.  This        */
+//*                     function returns a bitmap of the drive letters*/
+//*                     corresponding to Volumes that can not be      */
+//*                     converted.                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: BOOLEAN * Hidden_Volume_Conversion_Failure - The address */
+//*                                 of a BOOLEAN variable in which    */
+//*                                 to store a flag indicating if     */
+//*                                 there were hidden volumes that    */
+//*                                 could not be converted.  If       */
+//*                                 *Hidden_Volume_Conversion_Failure */
+//*                                 is TRUE, then there were hidden   */
+//*                                 volumes that could not be         */
+//*                                 converted.  If FALSE, then there  */
+//*                                 were no hidden volumes, or the    */
+//*                                 hidden volumes that existed were  */
+//*                                 converted successfully.           */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: This function returns a bitmap of the drive letters     */
+//*           corresponding to volumes that could not be converted to */
+//*           LVM Version 1 format.  If this function is successful   */
+//*           and all volumes were converted, then *Error_Code will be*/
+//*           set to LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR and the bitmap returned will */
+//*           have no bits set.  If this function failes, *Error_Code */
+//*           will contain a non-zero error code and the bitmap       */
+//*           returned by this function may be non-zero.              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, *Error_Code will be > 0.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  All LVM volumes that can be converted to LVM     */
+//*                  Version 1 format will be.                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  Bit 0 in the bitmap returned by this function represents*/
+//*           drive letter 'A'.                                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+{$ifdef lvm2}
+CARDINAL32 _System Convert_Volumes_To_V1 ( BOOLEAN *    Hidden_Volume_Conversion_Failure,
+CARDINAL32 * Error_Code ) ;
+{$endif}
+
+//***************************************************************************
+//
+// Functions relating to Partitions, Drives, and Volumes.
+//
+//***************************************************************************
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Set_Name                                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Sets the name of a volume, drive, or partition*/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Handle - The handle of the drive, partition, or  */
+//*                           volume which is to have its name set.   */
+//*          char New_Name[] - The new name for the drive/partition/  */
+//*                            volume.                                */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the name is set as specified.  */
+//*           If the name can not be set, *Error_Code will be > 0.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If the name can not be set, then drive/volume/  */
+//*                   partition is not modified.                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Handle is not a valid handle, a trap may     */
+//*                   result.                                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  A drive/volume/partition may have its name set.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Set_Name(Handle: ADDRESS;
+New_Name: Array of char;
+Error_Code: PCARDINAL32
+); external 'lvm' name 'Set_Name';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Set_Startable                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Sets the specified volume or partition        */
+//*                     startable.  If a volume is specified, it must */
+//*                     be a compatibility volume whose partition is  */
+//*                     a primary partition on the first drive.  If a */
+//*                     partition is specified, it must be a primary  */
+//*                     partition on the first drive in the system.   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Handle - The handle of the partition or volume   */
+//*                           which is to be set startable.           */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the specified volume or        */
+//*           partition was set startable.                            */
+//*           If the name can not be set, *Error_Code will be > 0.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If the volume or partition could not be set     */
+//*                   startable, then nothing in the system is        */
+//*                   changed.                                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Handle is not a valid handle, a trap may     */
+//*                   result.                                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  Any other partition or volume which is marked    */
+//*                  startable will have its startable flag cleared.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Set_Startable(Handle: ADDRESS;
+Error_Code: PCARDINAL32
+); external 'lvm' name 'Set_Startable';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Valid_Options                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Returns a bitmap where each bit in the bitmap */
+//*                     corresponds to a possible operation that the  */
+//*                     LVM Engine can perform.  Those bits which are */
+//*                     1 represent operations which can be performed */
+//*                     on the item specified by Handle.  Those bits  */
+//*                     which are 0 are not allowed on the item       */
+//*                     specified by Handle.                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Handle - This is any valid drive, volume, or     */
+//*                           partition handle.                       */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  A bitmap indicating which operations are valid on the  */
+//*            item specified by Handle.                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*            If no errors occur, *Error_Code will be 0, otherwise   */
+//*            *Error_Code will be > 0.                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  If Handle is not valid, a trap will be likely. */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  The values of the various bits in the bitmap returned   */
+//*           by this function are defined near the beginning of this */
+//*           file, immediately after all of the structure            */
+//*           definitions.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Valid_Options(Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): CARDINAL32; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Valid_Options';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Child_Handles                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Given the handle of a volume or aggregate,    */
+//*                     this function will return the handles of the  */
+//*                     children of the volume or aggregate.  This    */
+//*                     allows the entire tree representation of a    */
+//*                     volume to be traversed, a level at a time.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Handle - The handle of the volume or aggregate   */
+//*                           whose children are required.            */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                   in which to store an error code */
+//*                                   should an error occur.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, an LVM_Handle_Array_Record is returned  */
+//*            with a non-zero Count.  Also, *Error_Code will be set  */
+//*            to LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.  If an error occurs, then      */
+//*            the Count field will be 0 and *Error_Code will contain */
+//*            a non-zero error code.                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If Handle is not a valid handle, then a trap is */
+//*                   likely.  If Handle is the handle of partition,  */
+//*                   then *Error_Code will be set to                 */
+//*                   LVM_ENGINE_NO_CHILDREN.  If Handle is not a     */
+//*                   volume or aggregate handle, then *Error_Code    */
+//*                   will be set to LVM_ENGINE_BAD_HANDLE.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+{$ifdef lvm2}
+LVM_Handle_Array_Record  _System Get_Child_Handles( ADDRESS Handle, CARDINAL32 * Error_Code);
+{$endif}
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Parent_Handle                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Given the handle of a partition or aggregate, */
+//*                     this function will return the handle of the   */
+//*                     parent of the partition or aggregate.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Handle - The handle of the partition or aggregate*/
+//*                           whose parent is required.               */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                   in which to store an error code */
+//*                                   should an error occur.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, the handle of the parent is returned    */
+//*            as the function result and *Error_Code will be set to  */
+//*            LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.                                   */
+//*            If an error occurs, then NULL will be the function     */
+//*            result and *Error_Code will contain a non-zero error   */
+//*            code.                                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If Handle is not a valid handle, then a trap is */
+//*                   likely.  If Handle is the handle of volume,     */
+//*                   then *Error_Code will be set to                 */
+//*                   LVM_ENGINE_NO_PARENT.  If Handle is not the     */
+//*                   handle of a volume, partition, or aggregate     */
+//*                   then *Error_Code will be set to                 */
+//*                   LVM_ENGINE_BAD_HANDLE.                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+{$ifdef lvm2}
+ADDRESS _System Get_Parent_Handle( ADDRESS Handle, CARDINAL32 * Error_Code);
+{$endif}
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Features                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Returns the feature ID information for each of*/
+//*                     the features that are installed on the        */
+//*                     item specified by Handle.                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Handle - The handle of the object to use.        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                   in which to store an error code */
+//*                                   should an error occur.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If successful, a Feature_Information_Array structure is */
+//*           returned with a non-zero Count.  Also, *Error_Code will */
+//*           be set to LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.  If an error occurs,     */
+//*           then the Count field in the structure will be 0 and     */
+//*           ( *Error_Code) will contain a non-zero error code.       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  If Handle is not a valid handle, a trap        */
+//*                    will be likely.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  Memory is allocated using the LVM Engine's memory*/
+//*                  manager for the array of Feature_ID_Data items   */
+//*                  being returned.                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+{$ifdef lvm2}
+Feature_Information_Array _System Get_Features( ADDRESS Handle, CARDINAL32 * Error_Code );
+{$endif}
+//***************************************************************************
+//
+// Functions relating to Boot Manager
+//
+//***************************************************************************
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Boot_Manager_Is_Installed                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Indicates whether or not Boot Manager is      */
+//*                     installed on the first or second hard drives  */
+//*                     in the system.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: BOOLEAN * Active - *Active is set to TRUE if LVM found an*/
+//*                             active copy of Boot Manager on the    */
+//*                             system.  If LVM could not find an     */
+//*                             active copy of Boot Manager on the    */
+//*                             system, but did find an inactive copy */
+//*                             of Boot Manager, then *Active will be */
+//*                             set to FALSE.                         */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: TRUE is returned if Boot Manager is found.  If this     */
+//*           copy of Boot Manager is Active, then *Active will be set*/
+//*           to TRUE.  If the copy of Boot Manager is not currently  */
+//*           active, then *Active will be set to FALSE.              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           FALSE is returned if Boot Manager is not found or if an */
+//*           error occurs.  In this case, *Active is undefined.      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           *Error_Code will be 0 if no errors occur; otherwise it  */
+//*           will be > 0.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, *Error_Code will be > 0.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+type
+  PBOOLEAN=^BOOLEAN;
+
+function Boot_Manager_Is_Installed(Active: PBOOLEAN; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): BOOLEAN; external 'lvm' name 'Boot_Manager_Is_Installed';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Boot_Manager_Handle                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Returns the handle of the partition containing*/
+//*                     Boot Manager.                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If Boot Manager is NOT installed, NULL is returned.     */
+//*           If Boot Manager is installed, whether it is active or   */
+//*           not, the handle of the partition it resides in is       */
+//*           returned.                                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, *Error_Code will be > 0.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:                                                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Boot_Manager_Handle(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): ADDRESS; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Boot_Manager_Handle';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Add_To_Boot_Manager                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Adds the volume/partition to the Boot Manager */
+//*                     menu.                                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Handle - The handle of a partition or volume that*/
+//*                           is to be added to the Boot Manager menu.*/
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the partition or volume was    */
+//*           successfully added to the Boot Manager menu; otherwise  */
+//*           *Error_Code will be > 0.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If the partition/volume can not be added to the */
+//*                   Boot Manager menu, no action is taken and       */
+//*                   *Error_Code will contain a non-zero error code. */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Handle is not a valid handle, a trap may     */
+//*                   result.                                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Handle represents a drive, then this function*/
+//*                   will abort and set *Error_Code to a non-zero    */
+//*                   value.                                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The Boot Manager menu may be altered.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Add_To_Boot_Manager(Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Add_To_Boot_Manager';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Remove_From_Boot_Manager                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Removes the specified partition or volume     */
+//*                     from the Boot Manager menu.                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the partition or volume was    */
+//*           successfully removed to the Boot Manager menu;          */
+//*           otherwise *Error_Code will be > 0.                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If Handle is not a valid handle, a trap may     */
+//*                   result.                                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                   If Handle represents a drive, or if Handle      */
+//*                   represents a volume or partition which is NOT on*/
+//*                   the boot manager menu, then this function       */
+//*                   will abort and set *Error_Code to a non-zero    */
+//*                   value.                                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The Boot Manager menu may be altered.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Remove_From_Boot_Manager(Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Remove_From_Boot_Manager';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Boot_Manager_Menu                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Returns an array containing the handles of the*/
+//*                     partitions and volumes appearing on the       */
+//*                     Boot Manager menu.                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: The function returns a Boot_Manager_Menu structure.     */
+//*           This structure contains two items: a pointer to an array*/
+//*           of Boot_Manager_Menu_Items and a count of how many items*/
+//*           are in the array.  Each Boot_Manager_Menu_Item contains */
+//*           a handle and a BOOLEAN variable to indicate whether the */
+//*           handle is for a partition or a volume.                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           If this function is successful, then *Error_Code will   */
+//*           be 0.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           If an error occurs, the Count field in the              */
+//*           Boot_Manager_Menu will be 0 and the corresponding       */
+//*           pointer will be NULL.  *Error_Code will be > 0.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, *Error_Code will be > 0.    */
+//*                   any memory allocated by this function will be   */
+//*                   freed.                                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Boot_Manager_Menu(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): Boot_Manager_Menu; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Boot_Manager_Menu';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Install_Boot_Manager                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function installs Boot Manager.  It can  */
+//*                     be used to replace an existing Boot Manager   */
+//*                     as well.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32  Drive_Number - The number of the drive to    */
+//*                                     install Boot Manager on.  Must*/
+//*                                     be 1 or 2.                    */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If this function is successful, then *Error_Code will be*/
+//*           0; otherwise it will be > 0.                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, *Error_Code will be set to a*/
+//*                   non-zero value.  Depending upon the error, it   */
+//*                   is possible that the Boot Manager partition can */
+//*                   be left in an unusuable state (such as for a    */
+//*                   write error).                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: Boot Manager may be installed on drive 1 or 2.    */
+//*                 The MBR for drive 1 may be altered.               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+// Only drives 0 and 1 are acceptable.
+procedure Install_Boot_Manager(Drive_Number: CARDINAL32; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Install_Boot_Manager';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Remove_Boot_Manager                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Removes Boot Manager from the system.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if Boot Manager was successfully  */
+//*           removed from the system; otherwise *Error_Code will     */
+//*           be 0.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, *Error_Code will be > 0.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  Boot Manager will be removed from the system.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Remove_Boot_Manager(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Remove_Boot_Manager';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Set_Boot_Manager_Options                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Sets the Boot Managers Options.  The options  */
+//*                     that can be set are: whether or not the time- */
+//*                     out timer is active, how long the timer-out   */
+//*                     is, the partition to boot by default, and     */
+//*                     whether or not Boot Manager should display its*/
+//*                     menu using default mode or advanced mode.     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Handle - The handle of the partition or volume   */
+//*                           to boot if the time-out timer is active */
+//*                           and the time-out value is reached.      */
+//*          BOOLEAN Timer_Active - If TRUE, then the time-out timer  */
+//*                                 is active.                        */
+//*          CARDINAL32 Time_Out_Value - If the time-out timer is     */
+//*                                      active, this is the time-out */
+//*                                      value, in seconds.           */
+//*          BOOLEAN Advanced_Mode - If TRUE, then Boot Manager will  */
+//*                                  operate in advanced mode.  If    */
+//*                                  FALSE, then normal mode will be  */
+//*                                  in effect.                       */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if no errors occur.  If an error  */
+//*           does occur, then *Error_Code will be > 0.               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, no changes will be made to  */
+//*                   Boot Manager and *Error_Code will be set a      */
+//*                   non-zero error code.                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  Boot Manager may be modified.                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Set_Boot_Manager_Options(Handle: ADDRESS;
+Timer_Active: BOOLEAN;
+Time_Out_Value: CARDINAL32;
+Advanced_Mode: BOOLEAN;
+Error_Code: PCARDINAL32
+); external 'lvm' name 'Set_Boot_Manager_Options';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Boot_Manager_Options                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function returns the current Boot Manager*/
+//*                     settings for the various Boot Manager options.*/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS * Handle - The handle for the default boot volume*/
+//*                             or partition.                         */
+//*          BOOLEAN * Handle_Is_Volume - If TRUE, then Handle        */
+//*                                       represents a volume.  If    */
+//*                                       FALSE, then Handle          */
+//*                                       represents a partition.     */
+//*          BOOLEAN * Timer_Active - If TRUE, then the time-out timer*/
+//*                                   is active.  If FALSE, then the  */
+//*                                   time-out timer is not active.   */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Time_Out_Value - If the time-out timer is   */
+//*                                        active, then this is the   */
+//*                                        number of seconds that Boot*/
+//*                                        Manager will wait for user */
+//*                                        input before booting the   */
+//*                                        default volume/partition.  */
+//*          BOOLEAN * Advanced_Mode - If TRUE, the Boot Manager is   */
+//*                                    operating in advanced mode.  If*/
+//*                                    FALSE, then Boot Manager is    */
+//*                                    operating in normal mode.      */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Handle, *Handle_Is_Volume, *Timer_Active,              */
+//*           *Time_out_value, *Advanced_Mode, and *Error_Code are all*/
+//*           set by this function.  If there are no errors, then     */
+//*           *Error_Code will be set to 0.  If any errors occur, then*/
+//*           *Error_Code will be > 0.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If any of the parameters are invalid, then a    */
+//*                   trap is likely.  If Boot Manager is not         */
+//*                   installed, then *Error_Code will be > 0.        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Get_Boot_Manager_Options(Handle: PADDRESS;
+Handle_Is_Volume: PBOOLEAN;
+Timer_Active: PBOOLEAN;
+Time_Out_Value: PCARDINAL32;
+Advanced_Mode: PBOOLEAN;
+Error_Code: PCARDINAL32
+); external 'lvm' name 'Get_Boot_Manager_Options';
+
+//****************************************************************************
+//
+// Other Functions
+//
+//***************************************************************************
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  Allocate_Engine_Memory                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  Allocates a block of memory using LVM.DLL's  */
+//*                      memory management functions.                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 Size - The number of bytes of memory to       */
+//*                            allocate.                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: The address of the block of memory which was allocated, */
+//*           or NULL if the requested amount of memory could not be  */
+//*           allocated.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: None.                                           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The specified number of bytes is allocated from  */
+//*                  the memory manager imbedded in LVM.DLL.  Memory  */
+//*                  allocated by this function must be freed using   */
+//*                  Free_Engine_Memory function.  The use of any     */
+//*                  memory manager to free the memory could result in*/
+//*                  Bad Things Happening!                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+{$ifdef lvm2}
+ADDRESS _System Allocate_Engine_Memory( CARDINAL32 Size );
+{$endif}
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  Free_Engine_Memory                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Frees a memory object created by LVM.DLL and  */
+//*                     returned to a user of LVM.DLL.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Object : The address of the memory object to     */
+//*                           free.  This could be the                */
+//*                           Drive_Control_Data field of a           */
+//*                           Drive_Control_Record, the               */
+//*                           Partition_Array field of a              */
+//*                           Partition_Information_Array structure,  */
+//*                           or any other dynamically allocated      */
+//*                           memory object created by LVM.DLL and    */
+//*                           returned by a function in LVM.DLL.      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: None.                                           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  A trap or exception could occur if a bad address is     */
+//*           passed into this function.                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Free_Engine_Memory(Object_: ADDRESS); external 'lvm' name 'Free_Engine_Memory';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: New_MBR                                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function lays down a new MBR on the      */
+//*                     specified drive.                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: ADDRESS Drive_Handle - The handle of the drive on which  */
+//*                                 the new MBR is to be placed.      */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if the new MBR was successfully   */
+//*           placed on the specified drive.  If the operation failed */
+//*           for any reason, then *Error_Code will contain a non-zero*/
+//*           error code.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, then the existing MBR is not*/
+//*                   altered and *Error_Code will be > 0.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  A new MBR may be placed on the specified drive.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure New_MBR(Drive_Handle: ADDRESS; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'New_MBR';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Available_Drive_Letters                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function returns a bitmap indicating     */
+//*                     which drive letters are available for use.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: This function returns a bitmap of the available drive   */
+//*           letters.  If this function is successful, then          */
+//*           *Error_Code will be set to 0.  Otherwise, *Error_Code   */
+//*           will be > 0 and the bitmap returned will have all bits  */
+//*           set to 0.                                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, *Error_Code will be > 0.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  A drive letter is available if it is not associated     */
+//*           with a volume located on a disk drive controlled        */
+//*           by OS2DASD.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Available_Drive_Letters(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): CARDINAL32; external 'lcm' name 'Get_Available_Drive_Letters';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Reserved_Drive_Letters                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function returns a bitmap indicating     */
+//*                     which drive letters are reserved for use by   */
+//*                     devices NOT under the control of LVM.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: This function returns a bitmap of the drive letters     */
+//*           which are being used by devices which are NOT controlled*/
+//*           by LVM.  While a Volume CAN be assigned a drive letter  */
+//*           from this list, a reboot will almost always be required */
+//*           in order for the assignment to take place.              */
+//*           If this function is successful, then *Error_Code will be*/
+//*           set to 0.  Otherwise, *Error_Code will be > 0 and the   */
+//*           bitmap returned will have all bits set to 0.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, *Error_Code will be > 0.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  Devices which are assigned drive letters but which are  */
+//*           NOT under LVM control include:  CD-ROM, Network drives, */
+//*           parallel port attached devices, and any DASD devices    */
+//*           not controlled by OS2DASD.                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Reserved_Drive_Letters(Error_Code: CARDINAL32): CARDINAL32; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Reserved_Drive_Letters';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Reboot_Required                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function indicates whether or not any    */
+//*                     changes were made to the partitioning of the  */
+//*                     disks in the system which would require a     */
+//*                     reboot to make functional.                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: None.                                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: The function return value will be TRUE if the system    */
+//*           must be rebooted as a result of disk partitioning       */
+//*           changes.                                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: None required.                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Reboot_Required: BOOLEAN; external 'lvm' name 'Reboot_Required';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Changes_Pending                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function indicates whether or not any    */
+//*                     changes were made to the partitioning of the  */
+//*                     disks in the system which have not yet been   */
+//*                     comitted to disk.                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: None.                                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: The function return value will be TRUE if there are     */
+//*           uncomitted changes to the partitioning of one or more of*/
+//*           the drives in the system.                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: None required.                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Changes_Pending: BOOLEAN; external 'lvm' name 'Changes_Pending';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Set_Reboot_Flag                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function sets the Reboot Flag.  The      */
+//*                     Reboot Flag is a special flag on the boot     */
+//*                     disk used by the install program to keep      */
+//*                     track of whether or not the system was just   */
+//*                     rebooted.  It is used by the various phases   */
+//*                     of install.                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: BOOLEAN Reboot - The new value for the Reboot Flag.  If  */
+//*                           TRUE, then the reboot flag will be set. */
+//*                           If FALSE, then the reboot flag will be  */
+//*                           cleared.                                */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be set to 0 if there are no errors.    */
+//*           *Error_Code will be > 0 if an error occurs.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, then the value of the Reboot*/
+//*                   Flag will be unchanged.                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The value of the Reboot Flag may be changed.     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Set_Reboot_Flag(Reboot: BOOLEAN; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Set_Reboot_Flag';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Reboot_Flag                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function returns the value of the Reboot */
+//*                     Flag.  The Reboot Flag is a special flag on   */
+//*                     the boot disk used by the install program to  */
+//*                     keep track of whether or not the system was   */
+//*                     just rebooted.  It is used by the various     */
+//*                     phases of install.                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: The function return value will be TRUE if no errors     */
+//*           occur and the Reboot Flag is set.  *Error_Code will be  */
+//*           0 under these conditions.  If an error occurs, the      */
+//*           function return value will be FALSE and *Error_Code     */
+//*           will be > 0.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, *Error_Code will be > 0.    */
+//*                   The value of the reboot flag will be unchanged. */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Reboot_Flag(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): BOOLEAN; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Reboot_Flag';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Set_Install_Flags                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function sets the value of the Install   */
+//*                     Flags.  The Install Flags reside in a 32 bit  */
+//*                     field in the LVM dataspace.  These flags are  */
+//*                     not used by LVM, thereby leaving Install free */
+//*                     to use them for whatever it wants.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 Install_Flags - The new value for the Install */
+//*                                     Flags.                        */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32    */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be set to 0 if there are no errors.    */
+//*           *Error_Code will be > 0 if an error occurs.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, then the value of the       */
+//*                   Install Flags will be unchanged.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The value of the Install Flags may be changed.   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Set_Install_Flags(Install_Flags: CARDINAL32; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Set_Install_Flags';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_Install_Flags                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function returns the value of the Install*/
+//*                     Flags.  The Install Flags reside in a 32 bit  */
+//*                     field in the LVM dataspace.  These flags are  */
+//*                     not used by LVM, thereby leaving Install free */
+//*                     to use them for whatever it wants.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: The function returns the current value of the Install   */
+//*           Flags stored in the LVM Dataspace.                      */
+//*           *Error_Code will be LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR if the function */
+//*           is successful.  If an error occurs, the function will   */
+//*           return 0 and *Error_Code will be > 0.                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If an error occurs, *Error_Code will be > 0.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_Install_Flags(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32): CARDINAL32; external 'lvm' name 'Get_Install_Flags';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Set_Min_Install_Size                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function tells the LVM Engine how big a  */
+//*                     partition/volume must be in order for it to   */
+//*                     marked installable.  If this function is not  */
+//*                     used to set the minimum size for an           */
+//*                     installable partition/volume, the LVM Engine  */
+//*                     will use a default value of 300 MB.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 Min_Sectors - The minimum size, in sectors,   */
+//*                                   that a partition must be in     */
+//*                                   order for it to be marked as    */
+//*                                   installable.                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: None required.                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Set_Min_Install_Size(Min_Sectors: CARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Set_Min_Install_Size';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Set_Free_Space_Threshold                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function tells the LVM Engine not to     */
+//*                     report blocks of free space which are less    */
+//*                     than the size specified.  The engine defaults */
+//*                     to not reporting blocks of free space which   */
+//*                     are smaller than 2048 sectors (1 MB).         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 Min_Sectors - The minimum size, in sectors,   */
+//*                                   that a block of free space must */
+//*                                   be in order for the LVM engine  */
+//*                                   to report it.                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: None required.                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Set_Free_Space_Threshold(Min_Sectors: CARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Set_Free_Space_Threshold';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Read_Sectors                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function reads one or more sectors from  */
+//*                     the specified drive and places the data read  */
+//*                     in Buffer.                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 Drive_Number : The number of the hard drive to*/
+//*                                    read from.  The drives in the  */
+//*                                    system are numbered from 1 to  */
+//*                                    n, where n is the total number */
+//*                                    of hard drives in the system.  */
+//*          LBA Starting_Sector : The first sector to read from.     */
+//*          CARDINAL32 Sectors_To_Read : The number of sectors to    */
+//*                                       read into memory.           */
+//*          ADDRESS Buffer : The location to put the data read into. */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold   */
+//*                               the error return code.              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If Successful, then the data read will be placed in     */
+//*              memory starting at Buffer, and *Error will be        */
+//*              LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.                                 */
+//*           If Unsuccessful, then *Error will be > 0 and the        */
+//*              contents of memory starting at Buffer is undefined.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: *Error will be > 0 if an error occurs.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: Data may be read into memory starting at Buffer.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Read_Sectors(Drive_Number: CARDINAL32;
+Starting_Sector: LBA;
+Sectors_To_Read: CARDINAL32;
+Buffer: ADDRESS;
+Error: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Read_Sectors';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Write_Sectors                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function writes data from memory to one  */
+//*                     or more sectors on the specified drive.       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 Drive_Number : The number of the hard drive to*/
+//*                                    write to.  The drives in the   */
+//*                                    system are numbered from 1 to  */
+//*                                    n, where n is the total number */
+//*                                    of hard drives in the system.  */
+//*          LBA Starting_Sector : The first sector to write to.      */
+//*          CARDINAL32 Sectors_To_Read : The number of sectors to    */
+//*                                       be written.                 */
+//*          ADDRESS Buffer : The location of the data to be written  */
+//*                           to disk.                                */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold   */
+//*                               the error return code.              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If Successful, then the data at Buffer will be placed   */
+//*              on the disk starting at the sector specified, and    */
+//*              *Error will be LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.                  */
+//*           If Unsuccessful, then *Error will be > 0 and the        */
+//*              contents of the disk starting at sector              */
+//*              Starting_Sector is undefined.                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: *Error will be > 0 if an error occurs.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: Data may be written to disk.                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Write_Sectors(Drive_Number: CARDINAL32;
+Starting_Sector: LBA;
+Sectors_To_Write: CARDINAL32;
+Buffer: ADDRESS;
+Error: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Write_Sectors';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Rediscover_PRMs                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Causes OS2LVM and OS2DASD to check PRMs for   */
+//*                     new or changed media.                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If the Rediscover PRM operation was successful, then    */
+//*           *Error_Code will be LVM_ENGINE_NO_ERROR.  If there      */
+//*           was an error, then *Error_Code will be > 0.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: None.                                           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  New volumes may be discovered and assigned drive */
+//*                  letters by OS2LVM and OS2DASD.                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes: The LVM Engine must be CLOSED when this function is      */
+//*          called as this function is disabled while it is open!    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Rediscover_PRMs(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Rediscover_PRMs';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Get_LVM_View                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function gets the OS2LVM data for the   */
+//*                      specified drive letter.  The intent is to    */
+//*                      allow the determination of what drive letter */
+//*                      a volume really has given the possibilities  */
+//*                      of conflict or a drive preference of '*'.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  char  IFSM_Drive_Letter : The drive letter for which the*/
+//*                                     OS2LVM data is requested.     */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Drive_Number : The address of a variable   */
+//*                                       to hold the OS/2 drive      */
+//*                                       number of the drive         */
+//*                                       containing the first        */
+//*                                       partition of the volume     */
+//*                                       currently assigned to the   */
+//*                                       requested drive letter.     */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Partition_LBA : The address of a variable  */
+//*                                        to hold the LBA of the     */
+//*                                        first partition of the     */
+//*                                        volume currently assigned  */
+//*                                        to the requested drive     */
+//*                                        letter.                    */
+//*           char * LVM_Drive_Letter : The address of a variable to  */
+//*                                     hold the drive letter that    */
+//*                                     OS2LVM thinks the volume      */
+//*                                     assigned to the requested     */
+//*                                     drive letter should have.     */
+//*           BYTE * UnitID : The address of a variable to hold the   */
+//*                           OS2LVM unit ID for the volume associated*/
+//*                           with the requested drive letter.        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  The function return value will be TRUE if the function */
+//*            completed successfully.                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If this function fails, the specified drive     */
+//*                   letter is either not in use, or is in use by a  */
+//*                   device not controlled by OS2LVM.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: None.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes: This function can be used with the LVM Engine open or    */
+//*          closed.                                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+function Get_LVM_View(IFSM_Drive_Letter: char;
+Drive_Number: PCARDINAL32;
+Partition_LBA: PCARDINAL32;
+LVM_Drive_Letter: Pchar;
+UnitID: PBYTE): BOOLEAN; external 'lvm' name 'Get_LVM_View';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Start_Logging                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Enables the LVM Engine logging.  Once enabled,*/
+//*                     the LVM Engine logging function will log all  */
+//*                     LVM Engine activity to the specified log file.*/
+//*                     The data is logged in a binary format for     */
+//*                     compactness and speed.                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: char * Filename - The filename of the file to use as the */
+//*                            log file.                              */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If the logging file was successfully created, then      */
+//*           *Error_Code will be 0.  If the log file could not be    */
+//*           created, then *Error_Code will be > 0.                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If the log file can not be created, then        */
+//*                   *Error_Code will be > 0.                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  A file may be created/opened for logging of      */
+//*                  LVM Engine actions.                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Start_Logging(Filename: Pchar; Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Start_Logging';
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: Stop_Logging                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function ends LVM Engine logging and     */
+//*                     closes the log file.                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 * Error_Code - The address of a CARDINAL32 in */
+//*                                    in which to store an error code*/
+//*                                    should an error occur.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: *Error_Code will be 0 if this function completes        */
+//*           successfully; otherwise it will be > 0.                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If the log file is not currently opened, or if  */
+//*                   the close operation fails on the log file, then */
+//*                   *Error_Code will be > 0.                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  The log file may be closed.                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+procedure Stop_Logging(Error_Code: PCARDINAL32); external 'lvm' name 'Stop_Logging';
+
+
+{$ifdef lists}
+(*
+* Description:  This module implements a simple, generic, doubly linked list.
+*               Data objects of any type can be placed into a linked list
+*               created by this module.  Futhermore, data objects of different
+*               types may be placed into the same linked list.
+*
+* Notes:  This linked list implementation makes use of the concept of the
+*         current item.  In any non-empty list, one item in the list will
+*         be designated as the current item.  When any of the following
+*         functions are called, they will operate upon the current item
+*         only: GetItem, ReplaceItem, DeleteItem, GetTag, NextItem,
+*         PreviousItem, GetObject, ExtractItem, and ExtractObject.  The
+*         user of this module may set the current item through the use of
+*         the GoToStartOfList, GoToEndOfList, NextItem, PreviousItem,
+*         and GoToSpecifiedItem functions.
+*
+*         Since a linked list created by this module may contain items
+*         of different types, the user will need a way to identify items
+*         of different types which may be in the same list.  To allow users
+*         to do this, the concept of an item tag is used.  When an item is
+*         added to the list, the user must enter an item tag.  The item
+*         tag is merely some identifier that the user wishes to associate
+*         with the item being placed into the list.  When used as intended,
+*         each type of data item will have a unique tag associated with it.
+*         This way, all data items of the same type will have the same tag
+*         while data items of different types will have different tags.
+*         Thus, by using the GetTag function, the user can get the item
+*         tag for the current item without having to get the item from the
+*         list.  This allows the user to differentiate between items of
+*         different types which reside in the same list.
+*
+*         This module is single threaded.  If used in a multi-threaded
+*         environment, the user must implement appropriate access controls.
+*
+*         When an item is inserted or appended to a list, this module
+*         allocates memory on the heap to hold the item and then copies
+*         the item to the memory that it allocated.  This allows local
+*         variables to be safely inserted or appended to a list.  However,
+*         it should be noted that under certain circumstances a copy of the
+*         entire data item will NOT be made.  Specifically, if the data item
+*         is a structure or array containing pointers, then the data pointed
+*         to by the pointers will NOT be copied even though the structure or
+*         array is!  This results from the fact that, when an item is being
+*         inserted or appended to a list, the user provides just an address
+*         and size.  This module assumes that the item to inserted or append
+*         lies in a contiguous block of memory at the address provided by the
+*         user.  This module has no way of knowing the structure of the data
+*         at the specified address, and therefore can not know about any
+*         embedded pointers which may lie within that block of memory.
+*
+*         This module now employs the concept of a handle.  A handle is a
+*         reference to a specific item in a list which allows that item to
+*         be made the current item in the list quickly.  Example:  If you
+*         use the GetHandle function to get a handle for the current item
+*         (lets call the item B1), then, regardless of where you are in the
+*         list (or any reodering of the items in the list), you can make item
+*         B1 the current item by passing its handle to the GoToSpecifiedItem
+*         function.  Alternatively, you could operate directly on B1 using
+*         the other handle based functions, such as GetItem_By_Handle, for
+*         example.  GetItem_By_Handle gets the item associated with the
+*         specified handle without changing which item in the list is the
+*         current item in the list.
+*
+*         The functions of this module refer to user data as either items or
+*         objects.  The difference between the two is simple, yet subtle.  It
+*         deals with who is responsible for the memory used to hold the data.
+*         In the case of an item, this module is responsible for the memory
+*         used to hold the user data.  In the case of an object, the user
+*         is responsible for the memory used to hold the data.
+*
+*         What this means is that, for functions adding ITEMS to a list,
+*         this module will be responsible for allocating memory to hold
+*         the user data and then copying the user data into the memory
+*         that was allocated.  For functions which return items, this
+*         module will COPY the user data from the LIST into a buffer
+*         specified by the user.  For functions which add objects to a
+*         list, the user provides a pointer to a block of memory holding
+*         user data.  This block of memory was allocated by the user, and
+*         becomes the "property" of this module once it has been added to
+*         a LIST.  For functions which return objects, a pointer to the
+*         memory where the data is stored is returned.  As long as an item/object
+*         is in a LIST, this module will be responsible for the memory that
+*         is used to store the data associated with that item.  This means that
+*         users of this module should not call free on an object returned by this
+*         module as long as that object is still within a list.
+*
+*
+*)
+
+typedef unsigned long TAG;
+
+typedef ADDRESS DLIST;
+
+//*--------------------------------------------------
+//* Type definitions
+//--------------------------------------------------*/
+
+typedef enum _Insertion_Modes {
+InsertAtStart,
+InsertBefore,
+InsertAfter,
+AppendToList
+} Insertion_Modes;
+
+//************************************************
+//*           Functions Available                *
+//************************************************/
+
+//*
+//* The parameter *Error is set by every function in this module.  It
+//* will be set to 0 to indicate success, and will be > 0 if an
+//* error occurs.  The following table lists the possible error codes:
+//*     0 : No error.
+//*     1 : Out of memory
+//*     2 : Memory has been corrupted!
+//*     3 : Bad List Record!
+//*     4 : List Record not initialized yet!
+//*     5 : List is empty!
+//*     6 : Item size mismatch!
+//*     7 : Bad item pointer!
+//*     8 : Item has zero size!
+//*     9 : Item tag mismatch!
+//*    10 : Already at end of list!
+//*    11 : Already at start of list!
+//*    12 : Bad Handle!
+//*    13 : Invalid Insertion Mode!
+//*/
+const
+  DLIST_SUCCESS                   = 0;
+  DLIST_OUT_OF_MEMORY             = 1;
+  DLIST_CORRUPTED                 = 2;
+  DLIST_BAD                       = 3;
+  DLIST_NOT_INITIALIZED           = 4;
+  DLIST_EMPTY                     = 5;
+  DLIST_ITEM_SIZE_WRONG           = 6;
+  DLIST_BAD_ITEM_POINTER          = 7;
+  DLIST_ITEM_SIZE_ZERO            = 8;
+  DLIST_ITEM_TAG_WRONG            = 9;
+  DLIST_END_OF_LIST               =10;
+  DLIST_ALREADY_AT_START          =11;
+  DLIST_BAD_HANDLE                =12;
+  DLIST_INVALID_INSERTION_MODE    =13;
+
+///* The following code is special.  It is for use with the PruneList and ForEachItem functions.  Basically, these functions
+//can be thought of as "searching" a list.  They present each item in the list to a user supplied function which can then
+//operate on the items.  If the user supplied function returns a non-zero error code, ForEachItem and PruneList abort and
+//return an error to the caller.  This may be undesirable.  If the user supplied function used with PruneList and ForEachItem
+//returns the code below, PruneList/ForEachItem will abort and return DLIST_SUCCESS.  This allows PruneList and ForEachItem
+//to be used to search a list and terminate the search when the desired item is found without having to traverse the
+//remaining items in the list.                                                                                                  */
+#define DLIST_SEARCH_COMPLETE  0xFF
+
+#ifdef USE_POOLMAN
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  CreateList                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function allocates and initializes the   */
+//*                     data structures associated with a list and    */
+//*                     then returns a pointer to these structures.   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: CARDINAL32 InitialPoolSize - Each List gets a pool of    */
+//*                                     link nodes.  When items are   */
+//*                                     added to the List, a link node*/
+//*                                     is removed from the pool.     */
+//*                                     When an item is removed from  */
+//*                                     the List, the link node used  */
+//*                                     for that item is returned to  */
+//*                                     the pool.  InitialPoolSize is */
+//*                                     the number of link nodes to   */
+//*                                     place in the pool when the    */
+//*                                     pool is created.              */
+//*          CARDINAL32 MaximumPoolSize - When the pool runs out of   */
+//*                                     link nodes, new nodes are     */
+//*                                     allocated by the pool.  When  */
+//*                                     these links start being       */
+//*                                     returned to the pool, the pool*/
+//*                                     will grow.  This parameter    */
+//*                                     puts a limit on how big the   */
+//*                                     pool may grow to.  Once the   */
+//*                                     pool reaches this size, any   */
+//*                                     link nodes being returned to  */
+//*                                     the pool will be deallocated. */
+//*          CARDINAL32 PoolIncrement - When the pool runs out of link*/
+//*                                   nodes and more are required,    */
+//*                                   the pool will allocate one or   */
+//*                                   more link nodes.  This tells the*/
+//*                                   pool how many link nodes to     */
+//*                                   allocate at one time.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If Success : The function return value will be non-NULL */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           If Failure : The function return value will be NULL.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  The function will only fail if it can not      */
+//*                    allocate enough memory to create the new list  */
+//*                    and its associated pool of link nodes.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+DLIST _System CreateList(CARDINAL32 InitialPoolSize,
+CARDINAL32 MaximumPoolSize,
+CARDINAL32 PoolIncrement);
+
+#else
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  CreateList                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: This function allocates and initializes the   */
+//*                     data structures associated with a list and    */
+//*                     then returns a pointer to these structures.   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: None.                                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If Success : The function return value will be non-NULL */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           If Failure : The function return value will be NULL.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  The function will only fail if it can not      */
+//*                    allocate enough memory to create the new list. */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  None.                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+DLIST _System CreateList( void );
+
+#endif
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: InsertItem                                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function inserts an item into a DLIST.  */
+//*                      The item can be placed either before or      */
+//*                      after the current item in the DLIST.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST          ListToAddTo : The list to which the      */
+//*                                        data item is to be         */
+//*                                        added.                     */
+//*           CARDINAL32    ItemSize : The size of the data item, in  */
+//*                                    bytes.                         */
+//*           ADDRESS       ItemLocation : The address of the data    */
+//*                                        to append to the list      */
+//*           TAG           ItemTag : The item tag to associate with  */
+//*                                   item being appended to the list */
+//*           ADDRESS TargetHandle : The item in ListToAddTo which    */
+//*                                   is used to determine where      */
+//*                                   the item being transferred will */
+//*                                   be placed.  If this is NULL,    */
+//*                                   then the current item in        */
+//*                                   ListToAddTo will be used.       */
+//*           Insertion_Modes InsertMode : This indicates where,      */
+//*                                   relative to the item in         */
+//*                                   ListToAddTo specified by        */
+//*                                   Target_Handle, the item being   */
+//*                                   inserted can be placed.         */
+//*           BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item being inserted  */
+//*                                 into ListToAddTo becomes the      */
+//*                                 current item in ListToAddTo.      */
+//*           CARDINAL32 *  Error : The address of a variable to hold */
+//*                                 the error return code.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If the operation is successful, then *Error will be    */
+//*            set to 0 and the function return value will be the     */
+//*            handle for the item that was appended to the list.     */
+//*            If the operation fails, then *Error will contain an    */
+//*            error code and the function return value will be NULL. */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under the following     */
+//*                   conditions:                                     */
+//*                       ListToAddTo does not point to a valid       */
+//*                           list                                    */
+//*                       ItemSize is 0                               */
+//*                       ItemLocation is NULL                        */
+//*                       The memory required to hold a copy of the   */
+//*                           item can not be allocated.              */
+//*                       The memory required to create a LINK NODE   */
+//*                           can not be allocated.                   */
+//*                       TargetHandle is invalid or is for an item   */
+//*                           in another list.                        */
+//*                   If this routine fails, an error code is returned*/
+//*                   and any memory allocated by this function is    */
+//*                   freed.                                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: None.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  The item to add is copied to the heap to                */
+//*           avoid possible conflicts with the usage of              */
+//*           local variables in functions which process              */
+//*           DLISTs.  However, a pointer to a local variable         */
+//*           should not be appended to the DLIST.                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that TargetHandle is valid, or is at least*/
+//*           the address of an accessible block of storage.  If      */
+//*           TargetHandle is invalid, or is not the address of an    */
+//*           accessible block of storage, then a trap or exception   */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. It   */
+//*           is also assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then  */
+//*           it is a valid address that can be dereferenced.  If     */
+//*           these assumptions are violated, an exception or trap    */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+ADDRESS _System InsertItem ( DLIST           ListToAddTo,
+CARDINAL32      ItemSize,
+ADDRESS         ItemLocation,
+TAG             ItemTag,
+ADDRESS         TargetHandle,
+Insertion_Modes Insert_Mode,
+BOOLEAN         MakeCurrent,
+CARDINAL32 *    Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: InsertObject                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function inserts an object into a DLIST.*/
+//*                      The object can be inserted before or after   */
+//*                      the current item in the list.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST          ListToAddTo : The list to which the      */
+//*                                          data object is to be     */
+//*                                          inserted.                */
+//*           CARDINAL32    ItemSize : The size of the data item, in  */
+//*                                    bytes.                         */
+//*           ADDRESS       ItemLocation : The address of the data    */
+//*                                        to append to the list      */
+//*           TAG           ItemTag : The item tag to associate with  */
+//*                                   the item being appended to the  */
+//*                                   list                            */
+//*           ADDRESS TargetHandle : The item in ListToAddTo which    */
+//*                                   is used to determine where      */
+//*                                   the item being transferred will */
+//*                                   be placed.  If this is NULL,    */
+//*                                   then the current item in        */
+//*                                   ListToAddTo will be used.       */
+//*           Insertion_Modes InsertMode : This indicates where,      */
+//*                                   relative to the item in         */
+//*                                   ListToAddTo specified by        */
+//*                                   Target_Handle, the item being   */
+//*                                   inserted can be placed.         */
+//*           BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item being inserted  */
+//*                                 into ListToAddTo becomes the      */
+//*                                 current item in ListToAddTo.      */
+//*           CARDINAL32 *  Error : The address of a variable to hold */
+//*                                 the error return code.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If the operation is successful, then *Error will be    */
+//*            set to 0 and the function return value will be the     */
+//*            handle for the item that was appended to the list.     */
+//*            If the operation fails, then *Error will contain an    */
+//*            error code and the function return value will be NULL. */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under the following     */
+//*                   conditions:                                     */
+//*                       ListToAddTo does not point to a valid       */
+//*                           list                                    */
+//*                       ItemSize is 0                               */
+//*                       ItemLocation is NULL                        */
+//*                       The memory required for a LINK NODE can not */
+//*                           be allocated.                           */
+//*                       TargetHandle is invalid or is for an item   */
+//*                           in another list.                        */
+//*                   If this routine fails, an error code is returned*/
+//*                   and any memory allocated by this function is    */
+//*                   freed.                                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: None.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  The item to insert is NOT copied to the heap.  Instead, */
+//*           the location of the item is stored in the list.  This   */
+//*           is the major difference between InsertObject and        */
+//*           InsertItem.  InsertItem allocates memory on the heap,   */
+//*           copies the item to the memory it allocated, and stores  */
+//*           the address of the memory it allocated in the list.     */
+//*           InsertObject stores the address provided by the user.   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that TargetHandle is valid, or is at least*/
+//*           the address of an accessible block of storage.  If      */
+//*           TargetHandle is invalid, or is not the address of an    */
+//*           accessible block of storage, then a trap or exception   */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. It   */
+//*           is also assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then  */
+//*           it is a valid address that can be dereferenced.  If     */
+//*           these assumptions are violated, an exception or trap    */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+ADDRESS _System InsertObject ( DLIST           ListToAddTo,
+CARDINAL32      ItemSize,
+ADDRESS         ItemLocation,
+TAG             ItemTag,
+ADDRESS         TargetHandle,
+Insertion_Modes Insert_Mode,
+BOOLEAN         MakeCurrent,
+CARDINAL32 *    Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  DeleteItem                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function removes the specified item from*/
+//*                      the list and optionally frees the memory     */
+//*                      associated with it.                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST       ListToDeleteFrom : The list whose current   */
+//*                                         item is to be deleted.    */
+//*           BOOLEAN    FreeMemory : If TRUE, then the memory        */
+//*                                   associated with the current     */
+//*                                   item will be freed.  If FALSE   */
+//*                                   then the current item will be   */
+//*                                   removed from the list but its   */
+//*                                   memory will not be freed.       */
+//*           ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get.  This   */
+//*                            handle must be of an item which resides*/
+//*                            in ListToDeleteFrom, or NULL.  If      */
+//*                            NULL is used, then the current item    */
+//*                            in ListToDeleteFrom will be deleted.   */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                 the error return code.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If the operation is successful, then *Error will be    */
+//*            set to 0.  If the operation fails, then *Error will    */
+//*            contain an error code.                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToDeleteFrom is  */
+//*                   not a valid list, or if ListToDeleteFrom is     */
+//*                   empty, or if Handle is invalid.                 */
+//*                   If this routine fails, an error code is returned*/
+//*                   in *Error.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  Items in a list can be accessed in two ways:  A copy of */
+//*           the item can be obtained using GetItem and its related  */
+//*           calls, or a pointer to the item can be obtained using   */
+//*           GetObject and its related calls.  If you have a copy of */
+//*           the data and wish to remove the item from the list, set */
+//*           FreeMemory to TRUE.  This will remove the item from the */
+//*           list and deallocate the memory used to hold it.  If you */
+//*           have a pointer to the item in the list (from one of the */
+//*           GetObject style functions) and wish to remove the item  */
+//*           from the list, set FreeMemory to FALSE.  This removes   */
+//*           the item from the list without freeing its memory, so   */
+//*           that the pointer obtained with the GetObject style      */
+//*           functions is still useable.                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the  */
+//*           address of an accessible block of storage.  If Handle   */
+//*           is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
+//*           of storage, then a trap or exception may occur.         */
+//*           NOTE: For this function, NULL is considered a valid     */
+//*                 handle which refers to the current item in        */
+//*                 ListToDeleteFrom.                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           This function does not alter which item is the current  */
+//*           item in the list, unless the handle specified belongs   */
+//*           to the current item in the list, in which case the      */
+//*           item following the current item becomes the current     */
+//*           item in the list.  If there is no item following the    */
+//*           current item in the list, then the item preceeding the  */
+//*           current item will become the current item in the list.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System DeleteItem (DLIST        ListToDeleteFrom,
+BOOLEAN      FreeMemory,
+ADDRESS      Handle,
+CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  DeleteAllItems                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function deletes all of the items in the*/
+//*                      specified list and optionally frees the      */
+//*                      memory associated with each item deleted.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST       ListToDeleteFrom : The list whose items     */
+//*                                          are to be deleted.       */
+//*           BOOLEAN    FreeMemory : If TRUE, then the memory        */
+//*                                   associated with each item in the*/
+//*                                   list will be freed.  If FALSE   */
+//*                                   then the each item will be      */
+//*                                   removed from the list but its   */
+//*                                   memory will not be freed.       */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                 the error return code.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If the operation is successful, then *Error will be    */
+//*            set to 0.  If the operation fails, then *Error will    */
+//*            contain an error code.                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToDeleteFrom is  */
+//*                   not a valid list, or if ListToDeleteFrom is     */
+//*                   empty.                                          */
+//*                   If this routine fails, an error code is returned*/
+//*                   in *Error.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  Items in a list can be accessed in two ways:  A copy of */
+//*           the item can be obtained using GetItem and its related  */
+//*           calls, or a pointer to the item can be obtained using   */
+//*           GetObject and its related calls.  If you have a copy of */
+//*           the data and wish to remove the item from the list, set */
+//*           FreeMemory to TRUE.  This will remove the item from the */
+//*           list and deallocate the memory used to hold it.  If you */
+//*           have a pointer to the item in the list (from one of the */
+//*           GetObject style functions) and wish to remove the item  */
+//*           from the list, set FreeMemory to FALSE.  This removes   */
+//*           the item from the list without freeing its memory, so   */
+//*           that the pointer obtained with the GetObject style      */
+//*           functions is still useable.                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System DeleteAllItems (DLIST        ListToDeleteFrom,
+BOOLEAN      FreeMemory,
+CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  GetItem                                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function copies the specified item in   */
+//*                      the list to a buffer provided by the caller. */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST   ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
+//*                                      is to be copied and returned */
+//*                                      to the caller.               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
+//*                               the current item is.                */
+//*           ADDRESS     ItemLocation : This is the location of the  */
+//*                                      buffer into which the current*/
+//*                                      item is to be copied.        */
+//*           TAG     ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag   */
+//*                             of the current item is.               */
+//*           ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get.  This   */
+//*                            handle must be of an item which resides*/
+//*                            in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL.  If     */
+//*                            NULL, then the current item in the list*/
+//*                            will be used.                          */
+//*           BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item to get will     */
+//*                                 become the current item in the    */
+//*                                 list.                             */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                              the error return code.               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If Successful :                                        */
+//*                 *Error will be set to 0.                          */
+//*                 The buffer at ItemLocation will contain a copy of */
+//*                    the current item from ListToGetItemFrom.       */
+//*            If Failure :                                           */
+//*                 *Error will contain an error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the        */
+//*                   following conditions:                           */
+//*                         ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list     */
+//*                         ItemSize does not match the size of the   */
+//*                             current item in the list              */
+//*                         ItemLocation is NULL                      */
+//*                         ItemTag does not match the item tag       */
+//*                             of the current item in the list       */
+//*                         Handle is invalid, or is for an item      */
+//*                             which is not in ListToGetItemFrom     */
+//*                   If any of these conditions occur, *Error will   */
+//*                   contain a non-zero error code.                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. It   */
+//*           is also assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then  */
+//*           it is a valid address that can be dereferenced.  If     */
+//*           these assumptions are violated, an exception or trap    */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the  */
+//*           address of an accessible block of storage.  If Handle   */
+//*           is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
+//*           of storage, then a trap or exception may occur.         */
+//*           NOTE: For this function, NULL is considered a valid     */
+//*                 handle corresponding to the current item in the   */
+//*                 list.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           This function does not alter which item is the current  */
+//*           item in the list.                                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System GetItem( DLIST          ListToGetItemFrom,
+CARDINAL32     ItemSize,
+ADDRESS        ItemLocation,
+TAG            ItemTag,
+ADDRESS        Handle,
+BOOLEAN        MakeCurrent,
+CARDINAL32 *   Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  GetNextItem                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function advances the current item      */
+//*                      pointer and then copies the current item in  */
+//*                      the list to a buffer provided by the caller. */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST   ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
+//*                                      is to be copied and returned */
+//*                                      to the caller.               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
+//*                                 the current item is.              */
+//*           ADDRESS     ItemLocation : This is the location of the  */
+//*                                      buffer into which the current*/
+//*                                      item is to be copied.        */
+//*           TAG     ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag   */
+//*                             of the current item is.               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If Successful :                                        */
+//*                 *Error will be set to 0.                          */
+//*                 The buffer at ItemLocation will contain a copy of */
+//*                    the current item from ListToGetItemFrom.       */
+//*            If Failure :                                           */
+//*                 *Error will contain an error code.                */
+//*                 The current item pointer will NOT be advanced.    */
+//*                     The current item in the list will be the same */
+//*                     as before the call to this function.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the        */
+//*                   following conditions:                           */
+//*                         ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list     */
+//*                         ItemSize does not match the size of the   */
+//*                             current item in the list              */
+//*                         ItemLocation is NULL                      */
+//*                         ItemTag does not match the item tag       */
+//*                             of the current item in the list       */
+//*                         The current item in the list before this  */
+//*                             function is called is the last item   */
+//*                             item in the list.                     */
+//*                   If any of these conditions occur, *Error will   */
+//*                   contain a non-zero error code.                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. It   */
+//*           is also assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then  */
+//*           it is a valid address that can be dereferenced.  If     */
+//*           these assumptions are violated, an exception or trap    */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System GetNextItem( DLIST          ListToGetItemFrom,
+CARDINAL32     ItemSize,
+ADDRESS        ItemLocation,
+TAG            ItemTag,
+CARDINAL32 *   Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  GetPreviousItem                                 */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function makes the previous item in the */
+//*                      list the current item in the list and then   */
+//*                      copies that item to a buffer provided by the */
+//*                      user.                                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST   ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
+//*                                      is to be copied and returned */
+//*                                      to the caller.               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
+//*                                 the current item is.              */
+//*           ADDRESS    ItemLocation : This is the location of the   */
+//*                                      buffer into which the current*/
+//*                                      item is to be copied.        */
+//*           TAG     ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag   */
+//*                             of the current item is.               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If Successful :                                        */
+//*                 *Error will be set to 0.                          */
+//*                 The buffer at ItemLocation will contain a copy of */
+//*                    the current item from ListToGetItemFrom.       */
+//*            If Failure :                                           */
+//*                 *Error will contain an error code.                */
+//*                 The current item pointer will NOT be advanced.    */
+//*                     The current item in the list will be the same */
+//*                     as before the call to this function.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the        */
+//*                   following conditions:                           */
+//*                         ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list     */
+//*                         ItemSize does not match the size of the   */
+//*                             current item in the list              */
+//*                         ItemLocation is NULL                      */
+//*                         ItemTag does not match the item tag       */
+//*                             of the current item in the list       */
+//*                         The current item in the list before this  */
+//*                             function is called is the last item   */
+//*                             item in the list.                     */
+//*                   If any of these conditions occur, *Error will   */
+//*                   contain a non-zero error code.                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. It   */
+//*           is also assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then  */
+//*           it is a valid address that can be dereferenced.  If     */
+//*           these assumptions are violated, an exception or trap    */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System GetPreviousItem( DLIST          ListToGetItemFrom,
+CARDINAL32     ItemSize,
+ADDRESS        ItemLocation,
+TAG            ItemTag,
+CARDINAL32 *   Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  GetObject                                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function returns the address of the data*/
+//*                      associated with the specified item in the    */
+//*                      list.                                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST   ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
+//*                                      is to have its address       */
+//*                                      returned to the caller.      */
+//*           CARDINAL32 ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
+//*                               the current item is.                */
+//*           TAG     ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag   */
+//*                             of the current item is.               */
+//*           ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get.  This   */
+//*                            handle must be of an item which resides*/
+//*                            in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL.  If     */
+//*                            NULL, then the current item in the list*/
+//*           BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item to get will     */
+//*                                 become the current item in the    */
+//*                                 list.                             */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If Successful :                                        */
+//*                 *Error will be set to 0.                          */
+//*                 The function return value will be the address of  */
+//*                 the data associated with the current item in the  */
+//*                 list.                                             */
+//*            If Failure :                                           */
+//*                 *Error will contain an error code.                */
+//*                 The function return value will be NULL.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the        */
+//*                   following conditions:                           */
+//*                         ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list     */
+//*                         ItemSize does not match the size of the   */
+//*                             current item in the list              */
+//*                         ItemTag does not match the item tag       */
+//*                             of the current item in the list       */
+//*                         Handle is invalid, or is for an item      */
+//*                             which is not in ListToGetItemFrom     */
+//*                   If any of these conditions occur, *Error will   */
+//*                   contain a non-zero error code.                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  The user should not free the memory associated with     */
+//*           the address returned by this function as the object is  */
+//*           still in the list.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap may   */
+//*           occur.                                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the  */
+//*           address of an accessible block of storage.  If Handle   */
+//*           is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
+//*           of storage, then a trap or exception may occur.         */
+//*           NOTE: For this function, NULL is considered a valid     */
+//*                 handle designating the current item in the list.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           This function does not alter which item is the current  */
+//*           item in the list.                                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+ADDRESS _System GetObject( DLIST          ListToGetItemFrom,
+CARDINAL32     ItemSize,
+TAG            ItemTag,
+ADDRESS        Handle,
+BOOLEAN        MakeCurrent,
+CARDINAL32 *   Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  GetNextObject                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function advances the current item      */
+//*                      pointer and then returns the address of the  */
+//*                      data associated with the current item in the */
+//*                      list.                                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST   ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
+//*                                      is to be copied and returned */
+//*                                      to the caller.               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
+//*                                 the current item is.              */
+//*           TAG     ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag   */
+//*                             of the current item is.               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If Successful :                                        */
+//*                 *Error will be set to 0.                          */
+//*                 The function return value will be the address of  */
+//*                 the data associated with the current item in the  */
+//*                 list.                                             */
+//*            If Failure :                                           */
+//*                 *Error will contain an error code.                */
+//*                 The function return value will be NULL.           */
+//*                 The current item pointer will NOT be advanced.    */
+//*                     The current item in the list will be the same */
+//*                     as before the call to this function.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the        */
+//*                   following conditions:                           */
+//*                         ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list     */
+//*                         ItemSize does not match the size of the   */
+//*                             current item in the list              */
+//*                         ItemTag does not match the item tag       */
+//*                             of the current item in the list       */
+//*                         The current item in the list before this  */
+//*                             function is called is the last item   */
+//*                             item in the list.                     */
+//*                   If any of these conditions occur, *Error will   */
+//*                   contain a non-zero error code.                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  The user should not free the memory associated with     */
+//*           the address returned by this function as the object is  */
+//*           still in the list.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption are violated, an exception or trap may  */
+//*           occur.                                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+ADDRESS _System GetNextObject( DLIST          ListToGetItemFrom,
+CARDINAL32     ItemSize,
+TAG            ItemTag,
+CARDINAL32 *   Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  GetPreviousObject                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function makes the previous item in the */
+//*                      list the current item and then returns the   */
+//*                      address of the data associated with the      */
+//*                      current item in the list.                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST   ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
+//*                                      is to be copied and returned */
+//*                                      to the caller.               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
+//*                                 the current item is.              */
+//*           TAG     ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag   */
+//*                             of the current item is.               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If Successful :                                        */
+//*                 *Error will be set to 0.                          */
+//*                 The function return value will be the address of  */
+//*                 the data associated with the current item in the  */
+//*                 list.                                             */
+//*            If Failure :                                           */
+//*                 *Error will contain an error code.                */
+//*                 The function return value will be NULL.           */
+//*                 The current item pointer will NOT be advanced.    */
+//*                     The current item in the list will be the same */
+//*                     as before the call to this function.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the        */
+//*                   following conditions:                           */
+//*                         ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list     */
+//*                         ItemSize does not match the size of the   */
+//*                             current item in the list              */
+//*                         ItemTag does not match the item tag       */
+//*                             of the current item in the list       */
+//*                         The current item in the list before this  */
+//*                             function is called is the last item   */
+//*                             item in the list.                     */
+//*                   If any of these conditions occur, *Error will   */
+//*                   contain a non-zero error code.                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  The user should not free the memory associated with     */
+//*           the address returned by this function as the object is  */
+//*           still in the list.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption are violated, an exception or trap may  */
+//*           occur.                                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+ADDRESS _System GetPreviousObject( DLIST          ListToGetItemFrom,
+CARDINAL32     ItemSize,
+TAG            ItemTag,
+CARDINAL32 *   Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  ExtractItem                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function copies the specified item in   */
+//*                      the list to a buffer provided by the caller  */
+//*                      and removes the item from the list.          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST   ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
+//*                                      is to be copied and returned */
+//*                                      to the caller.               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
+//*                                 the current item is.              */
+//*           ADDRESS     ItemLocation : This is the location of the  */
+//*                                      buffer into which the current*/
+//*                                      item is to be copied.        */
+//*           TAG     ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag   */
+//*                             of the current item is.               */
+//*           ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get.  This   */
+//*                            handle must be of an item which resides*/
+//*                            in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL.  If     */
+//*                            NULL, then the current item in the list*/
+//*                            will be used.                          */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If Successful :                                        */
+//*                 *Error will be set to 0.                          */
+//*                 The buffer at ItemLocation will contain a copy of */
+//*                    the current item from ListToGetItemFrom.       */
+//*                 The item will have been removed from the list and */
+//*                    its memory deallocated.                        */
+//*            If Failure :                                           */
+//*                 *Error will contain an error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the        */
+//*                   following conditions:                           */
+//*                         ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list     */
+//*                         ItemSize does not match the size of the   */
+//*                             current item in the list              */
+//*                         ItemLocation is NULL                      */
+//*                         ItemTag does not match the item tag       */
+//*                             of the current item in the list       */
+//*                         Handle is invalid, or is for an item      */
+//*                             which is not in ListToGetItemFrom     */
+//*                   If any of these conditions occur, *Error will   */
+//*                   contain a non-zero error code.                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. It   */
+//*           is also assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then  */
+//*           it is a valid address that can be dereferenced.  If     */
+//*           these assumptions are violated, an exception or trap    */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the  */
+//*           address of an accessible block of storage.  If Handle   */
+//*           is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
+//*           of storage, then a trap or exception may occur.         */
+//*           NOTE: For this function, NULL is considered a valid     */
+//*                 handle which refers to the current item in the    */
+//*                 list.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           This function does not alter which item is the current  */
+//*           item in the list, unless the handle specified belongs   */
+//*           to the current item in the list, in which case the      */
+//*           item following the current item becomes the current     */
+//*           item in the list.  If there is no item following the    */
+//*           current item in the list, then the item preceeding the  */
+//*           current item will become the current item in the list.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System ExtractItem( DLIST          ListToGetItemFrom,
+CARDINAL32     ItemSize,
+ADDRESS        ItemLocation,
+TAG            ItemTag,
+ADDRESS        Handle,
+CARDINAL32 *   Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  ExtractObject                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function returns the address of the data*/
+//*                      associated with the specified item in the    */
+//*                      list and then removes that item from the list*/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST   ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
+//*                                      is to be copied and returned */
+//*                                      to the caller.               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
+//*                                 the current item is.              */
+//*           TAG     ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag   */
+//*                             of the current item is.               */
+//*           ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get.  This   */
+//*                            handle must be of an item which resides*/
+//*                            in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL.  If     */
+//*                            NULL, then the current item in the     */
+//*                            list will be used.                     */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If Successful :                                        */
+//*                 *Error will be set to 0.                          */
+//*                 The function return value will be the address of  */
+//*                 the data associated with the current item in the  */
+//*                 list.                                             */
+//*                 The current item is removed from the list.        */
+//*            If Failure :                                           */
+//*                 *Error will contain an error code.                */
+//*                 The function return value will be NULL.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the        */
+//*                   following conditions:                           */
+//*                         ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list     */
+//*                         ItemSize does not match the size of the   */
+//*                             current item in the list              */
+//*                         ItemTag does not match the item tag       */
+//*                             of the current item in the list       */
+//*                         Handle is invalid, or is for an item      */
+//*                             which is not in ListToGetItemFrom     */
+//*                   If any of these conditions occur, *Error will   */
+//*                   contain a non-zero error code.                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  The user is responsible for the memory associated with  */
+//*           the address returned by this function since this        */
+//*           function removes that object from the list.  This means */
+//*           that, when the user is through with the object, they    */
+//*           should free it.                                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap may   */
+//*           occur.                                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the  */
+//*           address of an accessible block of storage.  If Handle   */
+//*           is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
+//*           of storage, then a trap or exception may occur.         */
+//*           NOTE: For this function, NULL is considered a valid     */
+//*                 handle which refers to the current item in the    */
+//*                 list.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           This function does not alter which item is the current  */
+//*           item in the list, unless the handle specified belongs   */
+//*           to the current item in the list, in which case the      */
+//*           item following the current item becomes the current     */
+//*           item in the list.  If there is no item following the    */
+//*           current item in the list, then the item preceeding the  */
+//*           current item will become the current item in the list.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+ADDRESS _System ExtractObject( DLIST          ListToGetItemFrom,
+CARDINAL32     ItemSize,
+TAG            ItemTag,
+ADDRESS        Handle,
+CARDINAL32 *   Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  ReplaceItem                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function replaces the specified item in */
+//*                      the list with the one provided as its        */
+//*                      argument.                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: DLIST   ListToReplaceItemIn : The list whose current item*/
+//*                                       is to be replaced           */
+//*          CARDINAL32 ItemSize : The size, in bytes, of the         */
+//*                              replacement item                     */
+//*          ADDRESS     ItemLocation : The address of the replacement*/
+//*                                     item                          */
+//*          TAG     ItemTag : The item tag that the user wishes to   */
+//*                            associate with the replacement item    */
+//*          ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get.  This    */
+//*                           handle must be of an item which resides */
+//*                           in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL.  If NULL */
+//*                           then the current item in the list will  */
+//*                           used.                                   */
+//*          BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item to get will      */
+//*                                become the current item in the     */
+//*                                list.                              */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold   */
+//*                               the error return code               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If Successful then *Error will be set to 0.            */
+//*            If Unsuccessful, then *Error will be set to a non-zero */
+//*              error code.                                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  This function will fail under the following    */
+//*                    conditions:                                    */
+//*                         ListToReplaceItemIn is empty              */
+//*                         ItemSize is 0                             */
+//*                         ItemLocation is NULL                      */
+//*                         The memory required can not be allocated. */
+//*                         Handle is invalid, or is for an item      */
+//*                             which is not in ListToGetItemFrom     */
+//*                    If any of these conditions occurs, *Error      */
+//*                    will contain a non-zero error code.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. It   */
+//*           is also assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then  */
+//*           it is a valid address that can be dereferenced.  If     */
+//*           these assumptions are violated, an exception or trap    */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the  */
+//*           address of an accessible block of storage.  If Handle   */
+//*           is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
+//*           of storage, then a trap or exception may occur.         */
+//*           NOTE: For this function, NULL is a valid handle which   */
+//*                 refers to the current item in the list.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           This function does not alter which item is the current  */
+//*           item in the list.                                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System ReplaceItem( DLIST         ListToReplaceItemIn,
+CARDINAL32    ItemSize,
+ADDRESS       ItemLocation,
+TAG           ItemTag,
+ADDRESS       Handle,
+BOOLEAN       MakeCurrent,
+CARDINAL32 *  Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: ReplaceObject                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function replaces the specified object  */
+//*                      in the list with the one provided as its     */
+//*                      argument.                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: DLIST   ListToReplaceItemIn : The list whose current     */
+//*                                       object is to be replaced    */
+//*          CARDINAL32 ItemSize : The size, in bytes, of the         */
+//*                              replacement object                   */
+//*          ADDRESS     ItemLocation : The address of the replacement*/
+//*                                     item                          */
+//*          TAG     ItemTag : The item tag that the user wishes to   */
+//*                            associate with the replacement item    */
+//*          ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get.  This    */
+//*                           handle must be of an item which resides */
+//*                           in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL.  If NULL */
+//*                           then the current item in the list will  */
+//*                           be used.                                */
+//*          BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item to get will      */
+//*                                become the current item in the     */
+//*                                list.                              */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold   */
+//*                               the error return code               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If Successful then *Error will be set to 0 and the     */
+//*              return value of the function will be the address     */
+//*              of the object that was replaced.                     */
+//*            If Unsuccessful, then *Error will be set to a non-zero */
+//*              error code and the function return value will be     */
+//*              NULL.                                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  This function will fail under the following    */
+//*                    conditions:                                    */
+//*                         ListToReplaceItemIn is empty              */
+//*                         ItemSize is 0                             */
+//*                         ItemLocation is NULL                      */
+//*                         The memory required can not be allocated. */
+//*                         Handle is invalid, or is for an item      */
+//*                             which is not in ListToGetItemFrom     */
+//*                    If any of these conditions occurs, *Error      */
+//*                    will contain a non-zero error code.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  The user is responsible for the memory associated with  */
+//*           the object returned by this function as that object is  */
+//*           removed from the list.  This means that, when the user  */
+//*           is through with the object returned by this function,   */
+//*           they should free it.                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. It   */
+//*           is also assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then  */
+//*           it is a valid address that can be dereferenced.  If     */
+//*           these assumptions are violated, an exception or trap    */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the  */
+//*           address of an accessible block of storage.  If Handle   */
+//*           is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
+//*           of storage, then a trap or exception may occur.         */
+//*           NOTE: For this function, NULL is a valid handle for the */
+//*                 current item in the list.                         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           This function does not alter which item is the current  */
+//*           item in the list.                                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+ADDRESS _System ReplaceObject( DLIST         ListToReplaceItemIn,
+CARDINAL32 *  ItemSize,             /* On input - size of new object.  On return = size of old object. */
+ADDRESS       ItemLocation,
+TAG        *  ItemTag,              /* On input - TAG of new object.  On return = TAG of old object. */
+ADDRESS       Handle,
+BOOLEAN       MakeCurrent,
+CARDINAL32 *  Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  GetTag                                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function returns the item tag associated*/
+//*                      with the current item in the list.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST   ListToGetTagFrom : The list from which the item */
+//*                                     tag of the current item is to */
+//*                                     be returned                   */
+//*           ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item whose TAG and   */
+//*                            size we are to get.  This handle must  */
+//*                            be of an item which resides in         */
+//*                            in ListToGetTagFrom, or NULL.  If NULL */
+//*                            then the current item in the list will */
+//*                            be used.                               */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * ItemSize : The size, in bytes, of the      */
+//*                                   current item in the list.       */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, the function returns the item tag & size*/
+//*               associated with the current item in ListToGetTagFrom*/
+//*               and *Error is set to 0.                             */
+//*            If unsuccessful, the function returns 0 and *Error is  */
+//*               set to a non-zero error code.                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToGetTagFrom is  */
+//*                   not a valid list or is an empty list.  In either*/
+//*                   of these cases, *Error is set to a non-zero     */
+//*                   error code.                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+TAG _System GetTag( DLIST  ListToGetTagFrom,
+ADDRESS Handle,
+CARDINAL32 * ItemSize,
+CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  GetHandle                                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function returns a handle for the       */
+//*                      current item in the list.  This handle is    */
+//*                      then associated with that item regardless of */
+//*                      its position in the list.  This handle can be*/
+//*                      used to make its associated item the current */
+//*                      item in the list.                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST   ListToGetHandleFrom : The list from which a     */
+//*                                        handle is needed.          */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, the function returns a handle for the   */
+//*               the current item in ListToGetHandleFrom, and *Error */
+//*               is set to 0.                                        */
+//*            If unsuccessful, the function returns 0 and *Error is  */
+//*               set to a non-zero error code.                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToGetHandleFrom  */
+//*                   is not a valid list or is an empty list.  In    */
+//*                   either of these cases, *Error is set to a       */
+//*                   non-zero error code.                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           The handle returned is a pointer to an internal         */
+//*           structure within the list.  If the item associated      */
+//*           with this handle is removed from the list, the handle   */
+//*           will be invalid and should not be used as the internal  */
+//*           structure it points to will nolonger exist!             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+ADDRESS _System GetHandle ( DLIST ListToGetHandleFrom, CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  GetListSize                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function returns the number of items in */
+//*                      a list.                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST   ListToGetSizeOf : The list whose size we wish to*/
+//*                                    know                           */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, the function returns the a count of the */
+//*               number of items in the list, and *Error is set to 0.*/
+//*            If unsuccessful, the function returns 0 and *Error is  */
+//*               set to a non-zero error code.                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToGetSizeOf is   */
+//*                   not a valid list.  If this happens, then *Error */
+//*                   is set to a non-zero error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+CARDINAL32 _System GetListSize( DLIST ListToGetSizeOf, CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  ListEmpty                                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function returns TRUE if the            */
+//*                      specified list is empty, otherwise it returns*/
+//*                      FALSE.                                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST       ListToCheck : The list to check to see if it*/
+//*                                    is empty                       */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, the function returns TRUE if the        */
+//*               number of items in the list is 0, otherwise it      */
+//*               returns FALSE.  Also, *Error is set to 0.           */
+//*            If unsuccessful, the function returns TRUE and         */
+//*               *Error is set to a non-zero error code.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToCheck is not   */
+//*                   a valid list.  If this happens, then *Error     */
+//*                   is set to a non-zero error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+BOOLEAN _System ListEmpty( DLIST ListToCheck, CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  AtEndOfList                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function returns TRUE if the            */
+//*                      current item in the list is the last item    */
+//*                      in the list.  Returns FALSE otherwise.       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST       ListToCheck : The list to check.            */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, the function returns TRUE if the        */
+//*               current item in the list is the last item in the    */
+//*               list.  If it is not the last item in the list,      */
+//*               FALSE is returned.  *Error_Code is set to           */
+//*               DLIST_SUCCESS.                                      */
+//*            If unsuccessful, the function returns FALSE and        */
+//*               *Error is set to a non-zero error code.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToCheck is not   */
+//*                   a valid list.  If this happens, then *Error     */
+//*                   is set to a non-zero error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+BOOLEAN _System AtEndOfList( DLIST ListToCheck, CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  AtStartOfList                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function returns TRUE if the            */
+//*                      current item in the list is the first item   */
+//*                      in the list.  Returns FALSE otherwise.       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST       ListToCheck : The list to check.            */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, the function returns TRUE if the        */
+//*               current item in the list is the first item in the   */
+//*               list.  If it is not the first item in the list,     */
+//*               FALSE is returned.  *Error_Code is set to           */
+//*               DLIST_SUCCESS.                                      */
+//*            If unsuccessful, the function returns FALSE and        */
+//*               *Error is set to a non-zero error code.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToCheck is not   */
+//*                   a valid list.  If this happens, then *Error     */
+//*                   is set to a non-zero error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+BOOLEAN _System AtStartOfList( DLIST ListToCheck, CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  DestroyList                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function releases the memory associated */
+//*                      with the internal data structures of a DLIST.*/
+//*                      Once a DLIST has been eliminated by this     */
+//*                      function, it must be reinitialized before it */
+//*                      can be used again.                           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST       ListToDestroy : The list to be eliminated   */
+//*                                      from memory.                 */
+//*           BOOLEAN FreeItemMemory : If TRUE, all items in the list */
+//*                                    will be freed.  If FALSE, all  */
+//*                                    items in the list are not      */
+//*                                    freed, only the list structures*/
+//*                                    associated with them are.      */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, *Error will be set to 0.                */
+//*            If unsuccessful, *Error will be set to a non-zero error*/
+//*               code.                                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToDestroy is not */
+//*                   a valid list.  If this happens, then *Error     */
+//*                   is set to a non-zero error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           If FreeItemMemory is TRUE, then this function will try  */
+//*           to delete any items which may be in the list.  However, */
+//*           since this function has no way of knowing the internal  */
+//*           structure of an item, items which contain embedded      */
+//*           pointers will not be entirely freed.  This can lead to  */
+//*           memory leaks.  The programmer should ensure that any    */
+//*           list passed to this function when the FreeItemMemory    */
+//*           parameter is TRUE is empty or does not contain any      */
+//*           items with embedded pointers.                           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System DestroyList( DLIST *  ListToDestroy, BOOLEAN FreeItemMemory, CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  NextItem                                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function makes the next item in the list*/
+//*                      the current item in the list (i.e. it        */
+//*                      advances the current item pointer).          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST       ListToAdvance : The list whose current item */
+//*                                      pointer is to be advanced    */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, *Error will be set to 0.                */
+//*            If unsuccessful, *Error will be set to a non-zero error*/
+//*               code.                                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under the following     */
+//*                   conditions:                                     */
+//*                        ListToAdvance is not a valid list          */
+//*                        ListToAdvance is empty                     */
+//*                        The current item is the last item in the   */
+//*                           list                                    */
+//*                   If any of these conditions occurs, then *Error  */
+//*                   is set to a non-zero error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System NextItem( DLIST  ListToAdvance, CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  PreviousItem                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function makes the previous item in the */
+//*                      list the current item in the list.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST       ListToChange : The list whose current item  */
+//*                                      pointer is to be changed     */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, *Error will be set to 0.                */
+//*            If unsuccessful, *Error will be set to a non-zero error*/
+//*               code.                                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail under the following     */
+//*                   conditions:                                     */
+//*                        ListToChange is not a valid list           */
+//*                        ListToChange is empty                      */
+//*                        The current item is the first item in the  */
+//*                           list                                    */
+//*                   If any of these conditions occurs, then *Error  */
+//*                   is set to a non-zero error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System PreviousItem( DLIST  ListToChange, CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: GoToStartOfList                                  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function makes the first item in the    */
+//*                      list the current item in the list.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST       ListToReset : The list whose current item   */
+//*                                    is to be set to the first item */
+//*                                    in the list                    */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, *Error will be set to 0.                */
+//*            If unsuccessful, *Error will be set to a non-zero error*/
+//*               code.                                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToReset is not   */
+//*                   a valid list.  If this occurs, then *Error      */
+//*                   is set to a non-zero error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System GoToStartOfList( DLIST ListToReset, CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: GoToEndOfList                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function makes the last item in the     */
+//*                      list the current item in the list.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST       ListToSet : The list whose current item     */
+//*                                    is to be set to the last item  */
+//*                                    in the list                    */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, *Error will be set to 0.                */
+//*            If unsuccessful, *Error will be set to a non-zero error*/
+//*               code.                                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToSet is not     */
+//*                   a valid list.  If this occurs, then *Error      */
+//*                   is set to a non-zero error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System GoToEndOfList( DLIST ListToSet, CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name: GoToSpecifiedItem                                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function makes the item associated with */
+//*                      Handle the current item in the list.         */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST  ListToReposition:  The list whose current item   */
+//*                                    is to be set to the item       */
+//*                                    associated with Handle.        */
+//*           ADDRESS Handle : A handle obtained by using the         */
+//*                            GetHandle function.  This handle       */
+//*                            identifies a unique item in the list.  */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return code              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, *Error will be set to 0.                */
+//*            If unsuccessful, *Error will be set to a non-zero error*/
+//*               code.                                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToReposition is  */
+//*                   not a valid list.  If this occurs, then *Error  */
+//*                   is set to a non-zero error code.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects:  None.                                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           It is assumed that Handle is a valid handle and that    */
+//*           the item associated with Handle is still in the list.   */
+//*           If these conditions are not met, an exception or trap   */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System GoToSpecifiedItem( DLIST ListToReposition, ADDRESS Handle, CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  SortList                                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function sorts the contents of a list.  */
+//*                      The sorting algorithm used is a stable sort  */
+//*                      whose performance is not dependent upon the  */
+//*                      initial order of the items in the list.      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input: DLIST ListToSort : The DLIST that is to be sorted.       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*          INTEGER32 ( *Compare) ( ... )                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*              This is a pointer to a function that can compare any */
+//*              two items in the list.  It should return -1 if       */
+//*              Object1 is less than Object2, 0 if Object1 is equal  */
+//*              to Object2, and 1 if Object1 is greater than Object2.*/
+//*              This function will be called during the sort whenever*/
+//*              the sorting algorithm needs to compare two objects.  */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*              The Compare function takes the following parameters: */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*              ADDRESS Object1 : The address of the data for the    */
+//*                                first object to be compared.       */
+//*              TAG Object1Tag : The user assigned TAG value for the */
+//*                               first object to be compared.        */
+//*              ADDRESS Object2 : The address of the data for the    */
+//*                                second object to be compared.      */
+//*              TAG Object2Tag : The user assigned TAG value for the */
+//*                               second object to be compared.       */
+//*              CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to    */
+//*                                   hold the error return value.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*              If this function ever sets *Error to a non-zero value*/
+//*              the sort will terminate and the error code will be   */
+//*              returned to the caller of the SortList function.     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold   */
+//*                               the error return value.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, this function will set *Error to        */
+//*               DLIST_SUCCESS and ListToSort will have been sorted. */
+//*            If unsuccessful, *Error will contain an error code.    */
+//*               The order of the items in ListToSort is undefined   */
+//*               and may have changed.                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function will terminate if *Compare sets   */
+//*                   *Error to a non-zero value, or if ListToSort    */
+//*                   is invalid.  If this function does terminate in */
+//*                   the middle of a sort, the order of the items in */
+//*                   ListToSort may be different than it was before  */
+//*                   the function was called.                        */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: None.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes:  It is assumed that Error contains a valid address. If   */
+//*           this assumption is violated, an exception or trap       */
+//*           may occur.                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System SortList(DLIST        ListToSort,
+INTEGER32    ( * _System Compare) (ADDRESS Object1, TAG Object1Tag, ADDRESS Object2, TAG Object2Tag,CARDINAL32 * Error),
+CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  ForEachItem                                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function passes a pointer to each item  */
+//*                      in a list to a user provided function for    */
+//*                      processing by the user provided function.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST ListToProcess : The DLIST whose items are to be   */
+//*                                processed by the user provided     */
+//*                                function.                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           void ( * ProcessItem) (...)                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*               This is a pointer to the user provided function.    */
+//*               This user provided function takes the following     */
+//*                  parameters:                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                  ADDRESS Object : A pointer to an item in         */
+//*                                   ListToProcess.                  */
+//*                  TAG Object1Tag : The user assigned TAG value for */
+//*                                   the item pointed to by Object.  */
+//*                  ADDRESS Parameter : The address of a block of    */
+//*                                      memory containing any        */
+//*                                      parameters that the user     */
+//*                                      wishes to have passed to this*/
+//*                                      function.                    */
+//*                  CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to*/
+//*                                       hold the error return value.*/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           ADDRESS Parameters : This field is passed through to    */
+//*                                *ProcessItem.  This function does  */
+//*                                not even look at the contents of   */
+//*                                this field.  This field is here to */
+//*                                provide the user a way to pass     */
+//*                                additional data to *ProcessItem    */
+//*                                that *ProcessItem may need to      */
+//*                                function correctly.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           BOOLEAN Forward : If TRUE, then the list is traversed   */
+//*                             from the start of the list to the end */
+//*                             of the list.  If FALSE, then the list */
+//*                             is traversed from the end of the list */
+//*                             to the beginning.                     */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold  */
+//*                                the error return value.            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, this function will set *Error to        */
+//*               DLIST_SUCCESS.                                      */
+//*            If unsuccessful, then this function will set *Error to */
+//*               a non-zero error code.                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function aborts immediately when an error  */
+//*                   is detected, and any remaining items in the list*/
+//*                   will not be processed.                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: None.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes: This function allows the user to access all of the items */
+//*          in a list and perform an operation on them.  The         */
+//*          operation performed must not free any items in the list, */
+//*          or perform any list operations on the list being         */
+//*          processed.                                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*          As an example of when this would be useful, consider a   */
+//*          a list of graphic objects (rectangles, triangles, circles*/
+//*          etc.)  which comprise a drawing.  To draw the picture    */
+//*          that these graphic objects represent, one could build a  */
+//*          loop which gets and draws each item.  Another way to     */
+//*          do this would be to build a drawing function which can   */
+//*          draw any of the graphic objects, and then use that       */
+//*          function as the ProcessItem function in a call to        */
+//*          ForEachItem.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*          If the ProcessItem function sets *Error to something     */
+//*          other than DLIST_SUCCESS, then ForEachItem will terminate*/
+//*          and return an error to whoever called it.  The single    */
+//*          exception to this is if ProcessItem sets *Error to       */
+//*          DLIST_SEARCH_COMPLETE, in which case ForEachItem         */
+//*          terminates and sets *Error to DLIST_SUCCESS.  This is    */
+//*          usefull for using ForEachItem to search a list and then  */
+//*          terminating the search once the desired item is found.   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*          A word about the Parameters parameter.  This parameter   */
+//*          is passed through to *ProcessItem and is never looked at */
+//*          by this function.  This means that the user can put any  */
+//*          value they desire into Parameters as long as it is the   */
+//*          same size (in bytes) as Parameters.  The intended use of */
+//*          Parameters is to allow the user to pass information to   */
+//*          *ProcessItem that *ProcessItem may need.  Either way,    */
+//*          how Parameters is used is literally up to the user.      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System ForEachItem(DLIST        ListToProcess,
+void         ( * _System ProcessItem) (ADDRESS Object, TAG ObjectTag, CARDINAL32 ObjectSize, ADDRESS ObjectHandle, ADDRESS Parameters, CARDINAL32 * Error),
+ADDRESS      Parameters,
+BOOLEAN      Forward,
+CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  PruneList                                       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name:  This function allows the caller to examine   */
+//*                      each item in a list and optionally delete    */
+//*                      it from the list.                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST ListToProcess : The DLIST to be pruned.           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           BOOLEAN ( * KillItem) (...)                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*               This is a pointer to a user provided function.      */
+//*               This user provided function takes the following     */
+//*                  parameters:                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*                  ADDRESS Object : A pointer to an item in         */
+//*                                   ListToProcess.                  */
+//*                  TAG Object1Tag : The user assigned TAG value for */
+//*                                   the item pointed to by Object.  */
+//*                  ADDRESS Parameter : The address of a block of    */
+//*                                      memory containing any        */
+//*                                      parameters that the user     */
+//*                                      wishes to have passed to this*/
+//*                                      function.                    */
+//*                  BOOLEAN * FreeMemory : The address of a BOOLEAN  */
+//*                                         variable which this       */
+//*                                         function will set to      */
+//*                                         either TRUE or FALSE.     */
+//*                                         If the function return    */
+//*                                         value is TRUE, then the   */
+//*                                         value in *FreeMemory will */
+//*                                         be examined.  If it is    */
+//*                                         TRUE, then PruneList will */
+//*                                         free the memory associated*/
+//*                                         with the item being       */
+//*                                         deleted.  If *FreeMemory  */
+//*                                         is FALSE, then the item   */
+//*                                         being removed from the    */
+//*                                         DLIST will not be freed,  */
+//*                                         and it is up to the user  */
+//*                                         to ensure that this memory*/
+//*                                         is handled properly.      */
+//*                  CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to*/
+//*                                       hold the error return value.*/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*           ADDRESS Parameters : This field is passed through to    */
+//*                                *ProcessItem.  This function does  */
+//*                                not even look at the contents of   */
+//*                                this field.  This field is here to */
+//*                                provide the user a way to pass     */
+//*                                additional data to *ProcessItem    */
+//*                                that *ProcessItem may need to      */
+//*                                function correctly.                */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold   */
+//*                               the error return value.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output:  If successful, this function will set *Error to        */
+//*               DLIST_SUCCESS.                                      */
+//*            If unsuccessful, then this function will set *Error to */
+//*               a non-zero error code.                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: This function aborts immediately when an error  */
+//*                   is detected, and any remaining items in the list*/
+//*                   will not be processed.                          */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: None.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes: This function allows the user to access all of the items */
+//*          in a list, perform an operation on them, and then        */
+//*          optionally delete ("remove") them from the DLIST.  The   */
+//*          operation performed must not free any items in the list, */
+//*          or perform any list operations on the list being         */
+//*          processed.                                               */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*          If the KillItem function sets *Error to something other  */
+//*          than DLIST_SUCCESS, then PruneList will terminate and    */
+//*          return an error to whoever called it.  The single        */
+//*          exception to this is if KillItem sets *Error to          */
+//*          DLIST_SEARCH_COMPLETE, in which case KillItem            */
+//*          terminates and sets *Error to DLIST_SUCCESS.  This is    */
+//*          usefull for using KillItem to search a list and then     */
+//*          terminating the search once the desired item is found.   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*          A word about the Parameters parameter.  This parameter   */
+//*          is passed through to *ProcessItem and is never looked at */
+//*          by this function.  This means that the user can put any  */
+//*          value they desire into Parameters as long as it is the   */
+//*          same size (in bytes) as Parameters.  The intended use of */
+//*          Parameters is to allow the user to pass information to   */
+//*          *ProcessItem that *ProcessItem may need.  Either way,    */
+//*          how Parameters is used is literally up to the user.      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System PruneList(DLIST        ListToProcess,
+BOOLEAN      ( * _System KillItem) (ADDRESS Object, TAG ObjectTag, CARDINAL32 ObjectSize, ADDRESS ObjectHandle, ADDRESS Parameters, BOOLEAN * FreeMemory, CARDINAL32 * Error),
+ADDRESS      Parameters,
+CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  AppendList                                      */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Removes the items in SourceList and appends   */
+//*                     them to TargetList.                           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST TargetList : The DLIST which is to have the items */
+//*                             from SourceList appended to it.       */
+//*           DLIST SourceList : The DLIST whose items are to be      */
+//*                              removed and appended to TargetList.  */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold   */
+//*                               the error return value.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If successful, *Error will be set to DLIST_SUCCESS,     */
+//*              SourceList will be empty, and TargetList will contain*/
+//*              all of its original items and all of the items that  */
+//*              were in SourceList.                                  */
+//*           If unsuccessful, *Error will be set to a non-zero value */
+//*              and SourceList and TargetList will be unmodified.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  This function will abort immediately upon      */
+//*                    detection of an error.  All errors that can be */
+//*                    detected are detected before the contents of   */
+//*                    SourceList are appended to TargetList, so if an*/
+//*                    error is detected and the function aborts,     */
+//*                    SourceList and TargetList are unaltered.       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: None.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes: None.                                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System AppendList(DLIST        TargetList,
+DLIST        SourceList,
+CARDINAL32 * Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  TransferItem                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Removes an item in SourceList and places in   */
+//*                     TargetList.                                   */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST SourceList : The DLIST containing the item which  */
+//*                              is to be transferred.                */
+//*           ADDRESS SourceHandle : The handle of the item in        */
+//*                                   SourceList which is to be       */
+//*                                   transferred to another DLIST.   */
+//*                                   If this is NULL, then the       */
+//*                                   current item in SourceList will */
+//*                                   be used.                        */
+//*           DLIST TargetList : The DLIST which is to receive the    */
+//*                              item being transferred.              */
+//*           ADDRESS TargetHandle : The item in TargetList which     */
+//*                                   is used to determine where      */
+//*                                   the item being transferred will */
+//*                                   be placed.  If this is NULL,    */
+//*                                   then the current item in        */
+//*                                   TargetList will be used.        */
+//*           Insertion_Modes TransferMode : This indicates where,    */
+//*                                   relative to the item in         */
+//*                                   TargetList specified by         */
+//*                                   Target_Handle, the item being   */
+//*                                   transferred can be placed.      */
+//*          BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item transferred to   */
+//*                                 TargetList becomes the current    */
+//*                                 item in TargetList.               */
+//*          CARDINAL32 * Error : The address of a variable to hold   */
+//*                               the error return value.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: If successful, *Error will be set to DLIST_SUCCESS,     */
+//*              SourceList will be empty, and TargetList will contain*/
+//*              all of its original items and all of the items that  */
+//*              were in SourceList.                                  */
+//*           If unsuccessful, *Error will be set to a non-zero value */
+//*              and SourceList and TargetList will be unmodified.    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling:  This function will abort immediately upon      */
+//*                    detection of an error.  All errors that can be */
+//*                    detected are detected before the contents of   */
+//*                    SourceList are appended to TargetList, so if an*/
+//*                    error is detected and the function aborts,     */
+//*                    SourceList and TargetList are unaltered.       */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: None.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes: None.                                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+void _System TransferItem(DLIST             SourceList,
+ADDRESS           SourceHandle,
+DLIST             TargetList,
+ADDRESS           TargetHandle,
+Insertion_Modes   TransferMode,
+BOOLEAN           MakeCurrent,
+CARDINAL32 *      Error);
+
+//*********************************************************************/
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Function Name:  CheckListIntegrity                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Descriptive Name: Checks the integrity of a DLIST.  All link    */
+//*                     nodes in the list are checked, as are all     */
+//*                     fields in the list control block.             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Input:  DLIST ListToCheck - The list whose integrity is to be   */
+//*                               checked.                            */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Output: The function return value will be TRUE if all of the    */
+//*           elements in the DLIST are correct.  If this function    */
+//*           returns FALSE, then the DLIST being checked has been    */
+//*           corrupted!                                              */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Error Handling: If this function encounters an error in a DLIST,*/
+//*                   it will return FALSE.                           */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Side Effects: None.                                             */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*   Notes: None.                                                    */
+//*                                                                   */
+//*********************************************************************/
+BOOLEAN _System CheckListIntegrity(DLIST ListToCheck);
+
+{$endif}
+
+Implementation
+
+End.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/mci.pas b/packages/os2units/src/mci.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3d9747d19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/mci.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,2523 @@
+{
+    Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993 International Business Machines Corporation
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Andry Svirgunov (cool2@ngs.ru)
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru)
+
+    This is Media Control Interface of MMPM/2
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) as
+    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+    License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is
+    distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+    See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should
+    have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+ **********************************************************************}
+
+{
+@abstract(Media Control Interface of MMPM/2)
+@author(Andry Svirgunov (cool2@ngs.ru))
+@author(Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru))
+@created(29 Nov 2002)
+@lastmod(05 Dec 2002)
+This is Media Control Interface of MMPM/2.
+Warning: This code is alfa. Future versions of this unit will propably
+not be compatible.
+}
+Unit mci;
+
+Interface
+
+Uses
+  mmbase,
+  os2def,
+  pmgpi;
+
+Const
+  MCI_TRUE                      = 1;
+  MCI_FALSE                     = 0;
+
+  // MCI command message identifiers
+  MCI_OPEN                      = 1;
+  MCI_CLOSE                     = 2;
+  MCI_ESCAPE                    = 3;
+  MCI_PLAY                      = 4;
+  MCI_SEEK                      = 5;
+  MCI_STOP                      = 6;
+  MCI_PAUSE                     = 7;
+  MCI_INFO                      = 8;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS                = 9;
+  MCI_STATUS                    = 10;
+  MCI_SPIN                      = 11;
+  MCI_SET                       = 12;
+  MCI_STEP                      = 13;
+  MCI_RECORD                    = 14;
+  MCI_SYSINFO                   = 15;
+  MCI_SAVE                      = 16;
+  MCI_CUE                       = 17;
+  MCI_UPDATE                    = 18;
+  MCI_SET_CUEPOINT              = 19;
+  MCI_SET_POSITION_ADVISE       = 20;
+  MCI_SET_SYNC_OFFSET           = 21;
+  MCI_LOAD                      = 22;
+  MCI_ACQUIREDEVICE             = 23;
+  MCI_RELEASEDEVICE             = 24;
+  MCI_MASTERAUDIO               = 25;
+  MCI_GETTOC                    = 26;
+  MCI_DEVICESETTINGS            = 27;
+  MCI_CONNECTOR                 = 28;
+  MCI_RESUME                    = 29;
+  MCI_CONNECTORINFO             = 31;
+  MCI_DEFAULT_CONNECTION        = 32;
+  MCI_CONNECTION                = 33;
+  MCI_GROUP                     = 34;
+  MCI_NETWORD_DEFAULT_CONNECTION= 35;
+
+  // MCI command message identifiers reserved for Digital Video and Video Overlay
+  MCI_CAPTURE                   = 40;
+  MCI_FREEZE                    = 41;
+  MCI_GETIMAGEBUFFER            = 42;
+  MCI_GETIMAGEPALETTE           = 43;
+  MCI_PUT                       = 44;
+  MCI_REALIZE                   = 45;
+  MCI_REWIND                    = 46;
+  MCI_RESTORE                   = 47;
+  MCI_SETIMAGEBUFFER            = 48;
+  MCI_SETIMAGEPALETTE           = 49;
+  MCI_UNFREEZE                  = 50;
+  MCI_WHERE                     = 51;
+  MCI_WINDOW                    = 52;
+
+  MCI_DELETE                    = 53;
+  MCI_CUT                       = 54;
+  MCI_PASTE                     = 55;
+  MCI_COPY                      = 56;
+  MCI_REDO                      = 57;
+  MCI_UNDO                      = 58;
+  MCI_MIXNOTIFY                 = 59;
+  MCI_SETTUNER                  = 60;
+  MCI_FILTER                    = 61;
+  MCI_BUFFER                    = 62;
+  MCI_MIXSETUP                  = 63;
+
+  MCI_MAX_COMMAND               = 64;
+
+Type
+  RECT = LongInt;
+  HDCT = LongInt;
+
+Const
+  // this and all subsequent message ID's are reserved for the user
+  MCI_USER_MESSAGES             = 2000;
+
+  // Special Device ID for "all"
+  MCI_ALL_DEVICE_ID             = $FFFF;
+
+  // MCI implementation limits
+  MAX_DEVICE_NAME               = 20;
+  MAX_ALIAS_NAME                = 20;
+  MAX_PRODINFO                  = 40;
+  MAX_EXTENSION_NAME            = 4;
+  MAX_DEV_PARAMS                = 128;
+  MAX_VERSION_NUMBER            = 6;
+  MAX_PDD_NAME                  = 9;
+  MAX_DLL_NAME                  = 260;
+  MAX_CLASSES                   = 10;
+  MAX_CONNECTORS                = 10;
+  MAX_EXTENSIONS                = 25;
+  MAX_TYPEBUFFER                = 256;
+
+  // MCI Device Type Constants
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_VIDEOTAPE         = 1;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_VIDEODISC         = 2;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_CD_AUDIO          = 3;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_DAT               = 4;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_AUDIO_TAPE        = 5;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_OTHER             = 6;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_WAVEFORM_AUDIO    = 7;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_SEQUENCER         = 8;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_AUDIO_AMPMIX      = 9;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_OVERLAY           = 10;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_ANIMATION         = 11;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_DIGITAL_VIDEO     = 12;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_SPEAKER           = 13;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_HEADPHONE         = 14;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_MICROPHONE        = 15;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_MONITOR           = 16;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_CDXA              = 17;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_FILTER            = 18;
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_TTS               = 19;
+
+  // MCI Device Type Names
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_VIDEOTAPE_NAME    = 'Videotape';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_VIDEODISC_NAME    = 'Videodisc';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_CD_AUDIO_NAME     = 'CDaudio';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_DAT_NAME          = 'DAT';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_AUDIO_TAPE_NAME   = 'Audiotape';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_OTHER_NAME        = 'Other';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_WAVEFORM_AUDIO_NAME = 'Waveaudio';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_SEQUENCER_NAME    = 'Sequencer';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_AUDIO_AMPMIX_NAME = 'Ampmix';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_OVERLAY_NAME      = 'Overlay';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_ANIMATION_NAME    = 'Animation';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_DIGITAL_VIDEO_NAME= 'Digitalvideo';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_SPEAKER_NAME      = 'Speaker';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_HEADPHONE_NAME    = 'Headphone';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_MICROPHONE_NAME   = 'Microphone';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_MONITOR_NAME      = 'Monitor';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_CDXA_NAME         = 'CDXA';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_FILTER_NAME       = 'Filter';
+  MCI_DEVTYPE_TTS_NAME          = 'Texttospeech';
+  MCI_MAX_SYSTEM_DEVICE_NAMES   = 19;
+
+
+  // Getdevcaps, set, and status item base values
+  MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE             = $1000;
+  MCI_CD_ITEM_BASE              = $2000;
+  MCI_CDXA_ITEM_BASE            = $3000;
+  MCI_VD_ITEM_BASE              = $4000;
+  MCI_SEQ_ITEM_BASE             = $5000;
+  MCI_WAVE_ITEM_BASE            = $6000;
+  MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE             = $7000;
+  MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE             = $8000;
+  MCI_OVLY_ITEM_BASE            = $9000;
+
+  // Flags for mciDriverNotify
+  MCI_NOTIFY_SUCCESSFUL         = $0000;
+  MCI_NOTIFY_SUPERSEDED         = $0001;
+  MCI_NOTIFY_ABORTED            = $0002;
+  MCI_NOTIFY_ERROR              = $0003;
+  // mciDriverNotify  Message Types
+  MM_MCINOTIFY                  = $0500;
+  MM_MCIPASSDEVICE              = $0501;
+  MM_MCIPOSITIONCHANGE          = $0502;
+  MM_MCICUEPOINT                = $0503;
+  MM_MCIPLAYLISTMESSAGE         = $0504;
+  MM_MCIEVENT                   = $0505;
+  MM_MCISYNCH                   = $0506;
+
+  MCI_LOSING_USE                = $00000001;
+  MCI_GAINING_USE               = $00000002;
+
+  // Common message flags 0x000000XX are reserved for common flags                      */
+  MCI_NOTIFY                    = $00000001;
+  MCI_WAIT                      = $00000002;
+  MCI_FROM                      = $00000004;
+  MCI_TO                        = $00000008;
+  MCI_MILLISECONDS              = $00000010;
+  MCI_TRACK                     = $00000020;
+  MCI_OVER                      = $00000040;
+  MCI_TEST                      = $00000080;
+  MCI_TO_BUFFER                 = $00000100;
+  MCI_FROM_BUFFER               = $00000200;
+  MCI_CONVERT_FORMAT            = $00000400;
+
+  // Time formats
+  MCI_FORMAT_MILLISECONDS       = $00000001;
+  MCI_FORMAT_mmTime             = $00000002;
+  MCI_FORMAT_MSF                = $00000005;
+  MCI_FORMAT_TMSF               = $00000006;
+  MCI_FORMAT_CHAPTERS           = $00000007;
+  MCI_FORMAT_FRAMES             = $00000008;
+  MCI_FORMAT_HMS                = $00000009;
+  MCI_FORMAT_TRACKS             = $0000000A;
+  MCI_FORMAT_BYTES              = $0000000B;
+  MCI_FORMAT_SAMPLES            = $0000000C;
+  MCI_FORMAT_HMSF               = $0000000D;
+  MCI_FORMAT_SET_SMPTE_24       = $0000000E;
+  MCI_FORMAT_SET_SMPTE_25       = $0000000F;
+  MCI_FORMAT_SET_SMPTE_30       = $00000010;
+  MCI_FORMAT_SET_SMPTE_30DROP   = $00000011;
+  MCI_FORMAT_SET_SONGPTR        = $00000012;
+  MCI_FORMAT_uSec               = $00000013;
+
+  // Speed formats
+  MCI_FORMAT_PERCENTAGE         = $00000003;
+  MCI_FORMAT_FPS                = $00000004;
+
+//  Time format conversions functions
+
+function mSecFromMM(Value: mmTime): LongInt;
+
+function mSecToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+
+function RedBookToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+
+function fps24ToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+
+function fps25ToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+
+function fps30ToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+
+function HMSToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+
+// The +20 is used for rounding purposes.  It is derived by:
+//   1/2 * ((300 MMTIME/SEC / (75 FRAMES/SEC)) = 20 MMTIME/HALF-FRAME
+function RedBookFromMM(Value: mmTime): Cardinal;
+
+function FPS24FromMM(Value: mmTime): Cardinal;
+
+function FPS25FromMM(value: mmTime): Cardinal;
+
+function FPS30FromMM(value: mmTime): Cardinal;
+
+function HMSFromMM(value: mmTime): Cardinal;
+
+function tmsf_track(time: mmTime): Byte;
+
+function tmsf_minute(time: mmTime): Byte;
+
+function tmsf_second(time: mmTime): Byte;
+
+function tmsf_frame(time: mmTime): Byte;
+
+function msf_minute(time: mmTime): Byte;
+
+function msf_second(time: mmTime): Byte;
+
+function msf_frame(time: mmTime): Byte;
+
+//  BYTE ACCESS WITH A DWORD MACROS
+function uLong_lwlb(var ul): Byte;   // Low word low byte
+
+function uLong_lwhb(var ul): Byte;   // Low word high byte
+
+function uLong_hwlb(var ul): Byte;   // High word low byte
+
+function uLong_hwhb(var ul): Byte;   // High word high byte
+
+function uLong_lowd(var ul): Word;   // Low word
+
+function uLong_hiwd(var ul): Word;   // High word
+
+// parameters for default command messages with empty parameter lists
+type
+  mci_Generic_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback : hwnd;
+  end;
+  pmci_Generic_Parms = ^mci_Generic_Parms;
+
+// flags for the MCI_ACQUIREDEVICE message
+//     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_ACQUIREDEVICE flags
+Const
+  MCI_EXCLUSIVE                 = $00000100;
+  MCI_EXCLUSIVE_INSTANCE        = $00000200;
+  MCI_ACQUIRE_QUEUE             = $00000400;
+
+  // flags for the MCI_CAPTURE message                                 */
+  //     0x0000XX00 are reserved for MCI_CAPTURE flags                 */
+  //     MCI_CONVERT is used by MCI_GETIMAGEBUFFER, MCI_SETIMAGEBUFFER */
+  //                            MCI_CAPTURE, and MCI_RESTORE           */
+  MCI_CAPTURE_RECT              = $00000100;
+  MCI_CONVERT                   = $00001000;
+type
+  // parameter structure for the MCI_CAPTURE message                   */
+  mci_Capture_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback : hwnd;
+    Rect         : RectL;
+  end;
+  pmci_Capture_Parms = ^mci_Capture_Parms;
+
+  // flags for MCI_CONNECTOR and MCI_CONNECTION messages               */
+Const
+  MCI_ENABLE_CONNECTOR          = $00000100;
+  MCI_DISABLE_CONNECTOR         = $00000200;
+  MCI_QUERY_CONNECTOR_STATUS    = $00000400;
+  MCI_CONNECTOR_TYPE            = $00000800;
+  MCI_CONNECTOR_INDEX           = $00001000;
+  MCI_TO_CONNECTOR_INDEX        = $00002000;
+  MCI_TO_CONNECTOR_TYPE         = $00004000;
+  MCI_QUERY_CONNECTION          = $00008000;
+  MCI_MAKE_CONNECTION           = $00010000;
+  MCI_BREAK_CONNECTION          = $00020000;
+  MCI_ENUMERATE_CONNECTORS      = $00040000;
+  MCI_QUERY_CONNECTOR_TYPE      = $00080000;
+  MCI_QUERY_VALID_CONNECTION    = $00100000;
+  MCI_CONNECTOR_ALIAS           = $00200000;
+  MCI_EXTERNAL_CONNECTION       = $00400000;
+
+  // Connector types
+  MCI_MIDI_STREAM_CONNECTOR     = $00000001;
+  MCI_CD_STREAM_CONNECTOR       = $00000002;
+  MCI_WAVE_STREAM_CONNECTOR     = $00000003;
+  MCI_AMP_STREAM_CONNECTOR      = $00000004;
+  MCI_XA_STREAM_CONNECTOR       = $00000005;
+  MCI_HEADPHONES_CONNECTOR      = $00000006;
+  MCI_SPEAKERS_CONNECTOR        = $00000007;
+  MCI_MICROPHONE_CONNECTOR      = $00000008;
+  MCI_LINE_IN_CONNECTOR         = $00000009;
+  MCI_LINE_OUT_CONNECTOR        = $0000000a;
+  MCI_VIDEO_IN_CONNECTOR        = $0000000b;
+  MCI_VIDEO_OUT_CONNECTOR       = $0000000c;
+  MCI_PHONE_SET_CONNECTOR       = $0000000d;
+  MCI_PHONE_LINE_CONNECTOR      = $0000000e;
+  MCI_AUDIO_IN_CONNECTOR        = $0000000f;
+  MCI_AUDIO_OUT_CONNECTOR       = $00000010;
+  MCI_UNIVERSAL_CONNECTOR       = $00000011;
+  MCI_INTERNAL_AUDIO_CONNECTOR  = $00000012;
+  MCI_MIDI_IN_CONNECTOR         = $00000013;
+  MCI_MIDI_OUT_CONNECTOR        = $00000014;
+  MCI_NULL_CONNECTOR            = $00000015;
+
+Type
+  // parameter structure for the MCI_CONNECTION message
+  mci_Connection_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulConnectorType  : LongInt;                  // Connector type
+    ulConnectorIndex : LongInt;                  // Connector index
+    pszAlias         : pChar;                  // Connection device alias
+    usToDeviceID     : Integer;                 // Connected to device ID
+    usReserved0      : Integer;                 // Reserved field
+    ulReserved1      : LongInt;                  // Reserved field
+    ulReserved2      : LongInt;                  // Reserved field
+  end;
+  pmci_Connection_Parms = ^mci_Connection_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_CONNECTOR message                 */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  mci_Connector_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulReturn         : LongInt;                  // Return information
+    ulConnectorType  : LongInt;                  // If specified, ulConnectorIndex is relative
+                                               // to the specified connector type
+    ulConnectorIndex : LongInt;                  // Connector number
+  end;
+  pmci_Connector_Parms = ^mci_Connector_Parms;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // Flags for use with ulParam1                                       */
+      //********************************************************************/
+
+CONST
+      MCI_MIXSETUP_INIT            =$00010000;
+      MCI_MIXSETUP_DEINIT          =$00020000;
+      MCI_MIXSETUP_QUERYMODE       =$00040000;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_BUFFER    message                 */
+      //********************************************************************/
+Type
+        mci_mix_buffer = record
+         ulStructLength:LongInt;   // Length of the structure          */
+         pBuffer:Pointer;          // Pointer to a buffer              */
+         ulBufferLength:LongInt;   // Length of the buffer             */
+         ulFlags:LongInt;          // Flags                            */
+         ulUserParm:LongInt;       // Caller parameter                 */
+         ulTime:LongInt;           // OUT--Current time in MS          */
+         ulReserved1:LongInt;      // Unused.                          */
+         ulReserved2:LongInt;      // Unused.                          */
+         end;
+
+      PMCI_MIX_BUFFER=^mci_mix_buffer;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // valid options for the ulFlags field of MCI_MIX_BUFFER             */
+      //********************************************************************/
+
+CONST
+      MIX_BUFFER_EOS                =$00000001;
+
+type
+  MixerProc=Function(ulHandle:LongInt;pBuffer:PMCI_MIX_BUFFER;ulFlags:LongInt):Longint; cdecl;
+  MixerEvent=Function(ulStatus:LongInt;pBuffer:PMCI_MIX_BUFFER;ulFlags:LongInt):LongInt; cdecl;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // valid returns for the ulFlags param of the MIXEREVENT entry       */
+      //********************************************************************/
+
+CONST
+      MIX_STREAM_ERROR             =$00000080;
+      MIX_READ_COMPLETE            =$00000001;
+      MIX_WRITE_COMPLETE           =$00000002;
+
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_MIXSETUP_PARMS message            */
+      //********************************************************************/
+
+TYPE MCI_MIXSETUP_PARMS = record
+         hwndCallback:HWND;     // PM window handle for MCI notify message      */
+         ulBitsPerSample:LongInt;  // IN Number of Bits per Sample                 */
+         ulFormatTag:LongInt;      // IN Format Tag                                */
+         ulSamplesPerSec:LongInt;  // IN Sampling Rate                             */
+         ulChannels:LongInt;       // IN Number of channels                        */
+         ulFormatMode:LongInt;     // IN Either MCI_RECORD or MCI_PLAY             */
+         ulDeviceType:LongInt;     // IN MCI_DEVTYPE (i.e. DEVTYPE_WAVEFORM etc.)  */
+         ulMixHandle:LongInt;      // OUT--mixer returns handle for write/read     */
+         pmixWrite:MixerProc;        // OUT-Mixer Write Routine entry point          */
+         pmixRead:MixerProc;         // OUT-Mixer Read Routine entry point           */
+         pmixEvent:MixerEvent;        // IN--Mixer Read Routine entry point           */
+         pExtendedInfo:Pointer;    // Ptr to extended wave information             */
+         ulBufferSize:longInt;     // OUT--suggested buffer size for current mode  */
+         ulNumBuffers:LongInt;     // OUT--suggested # of buffers for current mode */
+         end;
+
+pmci_mixsetup_parms=^mci_mixsetup_parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // Flags for use with ulParam1                                       */
+      //********************************************************************/
+
+CONST
+
+      MCI_BUFFER_QUERY         =$00010000;
+      MCI_BUFFER_SET           =$00020000;
+      MCI_ALLOCATE_MEMORY      =$00040000;
+      MCI_DEALLOCATE_MEMORY    =$00080000;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_BUFFER    message                 */
+      //********************************************************************/
+type mci_buffer_parms=record
+         hwndCallback:hwnd;     // PM window handle for MCI notify message    */
+         ulStructLength:longint;   // Length of the MCI Buffer command           */
+         ulNumBuffers:longInt;     // Number of buffers MCI driver should use    */
+         ulBufferSize:longint;     // Size of buffers MCI driver should use      */
+         ulMinToStart:longint;     // Min number of buffers to create a stream.  */
+         ulSrcStart:longint;       // # of EMPTY buffers required to start Source*/
+         ulTgtStart:longint;       // # of FULL buffers required to start Target */
+
+         pBufList:pointer;         // Pointer to a list of buffers               */
+
+         end;
+ pmci_buffer_parms=^mci_buffer_parms;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_CONNECTORINFO message             */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  mci_ConnectorInfo_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulReturn         : Longint;                  // Return information
+    ulDeviceTypeID   : Longint;                  // MCI device type
+    ulConnectorType  : Longint;                  // If specified, ulConnectorIndex is relative
+                                               // to the specified connector type
+    ulConnectorIndex : Longint;                  // Connector number
+    ulToConnectorType: Longint;                  // Connector type to test if
+                                               // MCI_QUERY_VALID_CONNECTION is specified
+  end;
+  pmci_ConnectorInfo_Parms = ^mci_ConnectorInfo_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags for the MCI_CUE message                                     */
+      //     0x00000x00 are reserved for MCI_CUE flags                     */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_CUE_INPUT                 = $00000100;
+  MCI_CUE_OUTPUT                = $00000200;
+  MCI_SHOW                      = $00000400;
+  MCI_NOSHOW                    = $00000800;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // Additional flags for Wave Audio for MCI_CUE   */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_WAVE_INPUT                = $00001000;
+  MCI_WAVE_OUTPUT               = $00002000;
+
+      //****************************************************************************/
+      // the MCI_CONNLIST structure used in the NETWORK_DEFAULT_CONNECTION message */
+      //****************************************************************************/
+type mci_connlist=record
+         ulFromDevice: LongInt;  // Ordinal position of device within pDevices array */
+         ulSrcConnType: LongInt; // Type of source connector                         */
+         ulSrcConnNum: LongInt;  // Source Connector Number                          */
+         ulToDevice: LongInt;    // Ordinal position of device within pDevices array */
+         ulTgtConnType: LongInt; // Type of target connector                         */
+         ulTgtConnNum: Longint;  // Target Connector Number                          */
+         end;
+      pmci_connlist=^mci_connlist;
+
+
+      //****************************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_NETWORK_DEFAULT_CONNECTION message        */
+      //****************************************************************************/
+type mci_network_default_connection_parms=record
+     hwndCallback:HWND;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message    */
+     szInstallName:ARRAY [0..MAX_DEVICE_NAME] of Char; // Name of section containing default conn.   */
+     ulNumDevices:LongInt;                   // Number of additional devices in connection */
+     ulNumPlayConnections:LongInt;           // Number of Play connections                 */
+     ulNumRecordConnections:LongInt;         // Number of Record connections               */
+     pDevices:ARRAY [0..MAX_DEVICE_NAME] of ^Char;    // Pointer to array of device names to open   */
+     pPlayConnections:PMCI_CONNLIST;               // Pointer to array of connections to "make"  */
+     pRecordConnections:PMCI_CONNLIST;             // Pointer to array of connections to "make"  */
+     end;
+type pmci_network_default_connection_parms=^mci_network_default_connection_parms;
+
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // Additional flags for MCI_NETWORK_DEFAULT_CONNECTION */
+      //******************************************************/
+CONST
+      MCI_RECORD_DEFAULTS             =$00000004;
+      MCI_PLAY_DEFAULTS               =$00000008;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_DEFAULT_CONNECTION message        */
+      //********************************************************************/
+type  mci_Default_Connection_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    pszDevice        : pChar;                  // Device name
+    ulConnectorType  : LongInt;                  // If specified, ulConnectorIndex is relative
+                                               // to the specified connector type
+    ulConnectorIndex : LongInt;                  // Connector number
+    pszToDevice      : pChar;                  // Return device name to which the connection exists
+    ulToConnectorType: LongInt;                  // Connector type
+    ulToConnectorIndex:LongInt;                  // Connector number
+  end;
+  pmci_Default_Connection_Parms = ^mci_Default_Connection_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_DEVICESETTINGS message            */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  mci_DeviceSettings_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    hwndNotebook     : hwnd;                   // Hwhd to notebook window
+    usDeviceType     : Integer;                 // Device type
+    pszDeviceName    : pChar;                  // Device name
+  end;
+  pmci_DeviceSettings_Parms = ^mci_DeviceSettings_Parms;
+
+      //*********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_CUT / COPY / DELETE / UNDO / etc...*/
+      //*********************************************************************/
+  mci_Edit_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulStructLen      : Longint;                  // Length of the Structure
+    ulFrom           : Longint;                  // Beginning Point of Range
+    ulTo             : Longint;                  // ending point of range
+    pBuff            : Pointer;                // user buffer
+    ulBufLen         : Longint;                  // length of user buffer
+    pHeader          : Pointer;                // header which describes the buffer
+  end;
+  pmci_Edit_Parms = ^mci_Edit_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags and parameter structure for the MCI_ESCAPE message          */
+      //     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_ESCAPE flags                  */
+      //********************************************************************/
+const
+  mci_Escape_String             = $00000100;
+
+type
+  mci_Escape_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    pszCommand       : pChar;                  // Command to send to the device
+  end;
+  pmci_Escape_Parms = ^mci_Escape_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags for the MCI_FREEZE message                                  */
+      //     0x0000XX00 are reserved for MCI_FREEZE flags                  */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_OVLY_FREEZE_RECT          = $00000100;
+  MCI_OVLY_FREEZE_RECT_OUTSIDE  = $00000200;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags for the MCI_GETDEVCAPS message                              */
+      //     0x00XXXX00 are reserved for MCI_GETDEVCAPS flags              */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_MESSAGE        = $00000100;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_ITEM           = $00000200;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_EXTENDED       = $00000400;
+      //************************************************/
+      // General MCI_GETDEVCAPS item values            */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_EJECT                                                = $00000001;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_LOCKEJECT  = $00000002;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_PLAY       = $00000003;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_PROCESS_INTERNAL = $00000004;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_RECORD     = $00000005;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_RECORD_INSERT    = $00000006;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_SAVE       = $00000007;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_SETVOLUME  = $00000008;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_STREAM     = $00000009;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_DEVICE_TYPE    = $0000000A;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_HAS_AUDIO      = $0000000B;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_HAS_VIDEO      = $0000000C;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_PREROLL_TIME   = $0000000D;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_PREROLL_TYPE   = $0000000E;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_USES_FILES     = $0000000F;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_HAS_IMAGE      = $00000010;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_WAVE_FORMAT    = $00000011;
+  MCI_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_CLOSE_DOOR = $00000012;
+
+      //**********************************************/
+      // return ID's for videodisc MCI_GETDEVCAPS    */
+      //**********************************************/
+  MCI_VD_MEDIA_CLV=$00000001;
+  MCI_VD_MEDIA_CAV=$00000002;
+  MCI_VD_MEDIA_OTHER=$00000003;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_GETDEVCAPS item values for video devices  */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_STRETCH         = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_DISTORT         = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+1;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_VIDEO_X_EXTENT      = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+2;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_VIDEO_Y_EXTENT      = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+3;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_IMAGE_X_EXTENT      = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+4;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_IMAGE_Y_EXTENT      = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+5;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_MAX_WINDOWS         = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+6;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_FREEZE          = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+7;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_OVERLAY_GRAPHICS    = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+8;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_REVERSE         = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+9;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_FAST_RATE           = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+10;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_SLOW_RATE           = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+11;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_NORMAL_RATE         = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+12;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_MINIMUM_RATE        = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+13;
+  MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_MAXIMUM_RATE        = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+14;
+
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_GETDEVCAPS flag values for Videodisc      */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_VD_GETDEVCAPS_CLV                  = $00000400;
+  MCI_VD_GETDEVCAPS_CAV                  = $00000800;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_GETDEVCAPS item values for Videodisc      */
+      //************************************************/
+
+  MCI_VD_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_REVERSE          = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_REVERSE;
+  MCI_VD_GETDEVCAPS_FAST_RATE            = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_FAST_RATE;
+  MCI_VD_GETDEVCAPS_SLOW_RATE            = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_SLOW_RATE;
+  MCI_VD_GETDEVCAPS_NORMAL_RATE          = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_NORMAL_RATE;
+  MCI_VD_GETDEVCAPS_MINIMUM_RATE         = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_MINIMUM_RATE;
+  MCI_VD_GETDEVCAPS_MAXIMUM_RATE         = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_MAXIMUM_RATE;
+      //***********************************************/
+      // MCI_GETDEVCAPS item values for Digital Video */
+      //***********************************************/
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_REVERSE         = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_REVERSE;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_STRETCH         = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_STRETCH;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_DISTORT         = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_DISTORT;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_FAST_RATE           = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_FAST_RATE;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_SLOW_RATE           = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_SLOW_RATE;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_NORMAL_RATE         = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_NORMAL_RATE;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_MINIMUM_RATE        = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_MINIMUM_RATE;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_MAXIMUM_RATE        = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_MAXIMUM_RATE;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_VIDEO_X_EXTENT      = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_VIDEO_X_EXTENT;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_VIDEO_Y_EXTENT      = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_VIDEO_Y_EXTENT;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_IMAGE_X_EXTENT      = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_IMAGE_X_EXTENT;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_IMAGE_Y_EXTENT      = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_IMAGE_Y_EXTENT;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_MAX_WINDOWS         = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_MAX_WINDOWS;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_OVERLAY_GRAPHICS    = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_OVERLAY_GRAPHICS;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_HAS_TUNER           = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_HAS_TELETEX         = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+1;
+  MCI_DGV_GETDEVCAPS_HAS_AFC             = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+2;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_GETDEVCAPS item values for Video Overlay  */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_OVLY_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_STRETCH        = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_STRETCH;
+  MCI_OVLY_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_DISTORT        = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_DISTORT;
+  MCI_OVLY_GETDEVCAPS_VIDEO_X_EXTENT     = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_VIDEO_X_EXTENT;
+  MCI_OVLY_GETDEVCAPS_VIDEO_Y_EXTENT     = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_VIDEO_Y_EXTENT;
+  MCI_OVLY_GETDEVCAPS_IMAGE_X_EXTENT     = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_IMAGE_X_EXTENT;
+  MCI_OVLY_GETDEVCAPS_IMAGE_Y_EXTENT     = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_IMAGE_Y_EXTENT;
+  MCI_OVLY_GETDEVCAPS_MAX_WINDOWS        = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_MAX_WINDOWS;
+  MCI_OVLY_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_FREEZE         = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_CAN_FREEZE;
+  MCI_OVLY_GETDEVCAPS_OVERLAY_GRAPHICS   = MCI_VID_GETDEVCAPS_OVERLAY_GRAPHICS;
+
+  MCI_PREROLL_NOTIFIED                   = $00000001;
+  MCI_PREROLL_DETERMINISTIC              = $00000002;
+  MCI_PREROLL_NONE                       = $00000003;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_GETDEVCAPS message                */
+      //********************************************************************/
+TYPE
+  mci_GetDevCaps_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulReturn         : Longint;                  // Return field
+    ulItem           : Longint;                  // Item field for GETDEVCAPS item to query
+    usMessage        : integer;                 // Field to hold MCI message to query
+    usReserved0      : integer;                 // Reserved field
+  end;
+  pmci_GetDevCaps_Parms = ^mci_GetDevCaps_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_WAVE_GETDEVCAPS                   */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  mci_Wave_GetDevCaps_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulReturn         : Longint;                  // Return field
+    ulItem           : Longint;                  // Item field for GETDEVCAPS item to query
+    usMessage        : Integer;                 // Field to hold MCI message to query
+    usReserved0      : Integer;                 // Reserved field
+    ulLength         : Longint;                  // Length of structure in ULONGS
+    ulBitsPerSample  : Longint;                  // Number of Bits per Sample
+    ulFormatTag      : Longint;                  // Format Tag
+    ulSamplesPerSec  : Longint;                  // Sampling Rate
+    ulChannels       : Longint;                  // Number of channels
+    ulFormatMode     : Longint;                  // Either MCI_RECORD or MCI_PLAY
+  end;
+  pmci_Wave_GetDevCaps_Parms = ^mci_Wave_GetDevCaps_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // potential values for the ulValue field of MCI_AMP_GETDEVCAPS  */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_SET_MONITOR                 = $00000001;
+  MCI_SET_MONITOR_AUDIO           = $00000002;
+  MCI_SET_MONITOR_VIDEO           = $00000003;
+  MCI_SET_RECORD                  = $00000004;
+
+  // MCI_SET flags for amp/mixer;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_BALANCE             = $00100000;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_PITCH               = $00200000;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_TREBLE              = $00400000;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_BASS                = $00800000;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_GAIN                = $01000000;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_ALC                 = $00000004;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_AUDIO               = $00000008;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_CROSSOVER           = $00000010;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_LOUDNESS            = $00000020;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_MUTE                = $00000040;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_REVERB              = $00000080;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_STEREOENHANCE       = $00000100;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_CUSTOM1             = $00000200;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_CUSTOM2             = $00000400;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_CUSTOM3             = $00000800;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_LRVOLUME            = $00001000;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_MID                 = $00020000;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_CHORUS              = $00004000;  // typo? 40000?
+  MCI_AMP_SET_VOLUME              = $00080000;  // MCI_SET_VOLUME;
+  MCI_AMP_SET_MONITOR             = MCI_SET_MONITOR_AUDIO;
+
+  // Potential values for the ulValue field of MCI_AMP_GETDEVCAPS
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_MONITOR         = MCI_AMP_SET_MONITOR;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_BALANCE         = MCI_AMP_SET_BALANCE;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_ALC             = MCI_AMP_SET_ALC;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_CROSSOVER       = MCI_AMP_SET_CROSSOVER;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_LOUDNESS        = MCI_AMP_SET_LOUDNESS;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_MUTE            = MCI_AMP_SET_MUTE;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_REVERB          = MCI_AMP_SET_REVERB;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_STEREOENHANCE   = MCI_AMP_SET_STEREOENHANCE;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_CUSTOM1         = MCI_AMP_SET_CUSTOM1;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_CUSTOM2         = MCI_AMP_SET_CUSTOM2;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_CUSTOM3         = MCI_AMP_SET_CUSTOM3;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_LRVOLUME        = MCI_AMP_SET_LRVOLUME;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_BASS            = MCI_AMP_SET_BASS;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_MID             = MCI_AMP_SET_MID;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_TREBLE          = MCI_AMP_SET_TREBLE;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_PITCH           = MCI_AMP_SET_PITCH;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_GAIN            = MCI_AMP_SET_GAIN;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_CHORUS          = MCI_AMP_SET_CHORUS;
+  MCI_AMP_CAN_SET_VOLUME          = MCI_AMP_SET_VOLUME;
+
+      //************************************************************************/
+      // potential values for the ulExtended field of MCI_AMP_GETDEVCAPS_PARMS */
+      //************************************************************************/
+  MCI_MIXER_LINE                  = $00000001;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_AMP_GETDEVCAPS                    */
+      //********************************************************************/
+type
+  mci_Amp_GetDevCaps_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback  : Longint;                     // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulReturn      : Longint;                     // Return field
+    ulItem        : Longint;                     // Item field for GETDEVCAPS item to query
+    usMessage     : Integer;                    // Field to hold MCI message to query
+    usReserved0   : Integer;                    // Reserved field
+    ulLength      : LongInt;                     // Length of structure in uLongS
+    ulValue       : LongInt;                     // Value to determine caps
+    ulAttribute   : LongInt;                     // Flags to modified the extended parms
+    ulExtended    : LongInt;                     // Extended flags field
+  end;
+  pmci_Amp_GetDevCaps_Parms = ^mci_Amp_GetDevCaps_Parms;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // values for the ulFlags field of MCI_MIXEVENT_PARMS                */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_MIX_ATTRIBUTE             = $00000001;
+  MCI_MIX_CONNECTOR             = $00000002;
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // values for the lParam field for mix_notify                        */
+      //********************************************************************/
+
+  MCI_MIXNOTIFY_ON              = $00000004;
+  MCI_MIXNOTIFY_OFF             = $00000008;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // value to indicate type of MM_MCIEVENT                             */
+      //********************************************************************/
+
+  MCI_MIXEVENT                  = $00000001;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_MIXEVENT_PARMS                    */
+      //********************************************************************/
+type
+  mci_MixEvent_Parms = record
+    ulLength         : Longint;                  // Length of struct
+    hwndMixer        : hwnd;                   // window to inform of mixer changes
+    ulFlags          : Longint;                  // Either MCI_MIX_ATTRIBUTE
+                                               //      or MCI_MIX_CONNECTOR
+    usDeviceID       : Integer;                 // device id to notify of the change
+    ulDeviceType     : LongInt;                  // Device Type which generated the change
+    ulDeviceOrdinal  : LongInt;                  // Ordinal of device Type
+    ulAttribute      : LongInt;                  // Attribute that changed(volume, bass etc.)
+    ulValue          : LongInt;                  // new value of the attribute which changed
+    ulConnectorType  : LongInt;                  // Connector Type
+    ulConnectorIndex : LongInt;                  // Connector Index
+    ulConnStatus     : LongInt;                  // Is connector enabled/disabled.
+  end;
+  pmci_MixEvent_Parms = ^mci_MixEvent_Parms;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flag values for the MCI_GETIMAGEBUFFER and MCI_SETIMAGEBUFFER msg */
+      //     0x0000XX00 are reserved for MCI_GETIMAGEBUFFER and            */
+      //       MCI_SETIMAGEBUFFER Flags                                    */
+      //     MCI_CONVERT is defined by MCI_CAPTURE message as 0x00001000L  */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_USE_HW_BUFFER             = $00000400;
+  MCI_GET_HW_BUFFER_PTR         = $00000800;
+
+      //**************************************************/
+      // parm structure for MCI_GETIMAGEBUFFER and       */
+      //                    MCI_SETIMAGEBUFFER messages  */
+      //**************************************************/
+type
+  mci_Image_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback       : hwnd;                 // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulPelFormat        : Longint;                // Format of the image data returned
+    usBitCount         : Integer;               // Number of bitsimage data returned
+    usReserved0        : Integer;               // Reserved field
+    ulImageCompression : LongInt;                //
+    rect               : RectL;                // Image area to get/set
+    pPelBuffer         : Pointer;              // Pel data buffer
+    ulPelBufferHeight  : LongInt;                // Number of rows in buffer
+    ulPelBufferWidth   : LongInt;                // Pels per row in buffer
+    ulBufLen           : LongInt;                // Pel data buffer length in bytes
+  end;
+  pmci_Image_Parms = ^mci_Image_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags for the MCI_GETIMAGEPALETTE message                         */
+      //     0x0000XX00 are reserved for MCI_GETIMAGEPALETTE flags         */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_FIND_BEST_REGISTERED      = $00000100;
+  MCI_QUERY_REGISTERED_MAP      = $00000200;
+  MCI_QUERY_REGISTERED_MAP_SIZE = $00000400;
+
+
+      //**************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for MCI_GETIMAGEPALETTE and */
+      //    MCI_SETIMAGEPALETTE messages                 */
+      //**************************************************/
+type
+  mci_Palette_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    usRegisteredMap  : Integer;                 // Id of the palette from the registed color map
+    usReserved0      : Integer;                 // Reserved field
+    ulPalEntries     : LongInt;                  // size of the palette returned
+    pPalette         : Pointer;                // pointer to the palette
+  end;
+  pmci_Palette_Parms = ^mci_Palette_Parms;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // Parameter structure for the MCI_GETTOC message                    */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  mci_Toc_Rec = record
+    TrackNum         : BYTE;                   // Returned Track Number
+    ulStartAddr      : LongInt;                  // Starting address of the track in MMTIME format
+    ulEndAddr        : LongInt;                  // Ending address of the track in MMTIME format
+    Control          : BYTE;                   // Track Control information
+    usCountry        : Integer;                 // Country
+    ulOwner          : LongInt;                  // Owner
+    ulSerialNum      : LongInt;                  // Serial Number
+  end;
+  pTocRec = ^mci_Toc_Rec;
+
+  mci_Toc_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    pBuf             : pTocRec;                // Pointer to array MCI_TOC_REC structures to
+                                               // be filled in by the mci device
+    ulBufSize        : LongInt;                  // Size of the array
+  end;
+  pmci_Toc_Parms = ^mci_Toc_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters for the MCI_GROUP message                              */
+      //     0x00XXXX00 are reserved for MCI_GROUP flags                   */
+      //********************************************************************/
+const
+  MCI_SYNCHRONIZE               = $00000100;
+  MCI_NOPIECEMEAL               = $00000200;
+  MCI_GROUP_MAKE                = $00000400;
+  MCI_GROUP_DELETE              = $00000800;
+  MCI_GROUP_ALIAS               = $00001000;
+  MCI_GROUP_MASTER              = $00002000;
+  MCI_GROUP_NONE                = $00004000;   // No group!
+
+type
+  mci_Group_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message.
+    usGroupID                   : Integer;      // GroupID
+    usReserved0                 : Integer;      // RESERVED
+    ulStructLength              : LongInt;       // Length of Structure in ULONGS.
+    usMasterID                  : Integer;      // ID of Master device in Synchrounous groups.
+    usReserved1                 : Integer;      // RESERVED
+    pszGroupAlias               : pChar;       // Pointer to Alias Name.
+    ulNumDevices                : LongInt;       // Number of Devices in group.
+    paulDeviceID                : PLongInt;      // Array of Device ids in the group.
+  end;
+  pmci_Group_Parms = ^mci_Group_Parms;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags for the MCI_INFO message                                    */
+      //     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_INFO flags                    */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_INFO_PRODUCT              = $00000100;
+  MCI_INFO_FILE                 = $00000200;
+      //***********************************************/
+      // CD Audio                MCI_INFO             */
+      //***********************************************/
+  MCI_CD_INFO_ID                = $00010000;
+  MCI_CD_INFO_UPC               = $00020000;
+
+      //***********************************************/
+      // Videodisc               MCI_INFO             */
+      //***********************************************/
+  MCI_VD_INFO_LABEL             = $00001000;
+
+      //***********************************************/
+      // Digital Video           MCI_INFO             */
+      //***********************************************/
+  MCI_DGV_INFO_VIDEO_FILE       = $00001000;
+  MCI_DGV_INFO_IMAGE_FILE       = $00002000;
+  MCI_DGV_INFO_REGION           = $00004000;
+  MCI_DGV_INFO_REGION_TEXT      = $00008000;
+  MCI_DGV_INFO_TEXT             = $00010000;
+
+      //***********************************************/
+      // Video Overlay           MCI_INFO             */
+      //***********************************************/
+  MCI_OVLY_INFO_TEXT            = $00010000;
+
+
+type
+  mci_Info_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback      : hwnd;                  // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    pszReturn         : pChar;                 // Pointer to return buffer
+    ulRetSize         : LongInt;                 // Return buffer size
+  end;
+  pmci_Info_Parms = ^mci_Info_Parms;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters and flags for the MCI_LOAD message                     */
+      //     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_LOAD flags                    */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  mci_Load_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback      : hwnd;                  // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    pszElementName    : pChar;                 // File name to loads
+  end;
+  pmci_Load_Parms = ^mci_Load_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters and flags for the MCI_MASTERAUDIO                      */
+      //     0x000XXX00 are reserved for MCI_MASTERAUDIO  flags            */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_ON                        = $00000100;
+  MCI_OFF                       = $00000200;
+  MCI_HEADPHONES                = $00000400;
+  MCI_SPEAKERS                  = $00000800;
+  MCI_MASTERVOL                 = $00001000;
+  MCI_SAVESETTING               = $00002000;
+  MCI_QUERYSAVEDSETTING         = $00004000;
+  MCI_QUERYCURRENTSETTING       = $00008000;
+
+type
+  mci_MasterAudio_Parms = record
+    hwndDummyCallback : hwnd;                  // Notify not allowed for this message
+    ulReturn          : LongInt;                 // Return field for query information
+    ulMasterVolume    : LongInt;                 // Master volume field
+  end;
+  pmci_MasterAudio_Parms = ^mci_MasterAudio_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters and flags for the MCI_OPEN message                     */
+      //     0x0000XX00 are reserved for MCI_OPEN flags                    */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_OPEN_ELEMENT              = $00000100;
+  MCI_OPEN_ALIAS                = $00000200;
+  MCI_OPEN_ELEMENT_ID           = $00000400;
+  MCI_OPEN_PLAYLIST             = $00000800;
+  MCI_OPEN_TYPE_ID              = $00001000;
+  MCI_OPEN_SHAREABLE            = $00002000;
+  MCI_OPEN_MMIO                 = $00004000;
+  MCI_READONLY                  = $00008000;
+
+      //**************************************************/
+      // parameters and flags for the MCI_OPEN message   */
+      // Digital Video, Video Overlay specific           */
+      //**************************************************/
+  MCI_VID_OPEN_PARENT           = $01000000;
+  MCI_DGV_OPEN_PARENT           = MCI_VID_OPEN_PARENT;
+  MCI_OVLY_OPEN_PARENT          = MCI_VID_OPEN_PARENT;
+
+type
+  mci_Open_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    usDeviceID       : Integer;                 // Device ID returned to user
+    usReserved0      : Integer;                 // Reserved
+    pszDeviceType    : pChar;                  // Device name from SYSTEM.INI
+    pszElementName   : pChar;                  // Typically a file name or NULL
+    pszAlias         : pChar;                  // Optional device alias
+  end;
+  pmci_Open_Parms = ^mci_Open_Parms;
+
+      //*********************************************************/
+      // parameters for the AMP MCI_OPEN message                */
+      //*********************************************************/
+  mci_Amp_Open_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    usDeviceID       : Integer;                 // Device ID returned to user
+    usReserved0      : Integer;                 // Reserved field
+    pszDeviceType    : pChar;                  // Device name from SYSTEM.INI
+    pszElementName   : pChar;                  // Typically a file name or NULL
+    pszAlias         : pChar;                  // Optional device alias
+    pDevDataPtr      : Pointer;                // Pointer to device data
+  end;
+  pmci_Amp_Open_Parms = ^mci_Amp_Open_Parms;
+
+      //*********************************************************/
+      // parameters for MCI_OPEN message for video devices      */
+      //*********************************************************/
+
+  mci_Vid_Open_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback     : hwnd;                   // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    usDeviceID       : Integer;                 // Device ID returned to user
+    usReserved0      : Integer;                 // Reserved field
+    pszDeviceType    : pChar;                  // Device name from SYSTEM.INI
+    pszElementName   : pChar;                  // Typically a file name or NULL
+    pszAlias         : pChar;                  // Optional device alias
+    hwndParent       : hwnd;                   // Parent window handle
+  end;
+  pmci_Vid_Open_Parms = ^mci_Vid_Open_Parms;
+
+  mci_dgv_Open_Parms   = mci_Vid_Open_Parms;
+  pmci_dgv_Open_Parms  = ^mci_dgv_Open_Parms;
+
+  mci_Ovly_Open_Parms  = mci_Vid_Open_Parms;
+  pmci_Ovly_Open_Parms = ^mci_Ovly_Open_Parms;
+
+      //**************************************************/
+      // MCI_PLAY flag values for videodisc              */
+      //**************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_VD_PLAY_REVERSE           = $00001000;
+  MCI_VD_PLAY_FAST              = $00002000;
+  MCI_VD_PLAY_SPEED             = $00004000;
+  MCI_VD_PLAY_SCAN              = $00008000;
+  MCI_VD_PLAY_SLOW              = $00010000;
+
+      //**************************************************/
+      // MCI_PLAY flag values for digital video          */
+      //**************************************************/
+  MCI_DGV_PLAY_REVERSE          = $00001000;
+  MCI_DGV_PLAY_FAST             = $00002000;
+  MCI_DGV_PLAY_SPEED            = $00004000;
+  MCI_DGV_PLAY_SCAN             = $00008000;
+  MCI_DGV_PLAY_SLOW             = $00010000;
+  MCI_DGV_PLAY_REPEAT           = $00020000;
+
+type
+  mci_Play_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback      : hwnd;
+    ulFrom            : LongInt;
+    ulTo              : LongInt;
+  end;
+  pmci_Play_Parms = ^mci_Play_Parms;
+
+  mci_VD_Play_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback      : hwnd;
+    ulFrom            : LongInt;
+    ulTo              : LongInt;
+    ulFactor          : LongInt;
+  end;
+  pmci_VD_Play_Parms = ^mci_VD_Play_Parms;
+
+  mci_DGV_play_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback      : hwnd;
+    ulFrom            : LongInt;
+    ulTo              : LongInt;
+    ulSpeed           : LongInt;
+  end;
+  pmci_DGV_play_Parms = ^mci_DGV_play_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters for the MCI_PUT  message                               */
+      //     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_PUT  flags                    */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_VID_PUT_RECT              = $00000100;
+  MCI_VID_PUT_DESTINATION       = $00000200;
+  MCI_VID_PUT_SOURCE            = $00000400;
+  MCI_VID_PUT_WINDOW_MOVE       = $00000800;
+  MCI_VID_PUT_WINDOW_SIZE       = $00001000;
+
+  MCI_DGV_PUT_RECT              = MCI_VID_PUT_RECT;
+  MCI_DGV_PUT_DESTINATION       = MCI_VID_PUT_DESTINATION;
+  MCI_DGV_PUT_SOURCE            = MCI_VID_PUT_SOURCE;
+  MCI_DGV_PUT_WINDOW_MOVE       = MCI_VID_PUT_WINDOW_MOVE;
+  MCI_DGV_PUT_WINDOW_SIZE       = MCI_VID_PUT_WINDOW_SIZE;
+  MCI_DGV_MONITOR               = $00010000;
+  MCI_DGV_RECORD                = $00020000;
+
+  MCI_OVLY_PUT_RECT             = MCI_VID_PUT_RECT;
+  MCI_OVLY_PUT_DESTINATION      = MCI_VID_PUT_DESTINATION;
+  MCI_OVLY_PUT_SOURCE           = MCI_VID_PUT_SOURCE;
+  MCI_OVLY_PUT_WINDOW_MOVE      = MCI_VID_PUT_WINDOW_MOVE;
+  MCI_OVLY_PUT_WINDOW_SIZE      = MCI_VID_PUT_WINDOW_SIZE;
+
+      //**************************************************/
+      // Rectangle parameters for MCI_PUT, MCI_WHERE,    */
+      // MCI_FREEZE, and MCI_UNFREEZE                    */
+      //**************************************************/
+
+type
+  mci_Vid_Rect_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback      : hwnd;                  // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    rc                : RectL;                 // rectangle array specifying the offset
+                                               // and size of a rectangle
+  end;
+
+  mci_Dgv_Rect_Parms            = mci_Vid_Rect_Parms;
+  pmci_Dgv_Rect_Parms           = ^mci_Dgv_Rect_Parms;
+
+  mci_Ovly_Rect_Parms           = mci_Vid_Rect_Parms;
+  pmci_Ovly_Rect_Parms          = ^mci_Ovly_Rect_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters for the MCI_RECORD message                             */
+      //     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_RECORD flags                  */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_RECORD_INSERT             = $00000100;
+  MCI_RECORD_OVERWRITE          = $00000200;
+
+  MCI_DGV_RECORD_RECT           = $00000400;
+
+type
+  mci_Record_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulFrom                      : LongInt;       // Record from position
+    ulTo                        : LongInt;       // Record to position
+  end;
+  pmci_Record_Parms = ^mci_Record_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters for the MCI_RELEASEDEVICE message                      */
+      //     0xXXXXXX00 are reserved for MCI_RELEASEDEVICE message         */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_RETURN_RESOURCE           = $00000100;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters for the MCI_RESTORE message                            */
+      //     0x0000XX00 are reserved for MCI_RESTORE flags                 */
+      //     MCI_CONVERT is defined by MCI_CAPTURE message as 0x00001000L  */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  MCI_RESTORE_SRC_RECT          = $00000100;
+  MCI_RESTORE_DEST_RECT         = $00000200;
+
+type  mci_Restore_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    SrcRect                     : RectL;       // Rectangle array specifying the source
+                                               // area to be restored
+    RestRect                    : RectL;       // Rectangle array specifying the destination
+                                               // area to be restored
+  end;
+  pmci_Restore_Parms = ^mci_Restore_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters for the MCI_SAVE  message                              */
+      //     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_SAVE  flags                   */
+      //********************************************************************/
+const
+  MCI_SAVE_FILE                 = $00000100;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // Digital Video               MCI_SAVE          */
+      //************************************************/
+
+  MCI_DGV_SAVE_VIDEO_FILE       = $00001000;
+  MCI_DGV_SAVE_IMAGE_FILE       = $00002000;
+
+type
+  mci_Save_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    pszFileName                 : pChar;       // Filename to save data to
+  end;
+  pmci_Save_Parms = ^mci_Save_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters for the MCI_SEEK message                               */
+      //     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_SEEK flags                    */
+      //********************************************************************/
+const
+  MCI_TO_START                  = $00000100;
+  MCI_TO_END                    = $00000200;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // Digital Video               MCI_SEEK          */
+      //************************************************/
+
+  MCI_DGV_SEEK_TO_NEAREST_IFRAME = $00100000;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // Videodisc                   MCI_SEEK          */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_VD_SEEK_REVERSE           = $00001000;
+
+type
+  mci_Seek_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulTo                        : LongInt;       // Seek to this position
+  end;
+  pmci_Seek_Parms = ^mci_Seek_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // Flags for the MCI_SET message                                     */
+      //     0x00XXXX00 are reserved for MCI_SET  flags                    */
+      //********************************************************************/
+const
+  MCI_SET_ITEM                  = $00000100;
+  MCI_SET_ON                    = $00000200;
+  MCI_SET_OFF                   = $00000400;
+  MCI_SET_VIDEO                 = $00000800;
+  MCI_SET_AUDIO                 = $00001000;
+  MCI_SET_DOOR_OPEN             = $00002000;
+  MCI_SET_DOOR_CLOSED           = $00004000;
+  MCI_SET_SPEED_FORMAT          = $00008000;
+  MCI_SET_TIME_FORMAT           = $00010000;
+  MCI_SET_DOOR_LOCK             = $00020000;
+  MCI_SET_DOOR_UNLOCK           = $00040000;
+  MCI_SET_VOLUME                = $00080000;
+  MCI_SET_ITEM_FOURCC           = $00100000;
+  MCI_SET_REVERSE               = $00200000;
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // Values for the ulAudio field                        */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_SET_AUDIO_ALL             = $00000000;
+  MCI_SET_AUDIO_LEFT            = $00000001;
+  MCI_SET_AUDIO_RIGHT           = $00000002;
+
+
+
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // MCI_SET flags for CDXA                              */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_CDXA_SET_CHANNEL          = $01000000;
+  MCI_CDXA_AUDIO_DEVICE         = $10000000;
+  MCI_CDXA_AUDIO_BUFFER         = $02000000;
+  MCI_CDXA_VIDEO_BUFFER         = $04000000;
+  MCI_CDXA_DATA_BUFFER          = $08000000;
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // MCI_SET flags for videodisc                         */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_VD_SET_ON                 = MCI_SET_ON;
+  MCI_VD_SET_OFF                = MCI_SET_OFF;
+  MCI_VD_SET_VIDEO              = MCI_SET_VIDEO;
+  MCI_VD_SET_CHANNEL            = $00100000;
+  MCI_VD_SET_DISPLAY            = $00200000;
+  MCI_VD_SET_DONTCARE           = $00400000;   // Dont care!
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // Generic MCI_SET item values for video devices       */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_VID_SET_VIDEO_COMPRESSION = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE;
+  MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_COMPRESSION = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+1;
+  MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_BITSPERPEL  = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+2;
+  MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_PELFORMAT   = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+3;
+  MCI_VID_SET_BRIGHTNESS        = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+4;
+  MCI_VID_SET_CONTRAST          = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+5;
+  MCI_VID_SET_HUE               = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+6;
+  MCI_VID_SET_SATURATION        = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+7;
+  MCI_VID_SET_SHARPNESS         = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+8;
+  MCI_VID_SET_GREYSCALE         = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+9;
+  MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_QUALITY     = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+10;
+  MCI_VID_SET_VIDEO_QUALITY     = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+11;
+  MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_COMPRESSION_METHOD = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+12;
+  MCI_VID_SET_MINIMUM_VIDEO_REFRESH_RATE = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+13;
+  MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_FILE_FORMAT = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+14;
+  MCI_VID_SET_REF_INTERVAL      = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+15;
+  MCI_VID_SET_MAXDATARATE       = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+16;
+  MCI_VID_SET_VIDEO_FILE_FORMAT = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+17;
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // MCI_SET item values for video overlay               */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_IMAGE_COMPRESSION = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_COMPRESSION;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_IMAGE_BITSPERPEL = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_BITSPERPEL;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_IMAGE_PELFORMAT  = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_PELFORMAT;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_BRIGHTNESS       = MCI_VID_SET_BRIGHTNESS;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_CONTRAST         = MCI_VID_SET_CONTRAST;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_HUE              = MCI_VID_SET_HUE;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_SATURATION       = MCI_VID_SET_SATURATION;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_SHARPNESS        = MCI_VID_SET_SHARPNESS;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_GREYSCALE        = MCI_VID_SET_GREYSCALE;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_IMAGE_QUALITY    = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_QUALITY;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_IMAGE_COMPRESSION_METHOD = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_COMPRESSION_METHOD;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_MINIMUM_VIDEO_REFRESH_RATE = MCI_VID_SET_MINIMUM_VIDEO_REFRESH_RATE;
+  MCI_OVLY_SET_IMAGE_FILE_FORMAT = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_FILE_FORMAT;
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // MCI_SET item values for digital video               */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_DGV_SET_VIDEO_COMPRESSION = MCI_VID_SET_VIDEO_COMPRESSION;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_IMAGE_COMPRESSION = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_COMPRESSION;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_IMAGE_BITSPERPEL  = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_BITSPERPEL;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_IMAGE_PELFORMAT   = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_PELFORMAT;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_BRIGHTNESS        = MCI_VID_SET_BRIGHTNESS;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_CONTRAST          = MCI_VID_SET_CONTRAST;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_HUE               = MCI_VID_SET_HUE;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_SATURATION        = MCI_VID_SET_SATURATION;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_SHARPNESS         = MCI_VID_SET_SHARPNESS;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_GREYSCALE         = MCI_VID_SET_GREYSCALE;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_IMAGE_QUALITY     = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_QUALITY;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_VIDEO_QUALITY     = MCI_VID_SET_VIDEO_QUALITY;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_IMAGE_COMPRESSION_METHOD = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_COMPRESSION_METHOD;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_MONITOR           = MCI_SET_MONITOR;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_MINIMUM_VIDEO_REFRESH_RATE = MCI_VID_SET_MINIMUM_VIDEO_REFRESH_RATE;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_IMAGE_FILE_FORMAT = MCI_VID_SET_IMAGE_FILE_FORMAT;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_REF_INTERVAL      = MCI_VID_SET_REF_INTERVAL;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_MAXDATARATE       = MCI_VID_SET_MAXDATARATE;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_VIDEO_FILE_FORMAT = MCI_VID_SET_VIDEO_FILE_FORMAT;
+
+  MCI_DGV_SET_AUDIO_COMPRESSION = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_AUDIO_QUALITY     = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+1;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_CHANNELS          = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+2;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_BITSPERSAMPLE     = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+3;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_SAMPLESPERSEC     = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+4;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_FORMATTAG         = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+5;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_BLOCKALIGN        = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+6;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_AVGBYTESPERSEC    = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+7;
+
+  MCI_DGV_SET_VIDEO_COMPRESSION_SUBTYPE = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+8;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_VIDEO_RECORD_RATE = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+9;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_VIDEO_RECORD_FRAME_DURATION = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+10;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_RECORD_AUDIO      = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+11;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_TRANSPARENT_COLOR = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+12;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_GRAPHIC_TRANSPARENT_COLOR = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+12;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_AUDIOSYNC         = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+13;
+  MCI_DGV_SET_VIDEO_TRANSPARENT_COLOR = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+14;
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // Video file format                                   */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_VID_FILE_FORMAT_AVI       = $20495641;
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // Audio/video/image compression types                 */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_AUD_COMP_ADPCM4           = $00000001;
+  MCI_AUD_COMP_PCM8             = $00000002;
+
+  MCI_VID_COMP_RTV_2_0          = $00000101;
+  MCI_VID_COMP_RTV_2_1          = $00000102;
+  MCI_VID_COMP_ULTI             = $49544C55;
+  MCI_VID_COMP_RT21             = $31325452;
+  MCI_VID_COMP_NONE             = $20424944;   // This is 'DIB ' now.
+
+  MCI_IMG_COMP_NONE             = $00000201;
+  MCI_IMG_COMP_PIC9_1_0         = $00000202;
+  MCI_IMG_COMP_PIC16_1_0        = $00000203;
+  MCI_IMG_COMP_JPEG9            = $00000204;
+  MCI_IMG_COMP_JPEG9_1_0        = MCI_IMG_COMP_JPEG9;
+  MCI_IMG_COMP_BMP_RLE4         = $00000205;
+  MCI_IMG_COMP_BMP_RLE8         = $00000206;
+  MCI_IMG_COMP_JPEGN            = $00000207;
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // PEL Formats (video/image)                           */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_VID_PALETTE               = $00000001;
+  MCI_VID_RGB                   = $00000002;
+  MCI_VID_YUV                   = $00000003;
+
+  MCI_IMG_PALETTE               = MCI_VID_PALETTE;
+  MCI_IMG_RGB                   = MCI_VID_RGB;
+  MCI_IMG_YUV                   = MCI_VID_YUV;
+
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // Audio/video/image quality levels                    */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_AUD_QUALITY_HIGH          = $00000001;
+  MCI_AUD_QUALITY_MED           = $00000002;
+  MCI_AUD_QUALITY_LOW           = $00000003;
+
+  MCI_VID_QUALITY_HIGH          = $00000101;
+  MCI_VID_QUALITY_MED           = $00000102;
+  MCI_VID_QUALITY_LOW           = $00000103;
+  MCI_VID_QUALITY_BEST          = MCI_VID_QUALITY_HIGH;
+  MCI_VID_QUALITY_CDROM         = MCI_VID_QUALITY_MED;
+  MCI_VID_QUALITY_COMPACT       = MCI_VID_QUALITY_LOW;
+  MCI_VID_QUALITY_BETTER        = MCI_VID_QUALITY_MED;
+  MCI_VID_QUALITY_GOOD          = MCI_VID_QUALITY_LOW;
+
+  MCI_IMG_QUALITY_HIGH          = $00000201;
+  MCI_IMG_QUALITY_MED           = $00000202;
+  MCI_IMG_QUALITY_LOW           = $00000203;
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // MCI_SET flags for wave audio                        */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_WAVE_SET_SAMPLESPERSEC    = $01000000;
+  MCI_WAVE_SET_AVGBYTESPERSEC   = $02000000;
+  MCI_WAVE_SET_BLOCKALIGN       = $04000000;
+  MCI_WAVE_SET_FORMATTAG        = $08000000;
+  MCI_WAVE_SET_CHANNELS         = $10000000;
+  MCI_WAVE_SET_BITSPERSAMPLE    = $80000000;
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // Wave format tag defines                             */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_PCM           = DATATYPE_WAVEFORM;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_ADPCM         = $0002;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_IBM_CVSD      = $0005;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_ALAW          = DATATYPE_RIFF_ALAW;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_MULAW         = DATATYPE_RIFF_MULAW;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_OKI_ADPCM     = $0010;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_DVI_ADPCM     = $0011;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_DIGISTD       = $0015;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_DIGIFIX       = $0016;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_AVC_ADPCM     = DATATYPE_ADPCM_AVC;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_IBM_ADPCM     = DATATYPE_ADPCM_AVC;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_IBM_MULAW     = DATATYPE_MULAW;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_IBM_ALAW      = DATATYPE_ALAW;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_CT_ADPCM      = DATATYPE_CT_ADPCM;
+  MCI_WAVE_FORMAT_MPEG1         = DATATYPE_MPEG1AUDIO;
+
+      //******************************************************/
+      // MCI_SET flags for sequencer                         */
+      //******************************************************/
+  MCI_SEQ_SET_TEMPO             = $00100000;
+  MCI_SEQ_SET_PORT              = $00200000;
+  MCI_SEQ_ENABLE_PORT_MAPPER    = $00400000;
+  MCI_SEQ_DISABLE_PORT_MAPPER   = $00800000;
+  MCI_SEQ_SET_OFFSET            = $01000000;
+  MCI_SEQ_SET_MASTER            = $02000000;
+  MCI_SEQ_SET_SLAVE             = $04000000;
+
+      //*********************************************/
+      // SEQ time formats                           */
+      //*********************************************/
+  MCI_SEQ_SET_SMPTE_24          = $00000100;
+  MCI_SEQ_SET_SMPTE_25          = $00000200;
+  MCI_SEQ_SET_SMPTE_30          = $00000300;
+  MCI_SEQ_SET_SMPTE_30DROP      = $00000400;
+  MCI_SEQ_SET_SONGPTR           = $00000500;
+
+      //*********************************************/
+      // SEQ synchronization types                  */
+      //*********************************************/
+  MCI_SEQ_MIDI                  = $00000001;
+  MCI_SEQ_SMPTE                 = $00000002;
+  MCI_SEQ_FILE                  = $00000003;
+  MCI_SEQ_NONE                  = $00000004;
+
+      //*********************************************/
+      // SEQ PORT TYPES                             */
+      //*********************************************/
+  MCI_SET_NONE                  = $10000000;
+  MIDI_MAPPER                   = $20000000;
+  MCI_MIDI_MAPPER               = MIDI_MAPPER;
+
+type
+  mci_Set_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulTimeFormat                : Longint;       // Time format to be used by the device
+    ulSpeedFormat               : Longint;       // Speed format used by this device
+    ulAudio                     : Longint;       // Channel number for this operation
+                                               // (MCI_SET_AUDIO_LEFT, MCI_SET_AUDIO_RIGHT,
+                                               //  MCI_SET_AUDIO_ALL)
+    ulLevel                     : Longint;       // Volume, treble or bass level as % of max.
+    ulOver                      : Longint;       // Delay time for vectored change in millisecond
+    ulItem                      : Longint;       // Item field for set item flags
+    ulValue                     : Longint;       // Value associated with item flag
+  end;
+  pmci_Set_Parms = ^mci_Set_Parms;
+
+  mci_Amp_Set_Parms            = mci_Set_Parms;
+  pmci_Amp_Set_Parms           = ^mci_Amp_Set_Parms;
+
+  mci_DGV_Set_Parms            = mci_Set_Parms;
+  pmci_DGV_Set_Parms           = ^mci_DGV_Set_Parms;
+
+  mci_Ovly_Set_Parms           = mci_Set_Parms;
+  pmci_Ovly_Set_Parms          = ^mci_Ovly_Set_Parms;
+
+
+  mci_CDXA_Set_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulTimeFormat                : Longint;       // Time format to be used by the device
+    ulSpeedFormat               : Longint;       // Speed format used by this device
+    ulAudio                     : Longint;       // Channel number for this operation
+                                               // (MCI_SET_AUDIO_LEFT, MCI_SET_AUDIO_RIGHT,
+                                               //  MCI_SET_AUDIO_ALL)
+    ulLevel                     : Longint;       // Volume, treble or bass level as % of max.
+    ulOver                      : Longint;       // Delay time for vectored change in milliseconds
+    ulItem                      : Longint;       // Item field for set item flags
+    ulValue                     : Longint;       // Value associated with item flag
+    ulChannel                   : Longint;       // Channel number
+    pPlayList                   : Pointer;     // Pointer to play list
+    ulPlayListSize              : Longint;       // Play list size
+  end;
+  pmci_CDXA_Set_Parms = ^mci_CDXA_Set_Parms;
+
+  mci_VD_Set_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulTimeFormat                : LongInt;       // Time format to be used by the device
+    ulSpeedFormat               : LongInt;       // Speed format used by this device
+    ulAudio                     : LongInt;       // Channel number for this operation
+                                               // (MCI_SET_AUDIO_LEFT, MCI_SET_AUDIO_RIGHT,
+                                               //  MCI_SET_AUDIO_ALL)
+    ulLevel                     : LongInt;       // Volume, treble or bass level as % of max.
+    ulOver                      : LongInt;       // Delay time for vectored change in milliseconds
+    ulItem                      : LongInt;       // Item field for set item flags
+    ulValue                     : LongInt;       // Value associated with item flag
+    ulChannel                   : LongInt;       // Videodisc channel
+  end;
+  pmci_VD_Set_Parms = ^mci_VD_Set_Parms;
+
+  mci_Wave_Set_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulTimeFormat                : Longint;       // Time format to be used by the device
+    ulSpeedFormat               : Longint;       // Speed format used by this device
+    ulAudio                     : Longint;       // Channel number for this operation
+                                               // (MCI_SET_AUDIO_LEFT, MCI_SET_AUDIO_RIGHT,
+                                               //  MCI_SET_AUDIO_ALL)
+    ulLevel                     : Longint;       // Volume, trebble or bass level as % of max.
+    ulOver                      : Longint;       // Delay time for vectored change in milliseconds
+    ulItem                      : Longint;       // Item field for set item flags
+    ulValue                     : Longint;       // Value associated with item flag
+    usInput                     : Integer;      // Channel for input
+    usReserved0                 : Integer;      // Reserved field
+    usOutput                    : Integer;      // Channel for output
+    usReserved1                 : Integer;      // Reserved field
+    usFormatTag                 : Integer;      // Format tag
+    usReserved2                 : Integer;      // Reserved field
+    usChannels                  : Integer;      // mono(1) or stereo(2)
+    usReserved3                 : Integer;      // Reserved field
+    ulSamplesPerSec             : Longint;       // Samples per seconds
+    ulAvgBytesPerSec            : LongInt;       // Bytes per seconds
+    usBlockAlign                : Integer;      // Block alignment of data
+    usReserved4                 : Integer;      // Reserved field
+    usBitsPerSample             : Integer;      // Bits per seconds
+    usReserved5                 : Integer;      // Reserved field
+  end;
+  pmci_Wave_Set_Parms = ^mci_Wave_Set_Parms;
+
+  mci_Seq_Set_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulTimeFormat                : Longint;       // Time format to be used by the device
+    ulSpeedFormat               : Longint;       // Speed format used by this device
+    ulAudio                     : Longint;       // Channel number for this operation
+                                               // (MCI_SET_AUDIO_LEFT, MCI_SET_AUDIO_RIGHT,
+                                               //  MCI_SET_AUDIO_ALL)
+    ulLevel                     : Longint;       // Volume, trebble or bass level as % of max.
+    ulOver                      : Longint;       // Delay time for vectored change in millisecond
+    ulItem                      : Longint;       // Item field for set item flags
+    ulValue                     : Longint;       // Value associated with item flag
+    ulTempo                     : Longint;       // Specified the tempo
+    ulPort                      : Longint;       // Output port
+    ulSlave                     : Longint;       // Unused field
+    ulMaster                    : Longint;       // Unused field
+    ulOffset                    : Longint;       // Specified the data offset
+  end;
+  pmci_Seq_Set_Parms = ^mci_Seq_Set_Parms;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters for the MCI_SET_CUEPOINT message                       */
+      //     0x00000x00 are reserved for MCI_SET_CUEPOINT flags            */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_SET_CUEPOINT_ON           = $00000100;
+  MCI_SET_CUEPOINT_OFF          = $00000200;
+
+type
+  mci_CuePoint_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulCuepoint                  : Longint;       // Specifies the cuepoint location
+    usUserParm                  : Integer;      // User parmameter returned on cuepoint
+                                               // notify message
+    usReserved0                 : Integer;      // Reserved field
+  end;
+  pmci_CuePoint_Parms = ^mci_CuePoint_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameters for the MCI_SETIMAGEPALETTE message                    */
+      //     0x000XXX00 are reserved for MCI_SETIMAGEPALETTE flags         */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_SET_REGISTERED            = $00000100;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags and parameter structure for the MCI_SET_POSITION_ADVISE msg */
+      //     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_SET_POSITION_ADVISE flags     */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  MCI_SET_POSITION_ADVISE_ON    = $00000100;
+  MCI_SET_POSITION_ADVISE_OFF   = $00000200;
+
+type
+  mci_Position_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulUnits                     : Longint;       // Specifies position change notifiication
+                                               // granularity
+    usUserParm                  : Integer;      // User parameter returned on position change
+                                               // notification message.
+    Reserved0                   : Integer;      // Reserved field
+    Reserved1                   : LongInt;       // Reserved field
+  end;
+  pmci_Position_Parms = ^mci_Position_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structure for the MCI_SET_SYNC_OFFSET message           */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  mci_Sync_Offset_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulOffset                    : LongInt;       // Specifies the device media position offset
+                                               // in the currently specified device units.
+  end;
+  pmci_Sync_Offset_Parms = ^mci_Sync_Offset_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags for the MCI_SPIN message                                    */
+      //     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_SPIN flags                    */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_SPIN_UP                   = $00000100;
+  MCI_SPIN_DOWN                 = $00000200;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // MCI_STATUS message flags                                          */
+      //     0x000XXX00 are reserved for MCI_STATUS flags                  */
+      //     MCI_VOLUME and MCI_VOLUME_DELAY are 0x00000100 and 0x00000200 */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  MCI_STATUS_ITEM               = $00000100;
+  MCI_STATUS_START              = $00000200;
+  MCI_STATUS_CONNECTOR          = $00000400;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // General MCI_STATUS item values                */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_STATUS_CURRENT_TRACK      = $00000001;
+  MCI_STATUS_LENGTH             = $00000002;
+  MCI_STATUS_MODE               = $00000003;
+  MCI_STATUS_NUMBER_OF_TRACKS   = $00000004;
+  MCI_STATUS_POSITION           = $00000005;
+  MCI_STATUS_POSITION_IN_TRACK  = $00000006;
+  MCI_STATUS_MEDIA_PRESENT      = $00000007;
+  MCI_STATUS_VOLUME             = $00000008;
+  MCI_STATUS_READY              = $00000009;
+  MCI_STATUS_TIME_FORMAT        = $0000000A;
+  MCI_STATUS_SPEED_FORMAT       = $0000000B;
+  MCI_STATUS_MONITOR            = $0000000C;
+  MCI_STATUS_AUDIO              = $0000000D;
+  MCI_STATUS_VIDEO              = $0000000E;
+  MCI_STATUS_CLIPBOARD          = $0000000F;
+  MCI_STATUS_CAN_PASTE          = $00000010;
+  MCI_STATUS_CAN_REDO           = $00000020;
+  MCI_STATUS_CAN_UNDO           = $00000030;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // ulValue field values for MCI_STATUS_AUDIO     */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_STATUS_AUDIO_ALL          = $00000000;
+  MCI_STATUS_AUDIO_LEFT         = $00000001;
+  MCI_STATUS_AUDIO_RIGHT        = $00000002;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_STATUS item values for amp/mixer          */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_PITCH          = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_TREBLE         = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+1;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_BASS           = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+2;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_BALANCE        = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+3;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_GAIN           = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+4;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_MONITOR        = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+5;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_MID            = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+6;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_VOLUME         = MCI_STATUS_VOLUME;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_LOUDNESS       = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+7;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_CROSSOVER      = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+8;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_REVERB         = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+9;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_ALC            = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+10;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_CHORUS         = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+11;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_CUSTOM1        = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+12;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_CUSTOM2        = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+13;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_CUSTOM3        = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+14;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_MUTE           = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+15;
+  MCI_AMP_STATUS_STEREOENHANCE  = MCI_AMP_ITEM_BASE+16;
+
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_STATUS item values for cd audio           */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_CD_STATUS_TRACK_TYPE      = MCI_CD_ITEM_BASE;
+  MCI_CD_STATUS_TRACK_COPYPERMITTED = MCI_CD_ITEM_BASE+1;
+  MCI_CD_STATUS_TRACK_CHANNELS  = MCI_CD_ITEM_BASE+2;
+  MCI_CD_STATUS_TRACK_PREEMPHASIS = MCI_CD_ITEM_BASE+3;
+
+      //***********************************************/
+      // return values for CD MCI_STATUS message with */
+      //   MCI_CD_STATUS_TRACK_TYPE set               */
+      //***********************************************/
+  MCI_CD_TRACK_AUDIO            = $00000001;
+  MCI_CD_TRACK_DATA             = $00000002;
+  MCI_CD_TRACK_OTHER            = $00000003;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_STATUS item values for CDXA               */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_CDXA_STATUS_CHANNEL       = MCI_CDXA_ITEM_BASE;
+
+      //***********************************************/
+      //returned from call for MCI_CDXA_STATUS_CHANNEL*/
+      //***********************************************/
+  MCI_CDXA_NONE                 = $00000000;
+
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_STATUS item values for sequencer          */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_SEQ_STATUS_TEMPO          = MCI_SEQ_ITEM_BASE;
+  MCI_SEQ_STATUS_OFFSET         = MCI_SEQ_ITEM_BASE+1;
+  MCI_SEQ_STATUS_DIVTYPE        = MCI_SEQ_ITEM_BASE+2;
+  MCI_SEQ_STATUS_MASTER         = MCI_SEQ_ITEM_BASE+3;
+  MCI_SEQ_STATUS_PORT           = MCI_SEQ_ITEM_BASE+4;
+  MCI_SEQ_STATUS_SLAVE          = MCI_SEQ_ITEM_BASE+5;
+
+      //*********************************************/
+      // Return value for current division type     */
+      //*********************************************/
+  MCI_SEQ_DIV_PPQN              = $00000001;
+  MCI_SEQ_DIV_SMPTE_24          = $00000002;
+  MCI_SEQ_DIV_SMPTE_25          = $00000003;
+  MCI_SEQ_DIV_SMPTE_30DROP      = $00000004;
+  MCI_SEQ_DIV_SMPTE_30          = $00000005;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_STATUS items for videodisc                */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_VD_STATUS_SPEED           = MCI_VD_ITEM_BASE;
+  MCI_VD_STATUS_FORWARD         = MCI_VD_ITEM_BASE+1;
+  MCI_VD_MEDIA_TYPE             = MCI_VD_ITEM_BASE+2;
+  MCI_VD_STATUS_SIDE            = MCI_VD_ITEM_BASE+3;
+  MCI_VD_STATUS_DISC_SIZE       = MCI_VD_ITEM_BASE+4;
+
+      //**********************************************/
+      // return values for videodisc status command  */
+      //**********************************************/
+  MCI_VD_SPEED_NORMAL           = $00000000;
+  MCI_VD_SPEED_FAST             = $00000001;
+  MCI_VD_SPEED_SLOW             = $00000002;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_STATUS items for wave audio               */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_WAVE_STATUS_LEVEL         = MCI_WAVE_ITEM_BASE;
+  MCI_WAVE_STATUS_SAMPLESPERSEC = MCI_WAVE_ITEM_BASE+1;
+  MCI_WAVE_STATUS_AVGBYTESPERSEC = MCI_WAVE_ITEM_BASE+2;
+  MCI_WAVE_STATUS_BLOCKALIGN    = MCI_WAVE_ITEM_BASE+3;
+  MCI_WAVE_STATUS_FORMATTAG     = MCI_WAVE_ITEM_BASE+4;
+  MCI_WAVE_STATUS_CHANNELS      = MCI_WAVE_ITEM_BASE+5;
+  MCI_WAVE_STATUS_BITSPERSAMPLE = MCI_WAVE_ITEM_BASE+6;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // Common video MCI_STATUS items                 */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_hwnd                          = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_AUDIO_COMPRESSION             = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+1;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_VIDEO_COMPRESSION             = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+2;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_COMPRESSION             = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+3;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_AUDIO_QUALITY                 = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+4;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_VIDEO_QUALITY                 = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+5;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_QUALITY                 = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+6;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_BITSPERPEL              = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+7;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_PELFORMAT               = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+8;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_FORWARD                       = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+9;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_NORMAL_RATE                   = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+10;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_VIDEO_X_EXTENT                = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+11;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_VIDEO_Y_EXTENT                = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+12;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_X_EXTENT                = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+13;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_Y_EXTENT                = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+14;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_BRIGHTNESS                    = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+15;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_CONTRAST                      = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+16;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_HUE                           = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+17;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_SATURATION                    = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+18;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_GREYSCALE                     = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+19;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_SHARPNESS                     = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+20;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_SPEED                         = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+21;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_FILE_FORMAT             = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+22;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_TRANSPARENT_TYPE              = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+23;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_REF_INTERVAL                  = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+24;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_MAXDATARATE                   = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+25;
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_VIDEO_FILE_FORMAT             = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+26;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // Status Transparent Type returns               */
+      // MCI_VID_PALETTE                               */
+      // MCI_VID_RGB                                   */
+      // MCI_VID_YUV                                   */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_VID_STATUS_TRANSPARENT_COLOR             = MCI_VID_ITEM_BASE+24;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_STATUS items for digital video            */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_hwnd                          = MCI_VID_STATUS_hwnd;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_AUDIO_COMPRESSION             = MCI_VID_STATUS_AUDIO_COMPRESSION;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_VIDEO_COMPRESSION             = MCI_VID_STATUS_VIDEO_COMPRESSION;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_IMAGE_COMPRESSION             = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_COMPRESSION;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_AUDIO_QUALITY                 = MCI_VID_STATUS_AUDIO_QUALITY;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_VIDEO_QUALITY                 = MCI_VID_STATUS_VIDEO_QUALITY;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_IMAGE_QUALITY                 = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_QUALITY;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_IMAGE_BITSPERPEL              = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_BITSPERPEL;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_IMAGE_PELFORMAT               = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_PELFORMAT;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_FORWARD                       = MCI_VID_STATUS_FORWARD;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_NORMAL_RATE                   = MCI_VID_STATUS_NORMAL_RATE;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_VIDEO_X_EXTENT                = MCI_VID_STATUS_VIDEO_X_EXTENT;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_VIDEO_Y_EXTENT                = MCI_VID_STATUS_VIDEO_Y_EXTENT;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_IMAGE_X_EXTENT                = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_X_EXTENT;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_IMAGE_Y_EXTENT                = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_Y_EXTENT;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_BRIGHTNESS                    = MCI_VID_STATUS_BRIGHTNESS;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_CONTRAST                      = MCI_VID_STATUS_CONTRAST;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_HUE                           = MCI_VID_STATUS_HUE;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_SATURATION                    = MCI_VID_STATUS_SATURATION;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_SPEED                         = MCI_VID_STATUS_SPEED;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_SHARPNESS                     = MCI_VID_STATUS_SHARPNESS;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_REF_INTERVAL                  = MCI_VID_STATUS_REF_INTERVAL;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_MAXDATARATE                   = MCI_VID_STATUS_MAXDATARATE;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_VIDEO_FILE_FORMAT             = MCI_VID_STATUS_VIDEO_FILE_FORMAT;
+
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_CHANNELS                      = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+13;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_BITSPERSAMPLE                 = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+14;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_SAMPLESPERSEC                 = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+15;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_FORMATTAG                     = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+16;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_BLOCKALIGN                    = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+17;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_AVGBYTESPERSEC                = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+18;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_VIDEO_COMPRESSION_SUBTYPE     = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+19;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_VIDEO_RECORD_RATE             = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+20;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_VIDEO_RECORD_FRAME_DURATION   = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+21;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_RECORD_AUDIO                  = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+22;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_TRANSPARENT_COLOR             = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+23;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_GRAPHIC_TRANSPARENT_COLOR     = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+23;  // MUST BE SAME AS TRANSPARENT COLOR
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_hwnd_MONITOR                  = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+24;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_DROPPED_FRAME_PCT             = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+25;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_AUDIOSYNC                     = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+26;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_AUDIOSYNC_DIRECTION           = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+27;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_VIDEO_TRANSPARENT_COLOR       = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+28;  // MUST BE SAME AS TRANSPARENT COLOR
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_TUNER_TV_CHANNEL              = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+29;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_TUNER_LOW_TV_CHANNEL          = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+29;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_TUNER_HIGH_TV_CHANNEL         = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+29;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_TUNER_REGION                  = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+30;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_TUNER_FINETUNE                = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+31;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_TUNER_FREQUENCY               = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+32;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_TUNER_AUDIO_CHANNEL           = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+33;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_TUNER_AFC                     = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+34;
+  MCI_DGV_STATUS_VALID_SIGNAL                  = MCI_DGV_ITEM_BASE+35;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // MCI_STATUS item values for video overlay      */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_hwnd                         = MCI_VID_STATUS_hwnd;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_IMAGE_COMPRESSION            = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_COMPRESSION;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_IMAGE_BITSPERPEL             = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_BITSPERPEL;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_IMAGE_PELFORMAT              = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_PELFORMAT;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_IMAGE_X_EXTENT               = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_X_EXTENT;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_IMAGE_Y_EXTENT               = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_Y_EXTENT;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_BRIGHTNESS                   = MCI_VID_STATUS_BRIGHTNESS;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_CONTRAST                     = MCI_VID_STATUS_CONTRAST;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_HUE                          = MCI_VID_STATUS_HUE;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_SATURATION                   = MCI_VID_STATUS_SATURATION;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_GREYSCALE                    = MCI_VID_STATUS_GREYSCALE;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_IMAGE_QUALITY                = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_QUALITY;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_SHARPNESS                    = MCI_VID_STATUS_SHARPNESS;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_IMAGE_FILE_FORMAT            = MCI_VID_STATUS_IMAGE_FILE_FORMAT;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_TRANSPARENT_TYPE             = MCI_VID_STATUS_TRANSPARENT_TYPE;
+  MCI_OVLY_STATUS_TRANSPARENT_COLOR            = MCI_VID_STATUS_TRANSPARENT_COLOR;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // Status Mode return values                     */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_MODE_NOT_READY            = $00000001;
+  MCI_MODE_PAUSE                = $00000002;
+  MCI_MODE_PLAY                 = $00000003;
+  MCI_MODE_STOP                 = $00000004;
+  MCI_MODE_RECORD               = $00000005;
+  MCI_MODE_SEEK                 = $00000006;
+
+      //************************************************/
+      // Status Direction return values                */
+      //************************************************/
+  MCI_FORWARD                   = $00000000;
+  MCI_REVERSE                   = $00000001;
+
+type
+  mci_Status_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulReturn                    : LongInt;       // Return field
+    ulItem                      : LongInt;       // Item field for STATUS item to query
+    ulValue                     : LongInt;       // Status value field (this used to be)
+                                               //  ulTrack but was changed in Rel 1.1
+                                               //  to extend the status structure.
+                                               //  See the programming reference on when
+                                               //  ulValue is used and how...
+  end;
+  pmci_Status_Parms = ^mci_Status_Parms;
+
+
+  mci_CDXA_Status_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulReturn                    : LongInt;       // Return field
+    ulItem                      : LongInt;       // Item field for STATUS item to query
+    ulValue                     : LongInt;       // Status value field (this used to be)
+                                               //  ulTrack but was changed in Rel 1.1
+                                               //  to extend the status structure.
+                                               //  See the programming reference on when
+                                               //  ulValue is used and how...
+    ulChannel                   : LongInt;       // Channel
+  end;
+  pmci_CDXA_Status_Parms = ^mci_CDXA_Status_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags and parameter structure for the MCI_STEP message            */
+      //     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_STEP flags                    */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_STEP_FRAMES               = $00000100;
+  MCI_STEP_REVERSE              = $00000200;
+
+type
+  mci_Step_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulStep                      : LongInt;       // amount to step in current time format
+  end;
+  pmci_Step_Parms = ^mci_Step_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags for the MCI_SYSINFO message                                 */
+      //     0xXXXXXX00 are reserved for MCI_SYSINFO flags                 */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_SYSINFO_QUANTITY          = $00000100;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_OPEN              = $00000200;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_NAME              = $00000400;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_INSTALLNAME       = $00000800;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_ITEM              = $00001000;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_INI_LOCK          = $00002000;
+
+      //*******************************************************/
+      // Extended SYSINFO functions                           */
+      //*******************************************************/
+  MCI_SYSINFO_INSTALL_DRIVER    = $00000001;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_QUERY_DRIVER      = $00000002;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_DELETE_DRIVER     = $00000004;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_SET_PARAMS        = $00000008;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_QUERY_PARAMS      = $00000010;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_SET_CONNECTORS    = $00000020;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_QUERY_CONNECTORS  = $00000040;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_SET_EXTENSIONS    = $00000080;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_QUERY_EXTENSIONS  = $00000100;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_SET_ALIAS         = $00000200;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_QUERY_NAMES       = $00000400;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_SET_DEFAULT       = $00000800;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_QUERY_DEFAULT     = $00001000;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_SET_TYPES         = $00002000;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_QUERY_TYPES       = $00004000;
+
+      //*******************************************************/
+      // Device Flags                                         */
+      //*******************************************************/
+  MCI_SYSINFO_DEV_CONTROLLABLE  = $00000001;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_DEV_NONCONTROLLABLE = $00000002;
+  MCI_SYSINFO_DEVICESETTINGS    = $00000004;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // parameter structures for the MCI_SYSINFO message                  */
+      //********************************************************************/
+TYPE
+  MaxDevNameChar = array [0..Max_Device_Name-1] of CHAR;
+  MaxVerNumChar = array [0..Max_Version_Number-1] of CHAR;
+  MaxProdInfChar = array [0..Max_ProdInfo-1] of CHAR;
+  MaxPddNameChar = array [0..Max_Pdd_Name-1] of CHAR;
+  MaxClsShort    = array [0..Max_Classes-1] of integer;
+  MaxClsShort2   = array [0..Max_Classes-1,0..Max_Classes-1] of integer;
+  MaxDevParmChar = array [0..Max_Dev_Params-1] of CHAR;
+
+  mci_SysInfo_Parms = record
+    hwndDummyCallback        : hwnd;           // NOTIFY not allowed for SYSINFO
+    pszReturn                : pChar;          // Pointer to return buffer
+    ulRetSize                : LongInt;          // Return buffer size
+    ulNumber                 : LongInt;          // Ordinal Number
+    usDeviceType             : Integer;         // MCI device type number
+    usReserved0              : Integer;         // Reserved field
+    ulItem                   : LongInt;          // Used to indicate the MCI_SYSINFO
+    pSysInfoParm             : Pointer;        // extended function to perform
+  end;
+  pmci_SysInfo_Parms = ^mci_SysInfo_Parms;
+
+  mci_SysInfo_LogDevice = packed record
+    szInstallName            : MaxDevNameChar; // Device install name
+    usDeviceType             : Integer;         // Device type number
+    ulDeviceFlag             : Longint;          // Flag indicating whether device
+                                               //  device is controllable or not
+    szVersionNumber          : MaxVerNumChar;  // INI file version number
+    szProductInfo            : MaxProdInfChar; // Textual product description
+    szMCDDriver              : MaxDevNameChar; // MCI Driver dll name
+    szVSDDriver              : MaxDevNameChar; // VSD dll name
+    szPDDName                : MaxPddNameChar; // Device PDD name
+    szMCDTable               : MaxDevNameChar; // Device type command table
+    szVSDTable               : MaxDevNameChar; // Device specific command table
+    usShareType              : Integer;         // Device sharing mode
+    szResourceName           : MaxDevNameChar; // Resource name
+    usResourceUnits          : Integer;         // Total resource units available
+                                               //  for this device
+    usResourceClasses        : Integer;         // Number of resource classes for
+                                               //  this device
+    ausClassArray            : MaxClsShort;    // Maximum number of resource
+                                               //  units for each class
+    ausValidClassArray       : MaxClsShort2;   // Valid class combinations
+  end;
+  pmci_SysInfo_LogDevice = ^mci_SysInfo_LogDevice;
+
+
+  mci_SysInfo_DevParams = record
+    szInstallName            : MaxDevNameChar; // Device install name
+    szDevParams              : MaxDevParmChar; // Device specific parameters
+  end;
+  pmci_SysInfo_DevParams = ^mci_SysInfo_DevParams;
+
+type
+  Connect = record
+    usConnectType            : Integer;         // Connector type
+    szToInstallName          : MaxDevNameChar; // Install name this connector
+                                               //  is connected to
+    usToConnectIndex         : Integer;         // Connector index this connector
+                                               //  is connected to
+  end;
+  pConnect = ^Connect;
+
+
+  MaxCnctCnct      = array[0..MAX_CONNECTORS-1] of Connect;
+  MaxExtChar2      = array[0..MAX_EXTENSIONS-1,0..MAX_EXTENSION_NAME-1] of CHAR;
+  MaxAliasNameChar = array[0..Max_Alias_Name-1] of Char;
+  MaxTypeBufChar   = array[0..Max_TypeBuffer] of Char;
+
+  mci_SysInfo_ConParams = record
+    szInstallName            : MaxDevNameChar; // Device install name
+    usNumConnectors          : Integer;         // Number of device connectors
+    ConnectorList            : MaxCnctCnct;    // Connector list array
+  end;
+  pmci_SysInfo_ConParams = ^mci_SysInfo_ConParams;
+
+  mci_SysInfo_Extension = record
+    szInstallName            : MaxDevNameChar; // Device install name
+    usNumExtensions          : Integer;         // Number of extensions
+    szExtension              : MaxExtChar2;    // Extension name array
+  end;
+  pmci_SysInfo_Extension = ^mci_SysInfo_Extension;
+
+  mci_SysInfo_Alias = record
+    szInstallName            : MaxDevNameChar;   // Device install name
+    szAliasName              : MaxAliasNameChar; // Alias name
+  end;
+  pmci_SysInfo_Alias = ^mci_SysInfo_Alias;
+
+  mci_SysInfo_DefaultDevice = record
+    szInstallName            : MaxDevNameChar; // Device install name
+    usDeviceType             : Integer;         // Device type number
+  end;
+  pmci_SysInfo_DefaultDevice = ^mci_SysInfo_DefaultDevice;
+
+  mci_SysInfo_Query_Name = record
+    szInstallName            : MaxDevNameChar; // Device install name
+    szLogicalName            : MaxDevNameChar; // Logical device name
+    szAliasName              : MaxAliasNameChar; // Alias name
+    usDeviceType             : Integer;         // Device type number
+    usDeviceOrd              : Integer;         // Device type ordinal
+  end;
+  pmci_SysInfo_Query_Name = ^mci_SysInfo_Query_Name;
+
+  mci_SysInfo_Types = record
+    szInstallName            : MaxDevNameChar; // Device install name
+    szTypes                  : MaxTypeBufChar; // EA types
+  end;
+  pmci_SysInfo_Types = ^mci_SysInfo_Types;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags for the MCI_UNFREEZE message                                */
+      //     0x00000X00 are reserved for MCI_UNFREEZE flags                */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_OVLY_UNFREEZE_RECT         = $00000100;
+  MCI_OVLY_UNFREEZE_RECT_OUTSIDE = $00000200;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags for the MCI_WHERE message                                   */
+      //     0x0000XX00 are reserved for MCI_WHERE flags                   */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  MCI_VID_WHERE_DESTINATION     = $00000100;
+  MCI_VID_WHERE_SOURCE          = $00000200;
+  MCI_VID_WHERE_WINDOW          = $00000400;
+
+  MCI_DGV_WHERE_DESTINATION     = MCI_VID_WHERE_DESTINATION;
+  MCI_DGV_WHERE_SOURCE          = MCI_VID_WHERE_SOURCE;
+  MCI_DGV_WHERE_WINDOW          = MCI_VID_WHERE_WINDOW;
+  MCI_DGV_WHERE_ADJUSTED        = $00000800;
+
+  MCI_OVLY_WHERE_DESTINATION    = MCI_VID_WHERE_DESTINATION;
+  MCI_OVLY_WHERE_SOURCE         = MCI_VID_WHERE_SOURCE;
+  MCI_OVLY_WHERE_WINDOW         = MCI_VID_WHERE_WINDOW;
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags and parameter structure for the MCI_WINDOW message          */
+      //     0x0000XX00   are reserved for MCI_WINDOW flags                */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  MCI_VID_WINDOW_hwnd           = $00000100;
+  MCI_VID_WINDOW_STATE          = $00000200;
+  MCI_VID_WINDOW_TEXT           = $00000400;
+  MCI_VID_WINDOW_DEFAULT        = $00000800;
+
+  MCI_DGV_WINDOW_hwnd           = MCI_VID_WINDOW_hwnd;
+  MCI_DGV_WINDOW_STATE          = MCI_VID_WINDOW_STATE;
+  MCI_DGV_WINDOW_TEXT           = MCI_VID_WINDOW_TEXT;
+  MCI_DGV_WINDOW_DEFAULT        = MCI_VID_WINDOW_DEFAULT;
+
+  MCI_OVLY_WINDOW_hwnd          = MCI_VID_WINDOW_hwnd;
+  MCI_OVLY_WINDOW_STATE         = MCI_VID_WINDOW_STATE;
+  MCI_OVLY_WINDOW_TEXT          = MCI_VID_WINDOW_TEXT;
+  MCI_OVLY_WINDOW_DEFAULT       = MCI_VID_WINDOW_DEFAULT;
+
+type
+  mci_Vid_Window_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    hwndDest                    : hwnd;        // Handle to the client window used for
+                                               // the destination of the video image
+    usCmdShow                   : Integer;      // Specifies how the window is displayed
+    usReserved1                 : Integer;      // Reserved
+    pszText                     : pChar;       // The text to use as the window caption
+    pszAlias                    : pChar;       // The window alias for the display window
+  end;
+  pmci_Vid_Window_Parms = ^mci_Vid_Window_Parms;
+
+  mci_dgv_Window_Parms = mci_Vid_Window_Parms;
+  pmci_dgv_Window_Parms = ^mci_dgv_Window_Parms;
+
+  mci_Ovly_Window_Parms = mci_Vid_Window_Parms;
+  pmci_Ovly_Window_Parms = ^mci_Ovly_Window_Parms;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // flags and parameter structure for the MCI_TUNER  message          */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MCI_DGV_AUDIO_CHANNEL         = $00010000;
+  MCI_DGV_TV_CHANNEL            = $00020000;
+  MCI_DGV_FREQUENCY             = $00040000;
+  MCI_DGV_FINETUNE_PLUS         = $00080000;
+  MCI_DGV_FINETUNE_MINUS        = $00100000;
+  MCI_DGV_REGION                = $00200000;
+  MCI_DGV_AFC_ON                = $00400000;
+  MCI_DGV_AFC_OFF               = $00800000;
+  MCI_DGV_POLARIZATION          = $00800000;
+  MCI_DGV_QUERY                 = $01000000;
+
+type
+  mci_Dgv_Tuner_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // PM window handle for MCI notify message
+    ulFrequency                 : LongInt;       // Tuner Frequency
+    ulReserved0                 : LongInt;       // Reserved 0
+    ulTVChannel                 : LongInt;       // TV Channel
+    lFineTune                   : LongInt;        // Fine tuning adjustments.
+    pszRegion                   : pChar;       // TV Channel Region
+    ulReserved1                 : LongInt;       // Reserved 1
+    ulReserved2                 : LongInt;       // Reserved 2
+  end;
+  pmci_Dgv_Tuner_Parms = ^mci_Dgv_Tuner_Parms;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      //                                                                   */
+      //  MCI system value defines                                         */
+      //                                                                   */
+      //********************************************************************/
+CONST
+  MSV_CLOSEDCAPTION             = $0;
+  MSV_MASTERVOLUME              = $1;
+  MSV_HEADPHONES                = $2;
+  MSV_SPEAKERS                  = $3;
+  MSV_WORKPATH                  = $4;
+  MSV_SYSQOSVALUE               = $5;
+  MSV_SYSQOSERRORFLAG           = $6;
+
+  MSV_MAX                       = $7;
+
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      // Playlist defines                                                  */
+      //********************************************************************/
+  DATA_OPERATION                = 0;
+  BRANCH_OPERATION              = 1;
+  LOOP_OPERATION                = 2;
+  CALL_OPERATION                = 3;
+  RETURN_OPERATION              = 4;
+  EXIT_OPERATION                = 5;
+  NOP_OPERATION                 = 6;
+  MESSAGE_OPERATION             = 7;
+  CUEPOINT_OPERATION            = 8;
+  SEMWAIT_OPERATION             = 9;
+  SEMPOST_OPERATION             = 10;
+
+      //********************************************************************/
+      //                                                                   */
+      //  MCI Function prototypes                                          */
+      //                                                                   */
+      //********************************************************************/
+
+
+function mciSendCommand(usDeviceID: Integer; usMessage: Integer; ulParam1: LongInt;
+         var Param2; usUserParm: Integer): longint; cdecl;
+
+function mciSendString(pszCommandBuf: pChar; pszReturnString: pChar;
+         wReturnLength: Integer; hwndCallBack: hwnd; usUserParm: Integer): longInt; cdecl;
+
+function mciGetErrorString(ulError: LongInt; pszBuffer: pChar; usLength: Integer): longint; cdecl;
+
+function mciMakeGroup(var usDeviceGroupID:Integer; usDeviceCount: Integer;
+             var ausDeviceList: Integer; ulFlags: LongInt; ulMMTime: LongInt): longint; cdecl;
+
+function mciDeleteGroup(usGroupID:Integer): longint; cdecl;
+
+function mciSetSysValue(iSysValue: Integer; var Value): Boolean; cdecl;
+
+function mciQuerySysValue(iSysValue: Integer;var Value): Boolean; cdecl;
+
+function mciGetDeviceID(pszName: pChar): Longint; cdecl;
+
+Implementation
+
+function mSecToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+begin
+  If Value > $FFFFFFFF div 3 then
+    mSecToMM := 0
+  else
+    mSecToMM := Value div 3;
+end;
+
+function mSecFromMM(Value: mmTime): LongInt;
+begin
+  mSecFromMM := (Value+1) div 3;
+end;
+
+function RedBookToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+begin
+  RedBookToMM := ( Value and $0000FF ) * 60 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $00FF00 ) * $100 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $FF0000 ) * $10000 * 3000 div 75;
+
+end;
+
+function fps24ToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+begin
+  fps24toMM := ( Value and $000000FF ) * 60 * 60 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $0000FF00 ) * $100 * 60 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $00FF0000 ) * $10000 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $FF000000 ) * $10000 * 3000 div 24;
+end;
+
+function fps25ToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+begin
+  fps25ToMM := ( Value and $000000FF ) * 60 * 60 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $0000FF00 ) * $100 * 60 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $00FF0000 ) * $10000 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $FF000000 ) * $10000 * 3000 div 25;
+end;
+
+function fps30ToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+begin
+  fps30ToMM := ( Value and $000000FF ) * 60 * 60 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $0000FF00 ) * $100 * 60 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $00FF0000 ) * $10000 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $FF000000 ) * $10000 * 3000 div 30;
+end;
+
+function HMSToMM(Value: Cardinal): mmTime;
+begin
+  HMSToMM := ( Value and $0000FF ) * 60 * 60 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $00FF00 ) * $100 * 60 * 3000 +
+            ( Value and $FF0000 ) * $10000 * 3000;
+end;
+
+function RedBookFromMM(Value: mmTime): Cardinal;
+begin
+  if Value+20 >= $100*60*3000 then
+    RedBookFromMM := 0
+  else
+    RedBookFromMM := (Value+20) div (60*3000) +
+              ((Value+20) mod ((60*3000) div 3000)) shl 8 +
+              ((Value+20) div ((3000 div 75) mod 75)) shl 16;
+end;
+
+function FPS24FromMM(Value: mmTime): Cardinal;
+begin
+  if Value+63 >= $A4CB8000 then // $100*60*60*3000 then
+    FPS24FromMM := 0
+  else
+    FPS24FromMM := ((((Value+63) mod 3000) div (3000 div 24)) shl 24) and $FF000000 +
+              ((((Value+63) div 3000) mod 60) shl 16) and $00FF0000 +
+              (((((Value+63) div 3000) div 60) mod 60) shl 8) and $0000FF00 +
+              ((((Value+63) div 3000) div 60) div 60) and $000000FF;
+end;
+
+function FPS25FromMM(value: mmTime): Cardinal;
+begin
+  if Value+60 >= $A4CB8000 then // $100*60*60*3000
+    FPS25FromMM := 0
+  else
+    FPS25FromMM := ((((Value+60) mod 3000) div (3000 div 25)) shl 24) and $FF000000 +
+              ((((Value+60) div 3000) mod 60) shl 16) and $00FF0000 +
+              (((((Value+60) div 3000) div 60) mod 60) shl 8) and $0000FF00 +
+              ((((Value+60) div 3000) div 60) div 60) and $000000FF;
+end;
+
+function FPS30FromMM(value: mmTime): Cardinal;
+begin
+  if Value+50 >= $A4CB8000 then // $100*60*60*3000
+    FPS30FromMM := 0
+  else
+    FPS30FromMM := ((((Value+50) mod 3000) div (3000 div 30)) shl 24) and $FF000000 +
+              ((((Value+50) div 3000) mod 60) shl 16) and $00FF0000 +
+              (((((Value+50) div 3000) div 60) mod 60) shl 8) and $0000FF00 +
+              ((((Value+50) div 3000) div 60) div 60) and $000000FF;
+end;
+
+function HMSFromMM(value: mmTime): Cardinal;
+begin
+  if Value+50 >= $A4CB8000 then // $100*60*60*3000
+    HMSFromMM := 0
+  else
+    HMSFromMM := (((( Value+50) div 3000) mod 60) shl 16) and $00FF0000 +
+              (((((Value+50) div 3000) div 60) mod 60) shl 8) and $0000FF00 +
+              (((( Value+50) div 3000) div 60) div 60) and $000000FF;
+end;
+
+function tmsf_track(time: mmTime): Byte;
+begin
+  tmsf_track := byte(time);
+end;
+
+function tmsf_minute(time: mmTime): Byte;
+begin
+  tmsf_minute := pbyte(pchar(@time)+1)^;
+end;
+
+function tmsf_second(time: mmTime): Byte;
+begin
+  tmsf_second := pbyte(pchar(@time)+2)^;
+end;
+
+function tmsf_frame(time: mmTime): Byte;
+begin
+  tmsf_frame := pbyte(pchar(@time)+3)^;
+end;
+
+function msf_minute(time: mmTime): Byte;
+begin
+  msf_minute := byte(time);
+end;
+
+function msf_second(time: mmTime): Byte;
+begin
+  msf_second := pbyte(pchar(@time)+1)^;
+end;
+
+function msf_frame(time: mmTime): Byte;
+begin
+  msf_frame := pbyte(pchar(@time)+2)^;
+end;
+
+function uLong_lwlb(var ul): Byte;   // Low word low byte
+begin
+  uLong_lwlb := LongInt(ul);
+end;
+
+function uLong_lwhb(var ul): Byte;   // Low word high byte
+begin
+  uLong_lwhb := pbyte(pchar(@ul)+1)^;
+end;
+
+function uLong_hwlb(var ul): Byte;   // High word low byte
+begin
+  uLong_hwlb := pbyte(pchar(@ul)+2)^;
+end;
+
+function uLong_hwhb(var ul): Byte;   // High word high byte
+begin
+  uLong_hwhb := pbyte(pchar(@ul)+3)^;
+end;
+
+function uLong_lowd(var ul): Word;   // Low word
+begin
+  uLong_lowd:=pWord(pchar(@ul))^;
+end;
+
+function uLong_hiwd(var ul): Word;   // High word
+begin
+  uLong_hiwd := pWord(pchar(@ul)+Sizeof(Word))^;
+end;
+
+function mciSendCommand(usDeviceID: Integer; usMessage: Integer; ulParam1: LongInt;
+         var Param2; usUserParm: Integer): longint; cdecl; external 'MDM' index 1;
+
+function mciSendString(pszCommandBuf: pChar; pszReturnString: pChar;
+         wReturnLength: Integer; hwndCallBack: hwnd; usUserParm: Integer): longInt; cdecl; external 'MDM' index 2;
+
+function mciGetErrorString(ulError: LongInt; pszBuffer: pChar; usLength: Integer): longint;  cdecl; external 'MDM' index 3;
+
+function mciMakeGroup(var usDeviceGroupID:Integer; usDeviceCount: Integer;
+             var ausDeviceList: Integer; ulFlags: LongInt; ulMMTime: LongInt): longint; cdecl; external 'MDM' index 12;
+
+function mciDeleteGroup(usGroupID:Integer): longint; cdecl; external 'MDM' index 13;
+
+function mciSetSysValue(iSysValue: Integer; var Value): Boolean; cdecl; external 'MDM' index 10;
+
+function mciQuerySysValue(iSysValue: Integer;var Value): Boolean; cdecl; external 'MDM' index 11;
+
+function mciGetDeviceID(pszName: pChar): Longint; cdecl; external 'MDM' index 16;
+
+End.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/mciapi.pas b/packages/os2units/src/mciapi.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24d374c023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/mciapi.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+{
+    Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Andry Svirgunov (cool2@ngs.ru)
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru)
+
+    High-Level MCI Interfaces of OS/2 Multimedia subsystem
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) as
+    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+    License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is
+    distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+    See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should
+    have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+ **********************************************************************}
+
+{
+@abstract(High-Level MCI Interfaces of OS/2 Multimedia subsystem)
+@author(Andry Svirgunov (cool2@ngs.ru))
+@author(Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru))
+@created(01 Oct 2002)
+@lastmod(19 Jan 2003)
+This is the High-Level Macro Service API Routines of OS/2 Multimedia subsystem.
+All functions are from MCIAPI dll (which also contains REXX functions.
+See "Multimedia with REXX" for more information.).
+Warning: This code is alfa. Future versions of this unit will propably
+not be compatible.
+}
+Unit mciapi;
+
+{$MODE ObjFPC}
+
+Interface
+
+// Flags for mciPlayFile
+Const
+  // digital and overlay
+  MCI_OWNERISPARENT   = $0001;
+  // stop playing whatever is playing
+  MCI_STOPACTIVE      = $0002;
+  // play and return immediately
+  MCI_ASYNCRENDEZVOUS = $0004;
+  // wait til prev is finished then play
+  MCI_RENDEZVOUS      = $0008;
+  // no syncup will be done
+  MCI_ASYNC           = $0010;
+
+{
+This function plays a multimedia data file (video, audio) using MCI commands.
+hwndOwner is handle of owner window. If hwndOwner equial to zero used active
+          window.
+pszFile is pointer to asciiz name of data file. For compound files can be
+        used 'filename+element'.
+ulFlags is MCI_* flags.
+pszTitle is title of generated window (e.g. for video). Ignored if not generated.
+hwndViewport is handle of window for displaying video. If none, then default
+             window displayed.
+}
+Function mciPlayFile(hwndOwner: Cardinal;               // Ownerwindow
+                     pszFile: PChar;                    // File
+                     ulFlags: Cardinal;                 // Flags
+                     pszTitle: PChar;                   // Title
+                     hwndViewport: Cardinal):           // Viewport Window
+                       Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+Function mciPlayResource(hwndOwner: Cardinal;           // Owner Window
+                         hmod: LongInt;                 // Module
+                         resType: LongInt;              // Resource Type
+                         resID: LongInt;                // Resource ID
+                         ulFlags: Cardinal;             // Flags
+                         pszTitle: PChar;               // Title
+                         hwndViewport: Cardinal):       // Viewport Window
+                           Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+Function mciRecordAudioFile(hwndOwner: Cardinal;
+                            pszFile,
+                            pszTitle: PChar;
+                            ulFlags: Cardinal):
+                              Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+// Audio Macro Service Constants and Routines
+
+Const
+  MMIO_FE_FINDFIRST        = 1;
+  MMIO_FE_FINDNEXT         = 2;
+  MMIO_FE_FINDEND          = 3;
+  MMIO_FE_FINDELEMENT      = 4;
+
+  MMIO_RE_COMPACT          = 1;
+
+Function mmioRemoveElement(pszFileElement: pChar;
+                           ulFlag: LongInt):
+                             Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+Function mmioFindElement(ulCode: LongInt;              // Find Code
+                         pszElement: PChar;            // Element
+                         ulElementLen: LongInt;        // Element Buffer Length
+                         pszFile: PChar;
+                         ulReserved: LongInt):         // Compound File
+                           Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+
+
+Implementation
+
+Function mciPlayFile(hwndOwner: Cardinal; pszFile: PChar; ulFlags: Cardinal; pszTitle: PChar; hwndViewport: Cardinal): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'MCIAPI' index 10;
+Function mciPlayResource(hwndOwner: Cardinal; hmod: LongInt; resType: LongInt; resID: LongInt; ulFlags: Cardinal; pszTitle: PChar; hwndViewport: Cardinal): Cardinal;  cdecl;
+    external 'MCIAPI' index 11;
+Function mciRecordAudioFile(hwndOwner: Cardinal; pszFile, pszTitle: PChar; ulFlags: Cardinal): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'MCIAPI' index 12;
+Function mmioRemoveElement(pszFileElement: PChar; ulFlag: LongInt): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'MCIAPI' index 16;
+Function mmioFindElement(ulCode: LongInt; pszElement: PChar; ulElementLen: LongInt; pszFile: PChar; ulReserved: LongInt): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'MCIAPI' index 18;
+
+end.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/mcidrv.pas b/packages/os2units/src/mcidrv.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8dae915bff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/mcidrv.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+{
+    Copyright (c) 1991, 1992 by International Business Machines Corporation
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Andry Svirgunov (cool2@ngs.ru)
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru)
+
+    MCI drivers interface
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) as
+    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+    License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is
+    distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+    See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should
+    have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+ **********************************************************************}
+
+{
+@abstract(MCI drivers interface)
+@author(Andry Svirgunov (cool2@ngs.ru))
+@author(Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru))
+@created(01 Oct 2002)
+@lastmod(19 Jan 2003)
+MCI drivers interface
+Warning: This code is alfa. Future versions of this unit will propably
+not be compatible.
+}
+Unit mcidrv;
+
+Interface
+
+Type
+  GID=Integer;
+
+///**************************************************************************/
+//             MCI Driver  message identifiers                              */
+///**************************************************************************/
+const
+  MCIDRV_SAVE                   = 900;
+  MCIDRV_RESTORE                = 901;
+  MCIDRV_SYNC                   = 902;
+  MCIDRV_CHANGERESOURCE         = 903;
+  MCIDRV_CONNECT                = 904;
+  MCIDRV_ASSOCIATE              = 905;
+  MCIDRV_DISCONNECT             = 906;
+  MCIDRV_TEST_CONNECTION        = 907;
+  MCIDRV_START                  = 908;
+  MCIDRV_SEEK                   = 909;
+  MCIDRV_STOP                   = 910;
+  MCIDRV_MODIFY_CONNECTION      = 911;
+  MCIDRV_INIT_CONNECTION        = 912;
+  MCIDRV_DEINIT_CONNECTION      = 913;
+  MCIDRV_ENABLE_EVENT           = 915;
+  MCIDRV_GETTIME                = 917;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+// The following messages are used by the MCIDRV_CONNECT message     */
+///*******************************************************************/
+
+  MCIDRV_CONNECT_TARGET         = $00010000;
+  MCIDRV_CONNECT_SOURCE         = $00020000;
+  MCIDRV_SET_CONNNECTOR_TYPE    = $00040000;
+  MCIDRV_CHANGE_SEM             = $00080000;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+// The following messages are used by MCIDRV_MODIFY_CONNECTION       */
+///*******************************************************************/
+
+
+  MCIDRV_MODIFY_10              =$00100000;  // back level MCI driver.
+  MCIDRV_MIX_STANDALONE         =$00200000;
+
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+// The following messages are used by MCIDRV_START                   */
+///*******************************************************************/
+
+  MCIDRV_CUE_PLAYBACK           = $00010000;
+  MCIDRV_CUE_RECORD             = $00020000;
+  MCIDRV_START_PLAYBACK         = $00040000;
+  MCIDRV_START_RECORD           = $00080000;
+  MCIDRV_START_PREROLL          = $00100000;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+// The following messages are used by MCIDRV_ASSOCIATE               */
+///*******************************************************************/
+
+  MCIDRV_OUTPUT                 = $00010000;
+  MCIDRV_INPUT                  = $00020000;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+// The following messages are used by MCIDRV_STOP                    */
+///*******************************************************************/
+
+  MCIDRV_PAUSE_STREAM_NETWORK   = $00010000;
+  MCIDRV_FLUSH_STREAM_NETWORK   = $00020000;
+  MCIDRV_DISCARD_STREAM_NETWORK = $00040000;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+// The following messages are used by MCIDRV_DEINIT_CONNECTION       */
+///*******************************************************************/
+
+  MCIDRV_MODIFY_HANDLER         =$00010000;
+
+
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+// The following range of message ID's are reserved for internal use */
+//  by MCI drivers                                                   */
+///*******************************************************************/
+  MCI_INTERNAL_MESSAGES_START   = 1000;
+  MCI_INTERNAL_MESSAGES_END     = 1999;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+// Flags used by the string parser for command tables                */
+// NOTE: All flags must have an "L" suffix in order to be parsed as  */
+// DWORDs by the resource compiler                                   */
+///*******************************************************************/
+  MCI_COMMAND_HEAD              = $00000001;
+  MCI_END_COMMAND               = $00000002;
+  MCI_END_COMMAND_LIST          = $00000003;
+  MCI_RETURN                    = $00000004;
+  MCI_STRING                    = $00000005;
+  MCI_FLAG                      = $00000006;
+  MCI_INTEGER                   = $00000007;
+  MCI_CONSTANT                  = $00000008;
+  MCI_CONSTANT_INTEGER          = $00000009;
+  MCI_CONSTANT_STRING           = $0000000A;
+  MCI_END_CONSTANT              = $0000000B;
+  MCI_DEFAULT_STRING            = $0000000C;
+  MCI_DEFAULT_INTEGER           = $0000000D;
+  MCI_RETURN_TYPE               = $0000000E;
+  MCI_RETURN_TYPE_STRING        = $0000000F;
+  MCI_END_RETURN_TYPE           = $00000010;
+  MCI_CONSTANT_2                = $00000011;
+  MCI_END_CONSTANT_2            = $00000012;
+  MCI_CONSTANT_PAIR             = $00000013;
+  MCI_END_CONSTANT_PAIR         = $00000014;
+  MCI_CONSTANT_INTEGER_PAIR     = $00000015;
+  MCI_CONSTANT_STRING_PAIR      = $00000016;
+  MCI_RECTL                     = $00000017;
+  MCI_CONSTANT_4                = $00000018;
+  MCI_END_CONSTANT_4            = $00000019;
+  MCI_FOURCC                    = $0000001A;
+  MCI_OR                        = $0000001B;
+  MCI_END_OR                    = $0000001C;
+  MCI_STRING_LIST               = $0000001D;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+// Return types supported by mciSendString                           */
+//   Values 0x0000 -> 0xFF00  are reserved by MMPM2                  */
+//   Values 0xFF01 -> 0xFFFF  are user definable                     */
+///*******************************************************************/
+  MCI_INTEGER_RETURNED          = $1000;
+  MCI_COLONIZED2_RETURN         = $2000;
+  MCI_COLONIZED3_RETURN         = $3000;
+  MCI_COLONIZED4_RETURN         = $4000;
+  MCI_TRUE_FALSE_RETURN         = $5000;
+  MCI_ON_OFF_RETURN             = $6000;
+  MCI_DEVICENAME_RETURN         = $7000;
+  MCI_TIME_FORMAT_RETURN        = $8000;
+  MCI_SPEED_FORMAT_RETURN       = $9000;
+  MCI_MODE_RETURN               = $A000;
+  MCI_MEDIA_TYPE_RETURN         = $B000;
+  MCI_TRACK_TYPE_RETURN         = $C000;
+  MCI_CONNECTOR_TYPE_RETURN     = $D000;
+  MCI_CDXA_CHANNEL_DESTINATION_RETURN = $E000;
+  MCI_PREROLL_TYPE_RETURN       = $F000;
+  MCI_FORMAT_TAG_RETURN         = $F100;
+  MCI_SEQ_SYNCHRONIZATION_RETURN = $F200;
+  MCI_VIDEO_QUALITY_RETURN      = $F300;
+  MCI_AUDIO_QUALITY_RETURN      = $F400;
+  MCI_IMAGE_QUALITY_RETURN      = $F500;
+  MCI_VIDEO_COMPRESSION_RETURN  = $F600;
+  MCI_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_RETURN  = $F700;
+  MCI_IMAGE_COMPRESSION_RETURN  = $F800;
+  MCI_RECTL_RETURN              = $F900;
+  MCI_FOURCC_RETURN             = $FA00;
+  MCI_IMAGE_PELFORMAT_RETURN    = $FB00;
+  MCI_DIRECTION_RETURN          = $FC00;
+  MCI_SIGNED_INTEGER_RETURN     = $FD00;
+
+  MCI_USER_RETURN               = $FF01;
+///*******************************************************************/
+// End of msg text used by mciGetErrorString                         */
+///*******************************************************************/
+  MCIERR_BASE                       = 5000;
+  MCIERR_MSG_TABLE_END          = MCIERR_BASE + 7000;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+//                                                                   */
+//  MCI DEVICE shareability categories                               */
+//                                                                   */
+///*******************************************************************/
+  FIXEDSINGLECONTEXT            = $0001;
+  DYNAMICSINGLECONTEXT          = $0002;
+  LIMITEDMULTIPLECONTEXT        = $0003;
+  UNLIMITEDMULTIPLECONTEXT      = $0004;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+// MCI driver flag for close during exit list processing             */
+///*******************************************************************/
+  MCI_CLOSE_EXIT                = $10000000;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+// MCI driver specific error table resource number base              */
+///*******************************************************************/
+  MMERROR_TABLE_BASE            = 500;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+//                                                                   */
+//  MCIDRV_CHANGERESOURCE  message flags                             */
+//                                                                   */
+///*******************************************************************/
+
+Type
+  mciDrv_ChangeResource_Parms = record
+    pInstance                   : Pointer;     // pointer to device instance
+    usResourceUnits             : Integer;      // required resource units
+    usResourceClass             : Integer;      // resource class
+    usResourcePriority          : Integer;      // resource priority
+  end;
+  pmciDrv_ChangeResource_Parms = ^mciDrv_ChangeResource_Parms;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+//                                                                   */
+//  MCIDRV_ENABLE_EVENT message flags                                */
+//                                                                   */
+///*******************************************************************/
+
+Type
+  HSTREAM=LongInt;
+  hID=LongInt;
+  hEvent = LongInt;                // Event Handle
+  phEvent = ^hEvent;             // Pointer to Event Handle
+  HWND = LongInt;
+  MMTIME = LongInt;
+Type
+  evcb = record
+    ulType       : LongInt;              // Event type (input)
+    ulSubType    : LongInt;              // Event SubType (input)
+    ulFlags      : LongInt;              // 0 (Input), status (Output)
+    hstream      : HSTREAM;            // handle to stream for this event
+    hid          : hID;                // handler Id (input/output)
+    ulStatus     : LongInt;              // Event status (output)
+    ulEventParm1 : LongInt;              // Event parameters (input), hID if implicit event
+    ulEventParm2 : LongInt;              // Event parameters (input)
+    ulEventParm3 : LongInt;              // Event parameters (input)
+  end;
+  pevcb = ^evcb;
+
+Type
+  MCIDRV_EVENT_PARMS = record
+    ulLength:LongInt;   // Length of event parms                     */
+    pevcb:PEVCB;      // pointer to event control block            */
+    phevent:PHEVENT;    // pointer to the event to enable in network */
+  end;
+  PMCIDRV_EVENT_PARMS=^MCIDRV_EVENT_PARMS;
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+//                                                                   */
+//  MCIDRV_SYNC  message flags                                       */
+//                                                                   */
+///*******************************************************************/
+Const
+  MCIDRV_SYNC_ENABLE            = $00000100;
+  MCIDRV_SYNC_DISABLE           = $00000200;
+  MCIDRV_SYNC_REC_PULSE         = $00000400;
+  MCIDRV_SYNC_MASTER            = $00000800;
+  MCIDRV_SYNC_SET_MASTER        = $00001000;
+
+Type
+  sync_evcb = record
+    ulType       : LongInt;             // Event_SYNC
+    ulSubType    : LongInt;             // Not used
+    ulSyncFlags  : LongInt;             // 0 (input),status (output)
+    hstream      : HStream;           // handle to stream for this event
+    hid          : hID;               // Handler id
+    ulStatus     : LongInt;             // Event status (output)
+    mmtimeStart  : mmTime;            // Filled in by Sync/Stream manager
+                                      //  at SpiEnableSync time. (input)
+    mmtimeMaster : mmTime;            // Filled in by Master SH (input)
+    mmtimeSlave  : mmTime;            // Filled in by slave SH. (output)
+  end;
+  pSync_evcb = ^sync_Evcb;
+
+Type
+  mciDrv_Sync_Parms = record
+    hStreams                    : ^hStream;    // Pointer to list of stream IDs
+    ulNumStreams                : LongInt;       // number of stream IDs
+    mmTime                      : mmTime;      // Sync Pulse Time
+    NonStreamMaster             : Boolean;        // TRUE if this device can be master
+    pevcbSyncPulse              : pSync_evcb;  // pointer to EVCB address (output)
+    hidMaster                   : hID;         // Master NULL sh ID (valid only on
+                                               //    MCIDRV_SYNC_MASTER
+    ulReserved1                 : LongInt;       // Reserved field
+    ulReserved2                 : LongInt;       // Reserved field
+  end;
+  pmciDrv_Sync_Parms = ^mciDrv_Sync_Parms;
+
+
+//*******************************************************************/
+// contains information for open message for MCI drivers            */
+//*******************************************************************/
+Type
+  mmDrv_Open_Parms = record
+    hwndCallback                : hwnd;        // call back handle
+    usDeviceID                  : Integer;      // The device ID assigned to this instance
+    usDeviceType                : Integer;      // The device type number
+    usDeviceOrd                 : Integer;      // The device ordinal number
+    pInstance                   : Pointer;     //  pointer to the instance structure allocated
+                                               //  initialized by the driver. The MCI driver
+                                               // will fill in this parameter.
+    szDevDLLName : Array[0..259] of Char;      // Character string containing the device
+                                               // specific DLL name to call for the open.
+                                               // (ie. ACPA.DLL)
+    pszElementName              : pChar;       //   typically a file name or NULL
+    usDevParmLen                : Integer;      // Device parameters data block length.
+    pDevParm                    : Pointer;     // Device parameters data block. This data
+                                               // block is unique to each type of device.
+                                               // (ie. LVD "COM1 9600 N 7 1").
+    Reserved0                   : Pointer;
+    usResourceUnitsRequired     : Integer;      // number of resource units this instance
+                                               // requires.
+    usResourceClass             : Integer;      // resource class this instance belongs to
+    usResourcePriority          : Integer;      // resource priority for this instance
+    ulParam2                    : LongInt;       // Pointer to MCI_OPEN structure
+  end;
+  pmmDrv_Open_Parms = ^mmDrv_Open_Parms;
+
+
+///*******************************************************************/
+//                                                                   */
+//  MCIDRV_RESTORE message flags                                     */
+//                                                                   */
+///*******************************************************************/
+
+Type
+  MCIDRV_RESTORE_PARMS = record
+    ulLength:longint;        // Length of restore parms               */
+    ulMasterVolume:longint;  // Master volume value                   */
+  end;
+  PMCIDRV_RESTORE_PARMS=^MCIDRV_RESTORE_PARMS;
+
+function mdmDriverNotify( usDeviceID: Integer; wnd: Hwnd; usMsgType: Integer;
+                          usUserParm: Integer; ulMsgParm: LongInt): LongInt; cdecl;
+
+Implementation
+
+function mdmDriverNotify( usDeviceID: Integer; wnd: Hwnd; usMsgType: Integer;
+                          usUserParm: Integer; ulMsgParm: LongInt): LongInt; cdecl; external 'MDM' index 17;
+
+End.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/mmbase.pas b/packages/os2units/src/mmbase.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb7ae75aa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/mmbase.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,3275 @@
+{
+    Copyright (c) 1990-1993 International Business Machines Corporation
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Andry Svirgunov (cool2@ngs.ru)
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru)
+
+    OS/2 Multimedia structures and definitions
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) as
+    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+    License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is
+    distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+    See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should
+    have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+ **********************************************************************}
+
+{
+@abstract(Multimedia structures and definitions)
+@author(Andry Svirgunov (cool2@ngs.ru))
+@author(Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru))
+@created(17 Dec 2002)
+@lastmod(19 Jan 2003)
+OS/2 Multimedia structures and definitions
+Warning: This code is alfa. Future versions of this unit will propably
+not be compatible.
+}
+//****************************************************************************/
+//*                                                                          */
+//* Module Name: MMBase.pas                                                  */
+//*                                                                          */
+//* OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions Base Definitions                          */
+//*                                                                          */
+//* Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation 1991, 1992     */
+//*                        All Rights Reserved                               */
+//*                                                                          */
+//*------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+//* Converted by Andry Svirgunov. Email: cool2@ngs.ru                        */
+//* 14.11.2002.                                                              */
+//* Revised by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru)                        */
+//****************************************************************************/
+
+Unit mmbase;
+
+{$MODE ObjFPC}
+
+Interface
+
+Uses Os2Def;
+
+Type
+        VERSION = WORD;
+        LPSTR = ^Char;
+        LPTR = Pointer;
+        LPRECT = Pointer;
+        HANDLE = HWND;
+        PW = ^Word;
+        PAW = ^Word;
+        PFN = Pointer ;
+        PPFN = ^PFN;
+
+type
+  FNMCI=Function(var p,w:Word;a,b,c:LongInt):Longint;
+
+TYPE
+        PFNMCI = ^FNMCI;
+        SZ = Char;              //* ASCIIZ char string type*/
+        MMTIME = LongInt;       //* universal Chinatown time (1/3000 second)*/
+        PMMTIME = ^MMTIME;      //* Ptr to MMTIME unit*/
+        HMMIO = LongInt;        //* Handle to an MMIO object*/
+        PHMMIO = ^HMMIO;        //* Handle to an MMIO object*/
+
+
+TYPE
+  FOURCC=Cardinal;
+
+//**********************************************
+//*
+//* SPCBKEY - Stream Protocol Key
+//*
+//**********************************************/
+Type _SPCBKEY = record                  //* spcbkey SPCB key (Stream data type) */
+        ulDataType : LongInt;
+        ulDataSubType : LongInt;
+        ulIntKey : LongInt;             //* generated internal key            */
+        end;
+TYPE PSPCBKEY = ^_SPCBKEY;
+
+Const
+
+        _SPCBKEY_DEFINED = 1;
+
+//**********************************************
+// *
+// * MMTRACKINFO - This structure is used to
+// *            represent a video, audio or
+// *            some other type of track
+// *            within a digital video movie
+// *            file.
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE _MMTRACKINFO = record      //* mmtrackinfo */
+        ulTrackID : LongInt;    //* track identifier */
+        ulMediaType : LongInt;  //* media type */
+        ulCountry : LongInt;    //* country code for the track */
+        ulCodePage : LongInt;   //* country code page for the track */
+        ulReserved1: LongInt;   //* reserved must be 0 */
+        ulReserved2 : LongInt;  //* reserved must be 0 */
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMMTRACKINFO = ^_MMTRACKINFO; //* Ptr to a track table entry */
+
+//************************
+// * Clipboard formats
+// ************************/
+CONST
+        CF_RMID = 10;
+        CF_RIFF = 11;
+        CF_WAVE = 12;
+        CF_AVI = 13;
+//************************
+// * Resource formats
+// ************************/
+        RT_RMID = 100;
+        RT_RIFF = 101;
+        RT_WAVE = 102;
+        RT_AVI = 103;
+        RT_AVS = 104;
+
+
+//************************
+// * Drag formats
+// ************************/
+        DRT_WAVE = 'DIGITAL AUDIO';
+        DRT_AVI = 'DIGITAL VIDEO';
+        DRT_MIDI = 'MIDI';
+
+
+//************************
+// * Sampling Rate
+// ************************/
+        HZ_8000 = 8000;         //* 8.0 kHz*/
+        HZ_11025 = 11025;       //* 11.025 kHz*/
+        HZ_14700 = 14700;       //* 14.700 kHz (SPV/2)*/
+        HZ_18900 = 18900;       //* 18.900 kHz (CD/XA LVL C)*/
+        HZ_22050 = 22050;       //* 22.050 kHz*/
+        HZ_37800 = 37800;       //* 37.800 kHz (CD/XA LVL B)*/
+        HZ_44100 = 44100;       //* 44.100 kHz*/
+
+//************************
+// * Bits per Sample
+// ************************/
+        BPS_4 = 4;              //* 4 bits/sample (ADPCM)*/
+        BPS_8 = 8;              //* 8 bits/sample (PCM)*/
+        BPS_16 =16;             //* 16 bits/sample(PCM)*/
+
+//************************
+//* Channels
+//************************/
+        CH_1 = 1;               //* Mono*//
+        CH_2 = 2;               //* Stereo*//
+        CH_4 = 4;               //* Quad*//
+
+
+//*************************************************************************
+// * Multimedia Datatypes (spcbkey values)
+// *************************************************************************/
+
+
+///****************
+// * NULL datatype
+// ****************/
+        DATATYPE_NULL = $0000;  //* NULL stream data type (NULL)*/
+        SUBTYPE_NONE = $0000;   //* No subtype for this data type*/
+
+//*********************
+// * WAVEFORM datatypes
+// *********************/
+        DATATYPE_WAVEFORM = $0001; //* WAVEFORM audio (PCM)*/
+
+
+//* Subtypes for DATATYPE_WAVEFORM:*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_1M08 = $0001;       //* 11.025kHz, Mono  , 8-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_1S08 = $0002;       //* 11.025kHz, Stereo, 8-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_1M16 = $0003;       //* 11.025kHz, Mono  , 16-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_1S16 = $0004;       //* 11.025kHz, Stereo, 16-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_2M08 = $0005;       //* 22.05kHz , Mono  , 8-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_2S08 = $0006;       //* 22.05kHz , Stereo, 8-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_2M16 = $0007;       //* 22.05kHz , Mono  , 16-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_2S16 = $0008;       //* 22.05kHz , Stereo, 16-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_4M08 = $0009;       //* 44.1kHz  , Mono  , 8-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_4S08 = $000A;       //* 44.1kHz  , Stereo, 8-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_4M16 = $000B;       //* 44.1kHz  , Mono  , 16-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_4S16 = $000C;       //* 44.1kHz  , Stereo, 16-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_8M08 = $000D;       //*  8.0kHz  , Mono  , 8-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_8S08 = $000E;       //*  8.0kHz  , Stereo, 8-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_8M16 = $000F;       //*  8.0kHz  , Mono  , 16-bit*/
+        WAVE_FORMAT_8S16 = $0010;       //*  8.0kHz  , Stereo, 16-bit*/
+
+//*********************
+// * DIGVIDEO datatypes
+// *********************/
+        DATATYPE_DIGVIDEO = $0002;      //* Digital Video */
+
+//* Subtypes for DATATYPE_DIGVIDEO:*/
+        DIGVIDEO_PHOTOM = $544F4850;    //* Photmotion video, FOURCC value for phio */
+        DIGVIDEO_ULTIM = $49544C55;     //* Ultimotion video, FOURCC value for ulio */
+        DIGVIDEO_AVI = $20495641;       //* AVI video, FOURCC value for avio */
+        DIGVIDEO_MONITOR = $206E6FD;    //* MONITOR video, FOURCC value for monitoring */
+        DIGVIDEO_FLC = $63696C66;       //* FLIC video, FOURCC value for flic */
+        DIGVIDEO_MPEG = $4745504D;      //* MPEG video, FOURCC value for MPEG */
+
+//******************
+// * MuLaw datatypes
+//******************/
+        DATATYPE_MULAW = $0101;         //* MuLaw*/
+        DATATYPE_RIFF_MULAW = $0007;    //* MuLaw*/
+
+//* Subtypes for DATATYPE_MULAW:*/
+
+        MULAW_8B8KS = $0001;            //* 8bit 8kHz stereo*/
+        MULAW_8B11KS = $0002;           //* 8bit 11kHz stereo*/
+        MULAW_8B22KS = $0003;           //* 8bit 22kHz stereo*/
+        MULAW_8B44KS = $0004;           //* 8bit 44kHz stereo*/
+        MULAW_8B8KM = $0005;            //* 8bit 8kHz mono*/
+        MULAW_8B11KM = $0006;           //* 8bit 11kHz mono*/
+        MULAW_8B22KM = $0007;           //* 8bit 22kHz mono*/
+        MULAW_8644KM = $0008;           //* 8bit 44kHz mono*/
+
+//*****************
+// * ALaw datatypes
+// *****************/
+        DATATYPE_ALAW = $0102;          //* ALaw*/
+        DATATYPE_RIFF_ALAW = $0006;     //* ALaw*/
+
+//* Subtypes for DATATYPE_ALAW:*/
+        ALAW_8B8KS = $0001;             //* 8bit 8kHz stereo*/
+        ALAW_8B11KS = $0002;            //* 8bit 11kHz stereo*/
+        ALAW_8B22KS = $0003;            //* 8bit 22kHz stereo*/
+        ALAW_8B44KS = $0004;            //* 8bit 44kHz stereo*/
+        ALAW_8B8KM = $0005;             //* 8bit 8kHz mono*/
+        ALAW_8B11KM = $0006;            //* 8bit 11kHz mono*/
+        ALAW_8B22KM = $0007;            //* 8bit 22kHz mono*/
+        ALAW_8B44KM = $0008;            //* 8bit 44kHz mono*/
+
+//*******************************
+// * AVC ADPCM WAVEFORM datatypes
+// *******************************/
+        DATATYPE_ADPCM_AVC = $0103;     //* ADPCM audio*/
+
+//* Subtypes for DATATYPE_ADPCM_AVC:*/
+        ADPCM_AVC_VOICE = $0001;
+        ADPCM_AVC_MUSIC = $0002;
+        ADPCM_AVC_STEREO = $0003;
+        ADPCM_AVC_HQ = $0004;
+
+//******************
+// * CT_ADPCM datatypes
+// ******************/
+        DATATYPE_CT_ADPCM = $0200;      //* Creative technologies */
+
+//* Subtypes for DATATYPE_CT_ADPCM:*/
+
+        CD_ADPCM_16B8KS = $0001;        //* 16bit 8kHz stereo*/
+        CD_ADPCM_16B11KS = $0002;       //* 16bit 11kHz stereo*/
+        CD_ADPCM_16B22KS = $0003;       //* 16bit 22kHz stereo*/
+        CD_ADPCM_16B44KS = $0004;       //* 16bit 44kHz stereo*/
+        CD_ADPCM_16B8KM = $0005;        //* 16bit 8kHz mono*/
+        CD_ADPCM_16B11KM = $0006;       //* 16bit 11kHz mono*/
+        CD_ADPCM_16B22KM = $0007;       //* 16bit 22kHz mono*/
+        CD_ADPCM_16B44KM = $0008;       //* 16bit 44kHz mono*/
+
+//****************
+// * MIDI datatype
+// ****************/
+
+        DATATYPE_MIDI = $0201;          //* MIDI*/
+//*         SUBTYPE_NONE            0x0000L      No subtype for this data type*/
+
+
+//********************
+// * GENERIC datatypes
+// ********************/
+        DATATYPE_GENERIC = $0202;       //* Generic for files / memory. This*/
+                                        //* datatype will match any other*/
+                                        //* datatype at stream creation time.*/
+
+//**************************
+// * Speech Viewer datatypes
+// **************************/
+
+        DATATYPE_SPV2 = $0203;          //* Speech Viewer*/
+
+//* Subtypes for DATATYPE_SPV2:*/
+
+        SPV2_BPCM = $0001;
+        SPV2_PCM = $0002;
+        SPV2_NONE = $0003;
+
+//******************
+// * CD-XA datatypes
+// ******************/
+
+        DATATYPE_CDXA_VIDEO = $0204;    //* CD-XA Video datatype*/
+        DATATYPE_CDXA_DATA = $0205;     //* CD-XA sub-band data datatype*/
+        DATATYPE_CDXA_AUDIO = $0206;    //* CD-XA ADPCM Audio datatype*/
+        DATATYPE_CDXA_AUDIO_HD = $0207; //* CD-XA ADPCM Audio with Headers*/
+        DATATYPE_CDXA_HEADERS = $0208;  //* CD-XA Headers and Subheaders*/
+
+//* Subtypes for DATATYPE_CDXA_AUDIO:*/
+
+        DATATYPE_LEVELB = $0000;        //* LEVEL B Audio Stereo*/
+        DATATYPE_LEVELC = $0001;        //* LEVEL C Audio Stereo*/
+        DATATYPE_LEVELB_MONO = $0002;   //* LEVEL B Audio Mono*/
+        DATATYPE_LEVELC_MONO = $0003;   //* LEVEL C Audio Mono*/
+
+//*********************
+// * DIGISPEECH datatype
+// *********************/
+        DATATYPE_DIGISPEECH = $0208;    //* DIGISPEECH */
+        DATATYPE_NATIVE = $0001;        //* Native digispeech */
+
+//*********************
+// * MPEG-1 Audio datatypes
+// *********************/
+        DATATYPE_MPEG1AUDIO = $0050;    //* MPEG-1 Audio */
+
+//* Subtypes for DATATYPE_MPEG1AUDIO:*/
+        MPEG1_FORMAT_3M16 = $0001;      //* 32.000kHz,  Mono  , 16-bit*/
+        MPEG1_FORMAT_3S16 = $0002;      //* 32.000kHz,  Stereo, 16-bit*/
+        MPEG1_FORMAT_4M16 = $0003;      //* 44.1/48kHz, Mono  , 16-bit*/
+        MPEG1_FORMAT_4S16 = $0004;      //* 44.1/48kHz, Stereo, 16-bit*/
+
+//*******************
+// * UNKNOWN datatype
+// *******************/
+        DATATYPE_UNKNOWN = $FFFFFFFF;   //* Unknown datatype */
+
+//*         SUBTYPE_NONE            0x0000L      No subtype for this data type*/
+
+
+// ERROR CODES
+
+CONST
+
+NO_ERROR = 0;
+//*****************************************/
+//* MCI Device Manager Error Return codes */
+//*****************************************/
+
+CONST
+MCIERR_BASE                     = 5000;
+MCIERR_SUCCESS                  = 0;
+MCIERR_INVALID_DEVICE_ID        =(MCIERR_BASE + 1);
+MCIERR_NO_MASTER                =(MCIERR_BASE + 2);
+MCIERR_UNRECOGNIZED_KEYWORD     =(MCIERR_BASE + 3);
+MCIERR_MASTER_CONFLICT          =(MCIERR_BASE + 4);
+MCIERR_UNRECOGNIZED_COMMAND     =(MCIERR_BASE + 5);
+MCIERR_HARDWARE                 =(MCIERR_BASE + 6);
+MCIERR_INVALID_DEVICE_NAME      =(MCIERR_BASE + 7);
+MCIERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY            =(MCIERR_BASE + 8);
+MCIERR_DEVICE_OPEN              =(MCIERR_BASE + 9);
+MCIERR_CANNOT_LOAD_DRIVER       =(MCIERR_BASE + 10);
+MCIERR_MISSING_COMMAND_STRING   =(MCIERR_BASE + 11);
+MCIERR_PARAM_OVERFLOW           =(MCIERR_BASE + 12);
+MCIERR_MISSING_STRING_ARGUMENT  =(MCIERR_BASE + 13);
+MCIERR_BAD_INTEGER              =(MCIERR_BASE + 14);
+MCIERR_PARSER_INTERNAL          =(MCIERR_BASE + 15);
+MCIERR_DRIVER_INTERNAL          =(MCIERR_BASE + 16);
+MCIERR_MISSING_PARAMETER        =(MCIERR_BASE + 17);
+MCIERR_UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION     =(MCIERR_BASE + 18);
+MCIERR_FILE_NOT_FOUND           =(MCIERR_BASE + 19);
+MCIERR_DEVICE_NOT_READY         =(MCIERR_BASE + 20);
+MCIERR_INTERNAL                 =(MCIERR_BASE + 21);
+MCIERR_DRIVER                   =(MCIERR_BASE + 22);
+MCIERR_CANNOT_USE_ALL           =(MCIERR_BASE + 23);
+MCIERR_MULTIPLE                 =(MCIERR_BASE + 24);
+MCIERR_EXTENSION_NOT_FOUND      =(MCIERR_BASE + 25);
+MCIERR_OUTOFRANGE               =(MCIERR_BASE + 26);
+MCIERR_CANNOT_ADD_ALIAS         =(MCIERR_BASE + 27);
+MCIERR_FLAGS_NOT_COMPATIBLE     =(MCIERR_BASE + 28);
+MCIERR_CANNOT_USE_NOUNLOAD      =(MCIERR_BASE + 29);
+MCIERR_FILE_NOT_SAVED           =(MCIERR_BASE + 30);
+MCIERR_DEVICE_TYPE_REQUIRED     =(MCIERR_BASE + 31);
+MCIERR_DEVICE_LOCKED            =(MCIERR_BASE + 32);
+MCIERR_DUPLICATE_ALIAS          =(MCIERR_BASE + 33);
+MCIERR_INSTANCE_INACTIVE        =(MCIERR_BASE + 34);
+
+MCIERR_COMMAND_TABLE            =(MCIERR_BASE + 35);
+MCIERR_INI_FILE_LOCKED          =(MCIERR_BASE + 37);
+
+MCIERR_NO_AUDIO_SUPPORT         =(MCIERR_BASE + 40);
+MCIERR_NOT_IN_PM_SESSION        =(MCIERR_BASE + 41);
+MCIERR_DUPLICATE_KEYWORD        =(MCIERR_BASE + 42);
+MCIERR_COMMAND_STRING_OVERFLOW  =(MCIERR_BASE + 43);
+MCIERR_DRIVER_PROC_NOT_FOUND    =(MCIERR_BASE + 44);
+MCIERR_INVALID_DEVICE_TYPE      =(MCIERR_BASE + 45);
+MCIERR_INVALID_DEVICE_ORDINAL   =(MCIERR_BASE + 46);
+MCIERR_HEADPHONES_NOT_SET       =(MCIERR_BASE + 47);
+MCIERR_SPEAKERS_NOT_SET         =(MCIERR_BASE + 48);
+MCIERR_SOUND_NOT_SET            =(MCIERR_BASE + 49);
+MCIERR_INVALID_BUFFER           =(MCIERR_BASE + 50);
+MCIERR_INVALID_MEDIA_TYPE       =(MCIERR_BASE + 51);
+MCIERR_INVALID_CONNECTOR_INDEX  =(MCIERR_BASE + 52);
+MCIERR_NO_CONNECTION            =(MCIERR_BASE + 53);
+MCIERR_INVALID_FLAG             =(MCIERR_BASE + 54);
+MCIERR_CANNOT_LOAD_DSP_MOD      =(MCIERR_BASE + 55);
+MCIERR_ALREADY_CONNECTED        =(MCIERR_BASE + 56);
+MCIERR_INVALID_CALLBACK_HANDLE  =(MCIERR_BASE + 57);
+MCIERR_DRIVER_NOT_FOUND         =(MCIERR_BASE + 58);
+MCIERR_DUPLICATE_DRIVER         =(MCIERR_BASE + 59);
+MCIERR_INI_FILE                 =(MCIERR_BASE + 60);
+MCIERR_INVALID_GROUP_ID         =(MCIERR_BASE + 61);
+MCIERR_ID_ALREADY_IN_GROUP      =(MCIERR_BASE + 62);
+MCIERR_MEDIA_CHANGED            =(MCIERR_BASE + 63);
+MCIERR_MISSING_FLAG             =(MCIERR_BASE + 64);
+MCIERR_UNSUPPORTED_FLAG         =(MCIERR_BASE + 65);
+MCIERR_DRIVER_NOT_LOADED        =(MCIERR_BASE + 66);
+MCIERR_INVALID_MODE             =(MCIERR_BASE + 67);
+MCIERR_INVALID_ITEM_FLAG        =(MCIERR_BASE + 68);
+MCIERR_INVALID_TIME_FORMAT_FLAG =(MCIERR_BASE + 69);
+MCIERR_SPEED_FORMAT_FLAG        =(MCIERR_BASE + 70);
+MCIERR_INVALID_AUDIO_FLAG       =(MCIERR_BASE + 71);
+MCIERR_NODEFAULT_DEVICE         =(MCIERR_BASE + 72);
+MCIERR_DUPLICATE_EXTENSION      =(MCIERR_BASE + 73);
+MCIERR_FILE_ATTRIBUTE           =(MCIERR_BASE + 74);
+MCIERR_DUPLICATE_CUEPOINT       =(MCIERR_BASE + 75);
+MCIERR_INVALID_CUEPOINT         =(MCIERR_BASE + 76);
+MCIERR_CUEPOINT_LIMIT_REACHED   =(MCIERR_BASE + 77);
+MCIERR_MISSING_ITEM             =(MCIERR_BASE + 78);
+MCIERR_MISSING_TIME_FORMAT      =(MCIERR_BASE + 79);
+MCIERR_MISSING_SPEED_FORMAT     =(MCIERR_BASE + 80);
+MCIERR_INVALID_CONNECTOR_TYPE   =(MCIERR_BASE + 81);
+MCIERR_TARGET_DEVICE_FULL       =(MCIERR_BASE + 82);
+MCIERR_UNSUPPORTED_CONN_TYPE    =(MCIERR_BASE + 83);
+MCIERR_CANNOT_MODIFY_CONNECTOR  =(MCIERR_BASE + 84);
+MCIERR_RECORD_ABORTED           =(MCIERR_BASE + 85);
+MCIERR_GROUP_COMMAND            =(MCIERR_BASE + 86);
+MCIERR_DEVICE_NOT_FOUND         =(MCIERR_BASE + 87);
+MCIERR_RESOURCE_NOT_AVAILABLE   =(MCIERR_BASE + 88);
+MCIERR_INVALID_IO_PROC          =(MCIERR_BASE + 89);
+
+MCIERR_WAVE_OUTPUTSINUSE        =(MCIERR_BASE + 90);
+MCIERR_WAVE_SETOUTPUTINUSE      =(MCIERR_BASE + 91);
+MCIERR_WAVE_INPUTSINUSE         =(MCIERR_BASE + 92);
+MCIERR_WAVE_SETINPUTINUSE       =(MCIERR_BASE + 93);
+MCIERR_WAVE_OUTPUTUNSPECIFIED   =(MCIERR_BASE + 94);
+MCIERR_WAVE_INPUTUNSPECIFIED    =(MCIERR_BASE + 95);
+MCIERR_WAVE_OUTPUTSUNSUITABLE   =(MCIERR_BASE + 96);
+MCIERR_WAVE_SETOUTPUTUNSUITABLE =(MCIERR_BASE + 97);
+MCIERR_WAVE_INPUTSUNSUITABLE    =(MCIERR_BASE + 98);
+MCIERR_WAVE_SETINPUTUNSUITABLE  =(MCIERR_BASE + 99);
+
+MCIERR_SEQ_DIV_INCOMPATIBLE     =(MCIERR_BASE + 100);
+MCIERR_SEQ_PORT_INUSE           =(MCIERR_BASE + 101);
+MCIERR_SEQ_PORT_NONEXISTENT     =(MCIERR_BASE + 102);
+MCIERR_SEQ_PORT_MAPNODEVICE     =(MCIERR_BASE + 103);
+MCIERR_SEQ_PORT_MISCERROR       =(MCIERR_BASE + 104);
+MCIERR_SEQ_TIMER                =(MCIERR_BASE + 105);
+
+MCIERR_VDP_COMMANDCANCELLED     =(MCIERR_BASE + 106);
+MCIERR_VDP_COMMANDFAILURE       =(MCIERR_BASE + 107);
+MCIERR_VDP_NOTSPUNUP            =(MCIERR_BASE + 108);
+MCIERR_VDP_NOCHAPTER            =(MCIERR_BASE + 109);
+MCIERR_VDP_NOSIDE               =(MCIERR_BASE + 110);
+MCIERR_VDP_NOSIZE               =(MCIERR_BASE + 111);
+MCIERR_VDP_INVALID_TIMEFORMAT   =(MCIERR_BASE + 112);
+
+MCIERR_CLIPBOARD_ERROR          =(MCIERR_BASE + 114);
+MCIERR_CANNOT_CONVERT           =(MCIERR_BASE + 115);
+MCIERR_CANNOT_REDO              =(MCIERR_BASE + 116);
+MCIERR_CANNOT_UNDO              =(MCIERR_BASE + 117);
+MCIERR_CLIPBOARD_EMPTY          =(MCIERR_BASE + 118);
+
+MCIERR_INVALID_WORKPATH         =(MCIERR_BASE + 119);
+MCIERR_INDETERMINATE_LENGTH     =(MCIERR_BASE + 120);
+MCIERR_DUPLICATE_EA             =(MCIERR_BASE + 121);
+MCIERR_INVALID_CONNECTION       =(MCIERR_BASE + 122);
+MCIERR_CHANNEL_OFF              =(MCIERR_BASE + 123);
+MCIERR_CANNOT_CHANGE_CHANNEL    =(MCIERR_BASE + 124);
+MCIERR_FILE_IO                  =(MCIERR_BASE + 125);
+MCIERR_SYSTEM_FILE              =(MCIERR_BASE + 126);
+MCIERR_DISPLAY_RESOLUTION       =(MCIERR_BASE + 127);
+MCIERR_NO_ASYNC_PLAY_ACTIVE     =(MCIERR_BASE + 128);
+
+MCIERR_UNSUPP_FORMAT_TAG        =(MCIERR_BASE + 129);
+MCIERR_UNSUPP_SAMPLESPERSEC     =(MCIERR_BASE + 130);
+MCIERR_UNSUPP_BITSPERSAMPLE     =(MCIERR_BASE + 131);
+MCIERR_UNSUPP_CHANNELS          =(MCIERR_BASE + 132);
+MCIERR_UNSUPP_FORMAT_MODE       =(MCIERR_BASE + 133);
+MCIERR_NO_DEVICE_DRIVER         =(MCIERR_BASE + 134);
+MCIERR_CODEC_NOT_SUPPORTED      =(MCIERR_BASE + 135);
+
+MCIERR_TUNER_NO_HW              =(MCIERR_BASE + 136);
+MCIERR_TUNER_NO_AFC             =(MCIERR_BASE + 137);
+MCIERR_TUNER_AFC_ON             =(MCIERR_BASE + 138);
+MCIERR_TUNER_CHANNEL_SKIPPED    =(MCIERR_BASE + 139);
+MCIERR_TUNER_CHANNEL_TOO_LOW    =(MCIERR_BASE + 140);
+MCIERR_TUNER_CHANNEL_TOO_HIGH   =(MCIERR_BASE + 141);
+MCIERR_AUD_CHANNEL_OUTOFRANGE   =(MCIERR_BASE + 142);
+MCIERR_TUNER_INVALID_REGION     =(MCIERR_BASE + 143);
+MCIERR_SIGNAL_INVALID           =(MCIERR_BASE + 144);
+MCIERR_TUNER_MODE               =(MCIERR_BASE + 145);
+MCIERR_TUNER_REGION_NOT_SET     =(MCIERR_BASE + 146);
+MCIERR_TUNER_CHANNEL_NOT_SET    =(MCIERR_BASE + 147);
+MCIERR_UNSUPP_CLASS             =(MCIERR_BASE + 148);
+MCIERR_UNSUPPORTED_ATTRIBUTE    =(MCIERR_BASE + 149);
+
+MCIERR_CUSTOM_DRIVER_BASE       =(MCIERR_BASE + 256);
+
+//******************************************/
+//* Sync/Stream Manager Error Return codes */
+//******************************************/
+
+MEBASE                          =(MCIERR_BASE + 500);
+ERROR_INVALID_STREAM            =(MEBASE + 1);
+ERROR_INVALID_HID               =(MEBASE + 2);
+ERROR_INVALID_NETWORK           =(MEBASE + 3);
+ERROR_INVALID_OBJTYPE           =(MEBASE + 4);
+ERROR_INVALID_FLAG              =(MEBASE + 5);
+ERROR_INVALID_EVCB              =(MEBASE + 6);
+ERROR_INVALID_EVENT             =(MEBASE + 7);
+ERROR_INVALID_MMTIME            =(MEBASE + 8);
+ERROR_INVALID_NUMSLAVES         =(MEBASE + 9);
+ERROR_INVALID_REQUEST           =(MEBASE + 10);
+ERROR_INVALID_SPCBKEY           =(MEBASE + 11);
+ERROR_INVALID_HNDLR_NAME        =(MEBASE + 12);
+ERROR_INVALID_PROTOCOL          =(MEBASE + 13);
+ERROR_INVALID_BUFFER_SIZE       =(MEBASE + 14);
+ERROR_INVALID_BUFFER_RETURNED   =(MEBASE + 15);
+ERROR_INVALID_ACB               =(MEBASE + 16);
+ERROR_INVALID_RECORD_RETURNED   =(MEBASE + 17);
+ERROR_INVALID_MESSAGE           =(MEBASE + 18);
+
+ERROR_STREAM_NOT_OWNER          =(MEBASE + 99);
+ERROR_STREAM_USED               =(MEBASE + 100);
+ERROR_STREAM_CREATION           =(MEBASE + 101);
+ERROR_STREAM_NOTMASTER          =(MEBASE + 102);
+ERROR_STREAM_NOT_STOP           =(MEBASE + 103);
+ERROR_STREAM_OPERATION          =(MEBASE + 104);
+ERROR_STREAM_STOP_PENDING       =(MEBASE + 105);
+ERROR_STREAM_ALREADY_STOP       =(MEBASE + 106);
+ERROR_STREAM_ALREADY_PAUSE      =(MEBASE + 107);
+ERROR_STREAM_NOT_STARTED        =(MEBASE + 108);
+ERROR_STREAM_NOT_ACTIVE         =(MEBASE + 109);
+ERROR_START_STREAM              =(MEBASE + 110);
+ERROR_MASTER_USED               =(MEBASE + 111);
+ERROR_SPCBKEY_MISMATCH          =(MEBASE + 112);
+ERROR_INSUFF_BUFFER             =(MEBASE + 113);
+ERROR_ALLOC_RESOURCES           =(MEBASE + 114);
+ERROR_ACCESS_OBJECT             =(MEBASE + 115);
+ERROR_HNDLR_REGISTERED          =(MEBASE + 116);
+ERROR_DATA_ITEM_NOT_SPECIFIED   =(MEBASE + 117);
+ERROR_INVALID_SEQUENCE          =(MEBASE + 118);
+ERROR_INITIALIZATION            =(MEBASE + 119);
+ERROR_READING_INI               =(MEBASE + 120);
+ERROR_LOADING_HNDLR             =(MEBASE + 121);
+ERROR_HNDLR_NOT_FOUND           =(MEBASE + 122);
+ERROR_SPCB_NOT_FOUND            =(MEBASE + 123);
+ERROR_DEVICE_NOT_FOUND          =(MEBASE + 124);
+ERROR_TOO_MANY_EVENTS           =(MEBASE + 125);
+ERROR_DEVICE_OVERRUN            =(MEBASE + 126);
+ERROR_DEVICE_UNDERRUN           =(MEBASE + 127);
+ERROR_HNDLR_NOT_IN_INI          =(MEBASE + 128);
+ERROR_QUERY_STREAM_TIME         =(MEBASE + 129);
+ERROR_DATA_ITEM_NOT_SEEKABLE    =(MEBASE + 130);
+ERROR_NOT_SEEKABLE_BY_TIME      =(MEBASE + 131);
+ERROR_NOT_SEEKABLE_BY_BYTES     =(MEBASE + 132);
+ERROR_STREAM_NOT_SEEKABLE       =(MEBASE + 133);
+ERROR_PLAYLIST_STACK_OVERFLOW   =(MEBASE + 135);
+ERROR_PLAYLIST_STACK_UNDERFLOW  =(MEBASE + 136);
+ERROR_LOCKING_BUFFER            =(MEBASE + 137);
+ERROR_UNLOCKING_BUFFER          =(MEBASE + 138);
+ERROR_SEEK_PAST_END             =(MEBASE + 139);
+ERROR_SEEK_BACK_NOT_SUPPORTED   =(MEBASE + 140);
+ERROR_INTERNAL_ERROR            =(MEBASE + 141);
+ERROR_INTERNAL_CORRUPT          =(MEBASE + 142);
+ERROR_INSUFF_MEM                =(MEBASE + 143);
+ERROR_LARGE_SEEK_BY_TIME        =(MEBASE + 144);
+ERROR_STREAM_PREROLLING         =(MEBASE + 145);
+ERROR_INI_FILE                  =(MEBASE + 146);
+ERROR_SEEK_BEFORE_BEGINNING     =(MEBASE + 147);
+ERROR_TOO_MANY_HANDLERS         =(MEBASE + 148);
+ERROR_ALLOC_HEAP                =(MEBASE + 149);
+ERROR_END_OF_PLAYLIST           =(MEBASE + 150);
+ERROR_TOO_MANY_STREAMS          =(MEBASE + 151);
+ERROR_FILE_FORMAT_INCORRECT     =(MEBASE + 152);
+ERROR_DESTROY_STREAM            =(MEBASE + 153);
+ERROR_INVALID_NUMMASTERS        =(MEBASE + 154);
+ERROR_MASTER_CONFLICT           =(MEBASE + 155);
+ERROR_NO_MASTER                 =(MEBASE + 156);
+ERROR_NO_SYNC                   =(MEBASE + 157);
+ERROR_STREAM_ALREADY_IN_NETWORK =(MEBASE + 158);
+ERROR_NO_STREAMS_IN_NETWORK     =(MEBASE + 159);
+ERROR_MISSING_EVENT_ROUTINE     =(MEBASE + 160);
+ERROR_CAN_NOT_REMOVE_STREAM     =(MEBASE + 161);
+
+ERROR_BUFFER_NOT_AVAILABLE      =(MEBASE + 400);
+ERROR_TOO_MANY_BUFFERS          =(MEBASE + 401);
+ERROR_TOO_MANY_RECORDS          =(MEBASE + 402);
+
+
+//*----- ERROR_INVALID_PROTOCOL ulErrorStatus defines -----*/
+//*----- Refer to SHC_NEGOTIATE_RESULT api.*/
+PROTOCOL_SPCBLENGTH            =1;
+PROTOCOL_SPCBKEY               =2;
+PROTOCOL_DATAFLAG              =3;
+PROTOCOL_NUMRECORDS            =4;
+PROTOCOL_BLOCKSIZE             =5;
+PROTOCOL_BUFFERSIZE            =6;
+PROTOCOL_MINNUMBUFFERS         =7;
+PROTOCOL_MAXNUMBUFFERS         =8;
+PROTOCOL_SOURCESTART           =9;
+PROTOCOL_TARGETSTART           =10;
+PROTOCOL_BUFFERFLAG            =11;
+PROTOCOL_HANDLERFLAG           =12;
+PROTOCOL_SYNCTOLERANCE         =13;
+PROTOCOL_SYNCINTERVAL          =14;
+PROTOCOL_INTERNALERROR         =-1;
+
+//***********************************/
+//* MMIO Manager Error Return codes */
+//***********************************/
+
+MMIOERR_BASE                   =(MEBASE + 1000);
+MMIOERR_UNBUFFERED             =(MMIOERR_BASE + 1);
+MMIOERR_CANNOTWRITE            =(MMIOERR_BASE + 2);
+MMIOERR_CHUNKNOTFOUND          =(MMIOERR_BASE + 3);
+
+MMIOERR_INVALID_HANDLE         =(MMIOERR_BASE + 4);
+MMIOERR_INVALID_PARAMETER      =(MMIOERR_BASE + 5);
+MMIOERR_INTERNAL_SYSTEM        =(MMIOERR_BASE + 6);
+MMIOERR_NO_CORE                =(MMIOERR_BASE + 7);
+
+MMIOERR_INI_OPEN               =(MMIOERR_BASE + 8);
+MMIOERR_INI_READ               =(MMIOERR_BASE + 9);
+
+MMIOERR_INVALID_BUFFER_LENGTH  =(MMIOERR_BASE + 10);
+MMIOERR_NO_BUFFER_ALLOCATED    =(MMIOERR_BASE + 11);
+MMIOERR_NO_FLUSH_FOR_MEM_FILE  =(MMIOERR_BASE + 12);
+MMIOERR_NO_FLUSH_NEEDED        =(MMIOERR_BASE + 13);
+MMIOERR_READ_ONLY_FILE         =(MMIOERR_BASE + 14);
+MMIOERR_WRITE_ONLY_FILE        =(MMIOERR_BASE + 15);
+MMIOERR_INSTALL_PROC_FAILED    =(MMIOERR_BASE + 16);
+MMIOERR_READ_FAILED            =(MMIOERR_BASE + 17);
+MMIOERR_WRITE_FAILED           =(MMIOERR_BASE + 18);
+MMIOERR_SEEK_FAILED            =(MMIOERR_BASE + 19);
+MMIOERR_CANNOTEXPAND           =(MMIOERR_BASE + 20);
+MMIOERR_FREE_FAILED            =(MMIOERR_BASE + 21);
+MMIOERR_EOF_SEEN               =(MMIOERR_BASE + 22);
+MMIOERR_INVALID_ACCESS_FLAG    =(MMIOERR_BASE + 23);
+MMIOERR_INVALID_STRUCTURE      =(MMIOERR_BASE + 24);
+MMIOERR_INVALID_SIZE           =(MMIOERR_BASE + 25);
+MMIOERR_INVALID_FILENAME       =(MMIOERR_BASE + 26);
+
+MMIOERR_CF_DUPLICATE_SEEN      =(MMIOERR_BASE + 27);
+MMIOERR_CF_ENTRY_NO_CORE       =(MMIOERR_BASE + 28);
+MMIOERR_CF_WO_UNSUPPORTED      =(MMIOERR_BASE + 29);
+MMIOERR_CF_ELEMENTS_OPEN       =(MMIOERR_BASE + 30);
+MMIOERR_CF_NON_BND_FILE        =(MMIOERR_BASE + 31);
+MMIOERR_CF_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND     =(MMIOERR_BASE + 32);
+
+MMIOERR_DELETE_FAILED          =(MMIOERR_BASE + 33);
+MMIOERR_OUTOFMEMORY            =(MMIOERR_BASE + 34);
+
+MMIOERR_INVALID_DLLNAME        =(MMIOERR_BASE + 35);
+MMIOERR_INVALID_PROCEDURENAME  =(MMIOERR_BASE + 36);
+MMIOERR_MATCH_NOT_FOUND        =(MMIOERR_BASE + 37);
+
+MMIOERR_SEEK_BEFORE_BEGINNING  =(MMIOERR_BASE + 38);
+MMIOERR_INVALID_FILE           =(MMIOERR_BASE + 39);
+MMIOERR_QOSUNAVAILABLE         =(MMIOERR_BASE + 40);
+MMIOERR_MEDIA_NOT_FOUND        =(MMIOERR_BASE + 41);
+
+MMIOERR_ERROR_IN_FRAME_DATA    =(MMIOERR_BASE + 42);
+MMIOERR_INVALID_DIM_ALIGN      =(MMIOERR_BASE + 43);
+MMIOERR_CODEC_NOT_SUPPORTED    =(MMIOERR_BASE + 44);
+
+MMIOERR_UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION   =(MMIOERR_BASE + 45);
+MMIOERR_CLIPBRD_ERROR          =(MMIOERR_BASE + 46);
+MMIOERR_CLIPBRD_ACTIVE         =(MMIOERR_BASE + 47);
+MMIOERR_CLIPBRD_EMPTY          =(MMIOERR_BASE + 48);
+MMIOERR_NEED_NEW_FILENAME      =(MMIOERR_BASE + 49);
+MMIOERR_INVALID_TRACK_OPERATION=(MMIOERR_BASE + 50);
+MMIOERR_INCOMPATIBLE_DATA      =(MMIOERR_BASE + 51);
+MMIOERR_ACCESS_DENIED          =(MMIOERR_BASE + 52);
+MMIOERR_MISSING_FLAG           =(MMIOERR_BASE + 53);
+MMIOERR_INVALID_ITEM_FLAG      =(MMIOERR_BASE + 54);
+
+//*************************************/
+//* Real-Time MIDI Error Return Codes */
+//*************************************/
+
+MIDIERR_BASE                     =(MMIOERR_BASE + 500);
+
+MIDIERR_DUPLICATE_INSTANCE_NAME  =(MIDIERR_BASE + 1);
+MIDIERR_HARDWARE_FAILED          =(MIDIERR_BASE + 2);
+MIDIERR_INTERNAL_SYSTEM          =(MIDIERR_BASE + 3);
+MIDIERR_INVALID_BUFFER_LENGTH    =(MIDIERR_BASE + 4);
+MIDIERR_INVALID_CLASS_NUMBER     =(MIDIERR_BASE + 5);
+MIDIERR_INVALID_CONFIG_DATA      =(MIDIERR_BASE + 6);
+MIDIERR_INVALID_FLAG             =(MIDIERR_BASE + 7);
+MIDIERR_INVALID_INSTANCE_NAME    =(MIDIERR_BASE + 8);
+MIDIERR_INVALID_INSTANCE_NUMBER  =(MIDIERR_BASE + 9);
+MIDIERR_INVALID_PARAMETER        =(MIDIERR_BASE + 10);
+MIDIERR_INVALID_SETUP            =(MIDIERR_BASE + 11);
+MIDIERR_NO_DRIVER                =(MIDIERR_BASE + 12);
+MIDIERR_NO_DEFAULT_HW_NODE       =(MIDIERR_BASE + 13);
+MIDIERR_NOT_ALLOWED              =(MIDIERR_BASE + 14);
+MIDIERR_NOTIFY_MISSED            =(MIDIERR_BASE + 15);
+MIDIERR_RESOURCE_NOT_AVAILABLE   =(MIDIERR_BASE + 16);
+MIDIERR_SENDONLY                 =(MIDIERR_BASE + 17);
+MIDIERR_RECEIVEONLY              =(MIDIERR_BASE + 18);
+
+TIMERERR_BASE                    =(MIDIERR_BASE + 100);
+
+TIMERERR_INVALID_PARAMETER       =(TIMERERR_BASE + 1);
+TIMERERR_INTERNAL_SYSTEM         =(TIMERERR_BASE + 2);
+
+
+//***********************************/
+//* User defined Error Return codes */
+//***********************************/
+
+USERERR_BASE                     =(MMIOERR_BASE + 1000);
+
+Const
+  FOURCC_ULTI:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_RT21:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_DIB :FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_R565:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_R555:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_R664:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_RGB3:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_BGR3:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_RGB4:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_BGR4:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_LUT8:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_LT12:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_GREY:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_GY16:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_Y888:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_Y2X2:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_Y4X4:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_YUV9:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_Y644:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_MONO:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_Y422:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_Y42B:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_Y42D:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_Y411:FOURCC=0;
+  FOURCC_VGA :FOURCC=0;
+
+Const
+  // FourCCs will be initialized in Initialization section
+  FourCC_RIFF                   : FourCC = 0;
+  FourCC_LIST                   : FourCC = 0;
+  FourCC_MEM                    : FourCC = 0;
+  FourCC_DOS                    : FourCC = 0;
+  FourCC_BND                    : FourCC = 0;
+  FourCC_FREE                   : FourCC = 0;
+  FourCC_DEL                    : FourCC = 0;
+  FourCC_CTOC                   : FourCC = 0;
+  FourCC_CGRP                   : FourCC = 0;
+  FourCC_CF                     : FourCC = 0;
+
+
+//****************************************************************************/
+//*                                                                          */
+//* Module Name: AUDIO.H                                                     */
+//*                                                                          */
+//* OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions Audio Structures and definitions.         */
+//*                                                                          */
+//* Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation 1991, 1992     */
+//*                        All Rights Reserved                               */
+//*                                                                          */
+//* Ported to FPC: CooL/2 Aka Andy Svirgunov.                                */
+//****************************************************************************/
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* AUDIODD version level
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+CONST
+         CURRENT_VERSION=$01020000;
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* Control definitions
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+        AUDIO_IOCTL_CAT   =$80;
+        AUDIO_INIT        =$40;
+        AUDIO_STATUS      =$41;
+        AUDIO_CONTROL     =$42;
+        AUDIO_BUFFER      =$43;
+        AUDIO_LOAD        =$44;
+        AUDIO_WAIT        =$45;
+        AUDIO_HPI         =$46;
+        AUDIO_CAPABILITY  =$48;
+
+        MIX_GETCONNECTIONS=$60;
+        MIX_SETCONNECTIONS=$61;
+        MIX_GETLINEINFO   =$62;
+        MIX_GETCONTROL    =$63;
+        MIX_SETCONTROL    =$64;
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* AUDIO_INIT declarations and defines
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+        LOAD_PATH = 260;
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_INIT.sMode  */
+
+        ADPCM     =1;     //* AVC type ADPCM                */
+        PCM       =2;     //* Pulse Coded Modulation        */
+        MU_LAW    =3;     //* mu-law                        */
+        MIDI      =4;     //* MIDI data                     */
+        A_LAW     =5;     //* a-law                         */
+        SOURCE_MIX=6;     //* External audio source         */
+        SPV2      =7;     //* Speech Viewer/2               */
+        ADPCMXA   =8;     //* XA CD ROM                     */
+        SPV2BCPCM =25;    //* Speech Viewer/2               */
+        SPV2PCM   =26;
+        SPV2NONE  =27;
+        IDLE      =999;
+        CLAIM_HDWR=32000; //* Serialize access to hardware  */
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_INIT.ulFlags        */
+
+        FIXED             =$00000001;    // Fixed length data             */
+        LEFT_ALIGNED      =$00000002;    // Left align bits on byte bndry */
+        RIGHT_ALIGNED     =$00000004;    // Right align bits on byte bndry*/
+        TWOS_COMPLEMENT   =$00000008;    // 2's complement data           */
+        SIGNED            =$00000010;    // Signed data                   */
+        BIG_ENDIAN        =$00000020;    // MSB's first (motorola format) */
+        RIFF_DATATYPE     =$00000040;    // sMode contains a RIFF datatype*/
+        PITCH             =$00100000;    // Pitch control is supported    */
+        INPUT             =$00200000;    // Input select is supported     */
+        OUTPUT            =$00400000;    // Output select is supported    */
+        MONITOR           =$00800000;    // Monitor is supported          */
+        VOLUME            =$01000000;    // Volume control is supported   */
+        VOLUME_DELAY      =$02000000;    // Volume delay is supported     */
+        BALANCE           =$04000000;    // Balance control is supported  */
+        BALANCE_DELAY     =$08000000;    // Balance delay is supported    */
+        TREBLE            =$10000000;    // Treble control is supported   */
+        BASS              =$20000000;    // Bass control supported        */
+        BESTFIT_PROVIDED  =$40000000;    // bestfit returned              */
+        LOAD_CODE         =$80000000;    // DSP load needed               */
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_INIT.ulOperation    */
+
+        OPERATION_PLAY    =1;
+        OPERATION_RECORD  =2;
+        PLAY_AND_RECORD   =3;
+        ANALYSIS          =6;             // Speech Viewer/2               */
+        DISTANCE          =7;             // Speech Viewer/2               */
+        MIGRATION         =8;             // Speech Viewer/2               */
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_INIT.sReturnCode    */
+
+        NO_PLAY                      =1;
+        NO_RECORD                    =2;
+        NO_RECORD_AND_PLAY           =3;
+        INVALID_REQUEST              =4;
+        CONFLICT                     =5;
+        OVERLOADED                   =6;
+        DOWNLEVEL_DD                 =7; // DD is down level from appl.   */
+        DSP_LOAD_PENDING_ON_OTHER_TRK=8; // Other trk hasn't loaded dsp   */
+
+        AUDIO_IGNORE                 =-1;
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_INIT.sDeviceID      */
+
+        MINIDD                 =0;
+        ACPA                   =1;
+        MACPA                  =2;
+        MPU401                 =3;
+        SOUND_BLASTER          =4;
+        IMF                    =5;
+        PS1                    =6;
+        PAS16                  =7;
+
+//* AUDIO_INIT structure declaration     */
+
+TYPE MCI_AUDIO_INIT = RECORD
+        lSRate:LongInt;
+        lBitsPerSRate:Longint;
+        lBsize:LongInt;
+        sMode:Integer;
+        sChannels:Integer;
+        lResolution:LongInt;
+        abLoadPath:ARRAY [0..LOAD_PATH] of CHAR;
+        ulFlags:LongInt;
+        ulOperation:LongInt;
+        sReturnCode:Integer;
+        sSlotNumber:Integer;
+        sDeviceID:Integer;
+        pvReserved:Pointer;       //* MMPM2 uses this to pass back sysfilenum */
+        ulVersionLevel:LongInt;
+        end;
+TYPE PMCI_AUDIO_INIT = ^MCI_AUDIO_INIT;
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* AUDIO_DEVID declarations and defines
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TYPE _MCI_AUDIO_DEVID = RECORD
+        ulDevType:LongInt;
+        ulDevNum:LongInt;
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMCI_AUDIO_DEVID = ^_MCI_AUDIO_DEVID;
+
+//* Input devices        */
+
+CONST
+
+        NULL_INPUT              =0;
+        STEREO_LINE_INPUT       =1;
+        LEFT_LINE_INPUT         =2;
+        RIGHT_LINE_INPUT        =3;
+        MIC_INPUT               =4;
+        BOOSTED_MIC_INPUT       =5;
+        PHONE_LINE_INPUT        =6;
+        HANDSET_INPUT           =7;
+        SYNTH_INPUT             =8;
+        DIGITAL_PHONE_LINE_INPUT=9;
+        DIGITAL_HANDSET_INPUT   =10;
+        MIDI_IN_PORT            =11;
+        LOOPBACK                =11;
+        DEFAULT_INPUT           =$FFFFFFFF;
+
+
+//* Output devices       */
+
+        NULL_OUTPUT              = 0;
+        STEREO_LINE_OUTPUT       = 1;
+        LEFT_LINE_OUTPUT         = 2;
+        RIGHT_LINE_OUTPUT        = 3;
+        SPEAKER_OUTPUT           = 4;
+        HEADSET_OUTPUT           = 5;
+        PHONE_LINE_OUTPUT        = 6;
+        HANDSET_OUTPUT           = 7;
+        SYNTH_OUTPUT             = 8;
+        DIGITAL_PHONE_LINE_OUTPUT= 9;
+        DIGITAL_HANDSET_OUTPUT   = 10;
+        MIDI_OUT_PORT            = 11;
+        DEFAULT_OUTPUT           = $FFFFFFFF;
+
+//* Defined values for DevNum    */
+
+        DEFAULT_DEVICE      = 0;
+        DEVICE_1            = 1;
+        DEVICE_2            = 2;
+
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* Valid Return codes for the ulSupport field of MCI_AUDIO_CAPS
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+        SUPPORT_SUCCESS         =$00000000;
+        UNSUPPORTED_RATE        =$00000001;
+        UNSUPPORTED_CHANNELS    =$00000002;
+        UNSUPPORTED_BPS         =$00000004;
+        UNSUPPORTED_DATATYPE    =$00000008;
+        UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION   =$00000010;
+
+
+TYPE _MCI_AUDIO_CAPS = RECORD
+    ulLength:LongInt;                 // in     Structure length                    */
+    ulSamplingRate:LongInt;           // in out Sampling rate to query              */
+    ulChannels:LongInt;               // in out Channels to query                   */
+    ulBitsPerSample:LongInt;          // in out BPS to query                        */
+    ulDataType:LongInt;               // in out RIFF Datatype to query              */
+    ulOperation:LongInt;              // in out OPERATION_PLAY or OPERATION_RECORD  */
+    ulSupport:LongInt;                //    out BOOLEAN-does DD support this mode   */
+    ulDataSubType:LongInt;            //    out Data-subtype to use                 */
+    ulResourceUnits:LongInt;          //    out Resource units this mode            */
+    ulResourceClass:LongInt;          //    out Resource class for this mode        */
+    ulBlockAlign:LongInt;             //    out Block alignment for this mode.      */
+    fCanRecord:LongInt;               //    out Is recording possbile - this mode   */
+    ulFlags:LongInt;                  //    out                                     */
+    ulCapability:LongInt;             //    out Capability of the device.           */
+    end;
+
+TYPE PAUDIO_CAPS=^_MCI_AUDIO_CAPS;
+
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* Valid Return codes for the ul field of MCI_AUDIO_CAPS
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+CONST
+
+SUPPORT_MIX                 =$00000001;// supports mixer functions           */
+SUPPORT_RIFF_MODES          =$00000002;// supports RIFF modes for AUDIO_INIT */
+SUPPORT_CAP                 =$80000000;// Capability IOCTL supported         */
+
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* AUDIO_CHANGE declarations and defines
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_CHANGE.lMonitor     */
+
+MONITOR_OFF                    =0;
+MONITOR_UNCOMPRESSED           =1;
+MONITOR_COMPRESSED             =2;
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_CHANGE.lInput       */
+
+HIGH_GAIN_MIC          = 0;
+LINE_1                 = 1;
+LINE_2                 = 2;
+LINES_1AND2            = 3;
+LOW_GAIN_MIC           = 4;
+ALL_LINES              = $FFFF;
+INPUTS_LISTED          = $5555;
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_CHANGE.lOutput      */
+
+EXTERNAL_SPEAKER        =1;
+INTERNAL_SPEAKER        =2;
+OUTPUT_1                =4;
+OUTPUTS_LISTED          =$5555;
+
+//* AUDIO_CHANGE structure declaration   */
+
+TYPE _MCI_AUDIO_CHANGE = RECORD
+
+        pvDevInfo:Pointer;
+        lInput:LongInt;
+        lOutput:LongInt;
+        lMonitor:LongInt;
+        lVolume:LongInt;
+        lVolumeDelay:LongInt;
+        lBalance:LongInt;
+        lBalanceDelay:LongInt;
+        lTreble:LongInt;
+        lBass:LongInt;
+        lPitch:LongInt;
+        rInputList:ARRAY[0..8] OF _MCI_AUDIO_DEVID;
+        rOutputList:ARRAY[0..8] OF _MCI_AUDIO_DEVID;
+
+        prMoreInputs:PMCI_AUDIO_DEVID;
+        prMoreOutputs:PMCI_AUDIO_DEVID;
+        lGain:LongInt;
+        pvModeInfo:Pointer;
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMCI_AUDIO_CHANGE=^_MCI_AUDIO_CHANGE;
+
+TYPE MIDI_INFO = RECORD
+      sTempo:Integer;
+      sCPQN:Integer;
+      sMidiSwitches:Integer;
+      sReserved:ARRAY[0..5] OF Integer;
+      end;
+
+//*************************************************************************
+//*  MIDI Switches
+//**************************************************************************/
+
+CONST
+
+        MIDI_THRU_THRU =0;
+        MIDI_THRU_OUT  =1;
+
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* AUDIO_STATUS declarations and defines
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_STATUS.ulOperation  */
+
+        STOPPED                 =0;
+        PLAYING                 =1;
+        RECORDING               =2;
+        PLAYING_AND_RECORDING   =3;
+        UNITIALIZED             =$FFFFFFFF;
+
+//* AUDIO_STATUS structure declaration   */
+
+TYPE MCI_AUDIO_STATUS = RECORD
+        lSRate:LongInt;
+        lBitsPerSRate:LongInt;
+        lBsize:LongInt;
+        sMode:Integer;
+        sChannels:Integer;
+        ulFlags:longInt;
+        ulOperation:LongInt;
+        rAudioChange:_MCI_AUDIO_CHANGE;
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMCI_AUDIO_STATUS = MCI_AUDIO_STATUS;
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* AUDIO_CONTROL declarations and defines
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_CONTROL.usIOCtlRequest      */
+
+CONST
+
+        AUDIO_CHANGE            =0;
+        AUDIO_START             =1;
+        AUDIO_STOP              =2;
+        AUDIO_PAUSE             =3;
+        AUDIO_RESUME            =4;
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_CONTROL.sReturnCode */
+
+AC_UNINITED         = 1;       // Device must be init'ed or loaded first    */
+FULL_QUEUE          = 2;       // Maximum # requests exceeded        */
+AC_UNPAUSED         = 3;       // Resume issued, but dev not paused  */
+AC_UNSTARTED        = 5;       // Device must be started first       */
+INVALID_INPUT_LIST  = 7;       // invalid change.input_list entry    */
+INVALID_OUTPUT_LIST = 8;       // invalid change.output_list entry   */
+
+//* AUDIO_CONTROL structure declaration  */
+
+TYPE MCI_AUDIO_CONTROL = RECORD
+        usIOCtlRequest:Integer;
+        pbRequestInfo:Pointer;
+        ulPosition:LongInt;
+        sReturnCode:Integer;
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMCI_AUDIO_CONTROL = MCI_AUDIO_CONTROL;
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* AUDIO_BUFFER declarations and defines
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_BUFFER.ulFlags      */
+
+CONST
+
+        AUDIO_UNDERRUN  =1;
+        AUDIO_OVERRUN   =2;
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_BUFFER.ulPositionType       */
+
+        POS_MSECS       =0;
+        MIDI_CLOCKS     =1;
+        SMPTE_24        =24;
+        SMPTE_25        =25;
+        SMPTE_30DF      =29;
+        SMPTE_30        =30;
+
+TYPE MCI_AUDIO_BUFFER = RECORD
+        ulFlags:LongInt;
+        ulReadBufSize:LongInt;
+        ulWriteBufSize:LongInt;
+        ulReadBufTime:LongInt;
+        ulWriteBufTime:LongInt;
+        ulReadBufMax:LongInt;
+        ulWriteBufMax:LongInt;
+        ulPosition:LongInt;
+        ulPositionType:LongInt;
+        lReadBufCap:LongInt;
+        lWriteBufCap:LongInt;
+        lRequestBufCap:LongInt;
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMCI_AUDIO_BUFFER =^MCI_AUDIO_BUFFER;
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* AUDIO_LOAD declarations and defines
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+//* Values for AUDIO_LOAD.ulFlags        */
+
+CONST
+
+        LOAD_START              =$01;
+        LOAD_END                =$02;
+        LOAD_32BIT              =$10;
+
+
+TYPE MCI_AUDIO_LOAD = RECORD
+        pbBuffer:^Char;
+        ulSize:LongInt;
+        ulFlags:LongInt;
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMCI_AUDIO_LOAD = MCI_AUDIO_LOAD;
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* Track info declarations and defines
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+//* Track Info structure declaration     */
+
+TYPE MCI_TRACK_INFO = RECORD
+        usMasterVolume:Integer;
+        usDitherPct:Integer; //* Percent of a bit dither during record  */
+        usMasterVolumeDelay:Integer;
+        usMasterBalance:Integer;
+        usMasterBalanceDelay:Integer;
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMCI_TRACK_INFO = ^MCI_TRACK_INFO;
+
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* IOBUFFER declarations and defines
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+CONST
+
+        STARTED  =1;
+        PAUSED   =2;
+
+TYPE _MCI_AUDIO_IOBUFFER = RECORD
+        lSize:LongInt;
+        pHead:^Char;
+        pTail:^Char;
+        lCount:LongInt;
+        ulPosition:LongInt;
+        lDelay:LongInt;
+        usRunFlags:Integer;
+        usSelInc:Integer;
+        pBuffer:^Char;
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMCI_AUDIO_IOBUFFER = ^_MCI_AUDIO_IOBUFFER;
+
+//*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//* AUDIO_HPI declarations and defines
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+CONST
+
+        CBXMIT  =1;
+        CBREC   =2;
+        CRTIMER =4;
+
+        EP_OPEN         =0;
+        EP_CLOSE        =1;
+        EP_READ         =2;
+        EP_WRITE        =3;
+        EP_INIT         =4;
+        EP_STATUS       =5;
+        EP_CONTROL      =6;
+        EP_BUFFER       =7;
+        EP_LOAD         =8;
+        EP_WAIT         =9;
+
+
+
+TYPE MCI_AUDIO_HPI = RECORD
+        pvEntry :procedure;
+        pvCallBack:procedure;
+//        VOID (FAR *pvEntry)();
+//        VOID (FAR *pvCallBack)();
+        prXBuff:PMCI_AUDIO_IOBUFFER;
+        prRBuff:PMCI_AUDIO_IOBUFFER;
+        usFlags:Integer;
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMCI_AUDIO_HPI = ^MCI_AUDIO_HPI;
+
+//**************************/
+//* AUDIO_UPDATE Structure */
+//**************************/
+TYPE AUDIO_UPDATE = RECORD
+
+  iobuf_type:Char;              //* 0 - XMITIO, 1 - RECIO to be updated      */
+  buffer_address:^Char;     //* address to buffer to be added to array   */
+  buffer_length:LongInt;          //* length of buffer to be added             */
+  rc:Integer;                    //* return code                              */
+  reserved:Pointer;           //* future use                               */
+  end;
+
+TYPE UPDATE = ^AUDIO_UPDATE;
+
+//* audio_update.iobuf_type definitions                                      */
+
+CONST
+
+        XMIT_IOBUF =0;
+        REC_IOBUF  =1;
+
+//* audio_update.rc definitions                                              */
+        MAX_NUM_BUFFERS_REACHED =9;
+        UPDATE_GENERAL_FAILURE  =10;
+        INVALID_BUFFER_LENGTH   =11;
+
+
+//****************************************************************************/
+//*                                                                          */
+//* Module Name:  CDAUDIO.H                                                  */
+//*                                                                          */
+//* FUNCTION:  This file contains the macro definition and common record     */
+//*            structures used between the CD Audio MCI Driver, its VSDs     */
+//*            (Vendor Specific Drivers), and the CD look-up table,          */
+//*            MMPMCD.INI.                                                   */
+//*                                                                          */
+//* Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation 1991 - 1993    */
+//*                        All Rights Reserved                               */
+//****************************************************************************/
+//*                                                                          */
+//* Ported to FPC: CooL/2 Aka Andy Svirgunov.                                */
+//*                                                                          */
+//****************************************************************************/
+
+//*******************************************************************/
+//* CD MCD and VSD values and inter-modual communications           */
+//*******************************************************************/
+
+
+//**********************************/
+//* Macro Definitions              */
+//**********************************/
+
+Const
+
+UPC_SIZE             = 7;     //* UPC code size, CD serial number */
+CDMCD_CUEPOINT_MAX   = 20;     //* maximum number of cuepoints */
+CDROM_SPEC_START     = 6000;     //* 2 seconds, greatest min start address */
+MCI_INTERNAL_MESSAGES_START = 1000;
+
+//*************************************************************************/
+//* Internal messages between the MCI Driver and the VSD.                 */
+//*************************************************************************/
+
+MCIDRV_REGISTER_DISC    =MCI_INTERNAL_MESSAGES_START + 1;
+MCIDRV_REGISTER_DRIVE   =MCI_INTERNAL_MESSAGES_START + 2;
+MCIDRV_REGISTER_TRACKS  =MCI_INTERNAL_MESSAGES_START + 3;
+MCIDRV_CD_READ_LONG     =MCI_INTERNAL_MESSAGES_START + 4;
+MCIDRV_CD_SET_VERIFY    =MCI_INTERNAL_MESSAGES_START + 5;
+MCIDRV_CD_STATUS_CVOL   =MCI_INTERNAL_MESSAGES_START + 6;
+
+
+//*************************************************************************/
+//* Internal callback routine from the VSD to the MCI Driver.             */
+//*************************************************************************/
+
+//typedef VOID (*PFNCDMCD) (DWORD, DWORD, DWORD);
+
+
+//***********************************/
+//* CDAudRegister record structures */
+//***********************************/
+
+TYPE MCI_CD_ID = Record   //* ID a disc, used to verify a disc change                 */
+                //* must stay at 8 bytes to equal size of UPC               */
+   Mode:byte;                           //* mode, 0=UPC, 1=ID              */
+   wTrack1:word;                        //* address of track one in MMTIME */
+   NumTracks:byte;                      //* number of tracks               */
+   dwLeadOut:word;                      //* address of lead out track      */
+   end;
+
+TYPE MCI_CD_REGDRIVE_PARMS=RECORD //* CD-ROM Drive information, determines capabilities */
+
+   wCaps:WORD;                          //* capabilities                   */
+   dwPrerollType:WORD;                  //* preroll type                   */
+   dwPrerollTime:WORD;                  //* preroll time                   */
+   dwMinStartTime:WORD;                 //* minimum starting time          */
+   dwCDMCDID:WORD;                      //* CD MCD ID for instance         */
+//   pCDMCDReturn:PFNCDMCD;                //* addr of CD MCD Return function */
+   end;
+
+//*************************************************/
+//* These flags are valid for the wCaps Field     */
+//*************************************************/
+CONST
+
+CDVSD_CAP_CAN_RECORD  =$0001;   //* Can record audio               */
+CDVSD_CAP_HAS_AUDIO   =$0002;   //* Can play audio                 */
+CDVSD_CAP_HAS_VIDEO   =$0004;    //* Can play video                 */
+CDVSD_CAP_CAN_CLSDOOR =$0008;    //* Can retract tray/close door    */
+CDVSD_CAP_CAN_EJECT   =$0010;    //* Can eject disc                 */
+CDVSD_CAP_CAN_STREAM  =$0020;    //* Can stream                     */
+CDVSD_CAP_HAS_DAC     =$0040;    //* Can process internal           */
+CDVSD_CAP_CAN_LOCK    =$0080;    //* Can disable manual eject       */
+CDVSD_CAP_CAN_VOLUME  =$0100;    //* Can manipulate volume settings */
+CDVSD_CAP_CAN_REVERSE =$0200;    //* Can play in reverse            */
+CDVSD_CAP_CAN_V_SPEED =$0400;    //* Can vary play speed            */
+CDVSD_CAP_CAN_CUE     =$0800;    //* Can read sequent. after break  */
+                                        //* Used for Cue, Pause, and Seek  */
+
+
+TYPE MCI_CD_REGDISC_PARMS = RECORD //* Information about the disc  */
+
+   LowestTrackNum:BYTE;                 //* lowest track number  */
+   HighestTrackNum:BYTE;                //* highest track number */
+   UPC:ARRAY [0..UPC_SIZE] of BYTE;                  //* upc, 13 BCD + 4bit 0 */
+   DiscID:MCI_CD_ID;                      //* Disc ID              */
+   end;
+
+TYPE MCI_CD_REGTRACK_REC=RECORD //* Information about each track */
+
+   TrackNum:BYTE;                       //* track number               */
+   dwStartAddr:WORD;                    //* starting address in MMTIME */
+   dwEndAddr:WORD;                      //* ending address             */
+   TrackControl:BYTE;                   //* track control information  */
+   end;
+
+TYPE MCI_CD_REGTRACKS_PARMS=RECORD //* Track information, used to verify address */
+   TrackRecArr:^MCI_CD_REGTRACK_REC;     //* ptr to array of track recs  */
+   dwBufSize:WORD;                      //* size of buffer              */
+   end;
+
+//********************************************/
+//* Environment settings to save and restore */
+//********************************************/
+
+TYPE MCIDRV_CD_SAVE_PARMS=RECORD
+   dwPosition:WORD;                      //* current position in MMTIME       */
+   dwEndPlay:WORD;                       //* end play position                */
+   dwMode:WORD;                          //* Play mode: playing, paused, etc. */
+   dwLevel:WORD;                         //* volume levels                    */
+   dwVSDData:WORD;                       //* Extra VSD data storage area      */
+   end;
+
+//********************************************/
+//* Read Long (2352-Byte) Sectors            */
+//********************************************/
+
+//**************************************************************************/
+//* Flag for the MCIDRV_CD_READ_LONG message                               */
+//*   Default addressing mode for the dwFrom field is Hardware Red Book.   */
+//*   Absolute sector addressing for ISO-9660, or High Sierra Group        */
+//*   requires a flag, as does an MMTIME address.                          */
+//**************************************************************************/
+
+CONST
+
+MCI_CD_READLONG_HSG          =$00000100;
+MCI_CD_READLONG_MMTIME       =$00000200;
+
+TYPE MCI_CD_READLONG_PARMS=RECORD
+   dwFrom:WORD;                        //* read from this position   */
+   wCount:WORD;                        //* Number of sectors to read */
+   lpstrReturn:^CHAR;                  //* Pointer to return buffer  */
+   dwRetSize:WORD;                     //* Return buffer size        */
+   end;
+
+
+
+//*******************************************************************/
+//* CD Table INI file, MMPMCD.INI, values                           */
+//*******************************************************************/
+
+//*******************************************************************/
+//* Capability Flags I from the CD drive look-up table, MMPMCD.INI  */
+//*******************************************************************/
+
+CONST
+
+CDHW_CAP_CAN_EJECT    =$00000001; //* Can software eject disc         */
+CDHW_CAP_CAN_LOCK     =$00000002; //* Can lock drive/disable eject    */
+CDHW_CAP_READS_RAW    =$00000004; //* Can read raw sectors            */
+CDHW_CAP_CAN_WRITE    =$00000008; //* Can write to disc               */
+CDHW_CAP_CAN_PLAY     =$00000010; //* Can play CD-DA tracks           */
+CDHW_CAP_CAN_INTERLEV =$00000020; //* Supports ISO-9660 interleaving  */
+CDHW_CAP_CAN_PREFETCH =$00000080; //* Can prefetch internally         */
+CDHW_CAP_MANIP_AUDIO  =$00000100; //* Can manipulte audio channels    */
+CDHW_CAP_USES_REDBOOK =$00000200; //* Can use Red Book mode           */
+CDHW_CAP_READS_XA     =$00000400; //* Can read CD-ROM/XA data         */
+CDHW_CAP_CONT_READS   =$00000800; //* Continues to read DA after stop */
+CDHW_CAP_CAN_REVERSE  =$00001000; //* Can play in reverse             */
+CDHW_CAP_READS_CDDA   =$40000000; //* Can read CD-DA audio tracks     */
+
+
+//*******************************************************************/
+//* Capability Flags II from the CD drive look-up table, MMPMCD.INI */
+//*******************************************************************/
+
+CDHW_VOL_DEP_MASK     =$00000007; //* Volume dependency mask        */
+CDHW_VOL_DEP_NONE     =        0; //* Volume without dependency     */
+CDHW_VOL_DEP_HIGH     =        2; //* Volume is highest value       */
+CDHW_VOL_DEP_LOW      =        3; //* Volume is lowest value        */
+CDHW_VOL_DEP_LEFT     =        4; //* Volume is left volume         */
+CDHW_VOL_DEP_RIGHT    =        5; //* Volume is right volume        */
+CDHW_VOL_INDEP_MUTE   =$00000008; //* Mute has no dependency        */
+CDHW_CAP_LOCK_MOUNT   =$00000010; //* Can only lock when mounted    */
+CDHW_CAP_PLAY_VIDEO   =$00000020; //* Can play video                */
+CDHW_CAP_MODAL_ONLY   =$00000040; //* Stop req to interrupt PLAY    */
+CDHW_CAP_SUP_SEEK     =$00000080; //* Supports SEEK IOCTL           */
+CDHW_CAP_SUP_UPC      =$00000100; //* Supports UPC IOCTL            */
+CDHW_CAP_SUP_SUBCHAN  =$00000200; //* Supports sub-channel IOCTL    */
+CDHW_CAP_CAN_CLS_TRAY =$00000400; //* Can close door/retract caddy  */
+CDHW_CAP_NO_STREAM    =$00001000; //* Cannot stream CD-DA when PDD  */
+                                         //*   says it can                 */
+CDHW_CAP_VAR_PLAY     =$80000000;  //* Supports variable speeds      */
+
+//* INI file record structure */
+CDINI_APPSIZE              =   8;  //* Application name size    */
+CDINI_KEYSIZE              =  16;  //* Key name size            */
+CDINI_VSD_NAME_SIZE        =   8;  //* size of file name        */
+VOLUME_CONTROL             = 101;  //* num of values, 0% - 100% */
+
+
+TYPE MMPMCD_REC=RECORD
+ usEntryVer:INTEGER;                     //* Entry version                 */
+ ulCaps1:LONGINT;                        //* Capability flag I             */
+ ulCaps2:LONGINT;                        //* Capability flag II            */
+ VSDName:ARRAY [0..CDINI_VSD_NAME_SIZE] of CHAR;   //* DLL name for VSD              */
+ ulMinStart:LONGINT;                     //* Min starting addr, 0x00MMSSFF */
+ usVolCnt:INTEGER;                       //* volume level counter          */
+ ausVolValues:ARRAY [0..VOLUME_CONTROL] of INTEGER;  //* volume control values         */
+ end;
+
+//*************************START OF SPECIFICATIONS **************************/
+//                                                                          */
+// Module NAME:  VIDEO.H                                                    */
+//                                                                          */
+// OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions Video structures and definitions          */
+//                                                                          */
+// Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation 1993           */
+//                         All Rights Reserved                              */
+//***************************************************************************/
+// Converted by Andry Svirgunov. Email: cool2@ngs.ru                        */
+// 14.11.2002                                                               */
+//                                                                          */
+//************************* END OF SPECIFICATIONS ***************************/
+
+TYPE _VIDEO_FRAME_HDR = RECORD          // vfh  */
+        FrameNumber   : LongInt;        // relative frame number       */
+        FramesSkipped : LongInt;        // no. frames skipped between this and last frames */
+        StreamTime    : LongInt;        // stream time in milliseconds */
+        FrameSize     : LongInt;        // size in bytes               */
+        SHparm1       : LongInt;        // used by stream handler      */
+        reserved3     : LongInt;        // unused                      */
+        reserved2     : LongInt;        // unused                      */
+        reserved1     : LongInt;        // unused                      */
+        end;
+
+TYPE PVIDEO_FRAME_HDR = ^_VIDEO_FRAME_HDR;
+
+//*************************START OF SPECIFICATIONS **************************/
+//                                                                          */
+// COPYRIGHT:     IBM - International Business Machines                     */
+//              Copyright (c) IBM Corporation  1991, 1992, 1993             */
+//                        All Rights Reserved                               */
+//                                                                          */
+//                                                                          */
+// SOURCE FILE NAME:  UMFORMAT.H                                            */
+//                                                                          */
+// DESCRIPTIVE NAME: Ultimotion File Format Headers (Beta)                  */
+//                                                                          */
+//   An Ultimotion file consists of interlevaed audio and video and text    */
+//   chunks within the data list chunk.                                     */
+//                                                                          */
+//   A file may contain interleaved audio chunks or the soundtrack may      */
+//   be contained in a seperate file specified in the header chunk, or      */
+//   there may be no associated soundtrack (a silent movie).  Multiple      */
+//   audio tracks are supported by this file format, either interleaved     */
+//   or in seperate files.  Only one video track, track 0, is supported in  */
+//   a single file.  Audio tracks are identified by a track number, with    */
+//   the first audio track being track 1.                                   */
+//                                                                          */
+//   If a file specifies both interleaved audio tracks and external         */
+//   audio tracks (.WAV files), the external audio tracks are numbered      */
+//   consecutively following the interleaved audio tracks.  For             */
+//   example, if a file specifies two interleaved audio tracks and two      */
+//   external audio tracks, the interleaved audio tracks will be tracks     */
+//   0 and 1, and the external audio tracks will be tracks 2 and 3.         */
+//   Note that tracks can carry distinct audio information such as          */
+//   multiple languages, and that stereo audio can be carried in a          */
+//   single track.                                                          */
+//                                                                          */
+//************************* END OF SPECIFICATIONS ***************************/
+
+// The hex fourcc value is also the SPCBKEY.ulDataSubType value for the */
+// Ultimotion file format - OS2MEDEF.H                                  */
+//***************************************************************************/
+// Ultimotion File Format:                                                  */
+//                                                                          */
+//                                                                          */
+//    Conventions used in this format:                                      */
+//                                                                          */
+//    - A file is a collection of chunks                                    */
+//    - The first ULONG in a chunk is the chunk type (chunk ID)             */
+//    - The second ULONG in a chunk is the length of the chunk,             */
+//         including the header and the data, but excluding the chunk       */
+//         ID and chunk length.                                             */
+//    - For each interleaved audio track there is one audio frame that      */
+//         corresponds to each video frame                                  */
+//    - An audio frame has the same duration as its corresponding video     */
+//         frame                                                            */
+//    - Audio frames always follow their corresponding video frame, and     */
+//         as such preceed the next video frame                             */
+//                                                                          */
+// Legend:                                                                  */
+//     [<element name>]      optional                                       */
+//     <element name>        1                                              */
+//     <element name>...     1 or more                                      */
+//     [<element name>]...   0 or more                                      */
+//                                                                          */
+//                                                                          */
+//                                                                          */
+//  SMV form                                                                */
+//  ---------                                                               */
+//                                                                          */
+// <RIFF( 'ummv'                                                            */
+//       <LIST( 'umhl'                             - Header LIST            */
+//             <Videoheader-ck>                    - Video header chunk     */
+//             <videotitle-ck>...                  - Video title chunk(s)   */
+//                                                 -                        */
+//             [<LIST( 'umal'                      - Audio LIST(s)          */
+//                    {<extaudiofilename-ck> |     - Ext. WAV files         */
+//                     <audioheader-ck>}           - Audio header           */
+//                    <audiotitle-ck>...)>]...     - Audio title            */
+//                                                 -                        */
+//             [<LIST( 'umtl'                      - Text LIST              */
+//                     <textheader-ck>...)>])>     - Text header            */
+//                                                 -                        */
+//       <LIST( 'umfd'                             - Frame data LIST        */
+//             <LIST( 'umcd' {                     - Chapter data LIST      */
+//                   <videoframe-ck>               - Video frame            */
+//                   [<audioframe-ck>]             - Audio frame            */
+//                   [<textframe-ck>]}...)>...)    - Text frame             */
+//                                                 -                        */
+//        [<LIST( 'umci'                           - Chap index table LIST  */
+//               <LIST( 'umce'                     - Chap index entry LIST  */
+//                     <chapterheader-ck>          - Chapter index hdr      */
+//                     <chapttitle-ck>...          - Chapter title          */
+//                     <frameindex-ck>)>...)>])>   - frame index            */
+//                                                 -  table                 */
+//                                                                          */
+//***************************************************************************/
+CONST
+
+ UMAUDIOFILENAMELENGTH   =60;
+ SIZEOF_FORM             =4;
+
+// ULTIMOTION FORMS */
+        UMFORM_MOVIE                  = 'ummv';
+        UMFORM_HEADERLIST             = 'umhl';
+        UMFORM_AUDIOHDRLIST           = 'umal';
+        UMFORM_TEXTHDRLIST            = 'umtl';
+        UMFORM_FRAMEDATALIST          = 'umfd';
+        UMFORM_CHAPTERDATALIST        = 'umcd';
+        UMFORM_CHAPTERTABLELIST       = 'umci';
+        UMFORM_CHAPTERENTRYLIST       = 'umce';
+
+// byte swapped hex defines for ulong assignments... */
+        HEX_UMFORM_MOVIE               =$766d6d75;     // vmmu */
+        HEX_UMFORM_HEADERLIST          =$6c686d75;     // lhmu */
+        HEX_UMFORM_AUDIOHDRLIST        =$6c616d75;     // lamu */
+        HEX_UMFORM_TEXTHDRLIST         =$6c746d75;     // ltmu */
+        HEX_UMFORM_FRAMEDATALIST       =$64666d75;     // dfmu */
+        HEX_UMFORM_CHAPTERDATALIST     =$64636d75;     // dcmu */
+        HEX_UMFORM_CHAPTERTABLELIST    =$69636d75;     // icmu */
+        HEX_UMFORM_CHAPTERENTRYLIST    =$65636d75;     // ecmu */
+
+// ULTIMOTION CHUNK IDS */
+        UMID_VIDEOHEADER               ='umvh';
+        UMID_EXTAUDIONAME              ='umea';
+        UMID_AUDIOHEADER               ='umah';
+        UMID_TEXTHEADER                ='umth';
+        UMID_VIDEOTITLE                ='umvt';
+        UMID_AUDIOTITLE                ='umat';
+        UMID_TEXTFRAME                 ='umtf';
+        UMID_VIDEOFRAME                ='umvf';
+        UMID_AUDIOFRAME                ='umaf';
+        UMID_CHAPTERHEADER             ='umch';
+        UMID_CHAPTERTITLE              ='umct';
+        UMID_FRAMETABLE                ='umfi';
+
+// byte swapped hex defines for ulong assignments... */
+        HEX_UMID_VIDEOHEADER           =$68766d75;      // hvmu */
+        HEX_UMID_EXTAUDIONAME          =$61656d75;      // aemu */
+        HEX_UMID_AUDIOHEADER           =$68616d75;      // hamu */
+        HEX_UMID_TEXTHEADER            =$68746d75;      // htmu */
+        HEX_UMID_VIDEOTITLE            =$74766d75;      // tvmu */
+        HEX_UMID_AUDIOTITLE            =$74616d75;      // tamu */
+        HEX_UMID_TEXTFRAME             =$66746d75;      // ftmu */
+        HEX_UMID_VIDEOFRAME            =$66766d75;      // fvmu */
+        HEX_UMID_AUDIOFRAME            =$66616d75;      // famu */
+        HEX_UMID_CHAPTERHEADER         =$68636d75;      // hcmu */
+        HEX_UMID_CHAPTERTITLE          =$74636d75;      // tcmu */
+        HEX_UMID_FRAMETABLE            =$69666d75;      // ifmu */
+
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+// CHUNK HEADER STRUCTURE - APPEARS AT START OF EACH CHUNK                  */
+//***************************************************************************/
+type UMCHUNKHEADER =record  // umch */
+   ulChunkID:LongInt;              // ID for this chunk                   */
+   ulChunkLength:LongInt;          // Length of chunk that follows        */
+   end;
+ PUMCHUNKHEADER=^UmChunkHeader;   // pumch */
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+// VIDEO HEADER CHUNK -                                                     */
+//                                                                          */
+// The UMVIDEOHEADER structure is followed by a list of                     */
+// usInterleavedTracks null-terminated external audio (.WAV) file           */
+// names.  The audio file name fields are fixed size to better enable       */
+// changing the file names without re-writing the file.                     */
+//***************************************************************************/
+   UMVIDEOHEADER = record   // umvh */
+   ulTotalDuration:LongInt;        // Video duration in MMTIME            */
+   ulMaxFrameSize:LongInt;         // Max video frame size in bytes       */
+   ulMaxAvgDataRate:LongInt;       // Max avergage data rate              */
+   ulMaxBurstInterval:LongInt;     // Max interval for max data rate      */
+   ulCompressionRatioX100:LongInt; // Compression ratio                   */
+   ulPosterFrameOffset:LongInt;    // Poster for video (from beginning)   */
+   usMaxFrameX:Word;            // Max horizontal frame size           */
+   usMaxFrameY:Word;            // Max vertical frame size             */
+   usNomFrameDuration:Word;     // Nominal recorded frame duration     */
+   usNomIFrameInterval:word;    // I-frame every this many frames      */
+   usNumCompressionTypes:Word;  // number of different CODECS used in file */
+   aulCompressionTypes:Array [0..20] of LongInt;// List of CODECs found in this file */
+   Reserved:Array [0..16] of LongInt;           // Reserved space */
+   end;
+   PUMVIDEOHEADER=^UMVIDEOHEADER;  // pumvh */
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+// EXTERNAL AUDIO FILE NAME CHUNK                                           */
+//***************************************************************************/
+   EXTAUDIONAME = record    // umea */
+     usTrackNumber:Word;          // Audio track number for this format  */
+     szFileName:Array [0..UMAUDIOFILENAMELENGTH] of Char;
+   end;
+  PEXTAUDIONAME=^EXTAUDIONAME;  // pumea */
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+// INTERLEAVED AUDIO TRACK HEADER CHUNK                                     */
+//***************************************************************************/
+   AUDIOHEADER = record   // umah */
+           usTrackNumber:Word;          // Audio track number for this format  */
+           usFormatTag:Word;            // Type of wave format                 */
+           usChannels:Word;             // Number of channels (1=mono 2=stereo)*/
+           ulSamplesPerSec:LongInt;        // Sampling rate                       */
+           ulAvgBytesPerSec:LongInt;       // Avg bytes per sec                   */
+           usBlockAlign:Word;           // Block alignment in bytes            */
+           usBitsPerSample:Word;        // Bits per sample                     */
+           usCountryCode:Word;          // Country code for this title         */
+   end;
+   PAUDIOHEADER=^AUDIOHEADER; // pumah */
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+// INTERLEAVED TEXT TRACK HEADER CHUNK                                      */
+//***************************************************************************/
+   TEXTHEADER = record   // umth */
+           usTrackNumber:Word;          // Audio track number for this format  */
+           usCountryCode:Word;          // Country code for this title         */
+   end;
+   PTEXTHEADER=^TEXTHEADER; // pumth */
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+// TITLE CHUNK                                                              */
+//***************************************************************************/
+   TITLE =record  // ttl */
+           usCountryCode:Word;         // Country code for this title         */
+           szTitle:Array [0..1] of Char;            // Video title null-terminated         */
+   end;
+   PTITLE=^TITLE; // pttl */
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+// AUDIO FRAME CHUNK                                                        */
+//***************************************************************************/
+   AUDIOFRAME =record // umaf */
+          usTrackNumber:Word;         // audio track number                  */
+          bData:Array [0..1] of Byte;
+   end;
+   PAUDIOFRAME=^AUDIOFRAME; // pumaf */
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+// TEXT FRAME CHUNK                                                         */
+//***************************************************************************/
+   TEXTFRAME =record  // umtf */
+           usTrackNumber:Word;         // Text track number                   */
+           szText:Array [0..1] of Char;             // Text null-terminated                */
+   end;
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+// VIDEO FRAME CHUNK                                                        */
+//***************************************************************************/
+   VIDEOFRAME = record // umvf */
+          usTrackNumber:Word;         // Video track number  (0L only for now) */
+          ulDuration:LongInt;            // Frame duration in MMTIME            */
+          ulFrameFlags:LongInt;          // Frame flags                         */
+          ulCompressionType:LongInt;     // Compression type                    */
+          bData:Array [0..1] of Byte;
+   end;
+  PVIDEOFRAME =^VIDEOFRAME; // pumvf */
+
+// ulCompressionType defines: */
+CONST
+
+UM_VIDEO_COMPRESSION_TYPE_RAWRGB565        =1;
+UM_VIDEO_COMPRESSION_TYPE_RAWUVY556        =2;
+UM_VIDEO_COMPRESSION_TYPE_RAWYUV411        =3;
+UM_VIDEO_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BH146           =10;   // BETA-RGB16 */
+UM_VIDEO_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BH211SCS4       =11;   // 1.1 YUV16 subsampled chroma sub4 */
+UM_VIDEO_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BH211UCS4       =12;   // unique chroma sub4 */
+
+// ulVideoFrameFlags defines: */
+  UM_VIDEO_FRAME_FLAG_DELTAFRAME   =$1;   // 1: delta frame, 0: I frame */
+  UM_VIDEO_FRAME_FLAG_SCENECHANGE  =$2;
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+// CHAPTER INDEX HEADER (header for each entry in chapter index LIST        */
+//***************************************************************************/
+ TYPE UMCHAPTERINDEX = record  // umch */
+       ulChapterOffset:LongInt;            // Offset from beginning of file       */
+       ulChapterDuration:LongInt;          // Duration of chapter in MMTIME       */
+       ulPosterFrameOffset:LongInt;        // Poster for chapter (offset from chapter)*/
+  end;
+  PUMCHAPTERINDEX =^UMCHAPTERINDEX;  // pumch */
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+// FRAME INDEX ENTRY                                                        */
+//***************************************************************************/
+   UMFRAMEINDEX = record  // umfi */
+           ulFrameOffsets:LongInt;         // Offset from beginning of chapter    */
+           ulFrameFlags:LongInt;           // Frame flags (Refer to frame header) */
+   end;
+    PUMFRAMEINDEX =^UMFRAMEINDEX;  // pumfi */
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+//                                                                          */
+// Module Name: SPCB.H                                                      */
+//                                                                          */
+// OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions Sync/Stream Manager Stream Protocol       */
+// Control Block Definitions.                                               */
+//                                                                          */
+// Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation 1991, 1992     */
+//                        All Rights Reserved                               */
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+// Converted by Andry Svirgunov. Email: cool2@ngs.ru                        */
+// 14.11.2002                                                               */
+//                                                                          */
+//***************************************************************************/
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * SPCBKEY - Stream Protocol Key
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+//TYPE
+//        MMTIME = Cardinal;
+
+  spcbKey = record
+    ulDataType    : LongInt;
+    ulDataSubType : LongInt;
+    ulIntKey      : LongInt;              // Generated internal key
+  end;
+//  pspcbKey = ^spcbKey;
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * SPCB - Stream Protocol Control Block
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+  _spcb = record
+   ulSPCBLen       : LongInt;       // SPCB struture length
+   spcbkey         : SPCBKEY;
+   ulDataFlags     : LongInt;       // Data type flags
+   ulNumRec        : LongInt;       // Max # records/buffer (Only used for Split streams)
+   ulBlockSize     : LongInt;       // Block alignment in bytes.
+   ulBufSize       : LongInt;       // Buffer size (SSM allocated buffers) must be
+                                  //  a multiple of Block size
+   ulMinBuf        : LongInt;       // Minimum number of buffers needed to stream
+   ulMaxBuf        : LongInt;       // Maximum number of buffers needed to stream
+   ulSrcStart      : LongInt;       // # of EMPTY buffers required to start Source
+   ulTgtStart      : LongInt;       // # of FULL buffers required to start Target
+   ulBufFlags      : LongInt;       // Handler Protocol negotiation flags
+   ulHandFlags     : LongInt;       // Handler Protocol flags
+   mmtimeTolerance : mmTime;      // Sync tolerance value...Used as check by SSM
+                                  //  to determine whether to send a sync pulse
+                                  //  to this specific slave Stream Handler.
+                                  //  Algorithm:
+                                  //   diff = abs(master time - slave time)
+                                  //   if  diff >= tolerance
+                                  //     then send sync pulse
+                                  // (Valid only for Slave stream handlers)
+   mmtimeSync      : mmTime;      // Used to save sync pulse generation granularity
+                                  //  if the master uses the Stream Manager Timer.
+                                  //  if SpiSetSync passed NULL value for sync gran
+                                  //   then use this default value. (since hardware
+                                  //   must have it's own interrupt time interval.
+                                  // (Valid only for Master stream handlers)
+   ulBytesPerUnit  : LongInt;       // Bytes/unit of time. This is used to do seeks
+                                  // on linear data that is not compressed or
+                                  // of variable length.
+   mmtimePerUnit   : mmTime;      // The amount of mmtime each unit represents.
+                                  // A unit can be a second, minute or whatever.
+  end;
+  pspcb = ^_spcb;
+
+const
+  spcb_max_buf_Size        = 1024*1024;  // Largest buffer size in bytes
+
+
+//******************
+// * SPCB_ulDataFlags:
+// *******************/
+
+  // SPCB_ulDataFlags:
+  spcbData_CueTime         = $0002; // This data type can support time cue points
+  spcbData_CueData         = $0004; // This data type can support data cue points
+
+  spcbData_Seek            = $0000; // Seeks can be performed on this data type.
+  spcbData_NoSeek          = $0008; // NO seeks can be performed on this data type.
+  spcbData_YieldTime       = $0010; // The ulBytes per unit field is used for a millisecond value
+                                    // It represents the amount of yield time between reads of
+                                    // each buffer. If this bit is set, the value of ulBytesPerUnit
+                                    // is used as input to DosSleep to yield for that period of time
+  ValidDataFlags           = spcbData_CueTime OR spcbData_CueData OR
+                             spcbData_YieldTime OR spcbData_NoSeek;
+
+
+//*******************
+//* SPCB_ulBufFlags:
+//********************/
+
+  // SPCB_ulBufFlags:
+  spcbBuf_USERPROVIDED     = $0001; // User provides buffers for stream
+                                    // SSMgr will not allocate buffers,
+                                    // but must lock down provided buffers,
+                                    // so this will affect performance!!
+                                    // (Source Handler only)
+  spcbBuf_FIXEDBUF         = $0002; // Buffer size is fixed for this data type
+                                    //  in this handler. Can not be used
+                                    //  with the spcbBuf_USERPROVIDED flags.
+  spcbBuf_NONCONTIGUOUS    = $0004; // Buffer do not need to be contiguous
+                                    //  in physical memory.
+  spcbBuf_INTERLEAVED      = $0008; // Stream buffers can be interleaved.
+                                    //  Can not be use with the
+                                    //  spcbBuf_USERPROVIDED flag.
+                                    //  (Source Handler only)
+  spcbBuf_MAXSIZE          = $0010; // ulBufSize is the maximum size that
+                                    //  can be used by this stream handler
+  spcbBuf_16MEG            = $0020; // The Stream buffers may be allocated
+                                    //  above the 16 Meg line. This is used
+                                    //  by stream handlers that can support
+                                    //  greater than 16 Megabyte addresses.
+  spcbBuf_FIXEDBLOCK       = $0040; // Use the ulBlockSize field to represent
+                                    // the size of the IO reads that should
+                                    // be performed (Interleaved streams)
+  ValidBufFlags            = spcbBuf_UserProvided OR spcbBuf_FixedBuf OR
+                             spcbBuf_NonContiguous OR spcbBuf_Interleaved OR
+                             spcbBuf_16Meg OR spcbBuf_FixedBlock OR
+                             spcbBuf_MaxSize;
+
+//******************
+// * SPCB_ulHandFlags:
+// *******************/
+  // SPCB_ulHandFlags:
+  spcbHand_genSync         = $0001; // (INPUT FROM HANDLER ONLY)
+                                    // This handler can generate sync pulses
+                                    // if it is the master.
+  spcbHand_RcvSync         = $0002; // (INPUT FROM HANDLER ONLY)
+                                    // This handler can receive sync pulses
+                                    // if it is a slave
+  spcbHand_Timer           = $0004; // Use Stream Manager Timer for Sync
+  spcbHand_NonStream       = $0008; // Stream Handler is non-streaming
+  spcbHand_GenTime         = $0010; // This handler contains real
+                                    // stream time. The handler that
+                                    // supports the SpiGetTime, data/time
+                                    // cue point calls for this stream.
+  spcbHand_NoPreRoll       = $0020; // This stream can not be prerolled.
+                                    // (i.e. recording streams)
+  spcbHand_NoSync          = $0040; // This stream can be group into a
+                                    // sync group, but does not send or
+                                    // receive sync pulses.
+  spcbHand_Phys_Seek       = $0080; // This handler does a seek to a physical
+                                    // device or memory not just a time adjustment.
+                                    // (ssm will always call this handler first on
+                                    //  an SpiSeekStream call).
+
+  ValidHandFlags           = spcbHand_GenSync OR spcbHand_RcvSync OR
+                             spcbHand_Timer OR spcbHand_NonStream OR
+                             spcbHand_GenTime OR spcbHand_NoPreRoll OR
+                             spcbHand_NoSync OR spcbHand_Phys_Seek;
+
+//**************************************************************************\
+//
+// Module Name: SHDD.H
+//
+// OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions Stream Handler Device Driver Interfaces
+// Block defintions.
+//
+// Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation 1990,1991
+//                         All Rights Reserved
+// -------------------------
+// Ported by Andry Svirgunov
+//
+//**************************************************************************/
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+//                         D E F I N E S                                    */
+//***************************************************************************/
+
+// Multimedia Extensions Stream Handler Device Driver Interfaces
+// Block defintions.
+
+type
+  shdfn   = pointer;
+  ddcmdfn = pointer;
+  hstream = Longint;
+  hevent  = LongInt;
+  hID     = LongInt;
+//  MMTIME  = Cardinal;
+type
+  time_evcb = record
+    ulType         : LongInt;            // Event_CUE_TIME
+    ulSubType      : LongInt;            // Not used
+    ulFlags        : LongInt;            // Single/Recurring(input/output)
+    hstream        : HSTREAM;          // handle to stream for this event (input/output)
+    hid            : hID;              // handler Id (input/output)
+    ulStatus       : LongInt;            // Event status/error return code (output)
+    mmtimeStream   : MMTIME;           // Stream time (input/output)
+    unused1        : LongInt;            // 0 (input)
+    unused2        : LongInt;            // 0 (input)
+  end;
+  ptime_evcb = ^time_evcb;
+(*type
+  spcbKey = record
+    ulDataType    : LongInt;
+    ulDataSubType : LongInt;
+    ulIntKey      : LongInt;              // Generated internal key
+  end;*)
+//  pspcbKey = ^spcbKey;
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+//                       S T R U C T U R E S                                */
+//***************************************************************************/
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+//***   DDCMD Interface                                                    **/
+//***************************************************************************/
+
+const
+  // DDCMD Defines
+  DDCMD_SETUP                   = 0;
+  DDCMD_READ                    = 1;
+  DDCMD_WRITE                   = 2;
+  DDCMD_STATUS                  = 3;
+  DDCMD_CONTROL                 = 4;
+  DDCMD_REG_STREAM              = 5;
+  DDCMD_DEREG_STREAM            = 6;
+
+type
+  ddCmdCommon = record
+    ulFunction        : LongInt;                 // Function requested by SH
+    Stream            : hStream;               // data stream instance
+  end;
+  pddCmdCommon = ^ddCmdCommon;
+
+  ddCmd_Setup_parm = record
+    ulFunction        : LongInt;                 // Function requested by SH
+    hStream           : HSTREAM;
+    pSetupParm        : Pointer;               // see SETUP_PARM struct
+    ulSetupParmSize   : LongInt;                 // see SETUP_PARM struct
+  end;
+  pddCmdSetup = ^ddCmd_Setup_parm;
+
+
+                //*********************************************/
+                // SETUP_PARM structure                       */
+                //*********************************************/
+  // SETUP_PARM structure
+  Setup_Parm = record                          //  DDCMDSETUP parameter block
+    ulStreamTime      : LongInt;                 // stream time in milliseconds
+    ulFlags           : LongInt;                 // various flags (input/output)
+    // NOTE: new fields will be added here
+  end;
+  pSetup_Parm = ^Setup_Parm;
+
+                //*********************************************/
+                // ulFlag defines                             */
+                //*********************************************/
+const
+  // ulFlag defines
+  SETUP_RECURRING_EVENTS        = $00000001;
+                // the device driver sets this flag on return from the
+                // DDCMD_SETUP command if the device driver assumes events
+                // are recurring events---in this case, the stream handler
+                // will not have to re-enable a recurring event each time
+                // the event occurs by sending a DDCMD_CONTROL command to
+                // the device driver.  this is useful when CUE_TIME or
+                // DATA_CUE events are expected to be used as RECURRING
+
+type
+  ccCmdReadWrite = record
+    ulFunction        : LongInt;                 // Function requested by SH
+    hStream           : HSTREAM;
+    pBuffer           : Pointer;
+    ulBufferSize      : LongInt;
+    pProcessLin       : Pointer;
+    fEOS              : Boolean;
+    ulParm1           : LongInt;
+    ulParm2           : LongInt;
+    ulLength          : LongInt;
+  end;
+  pccCmdReadWrite = ^ccCmdReadWrite;
+  ppccCmdReadWrite = ^pccCmdReadWrite;
+
+  ccCmdStatus = record
+    ulFunction        : LongInt;                 // Function requested by SH
+    hStream           : HSTREAM;
+    pStatus           : Pointer;               // (output)ptr to current position time
+    ulStatusSize      : LongInt;                 // (output)size of position time
+  end;
+  pccCmdStatus = ^ccCmdStatus;
+
+                //*********************************************/
+                // STATUS_PARM structure                      */
+                //*********************************************/
+  // STATUS_PARM structure
+  Status_Parm = record                         // DDCMDSTATUS parameter block
+    ulTime            : LongInt;                 // current position time in milliseconds
+    // NOTE: new fields will be added here
+  end;
+  pStatus_Parm = ^Status_Parm;
+
+  ddCmdControl = record
+    ulFunction        : LongInt;                 // Function requested by SH
+    hStream           : HSTREAM;
+    hEvent            : hEvent;                // used for EVENTS only
+    ulCmd             : LongInt;
+    pParm             : Pointer;               // see CONTROL_PARM structure
+    ulParmSize        : LongInt;                 // see CONTROL_PARM structure
+  end;
+  pddCmdControl = ^ddCmdControl;
+                //*********************************************/
+                // ulCmd defines                              */
+                //*********************************************/
+const
+  // ulCmd defines
+  DDCMD_START                   = 1;           // start device
+  DDCMD_STOP                    = 2;           // stop device and return current position in pParm
+  DDCMD_PAUSE                   = 3;           // pause device and return current position in pParm
+  DDCMD_RESUME                  = 4;           // resume device
+  DDCMD_ENABLE_EVENT            = 5;           // ask PDD to create this event
+  DDCMD_DISABLE_EVENT           = 6;           // ask PDD to purge this event
+  DDCMD_PAUSE_TIME              = 7;           // pause time keeping, but not the stream
+  DDCMD_RESUME_TIME             = 8;           // resume time keeping.
+
+                //*********************************************/
+                // CONTROL_PARM structure                     */
+                //*********************************************/
+type
+  // CONTROL_PARM structure
+  Control_Parm = record                        // DDCMDCONTROL parameter block
+    ulTime            : LongInt;                 // time in milliseconds
+                                               // SH sets cuetime when ulCmd is ENABLE_EVENT
+                                               // PDD returns current time for STOP, PAUSE
+    evcb              : TIME_EVCB;
+  end;
+  pControl_Parm = ^Control_Parm;
+
+                //******************************************************************************/
+                // This structure is filled in by the amp mixer based on the instance          */
+                // data.                                                                       */
+                //******************************************************************************/
+TYPE AUDIOMODE = record    // audio mode fields for DDCMDRegister */
+        lSRate:LongInt;            // sample rate              */
+        lBitsPerSRate:LongInt;     // bits per sample          */
+        sChannels:Integer;        // Channels                 */
+        end;
+TYPE PAUDIOMODE=^AUDIOMODE;
+
+
+TYPE  ddCmdRegister = record
+    ulFunction        : LongInt;                 // Function requested by SH
+    hStream           : HSTREAM;               // Stream handle needed @ interrupt time
+    ulSysFileNum      : LongInt;                 // Device Handle so pdd can map device instance to hstream
+    pSHDEntryPoint    : SHDFN;                 // Stream handler entry point
+    ulStreamOperation : LongInt;                 // SH input Record or play
+    spcbkey           : SPCBKEY;
+    ulBufSize         : LongInt;                 // PDD output (optional) buffer size in bytes for SPCB
+    ulNumBufs         : LongInt;                 // PDD output (optional) # of buffers for SPCB
+    ulAddressType     : LongInt;                 // PDD output (required) addr ptr type to data buffer
+    ulBytesPerUnit    : LongInt;                 // PDD output (required)
+    mmtimePerUnit     : MMTIME;                // PDD output (required)
+    AudioMode         : AUDIOMODE;                 // SH input Device Control Block
+    hid               : HID;                   // SH input stream handler id
+  end;
+  pddCmdRegister = ^ddCmdRegister;
+
+                //****************************/
+                // ulStreamOperation  defines*/
+                //****************************/
+const
+  // ulStreamOperation  defines
+  STREAM_OPERATION_MASK         = $C000;
+  STREAM_OPERATION_CONSUME      = $8000;
+  STREAM_OPERATION_PRODUCE      = $C000;
+
+                //******************************************************************************/
+                // ulAddressType  defines                                                      */
+                // The PDD will tell the SH what type of address ptr it expects the data buffer*/
+                // to be.  The SH will then request this address type to the SSM, so that the  */
+                // SSM will send the correct type of each buffer request.                      */
+                //******************************************************************************/
+  ADDRESS_TYPE_VIRTUAL          = 0;
+  ADDRESS_TYPE_PHYSICAL         = 1;              //default
+  ADDRESS_TYPE_LINEAR           = 2;
+
+type
+  ddCmdDeregister = record
+    ulFunction        : LongInt;                 // Function requested by SH
+    Stream            : hStream;               // Stream handle needed @ interrupt time
+  end;
+  pddCmdDeregister = ^ddCmdDeregister;
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+//*** RING 0 Stream Handler SHD Interfaces                                ***/
+//***************************************************************************/
+
+const
+  // RING 0 Stream Handler  SHD's:
+  SHD_REPORT_INT                = 0;           // PDD reports interrupt has arrived
+  SHD_REPORT_EVENT              = 1;           // PDD reports cuetime has arrived
+
+type
+  shd_Common = record
+    ulFunction        : LongInt;                 // Function requested by PDD
+    Stream            : hStream;               // Stream handle needed @ interrupt time
+  end;
+  pshd_Common = ^shd_Common;
+
+type shd_ReportInt = record
+    ulFunction        : LongInt;                 // Function requested by PDD
+    hStream           : HSTREAM;               // so SH knows which stream to process
+    pBuffer           : Pointer;               // return ptr to last used buffer
+    ulFlag            : LongInt;                 // reason for interrupt
+    ulStatus          : LongInt;                 // rc or bytes read/written
+    ulStreamTime      : LongInt;                 // time in milliseconds of stream position
+  end;
+  pshd_ReportInt = ^shd_ReportInt;
+
+                //******************/
+                // ulFlag settings */
+                //******************/
+const
+  // ulFlag settings
+  ERROR                         = $80;
+  STREAM_STOP_NOW               = $40;
+  SHD_READ_COMPLETE             = 1;
+  SHD_WRITE_COMPLETE            = 2;
+
+type
+  shd_ReportEvent = record
+    ulFunction        : LongInt;                 // Function requested by PDD
+    hStream           : HSTREAM;               // so SH knows which stream to process
+    hEvent            : hEvent;                // event handle pass back to stream handler
+    ulStreamTime      : LongInt;                 // time in milliseconds of stream position
+  end;
+  pshd_ReportEvent = ^shd_ReportEvent;
+
+
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+//*** RING 3 Stream Handler SHD Interfaces                                ***/
+//***************************************************************************/
+
+//*** RING 3 Stream Handler SHD Interfaces                                **
+
+const
+  // RING 3 Stream Handler  SHD's: (Uses SpiSendMsg as interface)
+  SHC_REPORT_INT                = $80000000;   // ulMsgType for SHD_REPORT_INT
+  SHC_REPORT_EVENT              = $80000001;   // ulMsgType for SHD_REPORT_EVENT
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * MSG_REPORTINT Control Block.
+// *  pMsg field of SpiSendMsg api
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+type
+  // MSG_REPORTINT Control Block.
+  // pMsg field of SpiSendMsg api
+  msg_ReportInt = record
+    ulMsgLen          : LongInt;                 // Length of structure
+    pBuffer           : Pointer;               // return ptr to last used buffer
+    ulFlag            : LongInt;                 // reason for interrupt
+    ulStatus          : LongInt;                 // rc or bytes read/written
+    ulStreamTime      : LongInt;                 // time in milliseconds of stream position
+  end;
+  pmsg_ReportInt = ^msg_ReportInt;
+
+   // For ulFlag defines, refer to the _shd_reportint_parm structure */
+
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * MSG_REPORTEVENT Control Block.
+// *  pMsg field of SpiSendMsg api
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+type
+  // MSG_REPORTEVENT Control Block.
+  //  pMsg field of SpiSendMsg api
+  msg_ReportEvent = record
+    ulMsgLen          : LongInt;                 // Length of structure
+    hevent            : hEvent;                // event handle pass back to stream handler
+    ulStreamTime      : LongInt;                 // time in milliseconds of stream position
+  end;
+type   pmsg_ReportEvent = ^msg_ReportEvent;
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+//              F U N C T I O N   P R O T O T Y P E S                       */
+//***************************************************************************/
+
+//RC  FAR         SHDEntryPoint(PSHD_COMMON pCommon);
+//RC  FAR         DDCMDEntryPoint(PDDCMDCOMMON pCommon);
+
+//***************************************************************************\
+//*                                                                           *
+//*    Multimedia Mixer Software Development Kit Include File                 *
+//*                                                                           *
+//*                                                                           *
+//***************************************************************************/
+// Converted by Andry Svirgunov. Email: cool2@ngs.ru                        */
+// 14.11.2002                                                               */
+//                                                                          */
+//***************************************************************************/
+
+        TYPE HMIXER = longint;
+        TYPE PHMIXER = ^HMIXER;
+
+
+TYPE _MIXERLINEINFO = RECORD
+        ulLength : LongInt;             //length of the struct */
+        ulNumChannels : LongInt;        // number of channels on input */
+        ulSupport : LongInt;            // supported functionality (MIXLINEINFO) */
+        ulConnectionsPossible : LongInt;// lines connectable to */
+        ulLine : LongInt;               // which line to operate on */
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMIXERLINEINFO = ^_MIXERLINEINFO;
+
+TYPE _LINECONNECTIONS = RECORD
+        ulLength : Longint;             // length of the struct */
+        ulConnection : LongInt;
+        ulLine : Longint;
+        ulFlags : LongInt;
+        end;
+
+TYPE PLINECONNECTIONS = ^_LINECONNECTIONS;
+
+// flags for MIXERCONTROL ulFlags field */
+CONST
+        MIX_MASTER = $000000001;        // indicates that this is master effect for the control */
+
+TYPE _MIXERCONTROL = RECORD
+        ulLength : LongInt;             // length of the struct */
+        ulLine : LongInt;
+        ulControl : LongInt;
+        ulSettings : LongInt;
+        ulFlags : LongInt;
+        end;
+
+TYPE PMIXERCONTROL = ^_MIXERCONTROL;
+// -- need masteraudio command for the following. */
+
+
+// flags for MIXERLINEINFO ulSupport field */
+CONST
+        MIX_BALANCE       = $00100000;  // separate balance volume control */
+        MIX_ALC           = $00000004;  // supports Auto Level Control */
+        MIX_MONITOR       = $00000002;  // supports Monitor Control */
+        MIX_CROSSOVER     = $00000010;  // supports crossover change */
+        MIX_LOUDNESS      = $00000020;  // supports loudness equalization */
+        MIX_MUTE          = $00000040;  // supports channel mute */
+        MIX_REVERB        = $00000080;  // supports reverb */
+        MIX_STEREOENHANCE = $00000100;  // supports stereo enhance */
+        MIX_CUSTOM1       = $00000200;  // supports custom effect #1 */
+        MIX_CUSTOM2       = $00000400;  // supports custom effect #2 */
+        MIX_CUSTOM3       = $00000800;  // supports custom effect #3 */
+        MIX_LRVOLUME      = $00001000;  // separate left-right volume control */
+        MIX_BASS          = $00800000;  // supports Bass */
+        MIX_MID           = $00020000;  // supports Mid */
+        MIX_TREBLE        = $00400000;  // supports Treble */
+        MIX_PITCH         = $00200000;  // supports pitch modifications */
+        MIX_GAIN          = $01000000;  // supports gain modifications */
+        MIX_CHORUS        = $00004000;  // supports Bass */
+        MIX_VOLUME        = 000800000;  // supports volume controls */
+
+
+        MIX_STEREO_OFF    = $00000000;
+        MIX_STEREO_STUDIO = $40004000;
+        MIX_STEREO_HALL   = $80008000;
+        MIX_STEREO_STADIUM= $C000C000;
+
+        MCI_STEREO_OFF    = $00000000;
+        MCI_STEREO_STUDIO = $00000001;
+        MCI_STEREO_HALL   = $00000002;
+        MCI_STEREO_STADIUM= $00000004;
+
+        MIX_LOUDNESS_OFF  = $00000000;
+        MIX_LOUDNESS_ON   = $FFFFFFFF;
+
+        MCI_LOUDNESS_OFF  = $00000000;
+        MCI_LOUDNESS_ON   = $FFFFFFFF;
+
+
+// ERROR MESSAGES */
+CONST
+        MIXERR_BASE = 512;
+        MIXERR_NOERR = 0;
+        MIXERR_INVALIDHANDLE = MIXERR_BASE+0;
+        MIXERR_INVALIDINPUT  = MIXERR_BASE+1;
+        MIXERR_INVALIDOUTPUT = MIXERR_BASE+2;
+        MIXERR_NOTSUPPORTED  = MIXERR_BASE+7;
+
+
+// INPUT LINES */
+// SOURCES */
+        IN_SYNTHESIZER = 0;
+        IN_MIXER = 1;
+        IN_EXTERNAL = 2;
+        IN_INTERNAL = 3;
+        IN_MICROPHONE = 4;
+        IN_PCM = 5;
+        IN_PC_SPEAKER = 6;
+
+// SINKS */
+        OUT_AMPLIFIER = 0;
+        OUT_PCM = 1;
+
+
+// SOURCES */
+        SOURCE_SYNTHESIZER    = $000000001;
+        SOURCE_LINE           = $000000002;
+        SOURCE_INTERNAL_AUDIO = $000000004;
+        SOURCE_MICROPHONE     = $000000008;
+        SOURCE_WAVE           = $000000010;
+        SOURCE_PC_SPEAKER     = $000000020;
+        SOURCE_NULL           = $000000040;
+        SOURCE_MIDI           = $000000080;
+
+// SINKS */
+// lad--these defines are invalid. */
+        SINK_LINE_OUT   = $000100000;
+        SINK_SPEAKER    = $000200000;
+        SINK_HEADPHONES = $000400000;
+        SINK_NULL       = $000800000;
+        SINK_ALL        = $001000000;
+
+// lad--wpos addition */
+        SINK_WAVE       = $002000000;
+        SINK_MIDI       = $004000000;
+
+//*************************START OF SPECIFICATIONS **************************/
+//                                                                          */
+// Module NAME:  MCD.H                                                      */
+//                                                                          */
+//                                                                          */
+// OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions MCD structures and definitions            */
+//                                                                          */
+// Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation 1990,1991      */
+//                         All Rights Reserved                              */
+//*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+//* Converted by Andry Svirgunov. Email: cool2@ngs.ru                        */
+//* 14.11.2002                                                               */
+//*                                                                          */
+//************************//END OF SPECIFICATIONS ***************************/
+
+CONST
+
+        LIST_LEN=8;
+
+        LINE_IN_ON  =$00000001;
+        MIC_ON      =$00000002;
+        LINE_OUT_ON =$00000004;
+
+TYPE
+        PSZ = PChar;
+        SHandle = Word;
+        HFile = SHandle;
+//        HMTX = Longint;
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//RIFF to ACPA Mode conversion Table
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TYPE RIFFTABLE = Record
+        ulDataType:LongInt;
+        ulAUDIODDMode:LongInt;
+        end;
+
+TYPE _MCI_PORT_LIST = Record   // devid */
+      ulDevType:LongInt;
+      ulDevNum:LongInt;
+        end;
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//Amp/Mixer instance structure declaration
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TYPE _MCI_AMP_INSTANCE = Record
+        szDeviceName:Array [0..128] of char;
+        szDriverName:Array [0..15] of char;
+        hFile:HFile;
+        usDeviceID:Integer;
+        ulGlobalFile:LongInt;
+
+        usMasterVolume:Integer;
+        lLeftVolume:LongInt;
+        lRightVolume:LongInt;
+        lVolumeDelay:LongInt;
+        lBalance:LongInt;
+
+        lBalanceDelay:LongInt;
+        lBass:LongInt;
+
+        lTreble:LongInt;
+
+        lPitch:LongInt;
+        lGain:LongInt;
+
+        lSRate:LongInt;
+        lBitsPerSRate:LongInt;
+        lBsize:LongInt;
+        sMode:Integer;
+        sChannels:Integer;
+        ulFlags:LongInt;
+        lMonitor:LongInt;
+        lInput:LongInt;
+        lOutput:LongInt;
+        ulOperation:LongInt;
+        ulGainLevel:LongInt;
+
+        ulStoreRVolume:LongInt;
+        ulStoreLVolume:LongInt;
+
+
+        ulDosOpened:LongInt;
+        ulInitOpen:LongInt;
+        ulMasterVolume:LongInt;
+        ulActive:LongInt;
+        lStoreSRate:LongInt;
+        lStoreBitsPerSRate:LongInt;
+        ulStoreOperation:LongInt;
+        sStoreMode:Integer;
+        sStoreChannels:Integer;
+        ulSetAmpDefaults:LongInt;
+        ulDefaultsSet:LongInt;
+
+        ulOutputDev:LongInt;
+        ulInputDev:LongInt;
+        ulResourcesUsed:LongInt;
+        ulRestoreNotify:LongInt;
+        ulCallback:LongInt;
+        sUserParm:Integer;
+        lNotifyFlag:LongInt;
+//        LONG  ( //APIENTRY pfnAUDIOIF) ( PVOID, LONG, LONG, LONG, LONG);
+        hmtxInstanceSem:HMTX;
+        ulClass:LongInt;
+        ulBlockAlignment:LongInt;
+        ulHardwareMode:LongInt;
+        rInputList:Array [0.. LIST_LEN ] of _MCI_PORT_LIST;
+        rOutputList:Array [0.. LIST_LEN ] of _MCI_PORT_LIST;
+        ulNumInputs:LongInt;
+        ulNumOutputs:LongInt;
+
+        ulDataType:LongInt;
+        ulSubType:LongInt;
+        ulBytesPerBlock:LongInt;
+        ulMMTimePerBlock:LongInt;
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+//New resource management stuff
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+        pAudioModeData:Pointer;      // ptr to dev. specific resource data */
+        pResourceDLL:Array [0.. 128 ] of Char;
+
+        pProdInfo:PSZ;         // pointer to the product name        */
+        ulDeviceID:LongInt;        // pointer to the device id.          */
+        ulNumMappingRows:LongInt;  // num of RIFF->AUDIODD mapping modes */
+        ulMatch:LongInt;
+        pMapTable:^RIFFTABLE;        // additional RIFF->AUDIODD mappings  */
+
+        ulNumDataTypes:LongInt;    // number of datatypes to check       */
+        pDataTypeTable:Pointer;
+        fMute:Boolean;
+        ulResourceID:LongInt;      // offset in the resource dll to use  */
+        ulConnDefaults:LongInt;    // Default values for connectors      */
+
+        end;
+TYPE PMCI_AMP_INSTANCE = ^_MCI_AMP_INSTANCE;
+
+
+const
+  MIDINAMESIZE                  = 40;
+  MIDIPATCHNUM                  = 128;
+  MIDITYPEAPPNAME               = 'MidiTypes';    // Appname in MIDITYPE.INI
+
+//*******************************************************************/
+// These structures describe the format of the MIDI maps that are   */
+// located in the MIDITYPE.INI file.                                */
+//*******************************************************************/
+
+type
+  // These structures describe the format of the MIDI maps that are
+  // located in the MIDITYPE.INI file.
+  MidiTypeEntry = record
+    uGenMidiPatchNumber  : Integer;             // Device To General Midi Conversion
+    uDevMidiPatchNumber  : Integer;             // General Midi to Device Conversion
+    uVolumePercent       : Integer;             // Channel Patch Volume Scaler
+    uGenMidiKeyNumber    : Integer;             // Device To General Midi Perc. Key Conversion
+    uDevMidiKeyNumber    : Integer;             // General Midi to Device Perc. Key Conversion
+  end;
+  pMidiTypeEntry = ^MidiTypeEntry;
+
+  _MidiType = record
+    uStyle            : Integer;                // Midi Style
+    uDrums10          : Integer;                // Patch 10 Drums if Perckey not supported
+    uDrums16          : Integer;                // Patch 16 Drums if Perckey not supported
+    ulReserved        : LongInt;                 // Reserved
+    MidiTypeEntry     : array[0..midiPatchNum-1] of MIDITYPEENTRY;
+                                               // Array of MIDITYPEENTRYs
+    szPatchAndPercKeyName: array[0..2*MIDIPATCHNUM*MIDINAMESIZE-1] of char;
+                                               // List of 128 Patch Names
+                                               // that are null terminated, then a
+                                               // list of 128 Percussion key names that
+                                               // are double null terminated
+                                               // Each item is null terminated
+  end;
+  MidiTpye=_MidiType;
+  pMidiType = ^_MidiType;
+
+const
+  // Style Flags
+  MT_PERCUSSIONKEYS             = $1;          // Percussion Keys are supported
+  MT_MAPPERCKEYPATCHES          = $2;          // Map Percussion Key Patches
+
+
+CONST
+        STATUS_BIT = $80;
+
+        TRACK_OFF = 0;
+        TRACK_ON = 1;
+
+        NORMAL_SYSEX = $F0;
+        ESCAPE_SYSEX = $F7;
+
+        // User defined messages for IO PROC
+        MMIOM_START = $0E00;
+        MMIOM_USER = $0F00;
+        MMIOM_GETHEADER = MMIOM_START + 9;
+        META = $FF;
+// Meta stuff */
+// user defined messages for IO PROC */
+        MMIO_SEQ = MMIOM_USER + 1;
+        MMIO_MERGE = MMIOM_USER + 2;
+        MMIO_FROM_SEQ = MMIOM_USER + 3;
+        MMIO_TIMED_READ = MMIOM_USER + 4;
+        MMIO_SET_TRACKS = MMIOM_USER + 5;
+        MMIO_FORMAT_O = MMIOM_USER + 6;
+        MMIO_GETHEADER = MMIOM_GETHEADER;
+        MMIO_GETFILELENTH = MMIOM_USER +10;
+        MMIO_GETTRACKLENGTH = MMIOM_USER + 11;
+
+
+type
+  MidiHeader = record // midi header //
+    chHeaderChunk               : array[0..3] of Char;
+    case Boolean of
+    true: (
+        dwHeaderLength : Dword;
+        wFormat : Word;
+        wNumTracks : Word;
+        wDivision : Word;
+        vpAdditionalInformation_ : ^LongInt;
+        );
+        false: (
+    ulHeaderLength              : LongInt;
+    usFormat                    : Integer;
+    usNumTracks                 : Integer;
+    usDivision                  : Integer;
+    vpAdditionalInformation     : Pointer;
+    )
+  end;
+  pMidiHeader = ^MidiHeader;
+
+  mmMidiHeader = record
+    case boolean of
+    true: (
+    ulHeaderLength    : LongInt;                 // Length in Bytes
+    ulContentType     : LongInt;                 // Image content
+    ulMediaType       : LongInt;                 // type of media
+    midiheader        : MidiHeader;            // header
+    );
+    false: (
+        dwHeaderLength : DWORD;         // Length in Bytes */
+        dwContentType : DWORD;          // Image content */
+        dwMediaType : DWORD;            // type of media */
+        midiheader_ : MIDIHEADER;       // header */
+        )
+  end;
+  pmmMidiHeader = ^mmMidiHeader;
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+//                                                                          */
+// Module Name: EVCB.H                                                      */
+//                                                                          */
+// OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions Sync/Stream Manager Event Control         */
+// Block defintitions.                                                      */
+//                                                                          */
+// Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation 1991, 1992     */
+//                        All Rights Reserved                               */
+//***************************************************************************/
+// Converted by Andry Svirgunov. Email: cool2@ngs.ru                        */
+// 14.11.2002                                                               */
+//                                                                          */
+//***************************************************************************/
+
+//*********************************************
+// * List of Implicit events:
+// *    EVENT_EOS                 - Use IMPL_EVCB
+// *    EVENT_ERROR               - Use IMPL_EVCB
+// *    EVENT_STREAM_STOPPED      - Use IMPL_EVCB
+// *    EVENT_SYNC_PREROLLED      - Use IMPL_EVCB
+// *    EVENT_PLAYLISTMESSAGE     - Use PLAYL_EVCB
+// *    EVENT_PLAYLISTCUEPOINT    - Use PLAYL_EVCB
+// *    EVENT_QUEUE_OVERFLOW      - Use IMPL_EVCB
+// **********************************************/
+
+//*********************************************
+// * List of Explicit events:
+// *    EVENT_SYNCOVERRUN         - Use OVRU_EVCB
+// *    EVENT_CUE_TIME            - Use TIME_EVCB
+// *    EVENT_CUE_DATA            - Use DATA_EVCB
+// *    EVENT_DATAUNDERRUN        - Use EVCB
+// *    EVENT_DATAOVERRUN         - Use EVCB
+// *    EVENT_CUE_TIME_PAUSE      - Use TIME_EVCB
+// **********************************************/
+CONST
+
+        EVENT_SYNCOVERRUN       =$4;
+        EVENT_CUE_TIME          =$5;       // Cue point in terms of stream time*/
+        EVENT_CUE_DATA          =$6;       // Cue point in terms of data items */
+        EVENT_DATAUNDERRUN      =$7;       // data underrun event from SH    */
+        EVENT_DATAOVERRUN       =$8;       // data underrun event from SH    */
+        EVENT_CUE_TIME_PAUSE    =$9;       // Pause when cue-point reached.  */
+        EVENT_STATUS_LEVEL      =$10;      // Report status level            */
+
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// * SYNC_EVCB - Sync Pulse Event Control Block
+// *             (This event is only seen by
+// *              stream handlers)
+// **********************************************/
+        EVENT_SYNC              =$1;     // Synchronization point in stream  */
+
+TYPE _SYNC_EVCB = RECORD         // syevcb                                     */
+   ulType:LongInt;                     // EVENT_SYNC                       */
+   ulSubType:LongInt;                  // Not used                         */
+   ulSyncFlags:LongInt;                // 0 (input),status (output)        */
+   hstream:LongInt;                    // handle to stream for this event  */
+   hid:LongInt;                        // Handler id                       */
+   ulStatus:LongInt;                   // Event status (output)            */
+   mmtimeStart:MMTIME;                 // Filled in by Sync/Stream manager */
+                                       //  at SpiEnableSync time. (input)  */
+   mmtimeMaster:MMTIME;                // Filled in by Master SH (input)   */
+   mmtimeSlave:MMTIME;                 // Filled in by slave SH. (output)  */
+   end;
+
+TYPE PSYNC_EVCB = ^_SYNC_EVCB;         // Ptr to a  EVCB       */
+
+// ulSyncFlags:
+CONST
+
+        SYNCOVERRUN        =$0001;    // Set by SSM if sync pulse comes in before    */
+                                      //  a has processed the current sync pulse.    */
+        SYNCPOLLING        =$0002;    // SSM set this after filling the handler EVCB.*/
+                                      //  Handler resets it after it processes the   */
+                                      //  contents of EVCB. The SSM must check this  */
+                                      //  bit before modifying EVCB. If bit already  */
+                                      //  set, set the SYNC overrun bit.             */
+
+
+        EVENT_RESERVED     =$2;       // RESERVED                         */
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// * IMPL_EVCB - Implicit Event Control Block
+// *             (This is a parameter on the
+// *              SpiCreatStrem API)
+// **********************************************/
+        EVENT_IMPLICIT_TYPE=$3;     // These events are always supported*/
+
+
+TYPE _IMPL_EVCB = RECORD         // imevcb                                     */
+   ulType:LongInt;                     // EVENT_IMPLICIT_TYPE              */
+   ulSubType:LongInt;                  // One of the implicit events (input) */
+   ulFlags:LongInt;                    // 0 (Input), status (Output)         */
+   hstream:LongInt;                    // handle to stream for this event (input/output) */
+   hid:LongInt;                        // 0 (input), handler Id (output)     */
+   ulStatus:LongInt;                   // Event status/error return code (output) */
+   unused1:LongInt;                    // 0 (input)                        */
+   unused2:LongInt;                    // 0 (input)                        */
+   unused3:LongInt;                    // 0 (input)                        */
+   end;
+TYPE PIMPL_EVCB = ^_IMPL_EVCB;
+
+// ulSubtype:                                                              */
+
+CONST
+
+        EVENT_EOS               =$1;     // End of Stream                    */
+        EVENT_ERROR             =$2;     // Error in Stream handler or device driver        */
+        EVENT_STREAM_STOPPED    =$3;     // Stream is in a stopped state (Discard or Flush) */
+        EVENT_SYNC_PREROLLED    =$4;     // All streams are prerolled (buffers   */
+                                         //  have been filled by the Source SH's.*/
+        EVENT_PLAYLISTMESSAGE   =$5;     // Memory SH playlist message event     */
+        EVENT_PLAYLISTCUEPOINT  =$6;     // Memory SH playlist cue point         */
+        EVENT_QUEUE_OVERFLOW    =$7;     // Event Queue overflow. Indicates lost */
+                                         //  events. Application must use this   */
+                                         //  to clear any waiting conditions.    */
+        EVENT_START             =$8;     // Start stream                         */
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// * PLAYL_EVCB - Playlist Message Event Control Block
+// **********************************************/
+// (IMPLICIT EVENT)                                                        */
+TYPE _PLAYL_EVCB=RECORD       // plevcb                                    */
+   ulType:LongInt;                     // EVENT_IMPLICIT_TYPE              */
+   ulSubType:LongInt;                  // EVENT_PLAYLISTMESSAGE or EVENT_PLAYLISTCUEPOINT */
+   ulFlags:LongInt;                    // 0 (input), status (output)                      */
+   hstream:LongInt;                    // handle to stream for this event (input/output)  */
+   hid:LongInt;                        // 0 (input), handler Id (output)                  */
+   ulStatus:LongInt;                   // Playlist Instruction number (output)            */
+   ulMessageParm:LongInt;              // 0 (input), Message from playlist (output)       */
+   unused1:LongInt;                    // 0 (input)                        */
+   unused2:LongInt;                    // 0 (input)                        */
+   end;
+TYPE PPLAYL_EVCB = ^_PLAYL_EVCB;             // Ptr to a  EVCB       */
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// * OVRU_EVCB - Sync Overrun Event Control Block
+// *             (Applications can request to be
+// *              notified whenever a Sync overrun
+// *              occurs.
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE _OVRU_EVCB = RECORD     // ovevcb */
+   ulType:LongInt;                     // EVENT_SYNCOVERRUN                */
+   ulSubType:LongInt;                  // Not used                         */
+   ulFlags:LongInt;                    // 0 (input), status (output)       */
+   hstream:LongInt;                    // handle to stream for this event (input/output) */
+   hid:LongInt;                        // handler Id (input/output)        */
+   ulStatus:LongInt;                   // Event status/error return code (output) */
+   mmtimeSlave:MMTIME;                // 0 (input), Slave stream time (output)   */
+   mmtimeStart:MMTIME;                // 0 (input), Slave start offset (offset)  */
+   mmtimeMaster:MMTIME;               // 0 (input), Master stream time (output)  */
+   end;
+
+TYPE POVRU_EVCB = ^_OVRU_EVCB;             // Ptr to a  EVCB       */
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// * TIME_EVCB - Cue Time Event Control Block
+// *             (Applications can request to be
+// *              notified for a time cue point)
+// **********************************************/
+
+TYPE _TIME_EVCB = RECORD     // tievcb                                     */
+   ulType:LongInt;                     // EVENT_CUE_TIME                   */
+   ulSubType:LongInt;                  // Not used                         */
+   ulFlags:LongInt;                    // Single/Recurring(input/output)   */
+   hstream:LongInt;                    // handle to stream for this event (input/output)*/
+   hid:LongInt;                        // handler Id (input/output)                     */
+   ulStatus:LongInt;                   // Event status/error return code (output)       */
+   mmtimeStream:MMTIME;               // Stream time (input/output)       */
+   unused1:LongInt;                    // 0 (input)                        */
+   unused2:LongInt;                    // 0 (input)                        */
+   end;
+
+//TYPE PTIME_EVCB = ^_TIME_EVCB;             // Ptr to a  EVCB       */
+
+//                                                                         */
+// ulFlags:                                                                */
+CONST
+
+        EVENT_SINGLE            =$0;     // This is single one time event    */
+        EVENT_RECURRING         =$1;     // This is recurring event          */
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// * DATA_EVCB - Cue Data Event Control Block
+// *             (Applications can request to be
+// *              notified for a data cue point)
+// **********************************************/
+
+TYPE _DATA_EVCB = RECORD     // daevcb                                     */
+   ulType:LongInt;                     // EVENT_CUE_DATA                   */
+   ulSubType:LongInt;                  // Event SubType                    */
+   ulFlags:LongInt;                    // Single/Recurring(input/output)   */
+   hstream:LongInt;                    // handle to stream for this event (input/output) */
+   hid:LongInt;                        // handler Id (input/output)                      */
+   ulStatus:LongInt;                   // Event status/error return code (output)        */
+   mmtimeStream:MMTIME;                // Stream time (input/output)                     */
+   ulEventParm1:LongInt;               // Data to Cue on (input/output)                  */
+                                       //  This is interpreted by the stream handler     */
+   ulEventParm2:LongInt;               // Length of data cue buffer (input/output)       */
+   end;
+TYPE PDATA_EVCB = ^_DATA_EVCB;         // Ptr to a  EVCB       */
+
+// ulFlags:                                                                */
+//#define EVENT_SINGLE          0L        This is single one time event    */
+//#define EVENT_RECURRING       1L        This is recurring event          */
+
+CONST
+
+        EVENT_DATAPTR           =$2;   // ulEventParm1 if ptr to buffer and*/
+                                       //  ulEventParm2 is a length of buffer, */
+                                       //  else ulEventParm1 is data.          */
+
+
+//*****************
+// * EVCB_ulType:  (Stream Handler defined types)
+// ******************/
+        SH_TYPE           =$80000000;  // Stream Handler defined types must */
+                                       // have the high order bit set in the*/
+                                       // ulType field.                     */
+                                       // events: 0H - 7FFFFFFFH are reserved!*/
+
+//*********************************************
+// * EVCB - Generic Event Control Block (Use the
+// *        specific one in the SSM.H if possible)
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE _EVCB = RECORD     // evcb */
+   ulType:LongInt;                     // Event type (input)               */
+   ulSubType:LongInt;                  // Event SubType (input)            */
+   ulFlags:LongInt;                    // 0 (Input), status (Output)       */
+   hstream:LongInt;                    // handle to stream for this event  */
+   hid:LongInt;                        // handler Id (input/output)        */
+   ulStatus:LongInt;                   // Event status (output)            */
+   ulEventParm1:LongInt;               // Event parameters (input), HID if implicit event */
+   ulEventParm2:LongInt;               // Event parameters (input)         */
+   ulEventParm3:LongInt;               // Event parameters (input)         */
+   end;
+TYPE PEVCB = ^_EVCB;             // Ptr to a  EVCB       */
+
+//*********************************************
+// * STATUS_LEVEL_EVCB - Status Level Event Control Block
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE _STATUS_LEVEL_EVCB = RECORD   // stevcb */
+   // standard part */
+   ulType:LongInt;                     // Event type (input)               */
+   ulSubType:LongInt;                  // Event SubType (input)            */
+   pMCDInstance:LongInt;               // for MCD use */
+   hstream:LongInt;                    // handle to stream for this event  */
+   hid:LongInt;                        // handler Id (input/output)        */
+   // custom part */
+   ulSample:ARRAY [0..4] OF LongInt;                // Samples */
+   end;
+TYPE PSTATUS_EVCB = ^_STATUS_LEVEL_EVCB;     // Ptr to a  EVCB       */
+
+//***************************************************************************/
+//                                                                          */
+// Module Name: DCB.H                                                       */
+//                                                                          */
+// OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions Sync/Stream Manager Device Control        */
+// Block defintitions.                                                      */
+//                                                                          */
+// Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation 1991, 1992     */
+//                        All Rights Reserved                               */
+//***************************************************************************/
+// Converted by Andry Svirgunov. Email: cool2@ngs.ru                        */
+// 14.11.2002                                                               */
+//                                                                          */
+//***************************************************************************/
+
+CONST MAX_SPI_NAME = 9;
+
+//**************************************************************************
+// *
+// * DCB - Common Device Control Block
+// *               (*** PACKED STRUCTURE ***)
+// ***************************************************************************/
+TYPE _DCB = RECORD              // dcb  -  Device Control Block                      */
+        ulDCBLen : LongInt;     // length of structure                 */
+        szDevName: Array [0..MAX_SPI_NAME] of char;// device driver name                  */
+        end;
+TYPE PDCB = ^_DCB;
+
+
+//**************************************************************************
+// *
+// * E_DCB - Extended Device Control Block
+// *
+// *         This structure will grow over time as new fields are added
+// *         to the end of the structure.  If you manipulate the structure,
+// *         be sure to check the length field.
+// *
+// *               (*** PACKED STRUCTURE ***)
+// ***************************************************************************/
+
+TYPE E_DCB = RECORD             // e_dcb  -  Extended Device Control Block          */
+        ulDCBLen : LongInt;     // length of structure                 */
+        szDevName: Array [0..MAX_SPI_NAME] of char;// device driver name                  */
+        ulSysFileNum: LongInt;  // file handle number                  */
+        end;
+TYPE PE_DCB = ^E_DCB;
+TYPE PDCB_AUDIOSH = ^E_DCB;
+
+
+//**************************************************************************
+// *
+// * VSD_DCB - VSD Device Control Block
+// *
+// *         This structure will allow stream handlers to use the VSD DLL
+// *         by using by the additional fields in the structure.
+// *
+// *               (*** PACKED STRUCTURE ***)
+// ***************************************************************************/
+TYPE _VSD_DCB = RECORD          // vsd_dcb - VSD Device Control Block            */
+        ulDCBLen : Longint;     // length of structure                 */
+        szDevName: Array [0..MAX_SPI_NAME] of char;// device driver name                  */
+        ulSysFileNum: LongInt;  // file handle number                  */
+        hvsd : LongInt;         // Handle to VSD instance              */
+        pfnEntryPoint : ^PFN;   // Address of VSD entry point          */
+        ulReserved1 : LongInt;  // Reserved for system                 */
+        ulReserved2 : LongInt;  // Reserved for system                 */
+        end;
+TYPE PVSD_DCB = ^_VSD_DCB;
+
+//****************************************************************************/
+//*                                                                          */
+//* Module Name: ACB.H                                                       */
+//*                                                                          */
+//* OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions Sync/Stream Manager Associate             */
+//* Control Block Definitions.                                               */
+//*                                                                          */
+//* Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation 1991, 1992     */
+//*                        All Rights Reserved                               */
+//*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+//* Converted by Andry Svirgunov. Email: cool2@ngs.ru                        */
+//* 14.11.2002                                                               */
+//*                                                                          */
+//****************************************************************************/
+CONST
+
+        MAX_PORT_NAME=40;           // Max port name length         */
+        MAX_PORTS    =16;           // Max number ports             */
+
+
+//**********************************************
+// *
+// * ACB - Associate Control Block
+// *
+// *       Each stream handler must define the
+// *       ACB for each data object type that
+// *       expect ACB's from the application.
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE _ACB = RECORD              //* acb  -  Assoc. Control Block  */
+        ulACBLen : LongInt;     //* length of structure */
+        ulObjType : LongInt;
+        ulParm1 : LongInt;
+        ulParm2 : LongInt;
+        end;
+TYPE PACB = ^_ACB;              //* Ptr to an ACB        */
+
+
+//******************************************************
+// * FSSH - File system stream handler MMIO Object ACB
+// ******************************************************/
+CONST
+
+        ACBTYPE_MMIO=$0001;  //* MMIO object                      */
+
+TYPE _ACB_MMIO = RECORD         //* acbmmio  - MMIO Assoc. Control Block       */
+        ulACBLen : LongInt;     //* length of structure                   */
+        ulObjType : LongInt;    //* ACBTYPE_MMIO                          */
+        hmmio : HMMIO ;         //* Handle of media element mgr obj       */
+        end;
+TYPE PACB_MMIO = ^_ACB_MMIO;    //* Ptr to an ACB  */
+
+
+//******************************************************
+// * MSH - Memory stream handler Playlist Object ACB
+// ******************************************************/
+CONST
+        ACBTYPE_MEM_PLAYL=$0003;  //* Memory playlist object           */
+
+TYPE _ACB_MEM_PLAYL = RECORD    //* acbplyl - File system Assoc. Control Block */
+        ulACBLen : LongInt;     //* length of structure                   */
+        ulObjType : LongInt;    //* ACBTYPE_MEM_PLAYL                     */
+        pMemoryAddr : Pointer;  //* Starting address of memory obj        */
+        end;
+TYPE PACB_MEM_PLAYL = ^_ACB_MEM_PLAYL;  //* Ptr to an ACB  */
+
+
+//******************************************************
+// * CDDASH - CD DA stream handler Object ACB
+// ******************************************************/
+CONST
+        ACBTYPE_CDDA=$0004;  //*  Compact disk - digital audio obj*/
+
+
+TYPE _ACB_CDDA = RECORD         //* acbcdda - CD Assoc. Control Block          */
+        ulACBLen : LongInt;     //* length of structure                   */
+        ulObjType : LongInt;    //* ACBTYPE_CDDA                          */
+        bCDDrive : Char;        //* CD drive letter                       */
+        end;
+TYPE PACB_CDDA = ^_ACB_CDDA;    //* Ptr to an ACB  */
+
+//******************************************************
+// * MISH - MIDI stream handler port-stream table ACB
+// ******************************************************/
+CONST
+        ACBTYPE_MISH=$0005;      //* MIDI port-stream table       */
+
+TYPE _ACB_MISH = RECORD         //* acbmish - MIDI Assoc. Control Block          */
+        ulACBLen : LongInt;     //* length of structure          */
+        ulObjType: LongInt;     //* ACBTYPE_MISH                 */
+        hStreamDefault : Longint;//* Default hstream to use when mapper */
+                                 //* is turned off.               */
+        ulDeviceTypeID : LongInt;//* device type id               */
+        ulpMapperPorts : LongInt;//* pointer to mapper port table */
+        ulNumInStreams : LongInt;
+        hStreamIn : Array [0..MAX_PORTS] of Longint;//* Array of Input streams       */
+        ulNumOutStreams : LongInt;
+        hStreamsOut : Array [0..MAX_PORTS] of Longint;//* Array of Output streams      */
+                                                      //* The index into the array is  */
+                                                      //* the source channel for that  */
+                                                      //* stream.                      */
+
+        end;
+TYPE PACB_MISH = ^_ACB_MISH;    //* Ptr to MIDI associate control block */
+
+//******************************************************
+// * MISH - MIDI stream handler SET ACB
+// ******************************************************/
+CONST
+        ACBTYPE_SET=$0006;      //* MIDI set function            */
+
+TYPE _ACB_SET = RECORD          //* acbset - Set Assoc. Control Block             */
+        ulACBLen :LongInt;      //* length of structure          */
+        ulObjType : LongInt;    //* ACBTYPE_SET                  */
+        ulFlags : LongInt;      //* Set flags                    */
+        ulReserved : Longint;   //* Reserved                     */
+        end;
+TYPE PACB_SET = ^_ACB_SET;      //* Ptr to set associate control block */
+
+//* ulFlags defines:                                                        */
+CONST
+
+        MIDI_MAP_ON =$0000;      //* turn mapping function on in MISH   */
+        MIDI_MAP_OFF=$0001;      //* turn mapping function off in MISH  */
+
+
+//******************************************************
+// * NULLSH - Null stream handler user ACB
+// ******************************************************/
+        ACBTYPE_NULLSH=$0007;  //* User od Null stream handler      */
+
+TYPE _ACB_NULISH = RECORD       //* acbnullsh - NULLSH Assoc. Control Block    */
+        ulACBLen : LongInt;     //* length of structure                   */
+        ulObjType : LongInt;    //* ACBTYPE_NULLSH                        */
+        pfnEntry : PFN ;        //* user callback entry point             */
+        ulReserved : LongInt;   //* Reserved                              */
+        end;
+TYPE PACB_NULISH = ^_ACB_NULISH;//* Ptr to an ACB  */
+
+//******************************************************
+// * MTSH - MultiTrack Stream Handler Object ACB
+// ******************************************************/
+CONST
+
+        ACBTYPE_MTSH=$0008;  //* MTSH object                      */
+
+TYPE _ACB_MTSH = RECORD                 //* acbmtsh  - MTSH Assoc. Control Block       */
+        ulACBLen : LongInt;             //* length of structure                   */
+        ulObjType : Longint;            //* ACBTYPE_MTSH                          */
+        hmmio : HMMIO;                  //* Handle of media element mgr obj       */
+        mmtrackinfo : _MMTRACKINFO;     //* track for this stream                 */
+        ulFlags : LongInt;              //* flags                                 */
+        ulMaxBytesPerSec : LongInt;     //* Max bytes per second                  */
+        ulAvgBytesPerSec : Longint;     //* Avg bytes per second                  */
+        mmtimePerFrame : MMTIME;        //* frame display time or 0L              */
+        ulTotalFrames : LongInt;        //* total number of video frames          */
+        end;
+TYPE PACB_MTSH = ^_ACB_MTSH;            //* Ptr to an ACB  */
+
+//* ulFlags defines:                                                        */
+CONST
+        TRACK_ACTIVATE   =$0000;    //* Activate track in stream handler  */
+        TRACK_DEACTIVATE =$0001;    //* Deactivate track in stream handler  */
+
+
+//******************************************************
+// * CSH - CODEC stream handler Object ACB
+// ******************************************************/
+        ACBTYPE_CODECSH=$0009;      //* CODEC object                 */
+TYPE _ACB_CODECSH = RECORD      //* acbcodecsh - CODEC SH acb                 */
+        ulACBLen : Longint;     //* length of structure          */
+        ulObjType : Longint;    //* ACBTYPE_CODECSH              */
+        hstreamToPair : LongInt;//* 2nd stream of pair           */
+        pMmioInfo : Longint;    //* info for IO Proc             */
+        ulInfoLength : Longint; //* length of MmioInfo           */
+        pCodecControl : Longint;//* CODEC control info           */
+        ulControlLength : Longint;//* length of CodecControl       */
+        end;
+TYPE PACB_CODECSH = ^_ACB_CODECSH;//* Ptr to associate control block */
+
+
+Implementation
+
+Function mmioFOURCC(ch0,ch1,ch2,ch3:Char): Cardinal;
+begin
+  mmioFOURCC:=Cardinal(ord(ch0)) or (Cardinal(ord(ch1)) shl 8) or
+              (Cardinal(ord(ch2)) shl 16) or (Cardinal(ord(ch3)) shl 24);
+end;
+
+Begin
+  FOURCC_R565:=mmioFOURCC( 'R', '5', '6', '5' );
+  FOURCC_R555:=mmioFOURCC( 'R', '5', '5', '5' );
+  FOURCC_R664:=mmioFOURCC( 'R', '6', '6', '4' );
+  FOURCC_RGB3:=mmioFOURCC( 'R', 'G', 'B', '3' );
+  FOURCC_BGR3:=mmioFOURCC( 'B', 'G', 'R', '3' );
+  FOURCC_RGB4:=mmioFOURCC( 'R', 'G', 'B', '4' );
+  FOURCC_BGR4:=mmioFOURCC( 'B', 'G', 'R', '4' );
+  FOURCC_LUT8:=mmioFOURCC( 'L', 'U', 'T', '8' );
+  FOURCC_LT12:=mmioFOURCC( 'L', 'T', '1', '2' );
+  FOURCC_GREY:=mmioFOURCC( 'G', 'R', 'E', 'Y' );
+  FOURCC_GY16:=mmioFOURCC( 'G', 'Y', '1', '6' );
+  FOURCC_Y888:=mmioFOURCC( 'Y', '8', '8', '8' );
+  FOURCC_Y2X2:=mmioFOURCC( 'Y', '2', 'X', '2' );
+  FOURCC_Y4X4:=mmioFOURCC( 'Y', '4', 'X', '4' );
+  FOURCC_YUV9:=mmioFOURCC( 'Y', 'U', 'V', '9' );
+  FOURCC_Y644:=mmioFOURCC( 'Y', '6', '4', '4' );
+  FOURCC_MONO:=mmioFOURCC( 'M', 'O', 'N', 'O' );
+  FOURCC_Y422:=mmioFOURCC( 'Y', '4', '2', '2' );
+  FOURCC_Y42B:=mmioFOURCC( 'Y', '4', '2', 'B' );
+  FOURCC_Y42D:=mmioFOURCC( 'Y', '4', '2', 'D' );
+  FOURCC_Y411:=mmioFOURCC( 'Y', '4', '1', '1' );
+  FOURCC_VGA :=mmioFOURCC( 'V', 'G', 'A', ' ' );
+
+  FOURCC_ULTI:=mmioFOURCC('U', 'L', 'T', 'I');
+  FOURCC_RT21:=mmioFOURCC('R', 'T', '2', '1');
+  FOURCC_DIB :=mmioFOURCC('D', 'I', 'B', ' ');
+
+  FOURCC_RIFF:=mmioFOURCC( 'R', 'I', 'F', 'F' );
+  FOURCC_LIST:=mmioFOURCC( 'L', 'I', 'S', 'T' );
+  FOURCC_MEM :=mmioFOURCC( 'M', 'E', 'M', ' ' );
+  FOURCC_DOS :=mmioFOURCC( 'D', 'O', 'S', ' ' );
+  FOURCC_BND :=mmioFOURCC( 'B', 'N', 'D', ' ' );
+  FOURCC_FREE:=mmioFOURCC( 'F', 'R', 'E', 'E' );
+  FOURCC_DEL :=mmioFOURCC( 'D', 'E', 'L', ' ' );
+  FOURCC_CTOC:=mmioFOURCC( 'C', 'T', 'O', 'C' );
+  FOURCC_CGRP:=mmioFOURCC( 'C', 'G', 'R', 'P' );
+  FOURCC_CF  :=mmioFOURCC( 'C', 'F', ' ', ' ' );
+End.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/mmio.pas b/packages/os2units/src/mmio.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89ed31485c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/mmio.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1648 @@
+{
+    Copyright (c) 1990-1993 International Business Machines Corporation
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Andry Svirgunov (cool2@ngs.ru)
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru)
+
+    OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions Input/Output Manager
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) as
+    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+    License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is
+    distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+    See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should
+    have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+ **********************************************************************}
+
+{
+@abstract(OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions Input/Output Manager)
+@author(Andry Svirgunov (cool2@ngs.ru))
+@author(Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru))
+@created(17 Dec 2002)
+@lastmod(19 Jan 2003)
+OS/2 2.0 Multimedia Extensions Input/Output Manager
+Warning: This code is alfa. Future versions of this unit will propably
+not be compatible.
+}
+Unit MMIO;
+
+Interface
+
+Uses
+  MMBase;
+
+Const
+  LibName='MMPM'; // !!TODO!! Subject to replace by MMIO
+
+// MS compat defines.
+Type
+  HPSTR = PChar;
+  Hwnd = LongInt;
+  PFourCC = ^FourCC;
+  HMMCF = hmmIO;
+  HMODULE = LongInt;
+  PHModule = ^Hmodule;
+  pLong = ^LongInt;
+
+// Define MMIO public data structures.
+  mmCkInfo = record
+    ckid              : FourCC;                // Chunk id (FourCC)
+    ckSize            : LongInt;                 // Chunk Size (bytes)
+    fccType           : FourCC;                // FourCC Type (if ckid RIFF or LIST)
+    ulDataOffset      : LongInt;                 // File Offset of data portion of chunk
+    ulFlags           : LongInt;                 // MMIO_DIRTY (if new chunk)
+  end;
+  pmmCkInfo = ^mmCkInfo;
+  lpmmckinfo = pmmckinfo; // MS compat define */
+
+  mmIOProc = function( pmmIOInfo: Pointer; usMsg: Word; lp1, lp2: LongInt): LongInt;
+  pmmIOProc = mmIOProc;
+  pCodecProc = mmIOProc;
+  ppmmioproc = mmIOProc;
+  LPMMIOProc = pmmIOProc;
+
+  mmIOInfo = record
+    ulFlags           : LongInt;                 // Open flags
+    fccIOProc         : FourCC;                // FourCC of the IOProc to use
+    pIOProc           : mmIOProc;              // Function Pointer to IOProc to use
+    ulErrorRet        : LongInt;                 // Extended Error return code
+    cchBuffer         : LongInt;                  // I/O buff size (if used), Fsize if MEM
+    pchBuffer         : pChar;                 // Start of I/O buff
+    pchNext           : pChar;                 // Next char to read or write in buff
+    pchEndRead        : pChar;                 // Last char in buff can be read + 1
+    pchEndWrite       : pChar;                 // Last char in buff can be written + 1
+    lBufOffset        : LongInt;                  // Offset in buff to pchNext
+    lDiskOffset       : LongInt;                  // Disk offset in file
+    aulInfo           : Array[0..3] of LongInt;  // IOProc specific fields
+    lLogicalFilePos   : LongInt;                  // Actual file position, buffered or not
+    ulTranslate       : LongInt;                 // Translation field
+    fccChildIOProc    : FourCC;                // FourCC of Child IOProc
+    pExtraInfoStruct  : Pointer;               // Pointer to a structure of related data
+    mmio              : hmmIO;                 // Handle to media element
+  end;
+  pmmIOInfo = ^mmIOInfo;
+  lpmmIOInfo = pmmIOInfo;
+
+
+  mmCfInfo = record
+    ulHeaderSize      : LongInt;                 // CTOC header size
+    ulEntriesTotal    : LongInt;                 // Num of CTOC table entries
+    ulEntriesDeleted  : LongInt;                 // Num of CTOC table entries deleted
+    ulEntriesUnused   : LongInt;                 // Num of unused CTOC entries
+    ulBytesTotal      : LongInt;                 // Combined byte size of all CGRP elements
+    ulBytesDeleted    : LongInt;                 // Byte size of all deleted CGRP elements
+    ulHeaderFlags     : LongInt;                 // Info about entire compound file (CF)
+    usEntrySize       : Word;                // Size of each CTOC table entry
+    usNameSize        : Word;                // Size of name field in entry, default 13
+    usExHdrFields     : Word;                // Num CTOC header extra fields
+    usExEntFields     : Word;                // Num CTOC entry extra fields
+  end;
+
+// Note:  The are variable length DWORD arrays that may be present
+//        at the end of the MMCFINFO structure.
+
+//   DWORD    (*adwExHdrFldUsage)[];  */   // Array of header extra usage fields */
+//   DWORD    (*adwExtEntFldUsage)[]; */   // Array of entry extra usage fields  */
+//   DWORD    (*adwExHdrField)[];     */   // Array of header extra fields       */
+  pmmCfInfo = ^mmCfInfo;
+  lpmmCfInfo = pmmcfInfo;
+
+  mmCtocEntry = record
+    ulOffset          : LongInt;                 // Offset of element within CGRP
+    ulSize            : LongInt;                 // Size of element
+    ulMedType         : LongInt;                 // Fourcc of element
+    ulMedUsage        : LongInt;                 // Possible sub type
+    ulCompressTech    : LongInt;                 // Compression technique used
+    ulUncompressBytes : LongInt;                 // Actual size of uncompressed element
+  end;
+
+
+// Note:  A variable length name field and possibly a DWORD array may
+//        be present at the end of the MMCTOCENTRY structure.
+
+//   DWORD    (*adwExEntField)[]; */   // Array of entry extra fields */
+//   PSZ      pszElementName[];   */   // Name of element, variable length */
+
+  pmmCtocEntry = ^mmCtocEntry;
+  lpmmCtocEntry = pmmCtocEntry;
+
+// Conversion Flags/Data Structures:
+
+const
+  // Conversion Flags/Data Structures:
+  MMIO_MEDIATYPE_IMAGE          = $00000001;  // Image media
+  MMIO_MEDIATYPE_AUDIO          = $00000002;  // Audio media
+  MMIO_MEDIATYPE_MIDI           = $00000004;  // MIDI media
+  MMIO_MEDIATYPE_COMPOUND       = $00000008;  // Cmpd media
+  MMIO_MEDIATYPE_OTHER          = $00000010;  // Other media
+  MMIO_MEDIATYPE_UNKNOWN        = $00000020;  // Unknown media
+  MMIO_MEDIATYPE_DIGITALVIDEO   = $00000040;  // Digital Video
+  MMIO_MEDIATYPE_ANIMATION      = $00000080;  // Future: Not Supported
+  MMIO_MEDIATYPE_MOVIE          = $00000100;  // Movie File
+
+  MMIO_CANREADTRANSLATED        = $00000001;  //IOProc Cpbilty Flgs
+  MMIO_CANWRITETRANSLATED       = $00000002;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANREADWRITETRANSLATED   = $00000004;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANREADUNTRANSLATED      = $00000008;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANWRITEUNTRANSLATED     = $00000010;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANREADWRITEUNTRANSLATED = $00000020;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANSEEKTRANSLATED        = $00000040;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANSEEKUNTRANSLATED      = $00000080;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANINSERTUNTRANSLATED    = $00000100;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANSAVEUNTRANSLATED      = $00000200;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANINSERTTRANSLATED      = $00000400;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANSAVETRANSLATED        = $00000800;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANMULTITRACKREADTRANSLATED = $00001000; // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANMULTITRACKREADUNTRANSLATED = $00002000; // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANMULTITRACKWRITETRANSLATED = $00004000; // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANMULTITRACKWRITEUNTRANSLATED = $00008000; // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANTRACKSEEKTRANSLATED   = $00010000;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANTRACKSEEKUNTRANSLATED = $00020000;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANTRACKREADTRANSLATED   = $00040000;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANTRACKREADUNTRANSLATED = $00080000;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANTRACKWRITETRANSLATED  = $00100000;  // "       "       "
+  MMIO_CANTRACKWRITEUNTRANSLATED = $00200000; // "       "       "
+
+  MMIO_IOPROC_STORAGESYSTEM     = $00000001;  // IOProc Types
+  MMIO_IOPROC_FILEFORMAT        = $00000002;
+  MMIO_IOPROC_DATAFORMAT        = $00000004;
+
+Type
+  mmFormatInfo = record
+    ulStructLen       : LongInt;                 // Length of this structure
+    fccIOProc         : FourCC;                // IOProc identifier
+    ulIOProcType      : LongInt;                 // Type of IOProc
+    ulMediaType       : LongInt;                 // Media Type
+    ulFlags           : LongInt;                 // IOProc capability flags
+    szDefaultFormatExt : Array[0..Sizeof(FourCC)] of Char;
+                                               // Default extension 4 + null
+    ulCodePage        : LongInt;                 // Code Page
+    ulLanguage        : LongInt;                 // Language
+    lNameLength       : LongInt;                  // length of identifier string
+  end;
+  pmmFormatInfo = ^mmFormatInfo;
+
+Const
+  MMIO_IMAGE_UNKNOWN            = $00000000;   // Unknown image content
+  MMIO_IMAGE_DRAWING            = $00000001;   // Simple drawing
+  MMIO_IMAGE_GRAPH              = $00000002;   // Graphs & Cartoons
+  MMIO_IMAGE_PHOTO              = $00000004;   // Varying Color & Shades
+
+  MAX_PALETTE                   = 256;
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * GENPAL - Generic Header Palette
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+
+Type
+  RGB2 = record
+    bBlue:     Byte;            { Blue component of the color definition }
+    bGreen:    Byte;            { Green component of the color definition}
+    bRed:      Byte;            { Red component of the color definition  }
+    fcOptions: Byte;            { Reserved, must be zero                 }
+   end;
+  PRGB2 = ^RGB2;
+
+Type
+  GENPAL = RECORD          // genpal */
+    ulStartIndex:LongInt;       // starting RGB index */
+    ulNumColors:LongInt;        // number of following entries */
+    prgb2Entries:PRGB2;         // 256 RGB entries */
+  end;
+  PGENPAL = ^GENPAL;          // Ptr to a generic palette */
+
+Type
+  BitMapInfoHeader2 = record
+    cbFix:           LongInt;     { Length of structure                    }
+    cx:              LongInt;     { Bit-map width in pels                  }
+    cy:              LongInt;     { Bit-map height in pels                 }
+    cPlanes:         Word; { Number of bit planes                   }
+    cBitCount:       Word; { Number of bits per pel within a plane  }
+    ulCompression:   Longint;     { Compression scheme used to store the bitmap }
+    cbImage:         Longint;     { Length of bit-map storage data in bytes}
+    cxResolution:    Longint;     { x resolution of target device          }
+    cyResolution:    Longint;     { y resolution of target device          }
+    cclrUsed:        Longint;     { Number of color indices used           }
+    cclrImportant:   Longint;     { Number of important color indices      }
+    usUnits:         Word; { Units of measure                       }
+    usReserved:      Word; { Reserved                               }
+    usRecording:     Word; { Recording algorithm                    }
+    usRendering:     Word; { Halftoning algorithm                   }
+    cSize1:          Longint;     { Size value 1                           }
+    cSize2:          Longint;     { Size value 2                           }
+    ulColorEncoding: Longint;     { Color encoding                         }
+    ulIdentifier:    Longint;     { Reserved for application use           }
+  end;
+  pbitmapinfoheader2=^bitmapinfoheader2;
+
+  xdibHdr_Prefix = record
+    ulMemSize         : LongInt;                 // Length of bitmap
+    ulPelFormat       : LongInt;
+    usTransType       : Word;
+    ulTransVal        : LongInt;
+  end;
+
+  mmxdibHeader = record                        // XDIB Header
+    XDIBHeaderPrefix  : XDIBHDR_PREFIX;
+    BMPInfoHeader2    : BITMAPINFOHEADER2;
+  end;
+  pmmxdibHeader = ^mmxdibHeader;
+
+  mmImageHeader = record
+    ulHeaderLength    : LongInt;                 // Length in Bytes
+    ulContentType     : LongInt;                 // Image content
+    ulMediaType       : LongInt;                 // Media Type
+    mmXDIBHeader      : mmXDIBHeader;          // OS/2 2.0 PM compat header
+    bmiColors         : Array[0..MAX_PALETTE-1] of RGB2; // PM compatible palette
+  end;
+  pmmImageHeader = ^mmImageHeader;
+
+
+Const
+  MMIO_AUDIO_UNKNOWN            = $00000000;   // Unknown image content
+  MMIO_AUDIO_VOICE              = $00000001;   // Limited Range
+  MMIO_AUDIO_MUSIC              = $00000002;   // FM Radio or equivalent
+  MMIO_AUDIO_HIFI               = $00000004;   // High quality recording
+
+Type
+  Wave_Header = record
+    usFormatTag       : Word;                // Type of wave format
+    usChannels        : Word;                // Number of channels
+    ulSamplesPerSec   : LongInt;                 // Sampling rate
+    ulAvgBytesPerSec  : LongInt;                 // Avg bytes per sec
+    usBlockAlign      : Word;                // Block Alignment in bytes
+    usBitsPerSample   : Word;                // Bits per sample
+  end;
+
+  xWav_HeaderInfo = record
+    ulAudioLengthInMS      : LongInt;            // Audio data in millisecs
+    ulAudioLengthInBytes   : LongInt;            // Audio data in bytes
+    pAdditionalInformation : Pointer;
+  end;
+
+  mmxWav_Header = record
+    WAVEHeader        : WAVE_HEADER;           // Per RIFF WAVE Definition
+    XWAVHeaderInfo    : XWAV_HEADERINFO;       // Extended wave definition
+  end;
+
+  mmAudioHeader = record
+    ulHeaderLength    : LongInt;                 // Length in Bytes
+    ulContentType     : LongInt;                 // Image content
+    ulMediaType       : LongInt;                 // Media Type
+    mmXWAVHeader      : MMXWAV_HEADER;         // header
+  end;
+  pmmAudioHeader = ^mmAudioHeader;
+
+Const
+  MMIO_MIDI_UNKNOWN             = $00000000;  // Unknown midi content
+  MMIO_MIDI_VOICE               = $00000001;  // Limited Range
+  MMIO_MIDI_MUSIC               = $00000002;  // FM Radio or equivalent
+  MMIO_MIDI_HIFI                = $00000004;  // High quality recording
+
+// MMPMMMIO.INI file structure and definitions.
+  CCHMAXPATH                    = 260;
+  DLLNAME_SIZE                  = CCHMAXPATH;
+  PROCNAME_SIZE                 = 32;
+  MAX_EXTENSION_NAME            = 4;
+
+Type
+  mmIniFileInfo = record
+    fccIOProc         : FourCC;                // IOProc identifier
+    szDLLName         : Array[0..DLLName_Size-1] of Char;  // DLL name string
+    szProcName        : Array[0..ProcName_Size-1] of Char; // Procedure name string
+    ulFlags           : LongInt;                 // Flags for Preload
+    ulExtendLen       : LongInt;                 // Length of ext fields
+    ulMediaType       : LongInt;                 // Media type
+    ulIOProcType      : LongInt;                 // Type of IOProc
+    szDefExt          : Array[0..Max_Extension_Name] of Char;
+  end;
+  pmmIniFileInfo = ^mmIniFileInfo;
+
+// CODEC Structures and type definitions for Rel. 1.1
+Const
+  CODEC_INFO_SIZE               = 8;
+  CODEC_HW_NAME_SIZE            = 32;
+
+Type
+  CodecIniFileInfo = record
+    ulStructLen       : LongInt;                 // length of this structure
+    fcc               : FourCC;                // File Format ID
+    szDLLName         : Array[0..DLLName_Size-1] of Char;       // DLL name string
+    szProcName        : Array[0..ProcName_Size-1] of Char;      // Procedure name string
+    ulCompressType    : LongInt;                 // Compression Type
+    ulCompressSubType : LongInt;                 // Compression SubType
+    ulMediaType       : LongInt;                 // Media type
+    ulCapsFlags       : LongInt;                 // capabilities flags
+    ulFlags           : LongInt;                 // flags
+    szHWID            : Array[0..Codec_HW_Name_Size-1] of Char; // specific information
+    ulMaxSrcBufLen    : LongInt;                 // max source buffer length
+    ulSyncMethod      : LongInt;                 // Synchronization method
+    fccPreferredFormat: LongInt;                 // Preferred output format
+    ulXalignment      : LongInt;                 // x alignment - video only
+    ulYalignment      : LongInt;                 // y alignment - video only
+    ulSpecInfo        : Array[0..Codec_Info_Size-1] of LongInt;   // specific information
+  end;
+  pCodecIniFileInfo = ^CodecIniFileInfo;
+
+Const
+  // CODECINIFILEINFO synchronization method (ulSyncMethod) values.
+  CODEC_SYNC_METHOD_NO_DROP_FRAMES = 0;
+  CODEC_SYNC_METHOD_DROP_FRAMES_IMMEDIATELY = 1;
+  CODEC_SYNC_METHOD_DROP_FRAMES_PRECEDING_KEY = 2;
+  CODEC_SYNC_METHOD_HARDWARE    = 3;
+
+  // CODECINIFILEINFO capabilities (ulCapsFlags) values.
+  CODEC_COMPRESS                = $00000001;
+  CODEC_DECOMPRESS              = $00000002;
+  CODEC_WINDOW_CLIPPING         = $00000004;
+  CODEC_PALETTE_TRANS           = $00000008;
+  CODEC_SELFHEAL                = $00000010;
+  CODEC_SCALE_PEL_DOUBLE        = $00000020;
+  CODEC_SCALE_PEL_HALVED        = $00000040;
+  CODEC_SCALE_CONTINUOUS        = $00000080;
+  CODEC_MULAPERTURE             = $00000100;
+  CODEC_4_BIT_COLOR             = $00000200;
+  CODEC_8_BIT_COLOR             = $00000400;
+  CODEC_16_BIT_COLOR            = $00000800;
+  CODEC_24_BIT_COLOR            = $00001000;
+  CODEC_HARDWARE                = $00002000;
+  CODEC_SYMMETRIC               = $00004000;
+  CODEC_ASYMMETRIC              = $00008000;
+  CODEC_DIRECT_DISPLAY          = $00010000;
+  CODEC_DEFAULT                 = $00020000;
+  CODEC_ORIGIN_LOWERLEFT        = $00040000;
+  CODEC_ORIGIN_UPPERLEFT        = $00080000;
+  CODEC_SET_QUALITY             = $00100000;  // quality level is settable
+  CODEC_DATA_CONSTRAINT         = $00200000;  // data constraint supported
+  CODEC_HW_OVERLAY              = $00400000;
+  CODEC_MULTI_BUFFER            = $00800000;
+  CODEC_DITHER_OUTPUT           = $01000000;
+
+  // Audio related flags
+  CODEC_COMP_REALTIME           = $00020000;
+  CODEC_DECOMP_REALTIME         = $00040000;
+
+// CODECINIFILEINFO Flag Values (ulFlags) values.
+
+  // Bit definitions for mmioSet()
+  MMIO_SET_EXTENDEDINFO         = $0001;
+  MMIO_QUERY_EXTENDEDINFO_BASE  = $0002;
+  MMIO_QUERY_EXTENDEDINFO_ALL   = $0004;
+
+Type
+  // CODECASSOC structure
+  CodecAssoc = record
+   pCodecOpen         : Pointer;               // codec specific open header
+   pCODECIniInfo      : PCodecIniFileInfo;     // codecinifileinfo
+  end;
+  pCodecAssoc = ^CodecAssoc;
+
+  // MMEXTENDINFO structure
+  mmExtendInfo = record
+    ulStructLen       : LongInt;             // length of this structure
+    ulBufSize         : LongInt;             // total buffer size
+    ulFlags           : LongInt;             // flags
+    ulTrackID         : LongInt;             // track ID
+    ulNumCODECs       : LongInt;             // number of codec entries
+    pCODECAssoc       : PCodecAssoc;       // pointer to codec info array
+  end;
+  pmmExtendInfo = ^mmExtendInfo;
+
+const
+  // MMEXTENDINFO operation (ulFlags) values.
+  MMIO_TRACK                    = $00000001;
+  MMIO_NORMAL_READ              = $00000002;
+  MMIO_SCAN_READ                = $00000004;
+  MMIO_REVERSE_READ             = $00000008;
+  MMIO_CODEC_ASSOC              = $00000100;
+
+  // Audio Related defines
+  MMIO_REALTIME_CODEC           = $00000200;
+
+  MMIO_RESETTRACKS              = -1;       //  Turns off the active track number.
+
+  CODEC_START                   = $0EC0;
+  CODEC_END                     = $0EFF;
+
+  MMIOM_CODEC_CLOSE             = CODEC_START + 1;
+  MMIOM_CODEC_OPEN              = CODEC_START + 2;
+  MMIOM_CODEC_QUERYNAME         = CODEC_START + 3;
+  MMIOM_CODEC_QUERYNAMELENGTH   = CODEC_START + 4;
+  MMIOM_CODEC_COMPRESS          = CODEC_START + 5;
+  MMIOM_CODEC_DECOMPRESS        = CODEC_START + 6;
+
+  MMIOMP_CODEC_HW_CONTROL_STOP_DISCARD   =0;
+  MMIOMP_CODEC_HW_CONTROL_STOP_FLUSH     =1;
+  MMIOMP_CODEC_HW_CONTROL_STOP_PAUSE     =2;
+  MMIOMP_CODEC_HW_CONTROL_DATATYPE       =3;
+
+  // Flags:
+  MMIO_CREATE                   = $00000001;       // Open
+  MMIO_CTOCFIRST                = $00000002;       // Open
+  MMIO_READ                     = $00000004;       // Open
+  MMIO_WRITE                    = $00000008;       // Open
+  MMIO_READWRITE                = $00000010;       // Open
+  MMIO_COMPAT                   = $00000020;       // Open
+  MMIO_EXCLUSIVE                = $00000040;       // Open
+  MMIO_DENYWRITE                = $00000080;       // Open
+  MMIO_DENYREAD                 = $00000100;       // Open
+  MMIO_DENYNONE                 = $00000200;       // Open
+  MMIO_ALLOCBUF                 = $00000400;       // Open
+  MMIO_DELETE                   = $00000800;       // Open
+
+  MMIO_USE_TEMP                 = $00001000;       // Open/Close/Save
+
+  MMIO_INSERTON                 = $00000001;       // Insert
+  MMIO_INSERTOFF                = $00000002;       // Insert
+
+  MMIO_RWMODE                   = $00001000;       // Open
+  MMIO_SHAREMODE                = $00002000;       // Open
+
+  MMIO_DIRTY                    = $00004000;       // Write
+
+  MMIO_VERTBAR                  = $00008000;       // Open
+  MMIO_BUFSHARED                = $00010000;       // Open
+  MMIO_APPEND                   = $00020000;       // Open
+  MMIO_NOIDENTIFY               = $00040000;       // Open
+
+  MMIO_FINDFIRST                = $00000001;       // CF Find Entry
+  MMIO_FINDNEXT                 = $00000002;       // CF Find Entry
+  MMIO_FINDUNUSED               = $00000004;       // CF Find Entry
+  MMIO_FINDDELETED              = $00000008;       // CF Find Entry
+
+  MMIO_CHANGEDELETED            = $0001;         // CF Change Entry
+
+  MMIO_CF_FQNAME                = $0001;         // CF Compact
+
+  MMIO_FHOPEN                   = $0001;           // Close
+
+  MMIO_EMPTYBUF                 = $0001;           // Flush
+
+  MMIO_CREATERIFF               = $0001;           // CreateChunk
+  MMIO_CREATELIST               = $0002;           // CreateChunk
+  MMIO_FINDCHUNK                = $0004;           // Descend
+  MMIO_FINDRIFF                 = $0008;           // Descend
+  MMIO_FINDLIST                 = $0010;           // Descend
+
+  CTOC_HF_SEQUENTIAL            = $00000001;    // CTOC ulHeaderFlags
+  CTOC_HF_MEDSUBTYPE            = $00000002;    // CTOC ulHeaderFlags
+
+  CTOC_EFU_UNUSED               = $00000000; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_LASTMODTIME          = $00000001; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_CODEPAGE             = $00000002; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_LANGUAGE             = $00000003; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_COMPRESSPARAM0       = $00000005; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_COMPRESSPARAM1       = $00000006; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_COMPRESSPARAM2       = $00000007; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_COMPRESSPARAM3       = $00000008; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_COMPRESSPARAM4       = $00000009; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_COMPRESSPARAM5       = $0000000A; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_COMPRESSPARAM6       = $0000000B; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_COMPRESSPARAM7       = $0000000C; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_COMPRESSPARAM8       = $0000000D; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_EFU_COMPRESSPARAM9       = $0000000E; // CTOC extra usage code
+  CTOC_CharSET_STANDARD         = $00000000; // CTOC charset value
+
+  MMIO_INSTALLPROC              = $00000001; // Install IO Proc
+  MMIO_REMOVEPROC               = $00000002; // Install IO Proc
+  MMIO_FINDPROC                 = $00000004; // Install IO Proc
+
+  MMIO_MATCHFIRST               = $00000010; // Ini File Handler
+  MMIO_MATCHNEXT                = $00000020; // Ini File Handler
+  MMIO_MATCHFourCC              = $00000040; // Ini File Handler
+  MMIO_MATCHDLL                 = $00000080; // Ini File Handler
+  MMIO_MATCHPROCEDURENAME       = $00000100; // Ini File Handler
+  MMIO_FULLPATH                 = $00000200; // Ini File Handler
+  MMIO_NOVERIFY                 = $00000400; // Ini File Handler
+  MMIO_MATCHCOMPRESSTYPE        = $00000800; // Ini File Handler
+  MMIO_EXTENDED_STRUCT          = $00001000; // Ini File ulFlags
+  MMIO_MATCHCOMPRESSSUBTYPE     = $00002000; // Ini File Handler
+  MMIO_MATCHHWID                = $00004000; // Ini File Handler
+  MMIO_MATCHCAPSFLAGS           = $00008000; // Ini File Handler
+  MMIO_SKIPMATCH                = $00010000; // Ini/Load Handler
+
+  MMIO_TOUPPER                  = $0001;      // StringToFourcc
+
+  MMIO_CF_ENTRY_EXISTS          = $00000001; // Add CGRP element
+
+  MMIO_FORCE_IDENTIFY_SS        = $00000001; // Identify
+  MMIO_FORCE_IDENTIFY_FF        = $00000002; // Identify
+
+  MMIO_NOTRANSLATE              = $00000000; // Translation
+  MMIO_TRANSLATEDATA            = $00000001; // Translation
+  MMIO_TRANSLATEHEADER          = $00000002; // Translation
+  MMIO_DECOMPRESS               = $00000004; // CODEC Decompress
+
+  MMIO_DEFAULTBUFFER            = 8192;    // two pages under OS/2 2.0
+
+  MMIO_SEEK_IFRAME              = $00010000;  // Seek to nearest previous IFRAME
+
+
+
+  // Messages :
+  MMIOM_START                   = $0E00;
+  MMIOM_END                     = $0EFF;
+
+  MMIOM_GETCF                   = MMIOM_START + 1;
+  MMIOM_GETCFENTRY              = MMIOM_START + 2;
+
+  MMIOM_CLOSE                   = MMIOM_START + 3;
+  MMIOM_OPEN                    = MMIOM_START + 4;
+  MMIOM_READ                    = MMIOM_START + 5;
+  MMIOM_SEEK                    = MMIOM_START + 6;
+  MMIOM_WRITE                   = MMIOM_START + 7;
+
+  MMIOM_IDENTIFYFILE            = MMIOM_START + 8;
+  MMIOM_GETHEADER               = MMIOM_START + 9;
+  MMIOM_SETHEADER               = MMIOM_START + 10;
+  MMIOM_QUERYHEADERLENGTH       = MMIOM_START + 11;
+  MMIOM_GETFORMATNAME           = MMIOM_START + 12;
+  MMIOM_GETFORMATINFO           = MMIOM_START + 13;
+  MMIOM_SEEKBYTIME              = MMIOM_START + 14;
+  MMIOM_TEMPCHANGE              = MMIOM_START + 15;
+  MMIOM_BEGININSERT             = MMIOM_START + 16;
+  MMIOM_ENDINSERT               = MMIOM_START + 17;
+  MMIOM_SAVE                    = MMIOM_START + 18;
+  MMIOM_SET                     = MMIOM_START + 19;
+  MMIOM_COMPRESS                = MMIOM_START + 20;
+  MMIOM_DECOMPRESS              = MMIOM_START + 21;
+  MMIOM_MULTITRACKREAD          = MMIOM_START + 22;
+  MMIOM_MULTITRACKWRITE         = MMIOM_START + 23;
+  MMIOM_DELETE                  = MMIOM_START + 24;
+  MMIOM_BEGINGROUP              = MMIOM_START + 25;
+  MMIOM_ENDGROUP                = MMIOM_START + 26;
+  MMIOM_UNDO                    = MMIOM_START + 27;
+  MMIOM_REDO                    = MMIOM_START + 28;
+  MMIOM_BEGINSTREAM             = MMIOM_START + 29;
+  MMIOM_ENDSTREAM               = MMIOM_START + 30;
+
+
+  MMIOM_CUT                     = MMIOM_START + 31;
+  MMIOM_COPY                    = MMIOM_START + 32;
+  MMIOM_PASTE                   = MMIOM_START + 33;
+  MMIOM_CLEAR                   = MMIOM_START + 34;
+  MMIOM_STATUS                  = MMIOM_START + 35;
+  MMIOM_WINMSG                  = MMIOM_START + 36;
+  MMIOM_BEGINRECORD             = MMIOM_START + 37;
+  MMIOM_ENDRECORD               = MMIOM_START + 38;
+
+  // These 3 new messages were added with feature 11710
+  MMIOM_QUERYIMAGE              = MMIOM_START + 39;
+  MMIOM_QUERYIMAGECOUNT         = MMIOM_START + 40;
+  MMIOM_SETIMAGE                = MMIOM_START + 41;
+
+
+  MMIO_REALTIME                 = $00000001;
+  MMIO_NONREALTIME              = $00000002;
+
+  MMIOM_USER                    = $0F00;
+  MMIOM_USER_END                = $0FFF;
+
+Type
+  // Parameter structure for MMIOM_STATUS
+  mmIO_Status_Parms = record
+    hwndWindow        : hwnd;                  // Some items require a window handle
+    ulReturn          : LongInt;                 // Return field
+    ulItem            : LongInt;                 // Use MCI_STATUS_... flags here
+    ulValue           : LongInt;                 // Status value field
+    ulType            : LongInt;                 // MCI_FORMAT_... of ulReturn
+  end;
+  pmmIO_Status_Parms = ^mmIO_Status_Parms;
+
+  // Parameter structure for MMIOM_COPY, MMIOM_CUT, MMIOM_CLEAR and MMIOM_PASTE
+  uSec = LongInt;                                 // microsecond time format
+
+  mmIO_mEdit_Parms = record
+    ulStrucLen        : LongInt;                 // length of this structure
+    hwndWindow        : hwnd;                  // window handle
+    ulStartTime       : uSec;                  // starting time in usec
+    ulDuration        : uSec;                  // duration in usec
+    ulCurrentFilePosition : LongInt;             // current file position in usec
+    ulNewFilePosition : LongInt;                 // returned by IO proc in usec, MCD will issue a seek
+    ulNewFileLength   : LongInt;                 // return by IO proc in usec, MCD updates its headers
+    pBuffer           : Pointer;               // optional buffer
+    ulBufferLength    : LongInt;                 // optional buffer's length
+    pHeader           : Pointer;               // optional pointer to header for buffer
+  end;
+  pmmIO_mEdit_Parms = ^mmIO_mEdit_Parms;
+
+  // Parameter structure for MMIOM_WINMSG
+  mmIO_WinMsg = record
+    hwndWindow        : hwnd;                  // these are the parameters
+    usMessage         : Word;                //  ... passed to the
+    pParam1           : Pointer;               //  ... window procedure
+    pParam2           : Pointer;               //  ... by PM
+  end;
+  pmmIO_WinMsg = ^mmIO_WinMsg;
+
+// JPEG IOproc specific structure
+Const
+  YUV_YVU            =$0080;  //v013 Compressed data is YUV///
+  DST_Y              =20;
+  DST_YY             =25;
+
+Type
+  jpegoptions = record            // this comment needed by h2inc        ///
+    ulStructLen:Longint;                    // size of this sturcture                  ///
+    usQuantization:Array [0..4] of word;              // Each number may be 1 - 65535      ///
+    usScale:Word;                        // 1 (1/8 Size) - 8 (Full Size; default)  ///
+    ulColorOrder:LongInt;                   // YUV_YVU (Default) or ~YUV_YVU     ///
+    usColorSpaceOut:Word;               // DST_YY (Default) or DST_Y           ///
+  end;
+  pJpegOptions = ^JpegOptions;
+
+// Include error codes for MMIO only.
+Const
+  MMIO_SUCCESS                  = 0;
+  MMIO_WARNING                  = 2;
+  MMIO_ERROR                    = -1;
+  MMIOERR_UNSUPPORTED_MESSAGE   = -2;
+
+  MMIO_CF_SUCCESS               = 0;
+  MMIO_CF_FAILURE               = 1;
+
+
+  MMIO_NLS_CharSET_INFO         = 8000;   // RCDATA Name ID for NLS
+  MMIO_IOPROC_NAME_TABLE        = 8500;   // RCDATA Name ID for string table
+  MMIO_CODEC_NAME_TABLE         = 9000;   // RCDATA Name ID for Codec  table
+
+// Numeric equivalents of fourcc's.  These are needed for the resource
+// compiler.
+
+  HEX_FourCC_DOS                = $20534f44;
+  HEX_FourCC_MEM                = $204d454d;
+  HEX_FourCC_BND                = $20444e42;
+  HEX_FourCC_CF                 = $20204643;
+
+// Country codes (CC), languages (LC), and dialects (DC).
+
+  MMIO_DEFAULT_CODE_PAGE        = 437;
+
+  MMIO_CC_NONE                  = 000;
+  MMIO_CC_USA                   = 001;
+  MMIO_CC_CANADA                = 002;
+  MMIO_CC_LATIN_AMERICA         = 003;
+  MMIO_CC_GREECE                = 030;
+  MMIO_CC_NETHERLANDS           = 031;
+  MMIO_CC_BELGIUM               = 032;
+  MMIO_CC_FRANCE                = 033;
+  MMIO_CC_SPAIN                 = 034;
+  MMIO_CC_ITALY                 = 039;
+  MMIO_CC_SWITZERLAND           = 041;
+  MMIO_CC_AUSTRIA               = 043;
+  MMIO_CC_UNITED_KINGDOM        = 044;
+  MMIO_CC_DENMARK               = 045;
+  MMIO_CC_SWEDEN                = 046;
+  MMIO_CC_NORWAY                = 047;
+  MMIO_CC_WEST_GERMANY          = 049;
+  MMIO_CC_MEXICO                = 052;
+  MMIO_CC_BRAZIL                = 055;
+  MMIO_CC_AUSTRALIA             = 061;
+  MMIO_CC_NEW_ZEALAND           = 064;
+  MMIO_CC_JAPAN                 = 081;
+  MMIO_CC_KOREA                 = 082;
+  MMIO_CC_CHINA                 = 086;
+  MMIO_CC_TAIWAN                = 088;
+  MMIO_CC_TURKEY                = 090;
+  MMIO_CC_PORTUGAL              = 351;
+  MMIO_CC_LUXEMBOURG            = 352;
+  MMIO_CC_ICELAND               = 354;
+  MMIO_CC_FINLAND               = 358;
+
+  MMIO_LC_NONE                  = 0;
+  MMIO_DC_NONE                  = 0;
+  MMIO_LC_ARABIC                = 1;
+  MMIO_DC_ARABIC                = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_BULGARIAN             = 2;
+  MMIO_DC_BULGARIAN             = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_CATALAN               = 3;
+  MMIO_DC_CATALAN               = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE   = 4;
+  MMIO_DC_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE   = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_SIMPLE_CHINESE        = 4;
+  MMIO_DC_SIMPLE_CHINESE        = 2;
+  MMIO_LC_CZECH                 = 5;
+  MMIO_DC_CZECH                 = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_DANISH                = 6;
+  MMIO_DC_DANISH                = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_GERMAN                = 7;
+  MMIO_DC_GERMAN                = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_SWISS_GERMAN          = 7;
+  MMIO_DC_SWISS_GERMAN          = 2;
+  MMIO_LC_GREEK                 = 8;
+  MMIO_DC_GREEK                 = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_US_ENGLISH            = 9;
+  MMIO_DC_US_ENGLISH            = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_UK_ENGLISH            = 9;
+  MMIO_DC_UK_ENGLISH            = 2;
+  MMIO_LC_SPANISH               = 10;
+  MMIO_DC_SPANISH               = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_SPANISH_MEXICAN       = 10;
+  MMIO_DC_SPANISH_MEXICAN       = 2;
+  MMIO_LC_FINNISH               = 11;
+  MMIO_DC_FINNISH               = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_FRENCH                = 12;
+  MMIO_DC_FRENCH                = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_BELGIAN_FRENCH        = 12;
+  MMIO_DC_BELGIAN_FRENCH        = 2;
+  MMIO_LC_CANADIAN_FRENCH       = 12;
+  MMIO_DC_CANADIAN_FRENCH       = 3;
+  MMIO_LC_SWISS_FRENCH          = 12;
+  MMIO_DC_SWISS_FRENCH          = 4;
+  MMIO_LC_HEBREW                = 13;
+  MMIO_DC_HEBREW                = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_HUNGARIAN             = 14;
+  MMIO_DC_HUNGARIAN             = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_ICELANDIC             = 15;
+  MMIO_DC_ICELANDIC             = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_ITALIAN               = 16;
+  MMIO_DC_ITALIAN               = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_SWISS_ITALIAN         = 16;
+  MMIO_DC_SWISS_ITALIAN         = 2;
+  MMIO_LC_JAPANESE              = 17;
+  MMIO_DC_JAPANESE              = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_KOREAN                = 18;
+  MMIO_DC_KOREAN                = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_DUTCH                 = 19;
+  MMIO_DC_DUTCH                 = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_BELGIAN_DUTCH         = 19;
+  MMIO_DC_BELGIAN_DUTCH         = 2;
+  MMIO_LC_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL      = 20;
+  MMIO_DC_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL      = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK     = 20;
+  MMIO_DC_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK     = 2;
+  MMIO_LC_POLISH                = 21;
+  MMIO_DC_POLISH                = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_BRAZILIAN_PORTUGUESE  = 22;
+  MMIO_DC_BRAZILIAN_PORTUGUESE  = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_PORTUGUESE            = 22;
+  MMIO_DC_PORTUGUESE            = 2;
+  MMIO_LC_RHAETO_ROMANIC        = 23;
+  MMIO_DC_RHAETO_ROMANIC        = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_ROMANIAN              = 24;
+  MMIO_DC_ROMANIAN              = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_RUSSIAN               = 25;
+  MMIO_DC_RUSSIAN               = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_SERBO_CROATIAN_LATIN  = 26;
+  MMIO_DC_SERBO_CROATIAN_LATIN  = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_SERBO_CROATIAN_CYRILLIC = 26;
+  MMIO_DC_SERBO_CROATIAN_CYRILLIC = 2;
+  MMIO_LC_SLOVAK                = 27;
+  MMIO_DC_SLOVAK                = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_ALBANIAN              = 28;
+  MMIO_DC_ALBANIAN              = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_SWEDISH               = 29;
+  MMIO_DC_SWEDISH               = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_THAI                  = 30;
+  MMIO_DC_THAI                  = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_TURKISH               = 31;
+  MMIO_DC_TURKISH               = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_URDU                  = 32;
+  MMIO_DC_URDU                  = 1;
+  MMIO_LC_BAHASA                = 33;
+  MMIO_DC_BAHASA                = 1;
+
+
+// Ultimotion CODEC type for CODECINIFILEINFO ulCompressType */
+//#define  FOURCC_ULTI       mmioFOURCC('U', 'L', 'T', 'I')
+Const
+//  FOURCC_ULTI:FOURCC=0;
+  HEX_FOURCC_ULTI=$49544C55;     // ITLU */
+
+// Indeo CODEC type for CODECINIFILEINFO ulCompressType */
+//#define  FOURCC_RT21       mmioFOURCC('R', 'T', '2', '1')
+//  FOURCC_RT21:FOURCC=0;
+  HEX_FOURCC_RT21=$31325452;     // 12TR */
+
+// Mondo CODEC type for CODECINIFILEINFO ulCompressType */
+//#define  FOURCC_DIB        mmioFOURCC('D', 'I', 'B', ' ')
+//   FOURCC_DIB:FOURCC=0;
+   HEX_FOURCC_DIB=$20424944;     //  BID */
+
+
+
+// CODECVIDEOHEADER - CODEC video Header
+Type
+  TCODECVIDEOHEADER=record  // codecvidhdr */
+    ulStructLen:LongInt;
+    cx:LongInt;
+    cy:LongInt;
+    cPlanes:Integer;
+    cBitCount:Integer;
+    ulColorEncoding:LongInt;
+    genpal:GENPAL;
+  end;
+  PCodecVideoHeader=^TCODECVIDEOHEADER;
+
+// ulColorEncoding defines: */
+Const
+  MMIO_RGB_5_6_5    =$0001;  // Each pixel is a RGB_5_6_5 datatype */
+  MMIO_RGB_24       =$0002;  // Each pixel is a RGB_24 datatype */
+  MMIO_YUV_4_1_1    =$0004;  // Each pixel is a YUV_4_1_1 datatype */
+  MMIO_COMPRESSED   =$0008;  // The data is compressed */
+  MMIO_YUV_24       =$0010;  // Each pixel is a YUV_24 datatype */
+  MMIO_PALETTIZED   =$0020;  // The data is palettized */
+  MMIO_OS2_BITMAP24 =$0020;  // The data is palettized */
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * MMVIDEOOPEN - Video Open Structure
+// *
+// * This structure is passed on the CODEC open
+// * message when video compression is being done
+// * to indicate information such as quality,
+// * frame rate, data rate, and key frame rate.
+// *
+// * Quality:
+// *
+// * The ulQuality field specifies a scalar value
+// * in the range 0 - 10000, where 0 is the lowest
+// * quality and 10000 is the highest quality.  A
+// * value of -1 specifies the default quality level,
+// * and the default quality level (e.g. 5000) is
+// * returned in the ulQuality field.
+// *
+// *
+// * Key Frame rate:
+//*
+// * The ulKeyFrameRate structure specifies the key
+// * frame (aka I-frame, reference frame) frequency.
+// * Every Nth frame is a key frame as specified.
+// * A value of zero specifies that no periodic key
+// * are to be compressed.  Additional key frames may
+// * be inserted at any point by specifying
+// * MMIO_IS_KEY_FRAME in the MMCOMPRESS structure.
+// *
+// * example:  ulKeyFrameRate = 5  results in:
+//*
+//*    key delta delta delta delta key delta delta delta delta key delta...
+// *
+//*
+// * Frame rate:
+// *
+// * Rate = number of time units per second
+// * Scale = number of time units per frame
+// *
+// * examples:  Rate = 30  Scale = 1     =>    30 FPS
+// *            Rate = 15  Scale = 1     =>    15 FPS
+// *            Rate = 25  Scale = 2     =>    12.5 FPS
+// *
+// *
+// * Data Constraint:
+// *
+// * Compressors which are capable of constraining the
+// * resultant compressed video data rate use the
+// * information in the ulDataConstraint and
+// * ulConstraintInterval fields.  A non-zero value
+//* in ulDataConstraint specifies the number of bytes
+// * which is not to be exceeded over an interval of
+// * frames in the output data stream, regardless of
+// * the requested quality level.  This value only
+// * considers video data, i.e. audio data and file format
+// * overhead must be considered seperately when determining
+// * the final output file data rate.  The interval of
+// * frames over which the data is constrained is specified
+//* in ulConstraintInterval.  A value of zero for
+// * ulDataContraint specifies that the data rate is not
+// * to be constrained and is compressed according to
+// * the requested quality level.
+// *
+// * example 1:  ulDataConstraint = 150000   ulConstraintInterval = 15
+// *
+// *             This results in an output stream wherein the sizes of any 15
+// *             consecutive frames does not exceed 150000 bytes.  If the
+// *             frame rate is 15 FPS, the resultant data rate will not
+// *             exceed 150000 bytes per second.
+// *
+// * example 2:  ulDataConstraint = 10000    ulConstraintInterval = 1
+// *
+// *             This results in an output stream wherein any single frame
+// *             does not exceed 10000 bytes.  If the frame rate is 15 FPS,
+// *             the resultant data rate will not exceed 150000 bytes per
+// *             second.  Note the difference between this case and example 1
+// *             where individual frames may exceed 10000 bytes (the average)
+// *             so long other frames in any 15 frame sequence are sufficiently
+// *             smaller to satisfy the constraint within the constraint interval.
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE _MMVIDEOOPEN = RECORD      // mmvidopen */
+       ulStructLen:LongInt;
+       ulQuality:LongInt;
+       ulKeyFrameRate:LongInt;
+       ulScale:LongInt;
+       ulRate:LongInt;
+       ulDataConstraint:LongInt;
+       ulConstraintInterval:LongInt;
+       end;
+TYPE PMMVIDEOOPEN = ^_MMVIDEOOPEN;
+
+
+TYPE _MMAUDIOOPEN = RECORD
+  ulStructLen:LongInt;         // Length of struct */
+  ulSamplesPerBlock:LongInt;   // Samples in each block of compressed data */
+  ulBytesPerBlock:LongInt;     // uncompressed bytes in each block */
+  ulFlags:LongInt;             // Compression flags */
+  ulBestGuess:LongInt;         // Guess at avg. compression ratio */
+  ulBlockAlignment:LongInt;    // Block alignment of codec */
+  ulLength:LongInt;            // Length of the file */
+  hCodec:LongInt;              // Codec handle */
+  pfnCodec:PCodecProc;
+  end;
+
+TYPE PMMAUDIOOPEN = ^_MMAUDIOOPEN;
+
+// defines for the ulFlags field of the BUFER_INFORMATION */
+
+CONST
+
+        BLOCK_ORIENTED        =$00000001;
+        NON_LINEAR            =$00000002;
+        INIT_CODEC            =$00000004;
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * CODECOPEN - CODEC open structure
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE _CODECOPEN = RECORD       // codecopen */
+   ulFlags:LongInt;             // flags & events - Refer to ulCapsFlags in CODECINIFILEINFO */
+   pControlHdr:Pointer;         // control header - (codec specific) */
+   pSrcHdr:Pointer;             // source header - Ptr CODECVIDEOHEADER */
+   pDstHdr:Pointer;             // destination header - Ptr CODECVIDEOHEADER */
+   pOtherInfo:Pointer;          // other information - Ptr MMVIDEOOPEN/MMAUDIOOPEN */
+   end;
+TYPE PCODECOPEN = ^_CODECOPEN;
+
+const
+  // CODECINIFILEINFO capabilities (ulCapsFlags) values.
+
+  Valid_CodecOpen_InputFlags = CODEC_DECOMPRESS or
+                               CODEC_WINDOW_CLIPPING or
+                               CODEC_PALETTE_TRANS or
+                               CODEC_SELFHEAL or
+                               CODEC_SCALE_PEL_DOUBLE or
+                               CODEC_SCALE_PEL_HALVED or
+                               CODEC_SCALE_CONTINUOUS or
+                               CODEC_MULAPERTURE or
+                               CODEC_HARDWARE or
+                               CODEC_DIRECT_DISPLAY;
+// Stream handler communication */
+
+TYPE _AUDIO_CODEC_INFO = RECORD
+  ulStructLen:LongInt;         // Length of struct */
+  ulBytesPerBlock:LongInt;     // uncompressed bytes in each block */
+  ulBlockAlignment:LongInt;    // Block alignment of codec */
+  hCodec:LongInt;              // Codec handle */
+  pfnCodec:PCODECPROC;
+//  LONG (* APIENTRY pfnCodec) (PVOID, SHORT, LONG, LONG); */
+  end;
+
+CONST
+        AUDIO_CODEC_INF    =1000;
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * MMCOMPRESS - Compress structure
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE _MMCOMPRESS = RECORD    // mmcomp */
+   ulStructLen:LongInt;       // length of this structure */
+   ulFlags:LongInt;           // command and status flags */
+   ulSrcBufLen:LongInt;       // source buffer size */
+   pSrcBuf:Pointer;           // source buffer */
+   ulDstBufLen:LongInt;       // destination buffer length */
+   pDstBuf:Pointer;           // destination buffer */
+   pRunTimeInfo:Pointer;      // control information */
+   end;
+TYPE PMMCOMPRESS = ^_MMCOMPRESS;
+
+// ulFlags Input values for MMCOMPRESS structure:                */
+// Note:  MMIO_IS_KEY_FRAME and MMIO_IS_PALETTE are defined      */
+// below, but are listed here for information purposes only.     */
+// MMIO_IS_KEY_FRAME         This bit is set by the application  */
+//                           to instruct the IOProc to compress  */
+//                           the pSrcBuf into a key or reference */
+//                           frame.  If the bit is not set, a    */
+//                           delta frame is compressed.          */
+// MMIO_IS_PALETTE           A video palette is provided.  This  */
+//                           is set by the application.          */
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * MMVIDEOCOMPRESS - Video Compress structure
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+
+TYPE _MMVIDEOCOMPRESS = RECORD // mmvidcomp */
+   ulStructLen:LongInt;       // Structure length */
+   genpalVideo:GENPAL;       // Video stream palette */
+   pControlHdr:Pointer;       // control header (codec specific) */
+   end;
+TYPE PMMVIDEOCOMPRESS = ^_MMVIDEOCOMPRESS;
+
+CONST
+
+START_DECOMPRESSION     =$00000001;
+CONTINUE_DECOMPRESSION  =$00000002;
+START_SEEK              =$00000004;
+CONTINUE_SEEK           =$00000008;
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * MMDECOMPRESS - Decompress Structure
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE _MMDECOMPRESS = Record   // mmdec */
+   ulStructLen:LongInt;       // length of this structure */
+   ulFlags:LongInt;           // command and status flags */
+   ulSrcBufLen:LongInt;       // source buffer size */
+   pSrcBuf:Pointer;           // source buffer */
+   ulDstBufLen:LongInt;       // destination buffer length */
+   pDstBuf:pointer;           // destination buffer */
+   pRunTimeInfo:Pointer;      // control information Ptr to MMVIDEODECOMPRESS */
+   end;
+TYPE PMMDECOMPRESS = ^_MMDECOMPRESS;
+
+// ulFlags defines: */
+CONST
+
+        MMIO_DROP_DELTA_FRAME =$0001; // Input/Output - Tells the IOProc to drop the delta */
+                                      // frame if the pSrcBuf contains a delta */
+                                      // frame.  On return, the bit is reset */
+                                      // if the delta frame is dropped. */
+        MMIO_IS_KEY_FRAME     =$0002; // Output - This bit is set by the IOProc when */
+                                      // the data contained in the pSrcBuf is */
+                                      // a key or reference frame. */
+        MMIO_IS_PALETTE       =$0004; // Output - A video palette has been found. */
+                                      // This is set by the IOProc. */
+        MMIO_PALETTE_CHANGE   =$0008; // Input - The physical palette has been changed */
+                                      // in...  This is set by the application. */
+        MMIO_ORIGIN_LOWERLEFT =$0010; // Input - The video frame origin */
+        MMIO_RECTL_CHANGE     =$0020; // Input - The valid rectl list has changed. */
+        MMIO_ORIGIN_UPPERLEFT =$0040; // Input - The video frame origin */
+        MMIO_DROP_FRAME_DECODE=$0080; // Input - Tells the IOProc to drop decoding  */
+        MMIO_HIGH_QUALITY     =$0100; // Input - Tells Codec to render best */
+                                      // quality image - not time critical */
+        MMIO_IGNORE_CLIPPING  =$0200; // Ignore clipping rectangles used for bitmap capture */
+                                      // high performance */
+        MMIO_OUTPUT_FULL_IMAGE=$0400; // Output a complete image on decompress, even if this*/
+                                      // is a delta frame */
+                                      // of the frame.                         */
+
+        VALID_DECOMPRESS_INPUTFLAGS   = MMIO_DROP_DELTA_FRAME or
+                                        MMIO_PALETTE_CHANGE or
+                                        MMIO_ORIGIN_LOWERLEFT or
+                                        MMIO_RECTL_CHANGE or
+                                        MMIO_DROP_FRAME_DECODE or
+                                        MMIO_ORIGIN_UPPERLEFT or
+                                        MMIO_HIGH_QUALITY or
+                                        MMIO_IGNORE_CLIPPING or
+                                        MMIO_OUTPUT_FULL_IMAGE;
+
+
+        START_COMPRESSION     =$00000001;
+        CONTINUE_COMPRESSION  =$00000002;
+        SOURCE_UNUSED         =$00000004;
+        TARGET_UNUSED         =$00000008;
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * MMVIDEODECOMPRESS - Video Decompress structure
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE  RectL   = record
+    xLeft:   Longint;
+    yBottom: Longint;
+    xRight:  Longint;
+    yTop:    Longint;
+  end;
+TYPE PRECTL = ^RECTL;
+
+TYPE _MMVIDEODECOMPRESS = Record    // mmviddec */
+   ulStructLen:LongInt;            // Structure length */
+   ulRectlCount:LongInt;           // Valid rectangle count - for clipping */
+   prectl:PRECTL;                  // Valid rectangle array - for clipping */
+   ulSkipLength:LongInt;           // Skipped line length */
+   ulDecodeLines:LongInt;          // Num of lines to decompress */
+   genpalPhysical:GENPAL;          // Physical palette */
+   genpalVideo:GENPAL;             // Video stream palette */
+   rectlSrc:RECTL;                 // Source window rectangle */
+   rectlDst:RECTL;                 // Destination window rectangle */
+   ulDeltaCount:LongInt;           // Number of remaining delta frames before the next I-Frame */
+   ulParm1:LongInt;                // Codec specific parm */
+   ulParm2:Longint;                // Codec specific parm */
+   ulParm3:LongInt;                // Codec specific parm */
+   ulParm4:LongInt;                // Codec specific parm */
+   end;
+TYPE PMMVIDEODECOMPRESS = ^_MMVIDEODECOMPRESS;
+
+//************************************************
+// *
+// * RECORDTAB - Record table
+// *
+// * NOTE: This structure maps to ESRCBUFTAB in ssm.h
+// *************************************************/
+TYPE _RECORDTAB = record       // recordtab */
+   ulReserved1:LongInt;       // reserved for system */
+   pRecord:Pointer;           // ptr to record in buffer */
+   ulLength:LongInt;          // length of record */
+   ulReserved2:LongInt;       // reserved for system */
+   ulReserved3:LongInt;       // reserved for system */
+   ulParm1:LongInt;           // Record specific data */
+   ulParm2:LongInt;           // Record specific data */
+   end;
+TYPE PRECORDTAB=^_RECORDTAB;  // Ptr to a buffer entry  */
+
+
+//**************************************************
+// *
+// * RECORDTABWRITE - Record table for video write
+// *
+// * NOTE: This structure maps to ETGTBUFTAB in ssm.h
+// ***************************************************/
+TYPE _RECORDTABWRITE=RECORD       // recordtab */
+   pRecord:Pointer;           // ptr to record in buffer */
+   ulReserved1:Longint;       // reserved for system */
+   ulLength:Longint;          // length of record */
+   ulReserved2:longint;       // reserved for system */
+   ulReserved3:longint;       // reserved for system */
+   ulParm1:longint;           // Record specific data */
+   ulParm2:longint;           // Record specific data */
+   end;
+type precordtabwrite=^_recordtabwrite;// Ptr to a buffer entry  */
+
+
+// ulParm1 Return values for MULTITRACK_READ only:               */
+// Note:  MMIO_IS_KEY_FRAME and MMIO_IS_PALETTE are defined      */
+// above, but are listed here for information purposes only      */
+// as they are valid ulParm1 Return values for MULTITRACK_READ.  */
+// MMIO_IS_KEY_FRAME         Frame is a Key frame                */
+// MMIO_IS_PALETTE           Buffer contains a video palette     */
+
+CONST
+
+        MMIO_INVISIBLE_FRAME   =$1000;    // Indicates a invisible video frame */
+        MMIO_NULL_FRAME        =$2000;    // Indicates a null video frame (zero length) */
+
+// ulParm2 Return values for MULTITRACK_READ only:               */
+//    This field contains the frame number for this video frame  */
+//    if this track is a video track.                            */
+
+
+
+// ulParm1 Input values for MULTITRACK_WRITE only:               */
+// Note:  MMIO_IS_KEY_FRAME and MMIO_IS_PALETTE are defined      */
+// above, but are listed here for information purposes only      */
+// as they are valid ulParm1 Input values for MULTITRACK_WRITE.  */
+// MMIO_IS_KEY_FRAME         Frame is a Key frame                */
+// MMIO_IS_PALETTE           Buffer contains a video palette     */
+
+// ulParm2 Input values for MULTITRACK_WRITE only:               */
+//    This field contains the number of null frames              */
+//    that should be inserted before this frame                  */
+//    (this recordtab entry).                                    */
+
+
+//***********************************************
+// *
+// *  TRACKMAP - This structure maps a track to
+// *             a record table.
+// *
+// ************************************************/
+TYPE _TRACKMAP = RECORD        // trackmap */
+   ulTrackID:LongInt;         // Input - track ID */
+   ulNumEntries:LongInt;      // Input - number of record entries */
+   pRecordTabList:PRecordTab; // Input/Output - Ptr to a record table */
+   end;
+TYPE PTRACKMAP=^_TRACKMAP;    // Ptr to a track map table entry */
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * MMMULTITRACKREAD - Multiple Track Read
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE _MMMULTITRACKREAD=RECORD   // mtread */
+   ulLength:LongInt;          // Input - Size of buffer to read.  The IO should be performed on this size of  */
+                              //          buffer.  The actual buffer size may be bigger and is given in the   */
+                              //          ulBufferLength field below.  Video frames can span pBuffer+ulLength */
+                              //          as long as the frame is less than the ulBufferLength in size.       */
+                              //          The purpose of this is to break the IO reads into smaller sizes     */
+                              //          while still allowing large frame sizes.                             */
+   pBuffer:Pointer;           // Input - ptr to read buffer           */
+   ulFlags:LongInt;           // Input/Output - read flags            */
+   ulNumTracks:LongInt;       // Input - number of track entries      */
+   pTrackMapList:PTRACKMAP;   // Input - ptr to track-to-record list  */
+// End of old MMMULTITRACKREAD structure */
+   ulBufferLength:LongInt;    // Input - Actual length of read buffer */
+   ulReserved:longInt;        // Input - Reserved (must be 0)         */
+   end;
+TYPE PMMMULTITRACKREAD=^_MMMULTITRACKREAD;
+
+// ulFlags Input Values: */
+
+CONST
+
+        MULTITRACKREAD_EXTENDED       =$0004; // Indicates that the new extended multitrack   */
+                                              // read structure is passed from caller instead */
+                                              // of the previous multitrack read structure.   */
+
+// ulFlags Return Values: */
+        MULTITRACKREAD_NOTDONE        =$0001; // Read is not done.  Another read of the same        */
+                                              // buffer is necessary.  There were not enough record */
+                                              // entries in the record table passed to this api.    */
+        MULTITRACKREAD_EOF            =$0002; // End of File.  Used because # bytes read may not    */
+                                              // match the length of the buffer in cases of a       */
+                                              // record that spans in the next buffer.              */
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * MMMULTITRACKWRITE - Multiple Track Write
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE _MMMULTITRACKWRITE=RECORD   // mtwrite */
+   ulNumTracks:LongInt;       // Input - number of track entries     */
+   pTrackMapList:PTRACKMAP;     // Input - ptr to track-to-record list */
+   ulFlags:LongInt;           // Input - write flags (Default = 0)   */
+   ulReserved:LongInt;        // Input - Reserved (must be 0)        */
+   end;
+TYPE PMMMULTITRACKWRITE=^_MMMULTITRACKWRITE;
+
+// ulFlags Input Values: */
+
+CONST
+
+        MULTITRACKWRITE_MERGE        =$0001; // Attempt to interleave the data on the write. */
+                                             // The default (without this flag set) is to    */
+                                             // write all records for each track then write  */
+                                             // all records of the next track and so on.     */
+
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * MMMOVIEHEADER - standard movie header data
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+TYPE  MMTrackInfo = record
+    ulTrackID     : Longint;              // track identifier
+    ulMediaType   : Longint;              // media type
+    ulCountry     : Longint;              // country code for the track
+    ulCodePage    : Longint;              // country code page for the track
+    ulReserved1   : Longint;              // reserved must be 0
+    ulReserved2   : Longint;              // reserved must be 0
+  end;
+//TYPE  pMMTrackInfo = ^MMTrackInfo;
+
+//TYPE
+//        PSZ = PChar;
+
+TYPE _MMMOVIEHEADER=RECORD   // mmhdr */
+   ulStructLen:LongInt;       // length of this structure */
+   ulContentType:LongInt;     // movie content type */
+   ulMediaType:LongInt;       // video media type */
+   ulMovieCapsFlags:LongInt;  // capabilities */
+   ulMaxBytesPerSec:LongInt;  // maximum transfer rate */
+   ulPaddingGranularity:LongInt;// pad to a multiple of this size */
+   ulSuggestedBufferSize:LongInt;
+   ulStart:LongInt;           // delay time marking beginning or start of movie */
+   ulLength:LongInt;
+   ulNextTrackID:LongInt;     // next available track id */
+   ulNumEntries:LongInt;      // number of track entries */
+   pmmTrackInfoList:PMMTRACKINFO;  // track information */
+   pszMovieTitle:PSZ;     // movie title */
+   ulCountry:LongInt;         // country code for the title string */
+   ulCodePage:LongInt;        // country code page the title string */
+   ulAvgBytesPerSec:LongInt;  // average transfer rate */
+   end;
+TYPE PMMMOVIEHEADER=^_MMMOVIEHEADER;
+
+// ulMovieCapsFlags Defines: */
+CONST
+
+        MOVIE_HAS_VIDEO         =$0001;  // The movie contains video. */
+        MOVIE_HAS_AUDIO         =$0002;  // The movie contains audio. */
+        MOVIE_CAN_SEEK          =$0004;  // The movie can seek. */
+        MOVIE_CAN_SCAN          =$0008;  // The movie can fast scan. */
+        MOVIE_HAS_COPYRIGHT     =$0010;  // The movie contains copyrighted data. */
+        MOVIE_WAS_CAPTUREFILE   =$0020;  // The movie is a specially allocated  */
+                                          // file used for capturing real-time */
+                                          // video.  Applications should warn  */
+                                          // the user before writing over a file */
+                                          // with this flag set because the user  */
+                                          // probably defragmented this file. */
+                                          // If this flag is set, then there is a chance */
+                                          // that not all of the records will be written */
+                                          // on the call. Caller must check for this whether */
+                                          // this flag is set or not. */
+
+//*********************************************
+// *
+// * MMVIDEOHEADER - Movie Video Track Header
+// *
+// **********************************************/
+
+TYPE _MMVIDEOHEADER=RECORD   // mmvhdr */
+   ulStructLen:LongInt;       // length of this structure */
+   ulContentType:LongInt;     // video content type */
+   ulMediaType:LongInt;       // video media type */
+   ulVideoCapsFlags:LongInt;  // capabilities */
+   ulWidth:LongInt;           // video width in pels */
+   ulHeight:LongInt;          // video height in pels */
+   ulScale:LongInt;
+   ulRate:LongInt;            // Rate / Scale == frames/second */
+   ulStart:LongInt;           // delay time marking beginning or start of stream */
+   ulLength:LongInt;
+   ulTotalFrames:LongInt;     // total number of video frames */
+   ulInitialFrames:LongInt;
+   mmtimePerFrame:MMTIME;    // frame display time or 0L */
+   ulSuggestedBufferSize:LongInt;
+   genpalVideo:GENPAL;       // palette */
+   pmmXDIBHeader:PMMXDIBHEADER;     // windows DIB compatible header */
+   ulHHRWidth:LongInt;        // Actual width of HHR video     */
+   fHHR:Boolean;              // HHR flag                      */
+   end;
+TYPE PMMVIDEOHEADER=_MMVIDEOHEADER;
+
+// ulContentType Defines: */
+CONST
+
+        MMIO_VIDEO_UNKNOWN          =$00000000;  // Unknown video content */
+        MMIO_VIDEO_DATA             =$00000001;  // Video                 */
+
+
+//
+// Base function prototypes:
+///
+
+function mmioAdvance( mmIO: hmmio; Info: pmmioinfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+function mmioAscend( mmIO: hmmio; pckinfo: pmmCkInfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+function mmioClose( mmIO: hmmio; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+function mmioCreateChunk( mmio: hmmio; pckinfo: pmmCkInfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+function mmioDescend( mmIO: hmmio; pckinfo, pckinfoParent: pMMCkInfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+function mmioFlush( mmIO: hmmio; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+function mmioGetInfo( mmIO: hmmio; Info: pmmioinfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+function mmioGetLastError( mmIO: hmmio ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioInstallIOProc( fccIOProc: FourCC; pIOProc: pMMIOProc; ulFlags: Longint ): pmmIOProc; cdecl;
+function mmioOpen( pszFileName: pChar; mmIOInfo: pmmioinfo; ulOpenFlags: Longint ): hMMIO; cdecl;
+function mmioRead( mmIO: hmmio; pchBuffer: pChar; cBytes: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioSeek( mmIO: hmmio; lOffset, lOrigin: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioSendMessage( mmIO: hmmio; usMsg: Word; lParam1, lParam2: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioSetBuffer( mmIO: hmmio; pchBuffer: pChar; cBytes: Longint; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+function mmioSetInfo( mmIO: hmmio; mmIOInfo: pmmioinfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+function mmioStringToFourCC( pszString: pChar; usFlags: Word ): FourCC; cdecl;
+function mmioWrite( mmIO: hmmio; pchBuffer: pChar; cBytes: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+//
+// Compound File function prototypes:
+///
+
+function mmioCFOpen( pszFileName: pChar; CfInfo, IOInfo: pmmcfinfo; ulFlags: Longint ): hMMCF; cdecl;
+function mmioCFClose( mmCf: hmmcf; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioCFGetInfo( mmCf: hmmcf; CfInfo: pmmcfinfo; cBytes: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioCFSetInfo( mmCf: hmmcf; CfInfo: pmmcfinfo; cBytes: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioCFFindEntry( mmCf: hmmcf; ctocEntry: mmctocentry; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioCFAddEntry( mmCf: hmmcf; cTocEntry: mmctocentry; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioCFChangeEntry( mmCf: hmmcf; CTocEntry: pmmctocentry; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioCFDeleteEntry( mmCf: hmmcf; CTocEntry: pmmctocentry; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioCFAddElement( mmCf: hmmcf; pszElementName: pChar; fccType: FourCC;
+  pchBuffer: pChar; cchBytes: LongInt; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioCFCopy( mmCfSource: hmmcf; pszDestFileName: pChar; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+//
+// Conversion Utility function prototypes:
+///
+
+function mmioQueryFormatCount( FormatInfo: pmmformatinfo;
+  plNumFormats: pLong; ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioGetFormats( FormatInfo: pmmformatinfo;
+  lNumFormats: LongInt; pFormatInfoList: Pointer; plFormatsRead: pLong;
+  ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioGetFormatName( FormatInfo: pmmformatinfo; pszFormatName: pChar;
+  plBytesRead: pLong; ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioIdentifyFile( pszFileName: pChar; MMIoInfo: pmmioinfo;
+  FormatInfo: pmmformatinfo; pfccStorageSystem: pFourCC; ulReserved: Longint;
+  ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioQueryHeaderLength( mmIO: hmmio; plHeaderLength: pLong;
+  ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioGetHeader( mmIO: hmmio; pHeader: Pointer; lHeaderLength: LongInt;
+  plBytesRead: pLong; ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioSetHeader( mmIO: hmmio; pHeader: Pointer; lHeaderLength: LongInt;
+  plBytesWritten: pLong; ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioIniFileHandler( IniFileInfo: pmminifileinfo; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioIdentifyStorageSystem( pszFileName: pChar;
+  MMIoInfo: pmmioinfo; pfccStorageSystem: pFourCC ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioDetermineSSIOProc( pszFileName: pChar; MMIoInfo: pmmioinfo;
+  pfccStorageSystem: pFourCC; pszParsedRemainder: pChar ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioQueryIOProcModuleHandle( IOProc: pMMIOProc;
+  IOProcModule: phModule ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioCFCompact( pszFileName: pChar; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+//
+// MMPMMMIO.INI file migration utility
+///
+
+function mmioMigrateIniFile( ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+//
+// MMIO CODEC APIs
+///
+
+function mmioIniFileCODEC( IniFile: pCODECIniFileInfo; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioSet( mmIO: hmmio; ExtendInfo: pmmExtendInfo; ulFlags: Longint): Longint; cdecl;
+function mmioQueryCODECName( IniInfo: pCODECIniFileinfo;
+  pszCODECName: pChar; pulBytesRead: pLongint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioQueryCODECNameLength( IniInfo: pCODECIniFileinfo;
+  pulNameLength: pLongint ): Longint; cdecl;
+
+function mmioLoadCODECProc( IniInfo: pCODECIniFileInfo;
+  Module: phModule; ulFlags: Longint ): pCodecProc; cdecl;
+
+function mmioGetData( mmIO: hmmio; mmIOInfo: pmmioinfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+
+Implementation
+
+//-------
+function mmioAdvance( mmIO: hmmio; Info: pmmioinfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 55;
+
+function mmioAscend( mmIO: hmmio; pckinfo: pmmCkInfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 49;
+
+function mmioClose( mmIO: hmmio; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 45;
+
+function mmioCreateChunk( mmio: hmmio; pckinfo: pmmCkInfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 51;
+
+function mmioDescend( mmIO: hmmio; pckinfo, pckinfoParent: pMMCkInfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 50;
+
+function mmioFlush( mmIO: hmmio; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 44;
+
+function mmioGetInfo( mmIO: hmmio; Info: pmmioinfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 52;
+
+function mmioGetLastError( mmIO: hmmio ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 38;
+
+function mmioInstallIOProc( fccIOProc: FourCC; pIOProc: pMMIOProc; ulFlags: Longint ): pmmIOProc; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 39;
+
+function mmioOpen( pszFileName: pChar; mmIOInfo: pmmioinfo; ulOpenFlags: Longint ): hMMIO; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 40;
+
+function mmioRead( mmIO: hmmio; pchBuffer: pChar; cBytes: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 41;
+
+function mmioSeek( mmIO: hmmio; lOffset, lOrigin: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 43;
+
+function mmioSendMessage( mmIO: hmmio; usMsg: Word; lParam1, lParam2: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 54;
+
+function mmioSetBuffer( mmIO: hmmio; pchBuffer: pChar; cBytes: Longint; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 56;
+
+function mmioSetInfo( mmIO: hmmio; mmIOInfo: pmmioinfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 53;
+
+function mmioStringToFourCC( pszString: pChar; usFlags: Word ): FourCC; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 37;
+
+function mmioWrite( mmIO: hmmio; pchBuffer: pChar; cBytes: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 42;
+
+function mmioCFOpen( pszFileName: pChar; CfInfo, IOInfo: pmmcfinfo; ulFlags: Longint ): hMMCF; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 57;
+
+function mmioCFClose( mmCf: hmmcf; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 58;
+
+function mmioCFGetInfo( mmCf: hmmcf; CfInfo: pmmcfinfo; cBytes: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 64;
+
+function mmioCFSetInfo( mmCf: hmmcf; CfInfo: pmmcfinfo; cBytes: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 65;
+
+function mmioCFFindEntry( mmCf: hmmcf; ctocEntry: mmctocentry; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 62;
+
+function mmioCFAddEntry( mmCf: hmmcf; cTocEntry: mmctocentry; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 59;
+
+function mmioCFChangeEntry( mmCf: hmmcf; CTocEntry: pmmctocentry; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 61;
+
+function mmioCFDeleteEntry( mmCf: hmmcf; CTocEntry: pmmctocentry; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 60;
+
+function mmioCFAddElement( mmCf: hmmcf; pszElementName: pChar; fccType: FourCC;
+  pchBuffer: pChar; cchBytes: LongInt; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 63;
+
+function mmioCFCopy( mmCfSource: hmmcf; pszDestFileName: pChar; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 66;
+
+function mmioQueryFormatCount( FormatInfo: pmmformatinfo;
+  plNumFormats: pLong; ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 87;
+
+function mmioGetFormats( FormatInfo: pmmformatinfo;
+  lNumFormats: LongInt; pFormatInfoList: Pointer; plFormatsRead: pLong;
+  ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 88;
+
+function mmioGetFormatName( FormatInfo: pmmformatinfo; pszFormatName: pChar;
+  plBytesRead: pLong; ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 93;
+
+function mmioIdentifyFile( pszFileName: pChar; MMIoInfo: pmmioinfo;
+  FormatInfo: pmmformatinfo; pfccStorageSystem: pFourCC; ulReserved: Longint;
+  ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 92;
+
+function mmioQueryHeaderLength( mmIO: hmmio; plHeaderLength: pLong;
+  ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 89;
+
+function mmioGetHeader( mmIO: hmmio; pHeader: Pointer; lHeaderLength: LongInt;
+  plBytesRead: pLong; ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 90;
+
+function mmioSetHeader( mmIO: hmmio; pHeader: Pointer; lHeaderLength: LongInt;
+  plBytesWritten: pLong; ulReserved: Longint; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 91;
+
+function mmioIniFileHandler( IniFileInfo: pmminifileinfo; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 98;
+
+function mmioIdentifyStorageSystem( pszFileName: pChar;
+  MMIoInfo: pmmioinfo; pfccStorageSystem: pFourCC ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 100;
+
+function mmioDetermineSSIOProc( pszFileName: pChar; MMIoInfo: pmmioinfo;
+  pfccStorageSystem: pFourCC; pszParsedRemainder: pChar ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 101;
+
+function mmioQueryIOProcModuleHandle( IOProc: pMMIOProc;
+  IOProcModule: phModule ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 106;
+
+function mmioCFCompact( pszFileName: pChar; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 113;
+
+//--------
+function mmioMigrateIniFile( ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 111;
+
+//
+// MMIO CODEC APIs
+///
+
+function mmioIniFileCODEC( IniFile: pCODECIniFileInfo; ulFlags: Longint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 112;
+
+function mmioSet( mmIO: hmmio; ExtendInfo: pmmExtendInfo; ulFlags: Longint): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 114;
+
+function mmioQueryCODECName( IniInfo: pCODECIniFileinfo;
+  pszCODECName: pChar; pulBytesRead: pLongint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 115;
+
+function mmioQueryCODECNameLength( IniInfo: pCODECIniFileinfo;
+  pulNameLength: pLongint ): Longint; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 118;
+
+function mmioLoadCODECProc( IniInfo: pCODECIniFileInfo;
+  Module: phModule; ulFlags: Longint ): pCodecProc; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 117;
+
+function mmioGetData( mmIO: hmmio; mmIOInfo: pmmioinfo; usFlags: Word ): Word; cdecl;
+    external LibName index 119;
+
+
+end.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/som.pas b/packages/os2units/src/som.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e9db651961
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/som.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1523 @@
+{
+    Copyright (c) 1994-1996 by International Business Machines Corporation
+    Copyright (c) 1997 Antony T Curtis.
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2005 by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru)
+
+    System Object Model Run-time library API (SOM.DLL)
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) as
+    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+    License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is
+    distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+    See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should
+    have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+ **********************************************************************}
+
+Unit SOM;
+
+Interface
+
+{$mode objfpc}
+{$warning This units doesn't work because FPC/2 doesn't implements external vars}
+{$warning This code is alpha!}
+
+//uses
+//  SOMTypes;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOM_MajorVersion, SOM_MinorVersion    :Longint;       (*  SOM Version Numbers  *)
+//³ 00070 ³ SOM_MajorVersion
+//³ 00071 ³ SOM_MinorVersion
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOM_MaxThreads                        :Longint; // ³ 00095 ³ SOM_MaxThreads   (*  SOM Thread Support   *)
+
+type
+  Flags                 =Longint;
+
+type
+  TSOMObject                         = Pointer;
+  SOMClassType                          = Pointer;
+  SOMMSingleInstanceType                = Pointer;
+  SOMClassMgrType                       = Pointer;
+  SOMClassPtr                           = ^SOMClassType;
+  PSOMClass                             = ^SOMClassType;
+  PSOMObject                          = ^TSOMObject;
+  CORBAObjectType                       = TSOMObject;    (* in SOM, a CORBA object is a SOM object *)
+
+  somToken              =Pointer;       (* Uninterpretted value   *)
+  somId                 =^PChar;
+  somIdPtr              =^somId;
+  PsomToken             =^somToken;       (* Uninterpretted value   *)
+
+  somMToken             =somToken;
+  somDToken             =somToken;
+  somMTokenPtr          =^somMToken;
+  somDTokenPtr          =^somDToken;
+
+type
+  ImplId                =^PChar;
+  RepositoryId          = PChar;
+  AttributeDef_AttributeMode    = Cardinal;
+  OperationDef_OperationMode = Longint;
+  ParameterDef_ParameterMode    = Cardinal;
+
+  somMethodPtr          =Pointer;
+  somBooleanVector      =^Byte;
+  somCtrlInfo           =somToken;
+
+  somSharedMethodData   =somToken;
+  somSharedMethodDataPtr=^somSharedMethodData;
+
+  somClassInfoPtr       =^somClassInfo;
+  somClassInfo          =somToken;
+
+
+  Identifier            =PChar;         (* CORBA 7.5.1, p. 129 *)
+
+  TypeCode              = pointer;
+
+(* CORBA 5.7, p.89 *)
+  any                   = record
+    _type               : TypeCode;
+    _value              : Pointer;
+  end;
+
+  NamedValue            =record
+    name                : Identifier;
+    argument            : any;
+    len                 : Longint;
+    arg_modes           : Flags;
+  end;
+
+(* -- Method/Data Tokens -- For locating methods and data members. *)
+
+  somRdAppType          =LongInt;       (* method signature code -- see def below *)
+  somFloatMap           =Array[0..13] of LongInt; (* float map -- see def below *)
+  somFloatMapPtr        =^somFloatMapPtr;
+
+  somMethodInfoStruct   =record
+    callType            :somRdAppType;
+    va_listSize         :Longint;
+    float_map           :somFloatMapPtr;
+  end;
+  somMethodInfo         =somMethodInfoStruct;
+  somMethodInfoPtr      =^somMethodInfo;
+
+  somMethodDataStruct   =record
+    id                  :somId;
+    ctype               :Longint;               (* 0=static, 1=dynamic 2=nonstatic *)
+    descriptor          :somId;                 (* for use with IR interfaces *)
+    mToken              :somMToken;             (* NULL for dynamic methods *)
+    method              :somMethodPtr;          (* depends on resolution context *)
+    shared              :somSharedMethodDataPtr;
+  end;
+  somMethodData         =somMethodDataStruct;
+  somMethodDataPtr      =^somMethodDataStruct;
+
+  somMethodProc         =Procedure(somSelf:TSOMObject);
+  somMethodProcPtr      =^somMethodProc;
+
+
+(*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * C++-style constructors are called initializers in SOM. Initializers
+ * are methods that receive a pointer to a somCtrlStruct as an argument.
+ *)
+
+  somInitInfo           =record
+    cls                 :SOMClassType;(* the class whose introduced data is to be initialized *)
+    defaultInit         :somMethodProc;
+    defaultCopyInit     :somMethodProc;
+    defaultConstCopyInit:somMethodProc;
+    defaultNCArgCopyInit:somMethodProc;
+    dataOffset          :Longint;
+    legacyInit          :somMethodProc;
+  end;
+
+  somDestructInfo       =record
+    cls                 :SOMClassType;(* the class whose introduced data is to be destroyed *)
+    defaultDestruct     :somMethodProc;
+    dataOffset          :Longint;
+    legacyUninit        :somMethodProc;
+  end;
+
+  somAssignInfo         =record
+    cls                 :SOMClassType;(* the class whose introduced data is to be assigned *)
+    defaultAssign       :somMethodProc;
+    defaultConstAssign  :somMethodProc;
+    defaultNCArgAssign  :somMethodProc;
+    udaAssign           :somMethodProc;
+    udaConstAssign      :somMethodProc;
+    dataOffset          :Longint;
+  end;
+
+  _IDL_SEQUENCE_octet   = record
+    _maximum            : Cardinal;
+    _length             : Cardinal;
+    _buffer             : ^Byte;
+  end;
+  ReferenceData         =_IDL_SEQUENCE_octet;
+
+(*
+ * A special info access structure pointed to by
+ * the parentMtab entry of somCClassDataStructure.
+ *)
+   somTD_somRenewNoInitNoZeroThunk      =Procedure(var buf); cdecl;
+
+  somInitInfoPtr        =^somInitInfo;
+
+  somInitCtrlStruct     =record
+    mask                :somBooleanVector;(* an array of booleans to control ancestor calls *)
+    info                :somInitInfoPtr;  (* an array of structs *)
+    infoSize            :Longint;         (* increment for info access *)
+    ctrlInfo            :somCtrlInfo;
+  end;
+  somInitCtrl           =somInitCtrlStruct;
+  som3InitCtrl          =somInitCtrlStruct;
+
+  somDestructInfoPtr    =^somDestructInfo;
+  somDestructCtrlStruct =record
+    mask                :somBooleanVector;(* an array of booleans to control ancestor calls *)
+    info                :somDestructInfoPtr;(* an array of structs *)
+    infoSize            :Longint;         (* increment for info access *)
+    ctrlInfo            :somCtrlInfo;
+  end;
+  somDestructCtrl       =somDestructCtrlStruct;
+  som3DestructCtrl      =somDestructCtrlStruct;
+
+  somAssignInfoPtr      =^somAssignInfo;
+  somAssignCtrlStruct   =record
+    mask                :somBooleanVector;(* an array of booleans to control ancestor calls *)
+    info                :somAssignInfoPtr;(* an array of structs *)
+    infoSize            :Longint;         (* increment for info access *)
+    ctrlInfo            :somCtrlInfo;
+  end;
+  somAssignCtrl         =somAssignCtrlStruct;
+  som3AssignCtrl        =somAssignCtrlStruct;
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  The Class Data Structures -- these are used to implement static
+ *  method and data interfaces to SOM objects.
+ *)
+
+type
+(* -- (Generic) Class data Structure *)
+  somClassDataStructure =record
+    classObject         :SOMClassType;                 (* changed by shadowing *)
+    tokens              :Array[0..0] of somToken;      (* method tokens, etc. *)
+  end;
+  somClassDataStructurePtr=^somClassDataStructure;
+
+  somInitCtrlPtr        =^somInitCtrl;
+  somDestructCtrlPtr    =^somDestructCtrl;
+  somAssignCtrlPtr      =^somAssignCtrl;
+
+(* -- For building lists of method tables *)
+  somMethodTabPtr       =^somMethodTab;
+
+  somMethodTabs         =^somMethodTabList;
+  somMethodTabList      =record
+    mtab                :somMethodTabPtr;
+    next                :somMethodTabs;
+  end;
+
+  somParentMtabStruct   =record
+    mtab                :somMethodTabPtr;       (* this class' mtab -- changed by shadowing *)
+    next                :somMethodTabs;         (* the parent mtabs -- unchanged by shadowing *)
+    classObject         :SOMClassType;          (* unchanged by shadowing *)
+    somRenewNoInitNoZeroThunk:somTD_somRenewNoInitNoZeroThunk; (* changed by shadowing *)
+    instanceSize        :Longint;               (* changed by shadowing *)
+    initializers        :somMethodProcPtr;      (* resolved initializer array in releaseorder *)
+    resolvedMTokens     :somMethodProcPtr;      (* resolved methods *)
+    initCtrl            :somInitCtrl;           (* these fields are filled in if somDTSClass&2 is on *)
+    destructCtrl        :somDestructCtrl;
+    assignCtrl          :somAssignCtrl;
+    embeddedTotalCount  :Longint;
+    hierarchyTotalCount :Longint;
+    unused              :Longint;
+  end;
+  somParentMtabStructPtr=^somParentMtabStruct;
+
+(*
+ * (Generic) Auxiliary Class Data Structure
+ *)
+  somCClassDataStructure=record
+    parentMtab          :somParentMtabStructPtr;
+    instanceDataToken   :somDToken;
+    wrappers            :Array[0..0] of somMethodProc;  (* for valist methods *)
+  end;
+  somCClassDataStructurePtr=^somCClassDataStructure;
+
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  The Method Table Structure
+ *)
+
+(* -- to specify an embedded object (or array of objects). *)
+  somEmbeddedObjStructPtr=^somEmbeddedObjStruct;
+  somEmbeddedObjStruct  =record
+    copp                :SOMClassType;  (* address of class of object ptr *)
+    cnt                 :Longint;       (* object count *)
+    offset              :Longint;       (* Offset to pointer (to embedded objs) *)
+  end;
+
+  somMethodTabStruct    =record
+    classObject         :SOMClassType;
+    classInfo           :somClassInfoPtr;
+    className           :PChar;
+    instanceSize        :Longint;
+    dataAlignment       :Longint;
+    mtabSize            :Longint;
+    protectedDataOffset :Longint;       (* from class's introduced data *)
+    protectedDataToken  :somDToken;
+    embeddedObjs        :somEmbeddedObjStructPtr;
+    (* remaining structure is opaque *)
+    entries             :Array[0..0] of somMethodProc;
+  end;
+  somMethodTab          =somMethodTabStruct;
+
+(* -- For building lists of class objects *)
+  somClasses            =^somClassList;
+  somClassList          =record
+    cls                 :SOMClassType;
+    next                :somClasses;
+  end;
+
+(* -- For building lists of objects *)
+  somObjects            =^somObjectList;
+  somObjectList         =record
+    obj                 :TSOMObject;
+    next                :somObjects;
+  end;
+
+
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Method Stubs -- Signature Support
+ *
+ *
+ * This section defines the structures used to pass method signature
+ * ingo to the runtime. This supports selection of generic apply stubs
+ * and runtime generation of redispatchstubs when these are needed. The
+ * information is registered with the runtime when methods are defined.
+ *
+ * When calling somAddStaticMethod, if the redispatchStub is -1, then a
+ * pointer to a struct of type somApRdInfo is passed as the applyStub.
+ * Otherwise, the passed redispatchstub and applystub are taken as given.
+ * When calling somAddDynamicMethod, an actual apply stub must be passed.
+ * Redispatch stubs for dynamic methods are not available, nor is
+ * automated support for dynamic method apply stubs. The following
+ * atructures only appropriate in relation to static methods.
+ *
+ * In SOMr2, somAddStaticMethod can be called with an actual redispatchstub
+ * and applystub *ONLY* if the method doesn't return a structure. Recall
+ * that no SOMr1 methods returned structures, so SOMr1 binaries obey this
+ * restriction. The reason for this rule is that SOMr2 *may* use thunks,
+ * and thunks need to know if a structure is returned. We therefore assume
+ * that if no signature information is provided for a method through the
+ * somAddStaticMethod interface, then the method returns a scalar.
+ *
+ * If a structure is returned, then a -1 *must* be passed to
+ * somAddStaticMethod as a redispatchstub. In any case, if a -1 is passed,
+ * then this means that the applystub actually points to a structure of type
+ * somApRdInfo. This structure is used to hold and access signature
+ * information encoded as follows.
+ *
+ * If the somApRdInfo pointer is NULL, then, if the runtime was built with
+ * SOM_METHOD_STUBS defined, a default signature is assumed (no arguments,
+ * and no structure returned); otherwise, the stubs are taken as
+ * somDefaultMethod (which produces a runtime error when used) if dynamic
+ * stubs are not available.
+ *
+ * If the somApRdInfo pointer is not NULL, then the structure it points to can
+ * either include (non-null) redispatch and applystubs (the method is then
+ * assumed to return a structure), or null stubs followed by information needed
+ * to generate necessary stubs dynamically.
+ *)
+
+  somApRdInfoStruct     =record
+    rdStub              :somMethodProc;
+    apStub              :somMethodProc;
+    stubInfo            :somMethodInfoPtr;
+  end;
+  somApRdInfo           =somApRdInfoStruct;
+
+
+(*
+ * Values for somRdAppType are generated by summing one from column A and one
+ * from column B of the following constants:
+ *)
+(* Column A: return type *)
+const
+  SOMRdRetsimple        = 0; (* Return type is a non-float fullword *)
+  SOMRdRetfloat         = 2; (* Return type is (single) float *)
+  SOMRdRetdouble        = 4; (* Return type is double *)
+  SOMRdRetlongdouble    = 6; (* Return type is long double *)
+  SOMRdRetaggregate     = 8; (* Return type is struct or union *)
+  SOMRdRetbyte          =10; (* Return type is a byte *)
+  SOMRdRethalf          =12; (* Return type is a (2 byte) halfword *)
+(* Column B: are there any floating point scalar arguments? *)
+  SOMRdNoFloatArgs      = 0;
+  SOMRdFloatArgs        = 1;
+
+(* A somFloatMap is only needed on RS/6000 *)
+(*
+ * This is an array of offsets for up to the first 13 floating point arguments.
+ * If there are fewer than 13 floating point arguments, then there will be
+ * zero entries following the non-zero entries which represent the float args.
+ * A non-zero entry signals either a single- or a double-precision floating point
+ * argument. For a double-precision argument, the entry is the stack
+ * frame offset. For a single-precision argument the entry is the stack
+ * frame offset + 1. For the final floating point argument, add 2 to the
+ * code that would otherwise be used.
+ *)
+  SOMFMSingle           = 1; (* add to indicate single-precision *)
+  SOMFMLast             = 2; (* add to indicate last floating point arg *)
+
+const
+  SOM_SCILEVEL          = 4;
+
+
+(* The SCI includes the following information:
+ *
+ * The address of a class's ClassData structure is passed.
+ * This structure should have the external name,
+ * <className>ClassData. The classObject field should be NULL
+ * (if it is not NULL, then a new class will not be built). somBuildClass will
+ * set this field to the address of the new class object when it is built.
+ *
+ * The address of the class's auxiliary ClassData structure is passed.
+ * Thi structure should have the external name,
+ * <className>CClassData. The parentMtab field will be set by somBuildClass.
+ * This field often allows method calls to a class object to be avoided.
+ *
+ * The other structures referenced by the static class information (SCI)
+ * are used to:
+ *)
+
+(*
+ * to specify a static method. The methodId used here must be
+ * a simple name (i.e., no colons). In all other cases,
+ * where a somId is used to identify a registered method,
+ * the somId can include explicit scoping. An explicitly-scoped
+ * method name is called a method descriptor. For example,
+ * the method introduced by TSOMObject as somGetClass has the
+ * method descriptor "TSOMObject::somGetClass". When a
+ * class is contained in an IDL module, the descriptor syntax
+ * <moduleName>::<className>::<methodName> can be used. Method
+ * descriptors can be useful when a class supports different methods
+ * that have the same name (note: IDL prevents this from occuring
+ * statically, but SOM itself has no problems with this).
+ *)
+
+type
+  somStaticMethodStruct =record
+    classData           :somMTokenPtr;
+    methodId            :somIdPtr;        (* this must be a simple name (no colons) *)
+    methodDescriptor    :somIdPtr;
+    method              :somMethodPtr;//somMethodProc;
+    redispatchStub      :somMethodPtr;//somMethodProc;
+    applyStub           :somMethodPtr;//somMethodProc;
+  end;
+  somStaticMethod_t     =somStaticMethodStruct;
+  somStaticMethod_p     =^somStaticMethod_t;
+
+(* to specify an overridden method *)
+  somOverideMethodStruct=record
+    methodId            :somIdPtr;        (* this can be a method descriptor *)
+    method              :somMethodPtr;//somMethodProc;
+  end;
+  somOverrideMethod_t   =somOverideMethodStruct;
+  somOverrideMethod_p   =^somOverrideMethod_t;
+
+(* to inherit a specific parent's method implementation *)
+  somInheritedMethodStruct=record
+    methodId            :somIdPtr;      (* identify the method *)
+    parentNum           :Longint;       (* identify the parent *)
+    mToken              :somMTokenPtr;  (* for parentNumresolve *)
+  end;
+  somInheritedMethod_t  =somInheritedMethodStruct;
+  somInheritedMethod_p  =^somInheritedMethod_t;
+
+(* to register a method that has been moved from this *)
+(* class <cls> upwards in the class hierachy to class <dest> *)
+  somMigratedMethodStruct=record
+    clsMToken           :somMTokenPtr;
+                                (* points into the <cls> classdata structure *)
+                                (* the method token in <dest> will copied here *)
+    destMToken          :somMTokenPtr;
+                                (* points into the <dest> classdata structure *)
+                                (* the method token here will be copied to <cls> *)
+  end;
+  somMigratedMethod_t   =somMigratedMethodStruct;
+  somMigratedMethod_p        =^somMigratedMethod_t;
+
+(* to specify non-internal data *)
+  somNonInternalDataStruct=record
+    classData           :somDTokenPtr;
+    basisForDataOffset  :PChar;
+  end;
+  somNonInternalData_t  =somNonInternalDataStruct;
+  somNonInternalData_p  =^somNonInternalData_t;
+
+(* to specify a "procedure" or "classdata" *)
+  somProcMethodsStruct  =record
+    classData           :somMethodProcPtr;
+    pEntry              :somMethodProc;
+  end;
+  somProcMethods_t      =somProcMethodsStruct;
+  somProcMethods_p      =^somProcMethods_t;
+
+(* to specify a general method "action" using somMethodStruct *)
+(*
+  the type of action is specified by loading the type field of the
+  somMethodStruct. There are three bit fields in the overall type:
+
+  action (in type & 0xFF)
+   0: static -- (i.e., virtual) uses somAddStaticMethod
+   1: dynamic -- uses somAddDynamicMethod (classData==0)
+   2: nonstatic -- (i.e., nonvirtual) uses somAddMethod
+   3: udaAssign -- registers a method as the udaAssign (but doesn't add the method)
+   4: udaConstAssign -- like 3, this doesn't add the method
+   5: somClassResolve Override (using the class pointed to by *classData)
+   6: somMToken Override (using the method token pointed to by methodId)
+                         (note: classData==0 for this)
+   7: classAllocate -- indicates the default heap allocator for this class.
+                       If classData == 0, then method is the code address (or NULL)
+                       If classData != 0, then *classData is the code address.
+                       No other info required (or used)
+   8: classDeallocate -- like 7, but indicates the default heap deallocator.
+   9: classAllocator -- indicates a non default heap allocator for this class.
+                        like 7, but a methodDescriptor can be given.
+
+   === the following is not currently supported ===
+   binary data access -- in (type & 0x100), valid for actions 0,1,2,5,6
+   0: the method procedure doesn't want binary data access
+   1: the method procedure does want binary data access
+
+   aggregate return -- in (type & 0x200), used when binary data access requested
+   0: method procedure doesn't return a structure
+   1: method procedure does return a structure
+*)
+
+  somMethodStruct       =record
+    mtype               :Longint;
+    classData           :somMTokenPtr;
+    methodId            :somIdPtr;
+    methodDescriptor    :somIdPtr;
+    method              :somMethodProc;
+    redispatchStub      :somMethodProc;
+    applyStub           :somMethodProc;
+  end;
+  somMethods_t          =somMethodStruct;
+  somMethods_p          =^somMethods_t;
+
+(* to specify a varargs function *)
+  somVarargsFuncsStruct =record
+    classData           :somMethodProcPtr;
+    vEntry              :somMethodProc;
+  end;
+  somVarargsFuncs_t     =somVarargsFuncsStruct;
+  somVarargsFuncs_p     =^somVarargsFuncs_t;
+
+(* to specify dynamically computed information (incl. embbeded objs) *)
+  somDynamicSCIPtr      =^somDynamicSciPtr;
+  somDynamicSCI         =record
+    version             :Longint;       (* 1 for now *)
+    instanceDataSize    :Longint;       (* true size (incl. embedded objs) *)
+    dataAlignment       :Longint;       (* true alignment *)
+    embeddedObjs        :somEmbeddedObjStructPtr; (* array end == null copp *)
+  end;
+
+
+(*
+   to specify a DTS class, use the somDTSClass entry in the following
+   data structure. This entry is a bit vector interpreted as follows:
+
+   (somDTSClass & 0x0001) == the class is a DTS C++ class
+   (somDTSClass & 0x0002) == the class wants the initCtrl entries
+                             of the somParentMtabStruct filled in.
+
+*)
+
+
+
+(*
+ *  The Static Class Info Structure passed to somBuildClass
+ *)
+
+  somStaticClassInfoStruct=record
+    layoutVersion       :Longint;  (* this struct defines layout version SOM_SCILEVEL *)
+    numStaticMethods    :Longint;   (* count of smt entries *)
+    numStaticOverrides  :Longint; (* count of omt entries *)
+    numNonInternalData  :Longint; (* count of nit entries *)
+    numProcMethods      :Longint;     (* count of pmt entries *)
+    numVarargsFuncs     :Longint;    (* count of vft entries *)
+    majorVersion        :Longint;
+    minorVersion        :Longint;
+    instanceDataSize    :Longint;   (* instance data introduced by this class *)
+    maxMethods          :Longint;         (* count numStaticMethods and numMethods *)
+    numParents          :Longint;
+    classId             :somId;
+    explicitMetaId      :somId;
+    implicitParentMeta  :Longint;
+    parents             :somIdPtr;
+    cds                 :somClassDataStructurePtr;
+    ccds                :somCClassDataStructurePtr;
+    smt                 :somStaticMethod_p; (* basic "static" methods for mtab *)
+    omt                 :somOverrideMethod_p; (* overrides for mtab *)
+    nitReferenceBase    :PChar;
+    nit                 :somNonInternalData_p; (* datatokens for instance data *)
+    pmt                 :somProcMethods_p; (* Arbitrary ClassData members *)
+    vft                 :somVarargsFuncs_p; (* varargs stubs *)
+    cif                 :pointer{^somTP_somClassInitFunc}; (* class init function *)
+    (* end of layout version 1 *)
+
+    (* begin layout version 2 extensions *)
+    dataAlignment       :Longint; (* the desired byte alignment for instance data *)
+    (* end of layout version 2 *)
+
+//#define SOMSCIVERSION 1
+
+    (* begin layout version 3 extensions *)
+    numDirectInitClasses:Longint;
+    directInitClasses   :somIdPtr;
+    numMethods          :Longint; (* general (including nonstatic) methods for mtab *)
+    mt                  :somMethods_p;
+    protectedDataOffset :Longint; (* access = resolve(instanceDataToken) + offset *)
+    somSCIVersion       :Longint;  (* used during development. currently = 1 *)
+    numInheritedMethods :Longint;
+    imt                 :somInheritedMethod_p; (* inherited method implementations *)
+    numClassDataEntries :Longint; (* should always be filled in *)
+    classDataEntryNames :somIdPtr; (* either NULL or ptr to an array of somIds *)
+    numMigratedMethods  :Longint;
+    mmt                 :somMigratedMethod_p; (* migrated method implementations *)
+    numInitializers     :Longint; (* the initializers for this class *)
+    initializers        :somIdPtr;     (* in order of release *)
+    somDTSClass         :Longint; (* used to identify a DirectToSOM class *)
+    dsci                :somDynamicSCIPtr;  (* used to register dynamically computed info *)
+    (* end of layout version 3 *)
+  end;
+  somStaticClassInfo    =somStaticClassInfoStruct;
+  somStaticClassInfoPtr =^somStaticClassInfoStruct;
+
+
+type
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Typedefs for pointers to functions
+ *)
+
+  Contained_Description         = record
+    name                        : Identifier;
+    value                       : any;
+  end;
+
+  InterfaceDef_FullInterfaceDescription = record
+    name                : Identifier;
+    id, defined_in      : RepositoryId;
+    {operation           : IDL_SEQUENCE_OperationDef_OperationDescription;
+    attributes          : IDL_SEQUENCE_AttributeDef_AttributeDescription;}
+  end;
+
+  InterfaceDef_InterfaceDescription = record
+    name                : Identifier;
+    id, defined_in      : RepositoryId;
+  end;
+
+(* CORBA 7.6.1, p.139 plus 5.7, p.89 enum Data Type Mapping *)
+type
+  TCKind                = Cardinal;
+const
+  TypeCode_tk_null      = 1;
+  TypeCode_tk_void      = 2;
+  TypeCode_tk_short     = 3;
+  TypeCode_tk_long      = 4;
+  TypeCode_tk_ushort    = 5;
+  TypeCode_tk_ulong     = 6;
+  TypeCode_tk_float     = 7;
+  TypeCode_tk_double    = 8;
+  TypeCode_tk_boolean   = 9;
+  TypeCode_tk_char      = 10;
+  TypeCode_tk_octet     = 11;
+  TypeCode_tk_any       = 12;
+  TypeCode_tk_TypeCode  = 13;
+  TypeCode_tk_Principal = 14;
+  TypeCode_tk_objref    = 15;
+  TypeCode_tk_struct    = 16;
+  TypeCode_tk_union     = 17;
+  TypeCode_tk_enum      = 18;
+  TypeCode_tk_string    = 19;
+  TypeCode_tk_sequence  = 20;
+  TypeCode_tk_array     = 21;
+
+  TypeCode_tk_pointer   = 101; (* SOM extension *)
+  TypeCode_tk_self      = 102; (* SOM extension *)
+  TypeCode_tk_foreign   = 103; (* SOM extension *)
+
+(* Short forms of tk_<x> enumerators *)
+
+  tk_null       = TypeCode_tk_null;
+  tk_void       = TypeCode_tk_void;
+  tk_short      = TypeCode_tk_short;
+  tk_long       = TypeCode_tk_long;
+  tk_ushort     = TypeCode_tk_ushort;
+  tk_ulong      = TypeCode_tk_ulong;
+  tk_float      = TypeCode_tk_float;
+  tk_double     = TypeCode_tk_double;
+  tk_boolean    = TypeCode_tk_boolean;
+  tk_char       = TypeCode_tk_char;
+  tk_octet      = TypeCode_tk_octet;
+  tk_any        = TypeCode_tk_any;
+  tk_TypeCode   = TypeCode_tk_TypeCode;
+  tk_Principal  = TypeCode_tk_Principal;
+  tk_objref     = TypeCode_tk_objref;
+  tk_struct     = TypeCode_tk_struct;
+  tk_union      = TypeCode_tk_union;
+  tk_enum       = TypeCode_tk_enum;
+  tk_string     = TypeCode_tk_string;
+  tk_sequence   = TypeCode_tk_sequence;
+  tk_array      = TypeCode_tk_array;
+  tk_pointer    = TypeCode_tk_pointer;
+  tk_self       = TypeCode_tk_self;
+  tk_foreign    = TypeCode_tk_foreign;
+
+type
+  SOMClass_somOffsets           = record
+    cls                         : SOMClassType;
+    offset                      : Longint;
+  end;
+
+  _IDL_SEQUENCE_SOMClass        = record
+    _maximum                    : Cardinal;
+    _length                     : Cardinal;
+    _buffer                     : SOMClassPtr;
+  end;
+  _IDL_SEQUENCE_SOMObject       = record
+    _maximum                    : Cardinal;
+    _length                     : Cardinal;
+    _buffer                     : PSOMObject;
+  end;
+  SOMClass_SOMClassSequence     = _IDL_SEQUENCE_SOMClass;
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Windows extra procedures:
+ *)
+
+(*
+ *  Replaceable character output handler.
+ *  Points to the character output routine to be used in development
+ *  support.  Initialized to <somOutChar>, but may be reset at anytime.
+ *  Should return 0 (false) if an error occurs and 1 (true) otherwise.
+ *)
+type
+  somTD_SOMOutCharRoutine       =Function(ch:Char):Longint; cdecl;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMOutCharRoutine     :somTD_SOMOutCharRoutine;//³ 00015 ³ SOMOutCharRoutine
+
+Procedure somSetOutChar(outch:somTD_SOMOutCharRoutine); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somSetOutChar'; {index 85}
+
+Function  somMainProgram:SOMClassMgrType; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somMainProgram'; {index 88}
+Procedure somEnvironmentEnd; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somEnvironmentEnd'; {index 83}
+Function  somAbnormalEnd:Boolean; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somAbnormalEnd'; {index 84}
+
+(*--------------------------------------------------------*)
+
+
+(*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Offset-based method resolution.
+ *)
+
+Function  somResolve(obj:TSOMObject; mdata:somMToken):{somMethodProc}pointer; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somResolve'; {index 37}
+Function  somParentResolve(parentMtabs:somMethodTabs;
+                           mToken:somMToken):somMethodProc; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somParentResolve'; {index 33}
+Function  somParentNumResolve(parentMtabs:somMethodTabs;
+                              parentNum:Longint;mToken:somMToken):{somMethodProc}pointer; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somParentNumResolve'; {index 50}
+Function  somClassResolve(obj:SOMClassType; mdata:somMToken):{somMethodProc}pointer; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somClassResolve'; {index 48}
+Function  somAncestorResolve(obj:TSOMObject;                 (* the object *)
+                             var ccds:somCClassDataStructure;   (* id the ancestor *)
+                             mToken:somMToken):{somMethodProc}pointer; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somAncestorResolve'; {index 74}
+Function  somResolveByName(obj:TSOMObject;
+                           methodName:PChar):{somMethodProc}pointer; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somResolveByName'; {index 61}
+(*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Offset-based data resolution
+ *)
+Function  somDataResolve(obj:TSOMObject; dataId:somDToken):somToken; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somDataResolve'; {index 47}
+Function  somDataResolveChk(obj:TSOMObject; dataId:somDToken):somToken; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somDataResolveChk'; {index 72}
+
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Misc. procedures:
+ *)
+
+(*
+ *  Create and initialize the SOM environment
+ *
+ *  Can be called repeatedly
+ *
+ *  Will be called automatically when first object (including a class
+ *  object) is created, if it has not already been done.
+ *
+ *  Returns the SOMClassMgrObject
+ *)
+Function  somEnvironmentNew:SOMClassMgrType; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somEnvironmentNew'; {index 30}
+
+(*
+ * Test whether <obj> is a valid SOM object. This test is based solely on
+ * the fact that (on this architecture) the first word of a SOM object is a
+ * pointer to its method table. The test is therefore most correctly understood
+ * as returning true if and only if <obj> is a pointer to a pointer to a
+ * valid SOM method table. If so, then methods can be invoked on <obj>.
+ *)
+Function  somIsObj(obj:somToken):Boolean; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somIsObj'; {index 60}
+
+(*
+ * Return the class that introduced the method represented by a given method token.
+ *)
+Function  somGetClassFromMToken(mToken:somMToken):SOMClassType; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somGetClassFromMToken'; {index 82}
+
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  String Manager: stem <somsm>
+ *)
+Function  somCheckID(id:somId):somId; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somCheckId'; {index 26}
+(* makes sure that the id is registered and in normal form, returns *)
+(* the id *)
+
+Function  somRegisterId(id:somId):Longint; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somRegisterId'; {index 36}
+(* Same as somCheckId except returns 1 (true) if this is the first *)
+(* time the string associated with this id has been registered, *)
+(* returns 0 (false) otherwise *)
+
+Function  somIDFromString(aString:PChar):somId; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somIdFromString'; {index 31}
+(* caller is responsible for freeing the returned id with SOMFree *)
+
+// Not found
+//Function  somIdFromStringNoFree(aString:PChar):somId; cdecl;
+(* call is responsible for *not* freeing the returned id *)
+
+Function  somStringFromId(id:somId):PChar; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somStringFromId'; {index 40}
+
+Function  somCompareIds(id1,id2:somId):Longint; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somCompareIds'; {index 27}
+(* returns true (1) if the two ids are equal, else false (0) *)
+
+Function  somTotalRegIds:Longint; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somTotalRegIds'; {index 43}
+(* Returns the total number of ids that have been registered so far, *)
+(* you can use this to advise the SOM runtime concerning expected *)
+(* number of ids in later executions of your program, via a call to *)
+(* somSetExpectedIds defined below *)
+
+Procedure somSetExpectedIds(numIds:Longint{ulong}); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somSetExpectedIds'; {index 39}
+(* Tells the SOM runtime how many unique ids you expect to use during *)
+(* the execution of your program, this can improve space and time *)
+(* utilization slightly, this routine must be called before the SOM *)
+(* environment is created to have any effect *)
+
+Function  somUniqueKey(id:somId):Longint{ulong}; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somUniqueKey'; {index 44}
+(* Returns the unique key for this id, this key will be the same as the *)
+(* key in another id if and only if the other id refers to the same *)
+(* name as this one *)
+
+Procedure somBeginPersistentIds; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somBeginPersistentIds'; {index 24}
+(* Tells the id manager that strings for any new ids that are *)
+(* registered will never be freed or otherwise modified. This allows *)
+(* the id manager to just use a pointer to the string in the *)
+(* unregistered id as the master copy of the ids string. Thus saving *)
+(* space *)
+(* Under normal use (where ids are static varibles) the string *)
+(* associated with an id would only be freed if the code module in *)
+(* which it occured was unloaded *)
+
+Procedure somEndPersistentIds; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somEndPersistentIds'; {index 29}
+(* Tells the id manager that strings for any new ids that are *)
+(* registered may be freed or otherwise modified.  Therefore the id *)
+(* manager must copy the strings inorder to remember the name of an *)
+(* id. *)
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Class Manager: SOMClassMgrType, stem <somcm>
+ *)
+
+(* Global class manager object *)
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMClassMgrObject     : SOMClassMgrType;//³ 00007 ³ SOMClassMgrObject
+
+(* The somRegisterClassLibrary function is provided for use
+ * in SOM class libraries on platforms that have loader-invoked
+ * entry points associated with shared libraries (DLLs).
+ *
+ * This function registers a SOM Class Library with the SOM Kernel.
+ * The library is identified by its file name and a pointer
+ * to its initialization routine.  Since this call may occur
+ * prior to the invocation of somEnvironmentNew, its actions
+ * are deferred until the SOM environment has been initialized.
+ * At that time, the SOMClassMgrObject is informed of all
+ * pending library initializations via the _somRegisterClassLibrary
+ * method.  The actual invocation of the library's initialization
+ * routine will occur during the execution of the SOM_MainProgram
+ * macro (for statically linked libraries), or during the _somFindClass
+ * method (for libraries that are dynamically loaded).
+ *)
+Procedure somRegisterClassLibrary(libraryName:PChar;
+                                  libraryInitRun:somMethodProc); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somRegisterClassLibrary'; {index 86}
+
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * -- somApply --
+ *
+ * This routine replaces direct use of applyStubs in SOMr1. The reason
+ * for the replacement is that the SOMr1 style of applyStub is not
+ * generally available in SOMr2, which uses a fixed set of applyStubs,
+ * according to method information in the somMethodData. In particular,
+ * neither the redispatch stub nor the apply stub found in the method
+ * data structure are necessarily useful as such. The method somGetRdStub
+ * is the way to get a redispatch stub, and the above function is the
+ * way to call an apply stub. If an appropriate apply stub for the
+ * method indicated by md is available, then this is invoked and TRUE is
+ * returned; otherwise FALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * The va_list passed to somApply *must* include the target object,
+ * somSelf, as its first entry, and any single precision floating point
+ * arguments being passed to the the method procedure must be
+ * represented on the va_list using double precision values. retVal cannot
+ * be NULL.
+ *)
+
+Function  somApply(var somSelf:TSOMObject;
+                   var retVal:somToken;
+                   mdPtr:somMethodDataPtr;
+                   var ap):Boolean; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somApply'; {index 69}
+
+(*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * -- somBuildClass --
+ *
+ * This procedure automates construction of a new class object. A variety of
+ * special structures are used to allow language bindings to statically define
+ * the information necessary to specify a class. Pointers to these static
+ * structures are accumulated into an overall "static class information"
+ * structure or SCI, passed to somBuildClass. The SCI has evolved over time.
+ * The current version is defined here.
+ *)
+
+
+Function  somBuildClass(inherit_vars:Longint;
+                        var sci:somStaticClassInfo;
+                        majorVersion,minorVersion:Longint):SOMClassType; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somBuildClass'; {index 49}
+
+  (*
+  The arguments to somBuildClass are as follows:
+
+   inherit_vars: a bit mask used to control inheritance of implementation
+   Implementation is inherited from parent i iff the bit 1<<i is on, or i>=32.
+
+   sci: the somStaticClassInfo defined above.
+
+   majorVersion, minorVersion: the version of the class implementation.
+
+   *)
+
+
+(*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Used by old single-inheritance emitters to make class creation
+ *  an atomic operation. Kept for backwards compatability.
+ *)
+type
+  somTD_classInitRoutine=Procedure(var a,b:SOMClassType); cdecl;
+
+Procedure somConstructClass(classInitRoutine:somTD_ClassInitRoutine;
+                            parentClass,metaClass:SOMClassType;
+                            var cds :somClassDataStructure); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somConstructClass'; {index 28}
+
+
+(*
+ * Uses <SOMOutCharRoutine> to output its arguments under control of the ANSI C
+ * style format.  Returns the number of characters output.
+ *)
+Function  somPrintf(fnt:PChar;buf:pointer):Longint; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somPrintf'; {index 35}
+
+// vprint form of somPrintf
+Function  somVPrintf(fnt:PChar;var ap):Longint; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somVprintf'; {index 45}
+
+// Outputs (via somPrintf) blanks to prefix a line at the indicated level
+Procedure somPrefixLevel(level:Longint); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somPrefixLevel'; {index 34}
+
+// Combines somPrefixLevel and somPrintf
+Procedure somLPrintf(level:Longint;fmt:PChar;var buf); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somLPrintf'; {index 32}
+
+Function SOMObjectNewClass(majorVersion,minorVersion:Longint):SOMClassType; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'SOMObjectNewClass'; {index 22}
+Function SOMClassNewClass(majorVersion,minorVersion:Longint):SOMClassType; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'SOMClassNewClass'; {index 21}
+
+Function SOMClassMgrNewClass(majorVersion,minorVersion:Longint):SOMClassType; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'SOMClassMgrNewClass'; {index 20}
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Pointers to routines used to do dynamic code loading and deleting
+ *)
+type
+  somTD_SOMLoadModule           =Function({IN}Module:PChar      (* className *);
+                                          {IN}FileName:PChar    (* fileName *);
+                                          {IN}FuncName:PChar    (* functionName *);
+                                          {IN}MajorVer:Longint  (* majorVersion *);
+                                          {IN}MinorVer:Longint  (* minorVersion *);
+                                          {OUT}var ref:somToken (* modHandle *)):Longint; cdecl;
+  somTD_SOMDeleteModule         =Function({IN} ref:somToken     (* modHandle *)):Longint; cdecl;
+  somTD_SOMClassInitFuncName    =Function:PChar; cdecl;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMLoadModule         :somTD_SOMLoadModule;//³ 00011 ³ SOMLoadModule
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMDeleteModule       :somTD_SOMDeleteModule;//³ 00008 ³ SOMDeleteModule
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMClassInitFuncName  :somTD_SOMClassInitFuncName; //³ 00004 ³ SOMClassInitFuncName
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Replaceable SOM Memory Management Interface
+ *
+ *  External procedure variables SOMCalloc, SOMFree, SOMMalloc, SOMRealloc
+ *  have the same interface as their standard C-library analogs.
+ *)
+
+type
+  somTD_SOMMalloc               =Function({IN} size_t:Longint   (* nbytes *)):somToken; cdecl;
+  somTD_SOMCalloc               =Function({IN} size_c:Longint   (* element_count *);
+                                          {IN} size_e:Longint   (* element_size *)):somToken; cdecl;
+  somTD_SOMRealloc              =Function({IN} ref:somToken     (* memory *);
+                                          {IN} size:Longint     (* nbytes *)):somToken; cdecl;
+  somTD_SOMFree                 =Procedure({IN} ref:somToken    (* memory *)); cdecl;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMCalloc             :somTD_SOMCalloc; // ³ 00001 ³ SOMCalloc
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMFree               :somTD_SOMFree; //³ 00010 ³ SOMFree
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMMalloc             :somTD_SOMMalloc;//³ 00012 ³ SOMMalloc
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMRealloc            :somTD_SOMRealloc;//³ 00016 ³ SOMRealloc
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Replaceable SOM Error handler
+ *)
+
+type
+  somTD_SOMError                =Procedure({IN} code:Longint    (* code *);
+                                           {IN} fn:PChar        (* fileName *);
+                                           {IN} ln:Longint      (* linenum *)); cdecl;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMError              :somTD_SOMError;//³ 00009 ³ SOMError
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Replaceable SOM Semaphore Operations
+ *
+ *  These operations are used by the SOM Kernel to make thread-safe
+ *  state changes to internal resources.
+ *)
+
+type
+  somTD_SOMCreateMutexSem       =Function({OUT}var sem:somToken ):Longint; cdecl;
+  somTD_SOMRequestMutexSem      =Function({IN}sem:somToken ):Longint; cdecl;
+  somTD_SOMReleaseMutexSem      =Function({IN}sem:somToken ):Longint; cdecl;
+  somTD_SOMDestroyMutexSem      =Function({IN}sem:somToken ):Longint; cdecl;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMCreateMutexSem     :somTD_SOMCreateMutexSem;//³ 00090 ³ SOMCreateMutexSem
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMRequestMutexSem    :somTD_SOMRequestMutexSem;//³ 00091 ³ SOMRequestMutexSem
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMReleaseMutexSem    :somTD_SOMReleaseMutexSem;//³ 00092 ³ SOMReleaseMutexSem
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMDestroyMutexSem    :somTD_SOMDestroyMutexSem;//³ 00093 ³ SOMDestroyMutexSem
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Replaceable SOM Thread Identifier Operation
+ *
+ *  This operation is used by the SOM Kernel to index data unique to the
+ *  currently executing thread.  It must return a small integer that
+ *  uniquely represents the current thread within the current process.
+ *)
+
+type
+  somTD_SOMGetThreadId          =Function:Longint; cdecl;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMGetThreadId        :somTD_SOMGetThreadId;//³ 00094 ³ SOMGetThreadId
+
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Externals used in the implementation of SOM, but not part of the
+ * SOM API.
+ *)
+
+Function  somTestCls(obj:TSOMObject; classObj:SOMClassType;
+                     fileName:PChar; lineNumber:Longint):TSOMObject; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somTestCls'; {index 42}
+Procedure somTest(condition,severity:Longint;fileName:PChar;
+                  lineNum:Longint;msg:PChar); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somTest'; {index 41}
+Procedure somAssert(condition,ecode:Longint;
+                    fileName:PChar;lineNum:Longint;msg:PChar); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somAssert'; {index 23}
+
+type
+  exception_type        = (NO_EXCEPTION, USER_EXCEPTION, SYSTEM_EXCEPTION);
+  completion_status     = (YES, NO, MAYBE);
+  StExcep               = record
+    minot               : Cardinal;
+    completed           : completion_status;
+  end;
+
+  Environment           =^EnvironmentType;
+  EnvironmentType       = record
+    _major              : exception_type;
+    exception           : record
+      _exception_name   : PChar;
+      _params           : Pointer;
+    end;
+    _somdAnchor         : pointer;
+  end;
+
+Function  somExceptionId(ev:Environment):PChar; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somExceptionId'; {index 52}
+Function  somExceptionValue(ev:Environment):Pointer; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somExceptionValue'; {index 53}
+Procedure somExceptionFree(ev:Environment); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somExceptionFree'; {index 54}
+Procedure somSetException(ev:Environment;major:exception_type;exception_name:PChar;params:pointer); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somSetException'; {index 55}
+Function  somGetGlobalEnvironment:Environment; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somGetGlobalEnvironment'; {index 58}
+
+(* Exception function names per CORBA 5.19, p.99 *)
+Function  exception_id(ev:Environment):PChar; cdecl;
+Function  exception_value(ev:Environment):Pointer; cdecl;
+Procedure exception_free(ev:Environment); cdecl;
+
+
+(*  Convenience macros for manipulating environment structures
+ *
+ *  SOM_CreateLocalEnvironment returns a pointer to an Environment.
+ *  The other 3 macros all expect a single argument that is also
+ *  a pointer to an Environment.  Use the create/destroy forms for
+ *  a dynamic local environment and the init/uninit forms for a stack-based
+ *  local environment.
+ *
+ *  For example
+ *
+ *      Environment *ev;
+ *      ev = SOM_CreateLocalEnvironment ();
+ *      ... Use ev in methods
+ *      SOM_DestroyLocalEnvironment (ev);
+ *
+ *  or
+ *
+ *      Environment ev;
+ *      SOM_InitEnvironment (&ev);
+ *      ... Use &ev in methods
+ *      SOM_UninitEnvironment (&ev);
+ *)
+Function SOM_CreateLocalEnvironment:Environment; cdecl;
+
+Procedure SOM_DestroyLocalEnvironment(ev:Environment); cdecl;
+
+Procedure SOM_InitEnvironment(ev:Environment); cdecl;
+
+Procedure SOM_UninitEnvironment(ev:Environment); cdecl;
+
+(*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Macros are used in the C implementation of SOM... However, Pascal
+ * doesn't have macro capability... (from SOMCDEV.H)
+ *)
+
+{ Change SOM_Resolve(o,ocn,mn) to...
+  somTD_ocn_mn(somResolve(SOM_TestCls(o, ocnClassData.classObject), ocnClassData.mn)))
+
+  Change SOM_ResolveNoCheck(o,ocn,mn) to...
+  somTD_ocn_mn(somResolve(o,ocnClassData,mn))
+
+  Change SOM_ParentNumResolveCC(pcn,pcp,ocn,mn) to...
+  somTD_pcn_mn(somParentNumResolve(ocn_CClassData.parentMtab,pcp,pcnClassData.mn))
+
+  Change SOM_ParentNumResolve(pcn,pcp,mtabs,mn) to...
+  somTD_pcn_mn(somParentNumResolve(mtabs,pcp,pcnClassData.mn))
+
+  Change SOM_ClassResolve(cn,class,mn) to...
+  somTD_cn_mn(somClassResolve(class,cnClassData.mn))
+
+  Change SOM_ResolveD(o,tdc,cdc,mn) to...
+  somTD_tdc_mn(somResolve(SOM_TestCls(o,cdcClassData.classObject), cdcClassData.mn)))
+
+  Change SOM_ParentResolveE(pcn,mtbls,mn) to...
+  somTD_pcn_mn(somParentResolve(mtbls,pcnClassData.mn))
+
+  Change SOM_DataResolve(obj,dataId) to...
+  somDataResolve(obj, dataId)
+
+  Change SOM_ClassLibrary(name) to...
+  somRegisterClassLibrary(name,somMethodProc(SOMInitModule))
+}
+
+type
+  SOMClassCClassDataStructure   = record
+    parentMtab                  : somMethodTabs;
+    instanceDataToken           : somDToken;
+  end;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMClassCClassData            : SOMClassCClassDataStructure;//³ 00002 ³ SOMClassCClassData
+
+type
+  SOMClassClassDataStructure    = record
+    classObject                 : SOMClassType;
+    somNew                      : somMToken;
+    somRenew                    : somMToken;
+    somInitClass                : somMToken;
+    somClassReady               : somMToken;
+    somGetName                  : somMToken;
+    somGetParent                : somMToken;
+    somDescendedFrom            : somMToken;
+    somCheckVersion             : somMToken;
+    somFindMethod               : somMToken;
+    somFindMethodOk             : somMToken;
+    somSupportsMethod           : somMToken;
+    somGetNumMethods            : somMToken;
+    somGetInstanceSize          : somMToken;
+    somGetInstanceOffset        : somMToken;
+    somGetInstancePartSize      : somMToken;
+    somGetMethodIndex           : somMToken;
+    somGetNumStaticMethods      : somMToken;
+    somGetPClsMtab              : somMToken;
+    somGetClassMtab             : somMToken;
+    somAddStaticMethod          : somMToken;
+    somOverrideSMethod          : somMToken;
+    somAddDynamicMethod         : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate0                : somMToken;
+    somGetApplyStub             : somMToken;
+    somFindSMethod              : somMToken;
+    somFindSMethodOk            : somMToken;
+    somGetMethodDescriptor      : somMToken;
+    somGetNthMethodInfo         : somMToken;
+    somSetClassData             : somMToken;
+    somGetClassData             : somMToken;
+    somNewNoInit                : somMToken;
+    somRenewNoInit              : somMToken;
+    somGetInstanceToken         : somMToken;
+    somGetMemberToken           : somMToken;
+    somSetMethodDescriptor      : somMToken;
+    somGetMethodData            : somMToken;
+    somOverrideMtab             : somMToken;
+    somGetMethodToken           : somMToken;
+    somGetParents               : somMToken;
+    somGetPClsMtabs             : somMToken;
+    somInitMIClass              : somMToken;
+    somGetVersionNumbers        : somMToken;
+    somLookupMethod             : somMToken;
+    _get_somInstanceDataOffsets : somMToken;
+    somRenewNoZero              : somMToken;
+    somRenewNoInitNoZero        : somMToken;
+    somAllocate                 : somMToken;
+    somDeallocate               : somMToken;
+    somGetRdStub                : somMToken;
+    somGetNthMethodData         : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate1                : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate2                : somMToken;
+    _get_somDirectInitClasses   : somMToken;
+    _set_somDirectInitClasses   : somMToken;
+    somGetInstanceInitMask      : somMToken;
+    somGetInstanceDestructionMask : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate3                : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate4                : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate5                : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate6                : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate7                : somMToken;
+    somDefinedMethod            : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate8                : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate9                : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate10               : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate11               : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate12               : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate13               : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate14               : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate15               : somMToken;
+    _get_somDataAlignment       : somMToken;
+    somGetInstanceAssignmentMask  : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate16               : somMToken;
+    somcPrivate17               : somMToken;
+    _get_somClassAllocate       : somMToken;
+    _get_somClassDeallocate     : somMToken;
+  end;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMClassClassData             : SOMClassClassDataStructure;//³ 00003 ³ SOMClassClassData
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMClassMgrCClassData         : somCClassDataStructure;//³ 00005 ³ SOMClassMgrCClassData
+
+type
+  SOMClassMgrClassDataStructure = record
+    classObject                 : SOMClassType;
+    somFindClsInFile            : somMToken;
+    somFindClass                : somMToken;
+    somClassFromId              : somMToken;
+    somRegisterClass            : somMToken;
+    somUnregisterClass          : somMToken;
+    somLocateClassFile          : somMToken;
+    somLoadClassFile            : somMToken;
+    somUnloadClassFile          : somMToken;
+    somGetInitFunction          : somMToken;
+    somMergeInto                : somMToken;
+    somGetRelatedClasses        : somMToken;
+    somSubstituteClass          : somMToken;
+    _get_somInterfaceRepository : somMToken;
+    _set_somInterfaceRepository : somMToken;
+    _get_somRegisteredClasses   : somMToken;
+    somBeginPersistentClasses   : somMToken;
+    somEndPersistentClasses     : somMToken;
+    somcmPrivate1               : somMToken;
+    somcmPrivate2               : somMToken;
+    somRegisterClassLibrary     : somMToken;
+    somJoinAffinityGroup        : somMToken;
+  end;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMClassMgrClassData          : SOMClassMgrClassDataStructure;//³ 00006 ³ SOMClassMgrClassData
+
+type
+  SOMObjectCClassDataStructure  = record
+    parentMtab                  :somMethodTabs;
+    instanceDataToken           :somDToken;
+  end;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMObjectCClassData           : SOMObjectCClassDataStructure;//³ 00013 ³ SOMObjectCClassData
+
+type
+  SOMObjectClassDataStructure   = record
+    classObject                 : SOMClassType;
+    somInit                     : somMToken;
+    somUninit                   : somMToken;
+    somFree                     : somMToken;
+    somDefaultVCopyInit         : somMToken;
+    somGetClassName             : somMToken;
+    somGetClass                 : somMToken;
+    somIsA                      : somMToken;
+    somRespondsTo               : somMToken;
+    somIsInstanceOf             : somMToken;
+    somGetSize                  : somMToken;
+    somDumpSelf                 : somMToken;
+    somDumpSelfInt              : somMToken;
+    somPrintSelf                : somMToken;
+    somDefaultConstVCopyInit    : somMToken;
+    somDispatchV                : somMToken;
+    somDispatchL                : somMToken;
+    somDispatchA                : somMToken;
+    somDispatchD                : somMToken;
+    somDispatch                 : somMToken;
+    somClassDispatch            : somMToken;
+    somCastObj                  : somMToken;
+    somResetObj                 : somMToken;
+    somDefaultInit              : somMToken;
+    somDestruct                 : somMToken;
+    somPrivate1                 : somMToken;
+    somPrivate2                 : somMToken;
+    somDefaultCopyInit          : somMToken;
+    somDefaultConstCopyInit     : somMToken;
+    somDefaultAssign            : somMToken;
+    somDefaultConstAssign       : somMToken;
+    somDefaultVAssign           : somMToken;
+    somDefaultConstVAssign      : somMToken;
+  end;
+
+var
+{$warning support of external vars required}
+  SOMObjectClassData            : SOMObjectClassDataStructure;//³ 00014 ³ SOMObjectClassData
+
+(* Another not ported vars *)
+// Control the printing of method and procedure entry messages,
+// 0-none, 1-user, 2-core&user */
+  SOM_TraceLevel: Longint; //³ 00018 ³ SOM_TraceLevel
+
+// Control the printing of warning messages, 0-none, 1-all
+  SOM_WarnLevel: Longint; //³ 00019 ³ SOM_WarnLevel
+
+// Control the printing of successful assertions, 0-none, 1-user,
+// 2-core&user
+  SOM_AssertLevel: Longint; //³ 00017 ³ SOM_AssertLevel
+
+// ToDo: Move this to corresponding place
+Procedure somCheckArgs(argc: longint; argv: array of pchar); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somCheckArgs'; {index 25}
+Procedure somUnregisterClassLibrary (libraryName: PChar); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somUnregisterClassLibrary'; {index 89}
+Function somResolveTerminal(x : SOMClassPtr; mdata: somMToken): somMethodProcPtr; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somResolveTerminal'; {index 133}
+Function somPCallResolve(obj: PSOMObject; callingCls: SOMClassPtr; method: somMToken): somMethodProcPtr; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somPCallResolve'; {index 362}
+Function va_SOMObject_somDispatchA(somSelf: PSOMObject;
+                methodId: somId;
+                descriptor: somId;
+                args: array of const): Pointer; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'va_SOMObject_somDispatchA'; {index 64}
+Function somva_SOMObject_somDispatchA(somSelf: PSOMObject;
+                methodId: somId;
+                descriptor: somId;
+                args: array of const): Pointer; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somva_SOMObject_somDispatchA'; {index 96}
+Function va_SOMObject_somDispatchL(somSelf: PSOMObject;
+                methodId: somId;
+                descriptor: somId;
+                args: array of const): Longint; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'va_SOMObject_somDispatchL'; {index 66}
+Function somva_SOMObject_somDispatchL(somSelf: PSOMObject;
+                methodId: somId;
+                descriptor: somId;
+                args: array of const): Longint; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somva_SOMObject_somDispatchL'; {index 98}
+
+Function va_SOMObject_somDispatch(somSelf: PSOMObject;
+                retValue: PsomToken;
+                methodId: somId;
+                args: array of const): Boolean; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'va_SOMObject_somDispatch'; {index 68}
+
+Procedure va_SOMObject_somDispatchV(somSelf: PSOMObject;
+                methodId: somId;
+                descriptor: somId;
+                args: array of const); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'va_SOMObject_somDispatchV'; {index 67}
+
+Procedure somva_SOMObject_somDispatchV(somSelf: PSOMObject;
+                methodId: somId;
+                descriptor: somId;
+                args: array of const); cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somva_SOMObject_somDispatchV'; {index 99}
+
+Function va_SOMObject_somDispatchD(somSelf: PSOMObject;
+                methodId: somId;
+                descriptor: somId;
+                args: array of const): double; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'va_SOMObject_somDispatchD'; {index 65}
+
+Function somva_SOMObject_somDispatchD(somSelf: PSOMObject;
+                methodId: somId;
+                descriptor: somId;
+                args: array of const): double; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somva_SOMObject_somDispatchD'; {index 97}
+Function somva_SOMObject_somDispatch(somSelf: PSOMObject;
+                retValue: PsomToken;
+                methodId: somId;
+                args: array of const): boolean; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somva_SOMObject_somDispatch'; {index 100}
+Function somva_SOMObject_somClassDispatch(somSelf: PSOMObject;
+                clsObj: PSOMClass;
+                retValue: PsomToken;
+                methodId: somId;
+                args: array of const): boolean; cdecl;
+  external 'som' name 'somva_SOMObject_somClassDispatch'; {index 101}
+
+Implementation
+
+Function exception_id(ev:Environment):PChar; cdecl;
+begin
+  Result := somExceptionId(ev)
+end;
+
+Function  exception_value(ev:Environment):Pointer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Result := somExceptionValue(ev)
+end;
+
+Procedure exception_free(ev:Environment); cdecl;
+begin
+  somExceptionFree(ev)
+end;
+
+Function SOM_CreateLocalEnvironment:Environment; cdecl;
+begin
+  Result:=SOMCalloc(1, sizeof(EnvironmentType))
+end;
+
+Procedure SOM_DestroyLocalEnvironment(ev:Environment); cdecl;
+begin
+  somExceptionFree(ev);
+  if somGetGlobalEnvironment<>ev then SOMFree(ev);
+end;
+
+Procedure SOM_InitEnvironment(ev:Environment); cdecl;
+begin
+  if somGetGlobalEnvironment<>ev then FillChar(ev^,sizeof(EnvironmentType),0);
+end;
+
+Procedure SOM_UninitEnvironment(ev:Environment); cdecl;
+begin
+  somExceptionFree(ev);
+end;
+
+
+End.
+(*
+³ 00038 ³ somSaveMetrics // not found
+³ 00046 ³ somWriteMetrics // not found
+³ 00051 ³ somCreateDynamicClass // not found
+³ 00056 ³ SOM_IdTable // not found
+³ 00057 ³ SOM_IdTableSize // not found
+³ 00062 ³ somStartCriticalSection // not found
+³ 00063 ³ somEndCriticalSection // not found
+³ 00080 ³ somfixMsgTemplate // not found
+³ 00087 ³ SOMParentDerivedMetaclassClassData // not found
+³ 00132 ³ somFreeThreadData // not found
+³ 00135 ³ somIdMarshal  // not found
+³ 00361 ³ somMakeUserRdStub // Not found
+*)
+
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/sw.pas b/packages/os2units/src/sw.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..005f56da5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/sw.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
+{
+    Copyright (c) 1990-1991 International Business Machines Corporation
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru)
+
+    This is the multimedia unit file that has the typedefs, defines and
+    function prototypes for Multimedia Applets.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) as
+    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+    License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is
+    distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+    See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should
+    have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+ **********************************************************************}
+
+{
+@abstract(OS/2 Multimedia Applets)
+@author(Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru))
+@created(19 Jan 2003)
+@lastmod(23 Jan 2003)
+This is the multimedia unit file that has the typedefs, defines and
+function prototypes for Multimedia Applets.
+Warning: This code is alfa. Future versions of this unit will propably
+not be compatible.
+}
+Unit SW;
+
+Interface
+
+Uses
+  Os2Def,
+  PmWin;
+
+Const
+  MAX_SMBDTEXT=35;
+
+  MB_ICONCUSTOM=$0001;
+
+  SC_DEFAULTSIZE=$c000;          // WM_COMMAND from SysMenu
+
+  WM_INITSECONDARYWINDOW=$0519;  // MP1: NULL, MP2: CreateParams
+
+  QS_FRAME=$1;             // Flag set to query frame
+  QS_DIALOG=$2;            // Flag set to query dialog
+
+//      #pragma pack(4)
+
+Type
+  TSMBD=record
+    achText: Array[0..MAX_SMBDTEXT + 1] of Char; // Text of the button. eg. "~Cancel"
+    idButton: Cardinal;        // Button ID returned when user chooses
+    flStyle: Longint;          // Button style or'ed with internal
+  end;
+  PSMBD=^TSMBD;
+
+  TSMBINFO=record
+    hIcon: Cardinal;           // Icon handle
+    cButtons: Cardinal;        // Number of buttons
+    flStyle: Cardinal;         // Icon style flags (MB_ICONQUESTION, etc...)
+    hwndNotify: HWND;          // Reserved
+    smbd: PSMBD;               // Array of button definitions
+  end;
+  PSMBINFO=^TSMBINFO;
+
+//      #pragma pack()
+
+// Analogous to WinDlgBox
+function WinSecondaryWindow(hwndParent: hwnd; hwndOwner: hwnd;
+  pfnDlgProc: proc; hmod: Cardinal; idDlg: Cardinal; pCreateParams: Pointer): Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+// Analogous to WinLoadDlg
+function WinLoadSecondaryWindow(hwndParent: hwnd; hwndOwner: hwnd;
+  pfnDlgProc: proc; hmod: Cardinal; idDlg: Cardinal; pCreateParams: Cardinal): hwnd; cdecl;
+
+// Analogous to WinProcessDlg
+function WinProcessSecondaryWindow(hwndSW: hwnd): Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+// Analogous to WinCreateDlg
+function WinCreateSecondaryWindow(hwndParent: hwnd; hwndOwner: hwnd;
+  pfnDlgProc: proc; idDlg: Cardinal; pCreateParams: Pointer): hwnd; cdecl;
+
+function WinDefaultSize(Wnd: hwnd): Longbool; cdecl;
+
+function WinInsertDefaultSize(Wnd: hwnd; pszDefaultSize: pChar): Longbool; cdecl;
+
+function WinQuerySecondaryhwnd(Wnd: hwnd; ulFlag: Cardinal): hwnd; cdecl;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//* WinSecondaryMessageBox                                               */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* Parameters: HWND   hwndParent   - handle of the parent window.       */
+//*             HWND   hwndOwner    - handle of the owner window.        */
+//*             PSZ    pszText      - message text.                      */
+//*             PSZ    pszCaption   - title of the message box.          */
+//*             ULONG  idWindow     - Message box id                     */
+//*             PSMBINFO psmbinfo   - pointer to button/icon info        */
+//************************************************************************/
+function WinSecondaryMessageBox(hwndParent: hwnd; hwndOwner: hwnd;
+  pszText: pChar; pszCaption: pChar; idWindow: Cardinal; smb: psmbinfo): Cardinal; cdecl;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//* WinDismissSecondaryWindow                                            */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* This function should be called from within the dlg proc. The hwnd    */
+//* passed in MUST be the handle to the actual dialog.                   */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+function WinDismissSecondaryWindow(hwndDlg: hwnd; ulResult: Cardinal): Longbool; cdecl;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//* The parameter hwnd can be either the secondary window or the actual  */
+//* dialog.                                                              */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+function WinDestroySecondaryWindow(Wnd: hwnd): Longbool; cdecl;
+
+function WinDefSecondaryWindowProc(Wnd: hwnd; msg: Cardinal;
+                                 mp1: mParam; mp2: mParam): mResult; cdecl;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                         Graphic Buttons                              */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//* Notes on Using GraphicButtons                                        */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* GraphicButton CONTROL DATA                                           */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*  The format of the control data for GraphicButtons is                */
+//*         "button Text, number of bitmaps, bitmap resource id's ..."   */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*  Following are two example window templates of GraphicButtons:       */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*      1)  CONTROL  "", IDD_MP_REV, 120, 10, TS_PB_WIDTH, TS_PB_HEIGHT,*/
+//*                 WC_GRAPHICBUTTON,                                    */
+//*                 GBS_TWOSTATE | GBS_HILITEBITMAP |                    */
+//*                 WS_VISIBLE | WS_TABSTOP                              */
+//*                 CTLDATA GB_RESOURCE,"~REV", 2, ID_MP_REV1, ID_MP_REV0*/
+//*                                                                      */
+//*  The above graphicbutton has id IDD_MP_REV and is of type            */
+//*  GBS_TWOSTATE and GBS_HILITEBITMAP.  The GBS_HILITEBITMAP allows     */
+//*  a different bitmap to be displayed when the button is in the        */
+//*  hilite state. The graphicbutton will be displayed with text         */
+//*  "REV" and has "R" as the mnemonic.  It has 2 bitmaps associated     */
+//*  with it.  Their resource id are ID_MP_REV1 and ID_MP_REV0.          */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*      2)   CONTROL  "", IDD_MP_PLAY, 175, 10, TS_PB_WIDTH,            */
+//*                        TS_PB_HEIGHT, WC_GRAPHICBUTTON,               */
+//*                        GBS_AUTOTWOSTATE | GBS_AUTOANIMATION |        */
+//*                        WS_VISIBLE | WS_TABSTOP                       */
+//*                        CTLDATA GB_RESOURCE, "~PLAY", 9,              */
+//*                                ID_MP_STOP0, ID_MP_PLAY1, ID_MP_PLAY2,*/
+//*                                ID_MP_PLAY3, ID_MP_PLAY4, ID_MP_PLAY5,*/
+//*                                ID_MP_PLAY6, ID_MP_PLAY7, ID_MP_REV1  */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*  The above graphicbutton has id IDD_MP_PLAY and is of type           */
+//*  GBS_AUTOTWOSTATE and GBS_AUTOANIMATE.  When clicked upon,           */
+//*  the button will automatically toggle the state and animation.       */
+//*  The graphicbutton will be displayed with text "PLAY"                */
+//*  and mnemonic "P".  It has 9 bitmaps associated with it.             */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*  GraphicButton Painting                                              */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*  Due to the PM design, whenever a graphicbutton is clicked,          */
+//*  it is sent a BN_PAINT (to paint a non-hilite state) and then        */
+//*  BN_CLICKED.  Thus, for GBS_AUTO* style graphicbuttons, a paint      */
+//*  request is generated before the button has a chance to change       */
+//*  its state (BN_CLICKED).  To avoid this premature painting,          */
+//*  code was inserted to delay the painting of graphicbuttons           */
+//*  GB_PAINT_RESOLUTION milliseconds whenever the button is switching   */
+//*  FROM the hilite paint state.                                        */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+Function WinRegisterGraphicButton: Longbool; cdecl;
+
+Const
+  WC_GRAPHICBUTTON=PChar($ffff0040);
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*             GraphicButton Animation/TwoState constants               */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                     Graphic Button Style bits                        */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBS_TWOSTATE                  = $1000;       // indicates TwoState button
+  GBS_AUTOTWOSTATE              = $2000;       // will auto toggle state up/down
+  GBS_ANIMATION                 = $4000;       // indicates Animatable button
+  GBS_AUTOANIMATION             = $8000;       // will auto toggle anim. on/off
+  GBS_DISABLEBITMAP             = $0010;       // allows a diff. bitmap when disabled
+  GBS_HILITEBITMAP              = $0020;       // allows a diff. bitmap when hilited
+  GBS_3D_TEXTRECESSED           = $0040;       // display text in 3-D recessed
+  GBS_3D_TEXTRAISED             = $0080;       // display text in 3-D raised
+  GBS_MINIBUTTON                = $0001;       // mini button style
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                     Graphic Button User Constants                    */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//* Codes to reference allowed GraphicButton states (or paint states)    */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GB_ERROR                      = -1;          // GraphicButton Error
+  GB_UP                         = 1;           // GraphicButton up (and paint) state
+  GB_DOWN                       = 2;           // GraphicButton down (and paint) state
+  GB_DISABLE                    = 3;           // GraphicButton disabled state
+  GB_HILITE                     = 4;           // GraphicButton paint state only
+  GB_OUTOFHILITE                = 5;           // Changing out of hilite paint state
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//* Codes for various GraphicButton message function parameters          */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GB_TOGGLE                     = 10;          // GraphicButton toggle
+  GB_CURRENTSTATE               = 11;          // GraphicButton's current state
+  GB_ANIMATIONBEGIN             = 12;          // when refering to index of anim start
+  GB_ANIMATIONEND               = 13;          // when refering to index of anim end
+  GB_MAXINDEX                   = 14;          // GraphicButton max. index
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//* Codes to set/query text position relative to the bitmap              */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GB_TEXTBELOW                  = 1;           // place text below bitmap
+  GB_TEXTABOVE                  = 2;           // place text above bitmap
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//* Codes used to set the animation frame with message GBM_SETBITMAPINDEX*/
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GB_INDEX_FORWARD              = -1;          // advance one frame foward
+  GB_INDEX_BACKWARD             = -2;          // advance one frame backwards
+  GB_INDEX_FIRST                = -3;          // set to first frame of sequence
+  GB_INDEX_LAST                 = -4;          // set to last frame of sequence
+
+//  #pragma pack(1)
+
+type
+  TgbtnCdata = packed record
+    usReserved: Word;
+    pszText: PChar;
+    hmod: Cardinal;
+    cBitmaps: Word;
+    aidBitmap: Array[0..1] of Word;
+  end;
+  pgbtnCdata = ^TgbtnCdata;
+
+//#pragma pack()
+
+const
+  GB_RESOURCE                   = 1;
+  GB_STRUCTURE                  = 0;
+
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*          Notification Messages received by GraphicButton Parent      */
+//***********************************************************************/
+//************************************************************************/
+//* GBN_BUTTONDOWN, GBN_BUTTONUP, and GBN_BUTTONHILITE                   */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* The notification messages are passed as part of the WM_CONTROL       */
+//* message.                                                             */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* msg = WM_CONTROL                                                     */
+//* mp1 = MPFROM2SHORT(gpb_id, button_state)                             */
+//*         gpd_id       = identity of the displayed graphic pushbutton  */
+//*         button_state = GBN_BUTTONUP, GBN_BUTTONDOWN, or              */
+//*                        GBN_BUTTONHILITE                              */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBN_BUTTONUP                  = $0524;
+  GBN_BUTTONDOWN                = $0525;
+  GBN_BUTTONHILITE              = $0526;
+  GBN_SETFOCUS                  = $0527;   // mp2 TRUE for gaining focus
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*          Messages to GraphicButton Windows                           */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GBM_SETGRAPHICDATA                       */
+//************************************************************************/
+//* mp1 = MPFROMP((PGBTNCDATA)&gbtncdata);    Graphic button control data*/
+//* mp2 = NULL;                               not used                   */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* WARNING: This message resets all button parameters.                  */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBM_SETGRAPHICDATA            = $052A;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GBM_ANIMATE                              */
+//************************************************************************/
+//* mp1 = MPFROMSHORT(fStart)      TRUE to start animation, FALSE to stop*/
+//* mp2 = MPFROMSHORT(fContinue)   TRUE continue anim. at currently      */
+//*                                displayed bitmap, FALSE restart at    */
+//*                                the beginning.                        */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* Returns TRUE on Success                                              */
+//*         FALSE on Failure                                             */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBM_ANIMATE                   = $052B;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GBM_SETANIMATIONRATE                     */
+//************************************************************************/
+//* mp1 = MPFROMSHORT(ULmIL);      Animation rate in milliseconds        */
+//* mp2 = NULL                     not used                              */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* Returns TRUE on Success                                              */
+//*         FALSE on Failure                                             */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBM_SETANIMATIONRATE          = $052C;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GBM_QUERYANIMATIONACTIVE                 */
+//************************************************************************/
+//* mp1 = NULL;                    not used                              */
+//* mp2 = NULL;                    not used                              */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* Returns TRUE if animation is active, else GB_ERROR                   */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBM_QUERYANIMATIONACTIVE      = $052D;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GBM_QUERYANIMATIONRATE                   */
+//************************************************************************/
+//* mp1 = NULL;                    not used                              */
+//* mp2 = NULL;                    not used                              */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* Returns ULONG sepcifying animation rate in milliseconds              */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBM_QUERYANIMATIONRATE        = $052E;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GBM_SETBITMAPINDEX                       */
+//************************************************************************/
+//* mp1 = MPFROMSHORT(usGB_State)       Bitmap index to change           */
+//*             GB_UP,                                                   */
+//*             GB_DOWN,                                                 */
+//*             GB_DISABLE,                                              */
+//*             GB_HILITE,                                               */
+//*             GB_ANIMATIONBEGIN,                                       */
+//*             GB_ANIMATIONEND,                                         */
+//*          or GB_CURRENTSTATE    chng current state (up or down) bitmap*/
+//* mp2 = MPFROMSHORT(sFrameCode)  Set according to code or frame desire */
+//*             GB_INDEX_FORWARD,  chng to next bitmap in circular array */
+//*             GB_INDEX_BACKWARD, "   "  prev   "    "     "       "    */
+//*             GB_INDEX_FIRST,    "   "  first  "    "     "       "    */
+//*             GB_INDEX_LAST,     "   "  last   "    "     "       "    */
+//*          or desired_bitmap     otherwise desired bmp index specified */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* Returns TRUE on Success, otherwise FALSE                             */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBM_SETBITMAPINDEX            = $052F;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GBM_QUERYBITMAPINDEX                     */
+//************************************************************************/
+//*  mp1 = MPFROMSHORT(usGB_State)       Query bitmap index              */
+//*            GB_UP,                                                    */
+//*            GB_DOWN,                                                  */
+//*            GB_DISABLE,                                               */
+//*            GB_HILITE,                                                */
+//*            GB_ANIMATIONBEGIN,                                        */
+//*            GB_ANIMATIONEND,                                          */
+//*         or GB_CURRENTSTATE  query current state (up or down) bitmap  */
+//*  mp2 = NULL;                    not used                             */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*  Returns USHORT specifying the index                                 */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBM_QUERYBITMAPINDEX          = $0530;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GBM_SETSTATE                             */
+//************************************************************************/
+//* mp1 = MPFROMSHORT(usStateCode)   Set twostate button to specified    */
+//*                                  state                               */
+//*             GB_UP,                                                   */
+//*             GB_DOWN,                                                 */
+//*          or GB_TOGGLE          toggle (up/down) to (down/up)         */
+//* mp2 = MPFROMBOOL(fRepaint)     TRUE  - state changed and displayed   */
+//*                                FALSE - state changed, not displayed  */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* Returns TRUE on Success                                              */
+//*         FALSE on Failure                                             */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBM_SETSTATE                  = $0531;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GBM_QUERYSTATE                           */
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                                                                      */
+//* mp1 = NULL                        not used                           */
+//* mp2 = NULL                        not used                           */
+//*                                                                      */
+//* Returns the state (GB_UP or GB_DOWN) else GB_ERROR.                  */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBM_QUERYSTATE                = $0532;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GBM_SETTEXTPOSITION                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+//* mp1 = MPFROMSHORT(usTextPos)   How to position text relative to      */
+//*                                  bitmap                              */
+//*               GB_TEXTBELOW,                                          */
+//*            or GB_TEXTABOVE                                           */
+//*   mp2 = NULL                     not used                            */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*   Returns TRUE on Success, otherwise FALSE                           */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBM_SETTEXTPOSITION           = $0533;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GBM_QUERYTEXTPOSITION                    */
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                                                                      */
+//*  mp1 = NULL                          not used                        */
+//*  mp2 = NULL                          not used                        */
+//*                                                                      */
+//*  Returns GB_TEXTBELOW, GB_TEXTABOVE, GB_TEXTRIGHT, GB_TEXTLEFT       */
+//*  on success, otherwise FALSE                                         */
+//*                                                                      */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  GBM_QUERYTEXTPOSITION         = $0534;
+
+//************************************************************************/
+//*                             GraphicButton END                        */
+//************************************************************************/
+
+  MM_TABHELP                    = $054C;
+
+Implementation
+
+function WinSecondaryWindow(hwndParent: hwnd; hwndOwner: hwnd;
+  pfnDlgProc: proc; hmod: Cardinal; idDlg: Cardinal; pCreateParams: Pointer): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 1;
+
+function WinLoadSecondaryWindow(hwndParent: hwnd; hwndOwner: hwnd;
+  pfnDlgProc: proc; hmod: Cardinal; idDlg: Cardinal; pCreateParams: Cardinal): hwnd; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 2;
+
+function WinProcessSecondaryWindow(hwndSW: hwnd): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 3;
+
+function WinCreateSecondaryWindow(hwndParent: hwnd; hwndOwner: hwnd;
+  pfnDlgProc: proc; idDlg: Cardinal; pCreateParams: Pointer): hwnd; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 4;
+
+function WinDefaultSize(Wnd: hwnd): Longbool; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 11;
+
+function WinInsertDefaultSize(Wnd: hwnd; pszDefaultSize: pChar): Longbool; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 12;
+
+function WinQuerySecondaryhwnd(Wnd: hwnd; ulFlag: Cardinal): hwnd; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 52;
+
+function WinSecondaryMessageBox(hwndParent: hwnd; hwndOwner: hwnd;
+  pszText: pChar; pszCaption: pChar; idWindow: Cardinal; smb: psmbinfo): Cardinal; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 5;
+
+function WinDismissSecondaryWindow(hwndDlg: hwnd; ulResult: Cardinal): Longbool; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 6;
+
+function WinDestroySecondaryWindow(Wnd: hwnd): Longbool; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 7;
+
+function WinDefSecondaryWindowProc(Wnd: hwnd; msg: Cardinal;
+                                 mp1: mParam; mp2: mParam): mResult; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 8;
+
+Function WinRegisterGraphicButton: Longbool; cdecl;
+    external 'SW' index 14;
+
+End.
diff --git a/packages/os2units/src/wpstk.pp b/packages/os2units/src/wpstk.pp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5642d699e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/os2units/src/wpstk.pp
@@ -0,0 +1,751 @@
+{
+    Copyright (c) 2000-2003 by WPS Toolkit Project - Christian Langanke
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Yuri Prokushev (prokushev@freemail.ru)
+
+    Workplace Toolkit API
+
+    This file is part of the WPS Toolkit package and is free software.
+    You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
+    Library General Public License as published by the Free Software
+    Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING.LIB" file
+    of the WPS Toolkit main distribution. This library is distributed
+    in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+    ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU Library General Public
+    License for more details.
+
+ **********************************************************************}
+
+Unit wpstk;
+
+Interface
+
+{$Mode ObjFpc}
+
+Uses
+  OS2Def, PMWin;
+
+// Please, rename wpstk.dll to another name to avoid version conflicts
+const
+  wpstkdll='wpstk';
+
+Function WtkQueryVersion(pszBuffer: PChar; ulBuflen: Cardinal): Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryVersion';
+
+//*** handle types used by EA manager ***************************************/
+Type
+  LHANDLE=Cardinal;
+  HEA=LHANDLE;
+  PHEA=^HEA;
+
+Const
+  HEA_CREATE=HEA(-1);
+
+//*** EA type wildcard for WtkFindNextEaValue *******************************/
+  WTK_EAT_ANY=-1;
+
+//*** get size of all values of an EA ***************************************/
+Function WtkQueryEaSize(pszName, pszEaName: PChar; var pulSize: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryEaSize';
+
+//*** read complete ea into memory and scan it ******************************/
+Function WtkReadEa(pszName: PChar; pszEaName: PChar; P_HEA: PHEA): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkReadEa';
+
+Function WtkFindFirstEaValue(_HEA: HEA; var pulEaType: Cardinal; pszValue: PChar; var pulBuflen: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkFindFirstEaValue';
+
+Function WtkFindNextEaValue(_HEA: HEA; var pulEaType: Cardinal; pszValue: PChar; var pulBuflen: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkFindNextEaValue';
+
+//*** create new EA list in memory ******************************************/
+Function WtkCreateEa(pszName: PChar; pszEaName: PChar; _PHEA: PHEA): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCreateEa';
+
+//*** append a value ********************************************************/
+Function WtkAppendEaValue(HEA_: HEA; ulMultiType: Cardinal; ulEaType: Cardinal; var pbValue: Byte; ulValuelen: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkAppendEaValue';
+
+//*** write EA to disk ******************************************************/
+Function WtkSaveEa(_HEA: HEA; fWriteThru: Longbool; fEA: Byte): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkSaveEa';
+
+//*** destroy EA in memory **************************************************/
+Function WtkCloseEa(_HEA: hea): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCloseEa';
+
+//*** WtkGetNextFile alike API, does WtkReadEa/WtkFind*EaValue/WtkCloseEa in one API */
+Function WtkGetNextEaValue(pszName, pszEaName: PChar; var pulEaType: Cardinal; PHEA_: PHEA; pszValue: PChar; var pulBuflen: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkGetNextEaValue';
+
+//*** read/appendWrite EA in one step ***************************************/
+Function WtkPutEaValue(pszName, pszEaName: PChar; ulMultiType, ulEaType: Cardinal; var pbValue: Byte; ulValuelen: Cardinal; fWriteThru: Longbool; fEA: Byte): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkPutEaValue';
+
+//*** simplified APIs to read/write exatcly one string EA********************/
+Function WtkWriteStringEa(pszName, pszEaName, pszEaValue: PChar): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkWriteStringEa';
+Function WtkReadStringEa(pszName, pszEaName, pszEaValue: PChar; var pulBuflen: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkReadStringEa';
+
+Const
+  WTK_CFGSYS_UPDATE_ADD=0;
+  WTK_CFGSYS_UPDATE_DELETE=1;
+
+Function WtkUpdateConfigsys(pszUpdate: PChar; ulUpdateMode: Cardinal; pszBackupExtension: PChar): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkUpdateConfigsys';
+
+//* file handle type and structures */
+Type
+  HINIT=LHANDLE;
+  PHINIT=^HINIT;
+
+
+// structure to override default behaviour of parser
+  TINITPARMS=record
+    // specify all valid comment characters
+    // - specify nil to use ';' as default and only comment character
+    // - specify '/' to use "//" (c++ style comments)
+    pszCommentChars: PChar;
+    // specify all valid delimiter characters
+    // - specify nil to use '=' as default and only delimiter character
+    // - when multiple characters are specified, the first will be used
+    //   for new entries
+    pszDelimiterChars: PChar;
+    // define layout for keys in new files
+    // (if keys already exist, the layout of
+    //  the last read key is used)
+    //
+    // [SECTION]
+    //
+    //      newkeyname1   =   keyvalue1
+    // |   |  -> ulKeyIndent
+    //
+    //      newkeyname2   =   keyvalue2
+    //      |            | ->  ulKeyNameLen
+    //
+    //      newkeyname3   =   keyvalue3
+    //                     | | -> ulValueIndent
+    ulKeyIndent,
+    ulKeyNameLen,
+    ulValueIndent: Cardinal;
+  end;
+  PINITPARMS=^TINITPARMS;
+
+//* define open modes (WtkOpenInitProfile - ulOpenMode) */
+Const
+  WTK_INIT_OPEN_READONLY=$0000;
+  WTK_INIT_OPEN_READWRITE=$0001;
+
+  WTK_INIT_OPEN_ALLOWERRORS=$8000;
+  WTK_INIT_OPEN_INMEMORY=$FFFF;
+
+//* define update modes (WtkOpenInitProfile - ulUpdateMode) */
+  WTK_INIT_UPDATE_DISCARDCOMMENTS=$0001;
+  WTK_INIT_UPDATE_SOFTDELETEKEYS=$0002;
+
+//* open and close file */
+Function WtkOpenInitProfile(pszName: PChar; var phinit: HINIT; ulOpenMode: Cardinal;
+                          ulUpdateMode: Cardinal; pip: PINITPARMS): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkOpenInitProfile';
+
+Function WtkCloseInitProfile(HINIT: HINIT; fUpdate: Longbool): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCloseInitProfile';
+
+const
+  WTK_INIT_CLOSE_DISCARD=0;
+  WTK_INIT_CLOSE_UPDATE=1;
+
+Function WtkCloseInitProfileBackup(_hinit: HINIT; fUpdateOriginal: Longbool; pszBackupFile: PChar): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCloseInitProfileBackup';
+Function WtkInitProfileModified(_hinit: HINIT): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkInitProfileModified';
+
+//* query values */
+Function WtkQueryInitProfileString(_HINIT: hinit; pszSectionName, pszKeyName, pszDefault, pszBuffer: PChar; ulBuflen: Cardinal): Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryInitProfileString';
+Function WtkQueryInitProfileSize(_HINIT: hinit; pszSectionName, pszKeyName: PChar; var pulDataLen: Cardinal): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryInitProfileSize';
+
+//* update or delete keys and/or sections */
+Function WtkWriteInitProfileString(_HINIT: hinit; pszSectionName, pszKeyName, pszNewValue: PChar): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkWriteInitProfileString';
+
+//* file handle type and structures */
+
+Type
+  HSYSLEVEL = LHANDLE;
+  PHSYSLEVEL = ^HSYSLEVEL;
+
+Const
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_COMPID = 9;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_NAME = 79;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_PREFIX = 2;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_CSDNUM = 4;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_APPTYPE = 8;
+
+//* external data structure                 */
+//* NOTE:                                   */
+//*  - read/write version fields in hex     */
+//*  - use the WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_* with   */
+//*    strncpy() to properly copy strings   */
+//*    to string fields (see sample !)      */
+
+Type
+  TSYLEVELINFO = record
+    cbSize : Cardinal;
+    usSysId : Word;
+    szComponentId : array[0..(WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_COMPID + 1)-1] of CHAR;
+    szName : array[0..(WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_NAME + 1)-1] of CHAR;
+    bVersionMajor : BYTE;
+    bVersionMinor : BYTE;
+    bVersionRefresh : BYTE;
+    szCsdPrefix : array[0..(WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_PREFIX + 1)-1] of CHAR;
+    chCsdLanguage : CHAR;
+    szCurrentCsd : array[0..(WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_CSDNUM + 1)-1] of CHAR;
+    szPreviousCsd : array[0..(WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_CSDNUM + 1)-1] of CHAR;
+    usDate : Word;
+    szAppType : array[0..(WTK_SYSLEVEL_MAXLEN_APPTYPE + 1)-1] of CHAR;
+  end;
+  PSYLEVELINFO = ^TSYLEVELINFO;
+
+Function WtkOpenSyslevel(pszName: PChar; var phsl: HSYSLEVEL): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkOpenSyslevel';
+Function WtkCloseSyslevel(hsl: HSYSLEVEL; ulUpdateMode: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCloseSyslevel';
+
+Const
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_CLOSE_DISCARD = 0;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_CLOSE_UPDATE = 1;
+
+Function WtkQuerySyslevelInfo(hsl: HSYSLEVEL; var psli: TSYLEVELINFO): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCloseSyslevel';
+Function WtkSetSyslevelInfo(hsl: HSYSLEVEL; ulUpdateFlags: Cardinal; var psli: TSYLEVELINFO): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCloseSyslevel';
+
+Const
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_UPDATE_ALL = -(1);
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_UPDATE_SYSID = $00000001;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_UPDATE_COMPONENTID = $00000002;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_UPDATE_NAME = $00000004;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_UPDATE_VERSION = $00000008;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_UPDATE_CSDPREFIX = $00000010;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_UPDATE_CSDLANGUAGE = $00000020;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_UPDATE_CURRENTCSD = $00000040;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_UPDATE_PREVIOUSCSD = $00000080;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_UPDATE_DATE = $00000010;
+  WTK_SYSLEVEL_UPDATE_APPTYPE = $00000020;
+
+  {* flags for MmfAlloc parm ulOpenFlags                                       */ }
+  {* NOTE: for all except MMF_ACCESS_READWRITE, only write by others is denied */ }
+  {*       otherwise both read and write by others is denied                   */ }
+  MMF_ACCESS_READONLY = $00000000;
+  MMF_ACCESS_WRITEONLY = $00000001;
+  MMF_ACCESS_READWRITE = $00000002;
+  MMF_OPENMODE_OPENFILE = $00000000;
+  MMF_OPENMODE_RESETFILE = $00010000;
+
+  {* some sizes for usage with MmfAlloc parameter ulMaxSize */ }
+  MMF_MAXSIZE_KB = 1024;
+  MMF_MAXSIZE_MB = 1048576;
+
+  {* special NULL filename for MmfAlloc parameter pszFilename */ }
+  MMF_FILE_INMEMORY = nil;
+  {* define a handle type */ }
+
+//* define a handle type */
+Type
+  THMMF = LHANDLE;
+  PHMMF = ^THMMF;
+
+//* prototypes */
+Function WtkInitializeMmf(var phmmf: THMMF; ulMaxBuffer: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkInitializeMmf';
+Function WtkTerminateMmf(hmmf: THMMF): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkTerminateMmf';
+Function WtkAllocMmf(hmmf: THMMF; Var ppvdata: Pointer; pszFilename: PChar; ulOpenFlags, ulMaxSize: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkAllocMmf';
+Function WtkFreeMmf(hmmf: THMMF; pvData: Pointer): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkFreeMmfl';
+Function WtkUpdateMmf(hmmf: THMMF; pvData: Pointer): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkUpdateMmf';
+
+Function WtkSetMmfSize(hmmf: THMMF; pvData: Pointer; ulNewSize: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkSetMmfSize';
+Function WtkQueryMmfSize(hmmf: THMMF; pvData: Pointer; var pulSize: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryMmfSize';
+
+//* only be used for string translation for indexed */
+//* values by callback STM_CALLBACK_QUERYSTRING     */
+Const
+  _STM_MAX_SETTINGSVALUE = 64;
+
+//*** handle types used by Setting manager **********************************/
+Type
+  HSETTINGTABLE = LHANDLE;
+  HVALUETABLE = LHANDLE;
+
+//*** callback procedure prototype ******************************************/
+Type
+  TFnCB=Function(ulAction: Cardinal; pvData, pvObjectInstance, pvObjectData: Pointer): Longbool; cdecl;
+  PFNCB = ^TFnCB;
+
+//*** callback actions ******************************************************/
+
+Const
+  { reports that class is being initialized          }
+  STM_CALLBACK_REPORTINIT = $0000;
+  { queries infos about (sub)value                   }
+  STM_CALLBACK_QUERYVALUEINFO = $0001;
+  { queries target buffer when creating value table  }
+  STM_CALLBACK_QUERYTARGETBUF = $0002;
+  { ask WPS class to validate a (sub)value           }
+  STM_CALLBACK_VALIDATE = $0003;
+  { reports the change of a setting                  }
+  STM_CALLBACK_REPORTCHANGED = $0004;
+  { asks for update of target buffers                }
+  STM_CALLBACK_QUERYVALUE = $0005;
+  { translates strings to array indicees             }
+  STM_CALLBACK_QUERYINDEX = $0006;
+  { translates strings to array indicees             }
+  STM_CALLBACK_QUERYSTRING = $0007;
+  { asks for initialization of GUI controls,         }
+  STM_CALLBACK_INITCONTROL = $0008;
+  { useful for listboxes comboboxes etc.             }
+  { reports errors from WtkValidateObjectValueTable  }
+  STM_CALLBACK_REPORTERROR = $0009;
+  { reports that settings have been saved            }
+  STM_CALLBACK_REPORTSAVED = $000A;
+  { reports that class settings table is destroyed   }
+  STM_CALLBACK_REPORTDESTROYED = $000B;
+
+//*** data structure for callback STM_CALLBACK_REPORTINIT *************/
+//*** Note: on this callback, pvObjectInstance and pvObjectData are NULL ****/
+Type
+  TCBREPORTINIT = record
+    fInitialized : Longbool; //*  no data really required here yet       */
+  end;
+
+//*** data structures for callback STM_CALLBACK_QUERYVALUEINFO ********/
+//*** Note: on this callback, pvObjectInstance and pvObjectData are NULL ****/
+  TCBQUERYVALUEINFO = record
+    pszName : PChar;                     //* out - name of setting                   */
+    ulSettingId : Cardinal;              //* out - id of setting                     */
+    ulValueIndex : Cardinal;             //* out - index of subvalue                 */
+    ulValueType : Cardinal;              //* #in - type of value - see VALUETYPE_*   */
+    usDialogid : Word;                   //*  in - id of dialog containing control   */
+    usControlid : Word;                  //*  in - id of control                     */
+    pfnwpSubclass : proc;               //*  in - subclass window proc for control  */
+    pszDetailsTitle : PChar;             //*  in - title of folderdetails view       */
+  end;
+  PCBQUERYVALUEINFO = ^TCBQUERYVALUEINFO;
+
+//*** data structures for callback CALLBACK_QUERYTARGETBUF ************/
+//* values marked with # MUST be specified, all others are optional */
+
+Type
+  TCBQUERYTARGETBUF = record
+    pvObjectInstance : Pointer; //* out - somSelf of object instance        */
+    pszName : PChar;            //* out - name of setting                   */
+    ulSettingId : Cardinal;     //* out - id of setting                     */
+    ulValueIndex : Cardinal;    //* out - index of subvalue (only > 0 for multivalue settings)   */
+    ulBufMax : Cardinal;        //* #in - len of target buffer              */
+    pvTarget : Pointer;         //* #in - target buffer                     */
+  end;
+  PCBQUERYTARGETBUF = ^TCBQUERYTARGETBUF;
+
+//* supported GUI controls:                                                             */
+//* - WC_ENTRYFIELD WC_MLE WC_BUTTON (checkbox and radio button)                        */
+//* - WC_LISTBOX WC_COMBOBOX WC_SPINBUTTON                                              */
+//* - WC_SLIDER WC_CIRCULARSLIDER                                                       */
+
+//* types of possible values                                                            */
+//*                                                                                     */
+//* type          validation target buffer possible GUI update                          */
+//* ------------- ---------- ------------- -------------------------------              */
+//* STRING        NO         CHAR[]        <all supported> except WC_*SLIDER            */
+//*                                        - WC_COMBOBOX, WC_SPINBUTTON as listbox      */
+//* INDEX         YES        LONG          <all supported>                              */
+//* ITEM          YES        LONG          selects item with WC_LISTBOX, WC_COMBOBOX,   */
+//*                                        behaves like LONG otherwise                  */
+//* LONG          NO         LONG          <all supported>                              */
+//* TRUEFALSE     YES        BOOL          <all supported> except WC_*SLIDER            */
+//* YESNO         YES        BOOL          <all supported> except WC_*SLIDER            */
+//* ONOFF         YES        BOOL          <all supported> except WC_*SLIDER            */
+
+
+//*** value types for value target buffers **********************************/
+Const
+  STM_VALUETYPE_STRING = 0;
+  STM_VALUETYPE_INDEX = 1;
+  STM_VALUETYPE_LONG = 2;
+  STM_VALUETYPE_TRUEFALSE = 3;
+  STM_VALUETYPE_YESNO = 4;
+  STM_VALUETYPE_ONOFF = 5;
+  { for details only !  }
+  STM_VALUETYPE_CDATE = 6;
+  { for details only !  }
+  STM_VALUETYPE_CTIME = 7;
+  STM_VALUETYPE_INDEXITEM = 8;
+
+//*** data structures for callback CALLBACK_VALIDATION ****************/
+Type
+  TCBVALIDATE = record
+    pvObjectInstance : Pointer; //* out - somSelf of object instance        */
+    ulSettingId : Cardinal;     //* out - id of setting                     */
+    pszName : PChar;            //* out - name of setting                   */
+    pszValue : PChar;           //* out - name of value to be validated     */
+    ulValueIndex : Cardinal;    //* out - index of subvalue                 */
+    fResult : Longbool;         //*  in - result of validation              */
+  end;                          //* return TRUE if your callback validates, */
+  PCBVALIDATE = ^TCBVALIDATE;   //* FALSE for using standard validation     */
+
+//*** data structures for callback CALLBACK_REPORTCHANGED ****************/
+Type
+  TCBREPORTCHANGED = record
+    pvObjectInstance : Pointer; //* out - somSelf of object instance        */
+    ulSettingId : Cardinal;     //* out - id of setting                     */
+    pszName : PChar;            //* out - name of setting                   */
+  end;
+  PCBREPORTCHANGED = ^TCBREPORTCHANGED;
+
+//*** data structures for callback CALLBACK_QUERYVALUE ****************/
+  TCBQUERYVALUE = record
+    pvObjectInstance : Pointer; //* out - somSelf of object instance        */
+    ulSettingId : Cardinal;     //* out - id of setting                     */
+    pszName : PChar;            //* out - name of setting                   */
+    ulQueryIndex : Cardinal;    //* out - index of query                    */
+  end;
+  PCBQUERYVALUE = ^TCBQUERYVALUE;
+
+//*** data structures for callback CALLBACK_QUERYINDEX ****************/
+  TCBQUERYINDEX = record
+    pvObjectInstance : Pointer; //* out - somSelf of object instance        */
+    ulSettingId : Cardinal;     //* out - id of setting                     */
+    pszName : PChar;            //* out - name of setting                   */
+    pszValue : PChar;           //* out - string value to be translated     */
+    ulValueIndex : Cardinal;    //* out - index of subvalue                 */
+    ulStringIndex : Cardinal;   //*  in - index to be used                  */
+  end;                          //* return TRUE if processed, else FALSE    */
+  PCBQUERYINDEX = ^TCBQUERYINDEX;
+
+//*** data structures for callback CALLBACK_QUERYSTRING ***************/
+  TCBQUERYSTRING = record
+    pvObjectInstance : Pointer;                            // out - somSelf of object instance        */
+    ulSettingId : Cardinal;                                // out - id of setting                     */
+    pszName : PChar;                                       // out - name of setting                   */
+    ulStringIndex : Cardinal;                              // out - index to be translated            */
+    ulValueIndex : Cardinal;                               // out - index of subvalue                 */
+    szValue : array[0..(_STM_MAX_SETTINGSVALUE)-1] of CHAR;// in - string value to be used      */
+  end;                                                     // return TRUE if processed, else FALSE    */
+  PCBQUERYSTRING = ^TCBQUERYSTRING;
+
+//*** data structures for callback CALLBACK_INITCONTROL ***************/
+  TCBINITCONTROL = record
+    usDialogid : Word;  //* out - id of dialog                      */
+    usControlid : Word; //* out - id of control                     */
+    hwndDialog : HWND;  //* out - handle of dialog                  */
+    hwndControl : HWND; //* out - handle of control                 */
+  end;
+  PCBINITCONTROL = ^TCBINITCONTROL;
+
+//*** data structures for callback STM_CALLBACK_REPORTERROR ***********/
+  TCBREPORTERROR = record
+    pvObjectInstance : Pointer; //* out - somSelf of object instance        */
+    ulSettingId : Cardinal;     //* out - id of setting                     */
+    pszName : PChar;            //* out - name of setting                   */
+    usDialogid : Word;          //* out - id of dialog                      */
+    usControlid : Word;         //* out - id of control                     */
+    hwndDialog : HWND;          //* out - handle of dialog                  */
+    hwndControl : HWND;         //* out - handle of control                 */
+  end;                          //* return TRUE to ignore error             */
+  PCBREPORTERROR = ^TCBREPORTERROR;
+
+//*** data structures for callback STM_CALLBACK_REPORTSAVED ***********/
+  TCBREPORTSAVED = record
+    fSaved : Longbool; //*  no data really required here yet       */
+  end;
+  PCBREPORTSAVED = ^TCBREPORTSAVED;
+
+//*** data structures for callback STM_CALLBACK_DESTROYED *************/
+//*** Note: on this callback, pvObjectInstance and pvObjectData are NULL ***/
+  TCBREPORTDESTROYED = record
+    fDestroyed : Longbool; //*  no data really required here yet       */
+  end;
+  PCBREPORTDESTROYED = ^TCBREPORTDESTROYED;
+
+// ----------------------------------------
+// prototypes
+// ----------------------------------------
+
+//*** prototypes for (de)initializing the settings table for the metaclass **/
+Function WtkCreateClassSettingsTable(pvObjectClass: Pointer; pfnCallbackValue: PFNCB): HSETTINGTABLE; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCreateClassSettingsTable';
+Function WtkDestroyClassSettingsTable(hst: HSETTINGTABLE): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkDestroyClassSettingsTable';
+Function WtkAddClassSetting(hst: HSETTINGTABLE; ulSettingId: Cardinal; pszSetting: Pchar; ulQueryCount: Cardinal): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkAddClassSetting';
+Function WtkAddClassDetail(hst: HSETTINGTABLE; ulSettingId: Cardinal): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkAddClassDetail';
+Function WtkCloseClassSettingsTable(hst: HSETTINGTABLE): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCloseClassSettingsTable';
+Function WtkDumpClassSettingsTable(hst: HSETTINGTABLE): Longbool; cdecl;  // for testing purposes only, dumps to console
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkDumpClassSettingsTable';
+
+//*** prototypes for maintaining setting values for object instances ********/
+Function WtkCreateObjectValueTable(hst: HSETTINGTABLE; pvObjectInstance, pvObjectData: Pointer): HVALUETABLE; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCreateObjectValueTable';
+Function WtkDestroyObjectValueTable(hvt: HVALUETABLE): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkDestroyObjectValueTable';
+Function WtkEvaluateObjectSettings(hvt: HVALUETABLE; pszSetup: PChar): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkEvaluateObjectSettings';
+Function WtkQueryObjectSettings(hvt: HVALUETABLE; pszBuffer: PChar; var pulMaxlen: Cardinal): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryObjectSettings';
+
+//*** prototypes for providing automatic updates to GUI controls ************/
+Function WtkRegisterSettingsDialog(hvt: HVALUETABLE; hwndDialog: HWND): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkRegisterSettingsDialog';
+Function WtkDeregisterSettingsDialog(hvt: HVALUETABLE; hwndDialog: HWND): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkDeregisterSettingsDialog';
+Function WtkReadObjectValueTable(hvt: HVALUETABLE; hwndDialog: HWND): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkReadObjectValueTable';
+Function WtkWriteObjectValueTable(hvt: HVALUETABLE; hwndDialog: HWND): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkWriteObjectValueTable';
+Function WtkQueryGUIControlsChanged(hvt: HVALUETABLE; hwnd_: HWND; mp1, mp2:MPARAM; var pfOrgValue: Longbool): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryGUIControlsChanged';
+
+//*** prototype for using same dialog templates under WARP 3 and WARP 4 *****/
+Function WtkRelocateNotebookpageControls(hwndDialog: HWND): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkRelocateNotebookpageControls';
+
+//*** prototypes for providing automatic validation of controls   *************/
+//*** on close of settings notebook.                              *************/
+//*** NOTE: WtkValidateObjectValueTable needs not to be           *************/
+//***       explicitely called for this, but is avaliable anyway. *************/
+Function WtkRegisterSettingsNotebook(hvt: HVALUETABLE; hwndNotebook: HWND): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkRegisterSettingsNotebook';
+Function WtkValidateObjectValueTable(hvt: HVALUETABLE; hwndNotebook: HWND): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkValidateObjectValueTable';
+
+//*** prototypes for providing details data *********************************/
+Function WtkQueryClassDetailsInfo(hst: HSETTINGTABLE; var ppClassFieldInfo: Pointer;
+                                         var pSize: Cardinal; ulParentColumns: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryClassDetailsInfo';
+Function WtkQueryObjectDetailsData(hvt: HVALUETABLE; var ppDetailsData: Pointer; var pcp: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryObjectDetailsData';
+
+//*** prototypes for saving/restoring data in WPS repository ****************/
+Function WtkSaveObjectState(hvt: HVALUETABLE; pszClass: PChar): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkSaveObjectState';
+Function WtkRestoreObjectState(hvt: HVALUETABLE; pszClass: PChar): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkRestoreObjectState';
+
+//*** prototypes for saving/restoring data in extern ini file ***************/
+//*** NOTE: you have to make sure yourself that you save to   ***************/
+//***       a unique place per object instance !!!            ***************/
+//*** NOTE: specify USER or SYSTEM as filename to write to    ***************/
+//***       HINI_USERPROFILE or HINI_SYSTEMPROFILE            ***************/
+Function WtkSaveObjectSettings(hvt: HVALUETABLE; pszFilename, pszApp, pszKey: PChar): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkSaveObjectSettings';
+Function WtkRestoreObjectSettings(hvt: HVALUETABLE; pszFilename, pszApp, pszKey: PChar): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkRestoreObjectSettings';
+
+Function WtkGetTextMessage(var pTable: PChar; cTable: Cardinal;
+                                   var pbBuffer: Byte; cbBuffer: Cardinal;
+                                   pszMessageName, pszFile: PChar;
+                                   var pcbMsg: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkGetTextMessage';
+
+// data structures for 32-bit memory model
+
+Type
+  TBINDATA = record
+    cbSize : Cardinal;
+    bData : array[0..0] of BYTE;
+  end;
+  PBINDATA = ^TBINDATA;
+
+//*** prototypes for calculating CRC of data in memory *******************/
+//*** initialize pulCRC32 with -1 on first call **************************/
+Function WtkCalcMemCRC32(pvData: Pointer; ulDatalen: Cardinal; var pulCRC32: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCalcMemCRC32';
+
+//*** prototypes for calculating CRC of files ****************************/
+Function WtkCalcFileCRC32(pszFilename: PChar; var pulCRC32: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkCalcFileCRC32';
+
+//*** prototypes for general functions **************************************/
+Function WtkQueryClassIndex(HWND_: hwnd): PChar; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryClassIndex';
+Function WtkIsOfPublicPmClass(HWND_: hwnd; pszClassIndex: PChar; ulPrimaryWindowStyle: Cardinal): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkIsOfPublicPmClass';
+
+//*** prototypes for specialized functions for certain window classes *******/
+Function WtkInitializeNumSpinbuttonArray(hwndSpinbutton: HWND; ulMinValue: Cardinal;
+                                               ulMaxValue: Cardinal; ulStep: Cardinal): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkInitializeNumSpinbuttonArray';
+Function WtkQueryNumSpinbuttonIndex(hwndSpinbutton: HWND; ulMinValue: Cardinal;
+                                 ulMaxValue: Cardinal; ulStep: Cardinal; ulValue: Cardinal): Longint; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryNumSpinbuttonIndex';
+
+//*** prototypes for filling MLEs from diverse resources ********************/
+Function WtkAddTextResourceToMLE(HWND_: hwnd; ulControlId: Cardinal;
+                              hmod: Cardinal;  ulResourceType, ulResId: Cardinal): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkAddTextResourceToMLE';
+
+//*** prototypes for PM error functions *************************************/
+Function WtkSetErrorInfo(rc: Cardinal): Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkSetErrorInfo';
+
+Const
+  PMHERR_USE_EXISTING_ERRORINFO = -(1);
+
+//*** check existance of files & directories ********************************/
+Function WtkFileExists(pszName: PChar): Longbool;
+Function WtkDirExists(pszName: PChar): Longbool;
+Function WtkFileMaskExists(pszFileMask, pszFirstFile: PChar; ulBuflen: Cardinal): Longbool;
+Function WtkIsFile(pszName: PChar): Longbool;      (* equivalent to WtkFileExists *)
+Function WtkIsDirectory(pszName: PChar): Longbool; (* equivalent to WtkDirExists  *)
+
+//*** get fullname of directory or file *************************************/
+Function WtkQueryFullname(pszName, pszBuffer: PChar; ulBuflen: Cardinal): Longint;
+
+//*** extended file handling ************************************************/
+Function WtkDeleteFile(pszName: PChar): Longint;
+Function WtkMoveFile(pszOld, pszNew: PChar): Longint;
+
+//*** query disk and directory at one time **********************************/
+Function WtkQueryCurrentDir(ulDiskNum: Cardinal; pszBuffer: PChar; ulBuflen: Cardinal): Longint;
+Function WtkSetCurrentDir(pszDirectory: PChar): Longint;
+
+//*** create/delete path ****************************************************/
+Function WtkCreatePath(pszPath: PChar): Longint;
+Function WtkDeletePath(pszPath: PChar): Longint;
+
+//*** easy version of DosFindFirst/DosFindNext ******************************/
+Function WtkGetNextFile(pszFileMask: PChar; phdir: PHDIR;
+                                pszNextFile: PChar; ulBuflen: Cardinal): Longint;
+Function WtkGetNextDirectory(pszFileMask: PChar; phdir: PHDIR;
+                             pszNextDirectory: PChar; ulBuflen: Cardinal): Longint;
+
+//*** search part of filename ***********************************************/
+Function WtkFilespec(pszName: PChar; ulPart: Cardinal): PChar;
+
+Const
+  WTK_FILESPEC_PATHNAME = 1;
+  WTK_FILESPEC_NAME = 2;
+  WTK_FILESPEC_EXTENSION = 3;
+
+//*** get specific information about file ***********************************/
+Function WtkFileModified(pszName: PChar; pfs3: PFILESTATUS3): Longbool;
+Function WtkQueryFileSize(pszName: PChar): Cardinal;
+
+//*** read file into memory  ************************************************/
+Function WtkReadFile(pszName: PChar; ppszBuffer: PPChar; pulBuflen: PCardinal): Longint;
+Function WtkWriteFile(pszName, pszBuffer: PChar; ulBuflen: Cardinal; fAppend: Longbool): Longint;
+
+//*** create tmp file *******************************************************/
+Function WtkCreateTmpFile(pszFileMask, pszBuffer: PChar; ulBuflen: Cardinal): Longint;
+
+//*** check file contents ***************************************************/
+Function WtkFileIsEmpty(pszName: PChar): Longbool;
+
+//*** prototypes for opening devices ****************************************/
+Function WtkOpenDevice(pszName: PChar; phdevice: PHFILE; ulOpenMode: Cardinal): Longint;
+
+Const
+  WTK_OPENDEVICE_SHARED = $0000;
+  WTK_OPENDEVICE_EXCLUSIVE = $0001;
+  WTK_OPENDEVICE_NOCACHE = $0002;
+  { implicitely set, when pszName specifies drive  }
+  WTK_OPENDEVICE_BLOCKDEVICE = $0004;
+
+//*** prototypes for performing an I/o Control transaction ******************/
+Function WtkDevIOCtl(pszName: PChar; ulOpenMode: Cardinal;
+                             ulCategory: Cardinal; ulFunction: Cardinal;
+                             pvParams: Pointer; pcbParmLen: PCardinal;
+                             pvData: Pointer; pcbDataLen: PCardinal): Longint;
+
+//*** prototypes for module information functions ***************************/
+APIRET APIENTRY WtkGetPackageFilename( PFN pfn, PChar pszSubdir, PChar pszFilename,
+                              PChar pszFileext, PChar pszBuffer, ULONG ulBuflen);
+APIRET APIENTRY WtkGetModuleInfo( PFN pfn, PHMODULE phmod, PChar pszBuffer, ULONG ulBuflen);
+APIRET APIENTRY WtkGetModulePath( PFN pfn, PChar pszBuffer, ULONG ulBuflen);
+HMODULE APIENTRY WtkGetModuleHandle( PFN pfn);
+
+BOOL APIENTRY WtkIsRegularExpressionValid( PChar pszExpression);
+APIRET APIENTRY WtkMatchRegularExpression( PChar pszExpression, PChar pszText,
+                                           PChar pszBuffer, ULONG ulBuflen);
+APIRET APIENTRY WtkSubstRegularExpressionMatch( PChar pszExpression, PChar pszText,
+                                                PChar pszReplacePattern,
+                                                PChar pszBuffer, ULONG ulBuflen);
+
+//*** prototypes for system configuration functions *************************/
+Function WtkIsWarp4: Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkIsWarp4';
+
+// distinct between OS/2 Warp and eComStation
+Function WtkQueryOperatingSystem: Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryOperatingSystem';
+
+Const
+  WTK_OSTYPE_OS2 = $0000;
+  WTK_OSTYPE_ECS = $0001;
+
+Function WtkIsOS2: Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkIsOS2';
+Function WtkIseComStation: Longbool; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkIseComStation';
+
+Function WtkQueryBootDrive: Char; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQueryBootDrive';
+Function WtkQuerySysLanguage: PChar; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkQuerySysLanguage';
+
+Function WtkReboot: Cardinal; cdecl;
+  external wpstkdll name 'WtkReboot';
+
+
+//*** prototypes for DATETIME struct handling ****************************/
+BOOL APIENTRY WtkSetDateTime( UCHAR uchDay, UCHAR uchMonth, USHORT usYear, UCHAR uchHours,
+                              UCHAR uchMinutes, UCHAR uchSeconds, PDATETIME pdt);
+BOOL APIENTRY WtkDateTimeToTime( PDATETIME pdt, time_t* ptime);
+BOOL APIENTRY WtkTimeToDateTime( time_t* ptime, PDATETIME pdt);
+
+//*** prototypes for FTIME FDATE struct handling *************************/
+BOOL APIENTRY WtkSetFDateTime( UCHAR uchDay, UCHAR uchMonth, USHORT usYear, UCHAR uchHours,
+                               UCHAR uchMinutes, UCHAR uchSeconds, PFDATE pfdate, PFTIME pftime);
+BOOL APIENTRY WtkFDateTimeToTime( PFDATE pfdate, PFTIME pftime, time_t* ptime);
+BOOL APIENTRY WtkTimeToFDateTime( time_t* ptime, PFDATE pfdate, PFTIME pftime);
+
+//*** prototypes for CDATE/CTIME struct handling ****************************/
+BOOL APIENTRY WtkSetCDateTime( UCHAR uchDay, UCHAR uchMonth, USHORT usYear, UCHAR uchHours,
+                               UCHAR uchMinutes, UCHAR uchSeconds, PCDATE pcdate, PCTIME pctime);
+BOOL APIENTRY WtkCDateTimeToTime( PCDATE pcdate, PCTIME pctime, time_t* ptime);
+BOOL APIENTRY WtkTimeToCDateTime( time_t* ptime, PCDATE pcdate, PCTIME pctime);
+
+//*** prototypes for getting a timestamp *********************************/
+Const
+  WTK_TIMESTAMP_SORTEDDATETIME = 0;
+  WTK_TIMESTAMP_SORTEDDATE = 1;
+  WTK_TIMESTAMP_SORTEDTIME = 2;
+  WTK_TIMESTAMP_NLSDATETIME = 3;
+  WTK_TIMESTAMP_NLSDATE = 4;
+  WTK_TIMESTAMP_NLSTIME = 5;
+
+APIRET APIENTRY WtkQueryDateTimeStamp( PDATETIME pdt, ULONG ulStampType,
+                                                                             PChar pszBuffer, ULONG ulBuflen);
+APIRET APIENTRY WtkQueryFDateTimeStamp( PFDATE pfdate, PFTIME pftime, ULONG ulStampType,
+                                        PChar pszBuffer, ULONG ulBuflen);
+APIRET APIENTRY WtkQueryCDateTimeStamp( PCDATE pcdate, PCTIME pctime, ULONG ulStampType,
+                                        PChar pszBuffer, ULONG ulBuflen);
+
+//*** prototypes for getting last write time from a file or directory ****/
+APIRET APIENTRY WtkQueryFileDateTime( PDATETIME pdt, PChar pszName);
+APIRET APIENTRY WtkQueryFileFDateTime( PFDATE pfdate, PFTIME pftime, PChar pszName);
+APIRET APIENTRY WtkQueryFileCDateTime( PCDATE pcdate, PCTIME pctime, PChar pszName);
+
+
+implementation
+
+end.